Skip to main content

Full text of "The victorian naturalist"

See other formats 


The 
Victorian Naturalist 


The Magazine of the 
FIELD NATURALISTS CLUB OF VICTORIA 


in which is incorporated 


THE MICROSCOPICAL SOCIETY OF VICTORIA 


Vol. 89 


January — December, 1972 


Editor: G. M. WARD. 
Assistant Editor: G. DOUGLAS 


@ 


MELBOURNE: 


JENKIN, BUXTON & CO., PTY. LTD. 
113 Abbotsford Street, West Melbourne, 3003 


Subscriptions Now Due 


The Field Naturalists Club of Victoria is administered by a relatively 
small number of honorary office-bearers. 


. The growth of the club and the expansion of its activities, particularly 
in connection with the production of the Victorian Naturalist, are con- 
tinually adding to the burden of work. 


It is therefore requested that fees and subscriptions be paid as promptly 
as possible, in order to help lighten some of this burden. The financial year 
commences on 1 January, 1973. 


If you will not be paying your fees at one of the forthcoming general 
meetings, please remit them by post, using the form provided on the reverse 
side of this leaf. 


This procedure will save office-bearers' time, and expense, in sending 
out remirider notices. 


PLEASE ATTEND TO THIS MATTER NOW 


You may help further by passing the following leaf on to an acquaintance 
who is not a member of the F.N.C.V. or a subscriber to the Victorian 
Naturalist but who might be interested in either. 


NOTES: 

t. Membership fees for the year 1973 are as follows: , 
Ordinary Members ., ss fs aso sa 4 be ae pe se oe vo $7.00 
Country Members ... .. .. pe- ë ot 06 le s eg soc of $5.00 
Jost Member: sucres se re sooto rt moo ow be ro tke $2.00 
Junior Members . .. .. .. .. .. .. 2. s. s. s. 2. 54 $2.00 
Tunior Members recciving The Victorien Naturalist as a.s .. aa ee $4.00 
Subscribers to The Victorian Naturalist  .,  .. ne ae we sa mo 55,00 
Affiliated Societies .. .. a. ae ra ss ee a se ss s. s. 8700 
Life Membership (reduction after 20 years’ membership)  .. .. .. $140.00 


(Ordinary, and country members receive the Victorian Naturalist free of any 
further charge.) 


2. The scheme of supporting membership was introduced so that those who are able 
and willing to do so might help club finances, You are invited to become a 
supporting member by making a voluntary addition to the normal annual fee of 
any sum you choose, from $1 upward. Details relating to supporting members 
and their payments are regarded by the treasurer as confidential, and no distinc- 
tion or extra privilege is bestowed on the members concerned. - 


(To be removed) 


ADDENDUM 
Vol, 89: No 7, p. 186. 


A space to the right of the text under Frasers 
Legless Lizard should contain this illustration. 


U 


torian 
naturali 


0 
D 


For today... and the 
centuries ahead 


THE 5-POINT 
FORESTS MULTIPLE USE PLAN 


A plan based on scientific forests management... 
ensuring that our forests continue to 

contribute towards man's overall survival 

and to his individual zest for living. 

The multiple use plan 

protects the five critical forest values: 


WATER WOOD WILDLIFE RECREATION FORAGE 


Our State Forests provide abundant leisure enjoyment... 
only one of the five big values. 

Please help us by cherishing aii five values 

when you are enjoying the forests 


ul! 


2 Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


FORESTS COMMISSION, VICTORIA 


The 
Victorian Naturalist 


Editor: G. M. Ward 


Assistant Editor; G, Douglas 
Vol. 89, No. 1 5 January, 1972 


CONTENTS 


Articles: 


Notes on West Sister Island, Furneaux Group, Tasmania. By J. S. 
Whinray Ve o4 Cx wanuh AA, Tobe A AS, (END 9 d 4 


The Ambulatory Medusa. By H. Bishop .. .. .. .. .. .. 16 
Concerning Birds that Store Food. By A. H., Chisholm .. .. .. 20 
Mammal Survey Group Bi-Annual Report ..  .. .. .. .. ws 22 


Book Review: 


Birds of Victoria — 3 t.t ah VA S X uu or ij) tee 2l 


Field Naturalists Club of Victoria: 
Report of December General Meeting .. .. Mi ug te e... 24 


Diary of Coming Events .. 9 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 27 


Front Cover: 


This appealing photograph of the Fat-tailed Pouched Mouse was taken by 
Hans Beste. 


January, 1972 3 


Notes on West Sister Island, Furneaux Group 
Tasmania 
by J, S. WiisgAYT 


The Furneaux Group is part of the 
broken arc of islands stretching across 
eastern. Bass Strait from Wilson's 
Promontory, Victoria, to Cape Port- 
land in north-eastern Tasmania. 
Flinders Island is the central and 
largest island of the Furneaux Group. 
West -Sister Island. about 1,500 acres 
in area, lies about two miles north- 
west of North Point, Flinders Island 
(see Figure 1). 

West Sister Island is three miles 
long from East Peint to the west end. 
Its width varies from about 300 yards 
at narra w East Point to a mile and a 
half near the west end (sce Figure 2), 
The island js made up of two granite 
hills, Bast Hill (636 feet) and West 
Hill. (526 feet). ‘separsdted by a nàrrow 
strip of low land, This iow land, 
which forms the central part of the 
Bland, has sand ridges and a sand 
beach at its north and south ends, 
These are the sand ridges ahd beaches 
of North Bay and South or Home 
Bay. East Point has a sand beach on 
is north and south sides, The sand 
rid&es between the East Point beaches 
carry an open-scrub** of native 
coastal species. These include Coast 
Teatres (Leptospermum laevigatum), 
Coast Wattle (Acacia sophorae), Boo- 
biala (Myoporum insulare), Coast 
Beardheath (Deucopogon parviflorus), 
White Correa (Correa alba) and 
Thyme Riceflower (Pimelea serpylli- 
Jolia). The South Bay sand ridges 
carry à similar open-scrub, but about 
one quarter of it has been replaced by 


*'Terms used for vegetation types are |liose set 
Out in Chapter Five of The Australian. Enviran- 
genr, Fourth Edition, 1970, edited by G. W 

per, i 


African Boxthorn (*Lyciven Jerocissi- 
mum). Only parts of the first sand 
ridges behind North Bay carry open- 
scrub like that at East Point, The 
other parts of the first ridges, and the 
inner ridge, have been fired so often 
that they carry mainly Austrat Bracken 
(Preridiam | esculentum). Altogether 
the sand ridge open-scrub of the island 
covers about 120 acres. Farming 
activity has established pasture, of 
mainly introduced species, on the 
central strip of Jow land and on the 
adjoining slopes of Fast and West 
Hills (see Plate 1). Although this 
central pasture covers about 300 acres, 
only three native grasses Were found 
in it. Wallaby Grass (Donthonia 
racemasa) Wwas' widespread, but the 
other-iwo species were localized in 
occurrence, Spear Grass (Stipa com- 
pacta) was found only in the pasture 
just behind the sand ridges of North 
and South Bays. Tussock Poa (Poa 
australis sp. agg.) was noticed only 
as 3 few widely scattered tussocks in 
one small area, The introduced herbs 
found -im the pasture included Barley 
Grass (*Hordeum  leporinum), Soft 
Brome  (*Bromus mollis}, Giant 
Brome (*Bromus diandrus), Yellow 
Suckling (*Triloltum: dubium) and 
Common Burrmedick — (*Medicago 
polymorpha), The pasture ‘varies 
greatly. and weeds, which include 
White Horehound (*Marrubium vul- 
pare) and Smallfiower Mallow 
(*Malva parviflera), are common in 
parts of |t, Most of the introduced 

An ^ preceding & botynival species indlogles an 
imbroduced plant 


tFiinders Islant, ‘Tastwania. 7255 


Viet. Nat, Vol, 89 


grasses are annuals, and these form 
a closed-grassland in much of the 
pasture area during Winter, Spring 
and early Summer. By Midsummer 
the only live grasses in the central 
pasture area are the three native 
species mentioned above and a small 
patch of Kikuyu Grass (*Pennisetum 
clandestinum}. 

A list of the herbs found in the 
central pasture area of the island be- 
tween 1965 and 1969 is given as 
Appendix One. Of the fifty-six 
species in this list, only eleven are 
native ones. 

The major vegetation area of the 
island could be called — for the pur- 
pose of these notes — a tussock grass- 
land complex. This complex, which 
covers about 900 acres, is very 
variable and its vegetation types range 
from open-tussock grassland to closed- 
tussock grassland. The two dominant 
tussock-forming species of the com- 
plex are Prickly Speargrass (Stipa 
teretifolia) and Tussock Poa (Poa aus- 
tralis sp. agg.). The Prickly Spear- 


Brass is exclusively coastal in 
occurrence while the Tussock Poa is 
the dominant species of the tussock 
grassland complex areas of East and 
West Hills (see Plates 2. 3). The two 
dominant grasses do not seem to be 
grazed by the leaseholders sheep, 
except perhaps when young green 
leaves sprout after fires. Manv of the 
herbs of the central pasture area occur 
in much of the tussock grassland 
complex areas. Thev grow amongst 
the tussocks and are grazed by the 
sheep and other animals. 

Periodic burning is the only form of 
pasture control practised in the tussock 
grassland areas (R. E. Blyth, pers. 
comm.). About 200 acres of the com- 
plex on West Hill were burned during 
the last firing which was in the late 
Summer of 1967. I walked through 
the burned area during February, 
1968. It appears that the extent of 
the complex depends on the fre- 
quency of the periodic burning. It 
was more extensive when the 1951 


148? 


Scale(miles)|O J5 


39° 40' 


West Sister 
Island aS 


Bligh 
Point 


East Sister 


D Island 
39° 40! 


orth Point 


Flinders 


Island 


148 


Figure 1 


January, 1972 


aerial photograph* was taken, but re- 
growth of trees and shrubs since then 
has decreased its area. 

There is one large patch of shrubby 
Coast Sheoke (Casuarina stricta) 
open-forest on the island, and there 
are some scattered small patches of 
shrubby Coast Sheoke low open- 
forest also. Most of these are in 
places protected, in one way or 
another, from the full effects of the 
periodic burning. As well, one patch 
of tall shrubland, in which only one 
or two Coast Sheoke were found, is 
still known to the leaseholder's sons 
as "The Sheoak Scrub" (R. E. Blyth, 
pers. comm.). During my visits I 
walked to all the Coast Sheoke and 
scrub patches of East and West Hills. 
AM of them showed the effects of 
periodic burning and most were partly, 


*Aerial photograph, Flinders Run 11, No. 34423, 
Department of Lands, Hobart. 


or wholly, immature. This can be 
seen, for example, in the patch of 
Paperbark Teatree (Melaleuca erici- 
folia) in the middle part of West 
Gully, East Hill. It ranges from three 
feet in height (open-heath) to twenty 
feet (open-scrub). I consider that the 
present Coast Sheoke patches on the 
island are remnants of a more exten- 
sive cover and that periodic burning. 
to improve the island for grazing, has 
been the main cause of its reduction. 
I suggest that the former main vegeta- 
tion of the island could have been 
shrubby Coast Sheoke open-forest 
and low open-forest. The present 
Coast Sheoke and scrub patches of 
East and West Hills cover about 120 
acres. Some of the trees and shrubs 
recorded by the writer on East Hill 
were Manuka (Leptospermum sco- 
parium), Sweet Bursaria (Bursaria 
spinosa), Tree Broomheath (Mono- 


Plate 1 


Photo: Author. 


The north side of the eastern ridge of West Hill seen from behind North Bay, 

August, 1969. The tall shrubland below the crest of the ridge is still called “The 

Sheoak Scrub" although there are now only one or two Coast Sheokes in it, Much 

of it is now African Boxthorn. This introduced shrub is also replacing the native 

shrubland in the foreground. The central pasture extends up the ridge to the top of 
"The Sheoak Scrub". 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


toca elliptica), Variable Sallow Wattle 
[Acacia mucronata var. depehdens), 
Shrubby Spurge (Phyllanthus gunnii) 
and the heath Cyathodes juniperina 
var. oxycedrus, 
PLANTS 

Some plants that occur in Tasmania 
only on Bass Strait islands are known 
from West Sister. Dr. J. Milligan col- 
lected the creeper Sicyos angulata 
there in the 1840’s (J. H. Willis, pers, 
comm.). The writer collected it at two 
places near the western end of North 
Bay in February, 1968, but did not 
sce it elsewhere on the island. North- 
eastern. Flinders Island is its only 
other known Tasmanian locality 
(Curtis, 1963). M. H. Christie and 
the writer found the small daisy 
Indian Cudweed (Gnaphalium indi- 
cunt) near the south-west point in 
February, 1968 (see Figure 2), The 
specimen, lodged af Melbourne, is 
apparently the first collected in Tas- 
mania, as Indian Cudweed is not 
mentioned in the appropriate volume 
of Dr, Curtiss The Student's Flora 


WEST SISTER ISLAND 


a 
Vest < 


P. 


526! + 


Guljies--—-~ 


i-Prickly Saltwort beach. 2-Flate Two taken from here, 3- Indian 
Cudweed locality. 4-"The Sheoak Scrub." 5-Plate three taken from 
here, 6-North Bay sand ridges. 7-Plate One teken from here, B-The 
Homestead(Plate Four). 9-South Bay sand ridges. 10-West Gully of 
East Hill. 11-Nettle Gully. 12-Bast Point sand ridg 


of Tasmania. During the same visit 
we found a plant of Prickly Saltwort 
(Salsola kali) on a small beach near 
the north-west end of the island (see 


Figure 2). Specimens were sen! to 
Melbourne and Hobart. Prickly 
Saltwort was found on Hogan's 


Island by members of the McCoy 
Soctety, University of Melbourne, 
only a week before our discovery of 
it on West Sister (J. H, Hope, pers. 
comm.). I think that the Hogan's 
Island record is the first for Tas- 
mania, as Prickly Saltwort also is not 
mentioned in The Student's Flora of 
Tasmania, 

During my six visits to West Sister 
between 1965 and 1969, just over 200 
plant species have been recorded, 
Many specimens were sent to ihe 
National Herbarium of Victorja and 
to the Herbarium of the University of 
Tasmania. Some of the plants found 
were very restricted jn occurrence. 
Streaked Arrowgrass (Triglochin 
striata) was found only in one 
coastal soak at the eastern end of 


(miles) 


es. 


Figure 2 


January, 1972 


South Bay heach. This soak and the 
many others around ihe coast carried 
spectes not found elsewhere on the 
island. Some species confined to these 
soaks were Shiny Bogrush (Schoenzs 
nitens), Swamp Weed (Selliera radi- 
cani). Small Spikerush (Eleocharis 
pusillu) and (Liaeepsis polyantha). 
The Small Spikerush had not been 
recorded previously from any Bass 
Strait island. Common Duckweed 
(Lemma miner) and Water Cress 
(* Nasturtium officinale) were found 
in s number of soaks and also in 
some of the small streams. 

Apart from Austral Bracken 
(Preridium esculentum) all the ferns 
found were also restricted in occur- 
rence. Necklace Fern (Asplenium 
flabelfifolium) was found in a num- 
ber of rock crevices on East and 
West Hills, Tender Brake (Preris 
tremula) was found only amongst the 
boulders at the base of the outcrop 
above the western end of North Bay, 
The Mother Shieldfern (Polystichum 
proliferum) was found only in the 
damp hed of the Nettle Gully stream. 
Ruddy Groundfern (Hypolepis ruga- 
salo) was growing with it. 

Orchids were very hard to find. 
There were a few Mosquito Orchids 
(Acianthus reniformis) and Broad- 
leaved Caladenias (Caladenia lati- 
folia) ou the South Bay sand ridges, 
bul no orchids at all were found on 
the North Bay sand ridges, Only 
Broadleaved Caladenias were found 
on the East Point sand ridges, A few 
leaves of a Sunorchid (Thelyniisra 
sp.) and of at Onion Orchid (Mizra- 
tis sp.) were found in shallow soil 
at. the edge of 3 granite outcrop in 
the upper part of West Gully, East 
Hill, Nearby, In a small crevice 
under short Paperbark Teatrec, were a 
few plants of what appeared to he the 
Tiny Star (Hypoxis pusilla), 1 took 
three of them and when they flowered 
in^ @ pot on Flinders Sstand they 


3 


proved to be Tiny Stars, This species 
Was not seen elsewhere on the island, 

A few Blue Gums (Ewcalyprus 
bicortatey were the only eucalypts 
found on the island. They form a 
small group of gnarled old trees at the 
inner edge of the South Bay sand 
ridges, 

The species mentioned above, and 
others of restricted occurrence, make 
up nearly a quarter of all the plant 
species found on the island. 


LICHENS 


Collections taken in 1963 and "66 
have been lodged at the National 
Herbarium of Victoria. The most un- 
usual species which was collected in 
December, 1966, from two. localities 
on West Hill, is a small grey lichen 
called Anaptychia. japenica (Sato) 
Kurokawa. Mr. R. B. Filson, who de=- 
termined it, told me that before this 
discovery it was thought to be en- 
demic to Japan. At the same nme ! 
found another unusual species. Mr. 
Filson considers that jt is probably 
Teloschistes flavicans, Before this 
discovery, he had recorded the spectes 
in Australia only from Queensland 
and northern. New South Wales 
(Filson. ! 968), 

The other West Sister lichens de- 
termined so far by Mr, Filson ate: — 


Teloschistes spinosus. (Hook. f, & 
Tayl.) J. Murray: Telosehistes eliry- 
sopthalmus (L.) Th. Fr; Cladia 


aggregata (Sw,) Nyl; Xanthoria ec- 
tanea (Ach) Ras. ex R. Filson; 
Dipicicia canescens (Dicks) Mass.; 
Physcia orbicularis (Neck.) Poctsch ; 
and Anaptychia pseadospeciosa var. 
tremulans (Müll. Arg.) Kurokawa. 


REPTILES 

Seven species of reptiles were col- 
lected on West Sister, and specimens 
of them were lodged at the National 
Museum of Victoria. 

The Black Tiger Snake (Narechis 


Vict) Hat, Mol 89 


ater Krefft) was the only large snake 
seen or collected on the island. One 
was caught at 11 p.m. eastern stand- 
ard time in February, 1968. lt was 
hunting in African Boxthorn open- 
scrub just east of the homestead when 
I saw it. Some of the many Black 
Tigers seen in the extensive Short- 
tailed Shearwater  rookeries were 
obtained. 

The smaller White-lipped Snake 
(Denisonia coronoides Gunther) 
seemed much less common than the 
Tiger Snakes. One specimen was ob- 
tained which was hunting at 9.30 
p.m. eastern standard time in Feb- 
ruary, 1968. It was in African Box- 
thorn open-scrub just east of the 
homestead. Only two others were 
seen: both during daytime. One was 
in closed-tussock grassland near the 
south-west point and the other was in 
native open-scrub on a South Bay 
sand ridge. 

Only six live Bluetongue Lizards 
(Tiliqua nigrolutea Quoy & Gaimard) 
were seen. All were in the central 
and western parts of the island. One, 
collected in August, 1969, had a tick 
in one ear. It was removed, and 
determined by Dr. D. H. Kemp (pers. 
comm.) as Aponoma  hydrosauri 
(Denny). The tick specimen was 
lodged at the National Museum. 

White's Skink (Egernia whitei Lace- 
pede) was the commonest reptile in 
the central pasture area. For example, 
nearly fifty were seen during one 
warm afternoon in August, 1969. In 
the pasture area White's Skinks were 
found under old posts, planks and cor- 
rugated iron. African Boxthorn was 
also used as shelter and many speci- 
mens were obtained. 

In the central pasture area both the 
Metallic Skink (Leiolopisma metalli- 
cum O'Shaughnessy) and the Three- 
lined Skink (Leiolopisma trilineatum 
Gray) used the same shelter as 
White's Skinks. They were, though, 


January, 1972 


much less common and few specimens 
were either seen or obtained. 

Bougainvilles Skink (Lerista bou- 
gainvilli Gray) was the rarest species 
on the island. In December, 1966, 
one specimen was found buried in 
loose soil under an old log on the 
upper part of the eastern ridge of 
West Hill. Later searches in this and 
other areas yielded neither sightings 
nor specimens. 


MARSUPIALS AND OTHER ANIMALS 


Small bats are seen often in the 
homestead when the leaseholder's sons 
pay their periodic visits to the island 
(E. T. Blyth, pers. comm.). A speci- 
men of the Lesser Long-eared Bat 
(Nyctophilus geoffroyi) which was 
obtained in the homestead on 5 Feb- 
ruary, 1968, was lodged at the Queen 
Victoria Museum, Launceston (QVM 
1968/1/28-spirit specimen). The 
writer found it under peeling wall- 
paper in one of the rooms. 

The White - footed Sminthopsis 
(Sminthopsis leucopus) is well known 
to the leaseholder's sons who call it 
the Shrew Mouse (E. T. Blyth, pers. 
comm.). When in the company of 
M. H. Christie, a dead specimen was 
found on the homestead bathroom 
floor in February, 1968; and was 
lodged at the National Museum of 
Victoria (NMV C 9566-skull and 
skeleton). It had not been dead long 
for when we found it there were still 
one or two maggots in it. 

The Red-bellied Pademelon (Thylo- 
gale billardieri) is common on the 
island. This population is one of the 
six surviving island populations in the 
Furneaux Group (Whinray, 1971b). 
Fishermen use West Sister pademelons 
for bait — one crayfish boat was tak- 
ing between fifteen and twenty a week 
in February, 1968 — and they are 


9 


shot for the dogs, and occasionally for 
the table, by the leaseholder's sons. 
As well they are hunted by the 
parties of quail shooters which visit 
the island each year. During the 
severe drought of late Summer and 
Autumn of 1967 the sheep had to be 
hand fed with hay and grain fetched 
from Flinders Island. The people em- 
ployed to feed the sheep noticed weak 
pademelons feeding on African Box- 
thorn clumps even in daylight (1. 
Chamberlain, pers. comm.). Some 
pademelons probably died during the 
drought, because fewer pademelons 
were seen in February, 1968, than in 
December, 1966. As well, over thirty 
pademelon skeletons were found in 
February, 1968. These were almost 
all in the central pasture area and 
were especially common around 
African Boxthorn clumps and open- 
scrub. The African Boxthorn would 
have provided the main green feed 
in the pasture area during the drought. 
The writer collected a number of 


these dead pademelons in February, 
1968, and donated the heads of those 
which could be sexed — due to suffi- 
cient skin and tissue remaining on 
the skeletons — to the Monash Uni- 
versity Zoology Department. They 
were later lodged at the National 
Museum of Victoria (MEL C 7998, 
8012-8014, 8016, 8018, 8019, 8021- 
8024, 8026, 8027, 8062-8066, 8072). 
The Short-nosed Bandicoot (Isoodon 
obesulus) occurs over much of West 
Sister but is common only in the 
central pasture area. Bandicoots feed- 
ing at night were watched in this area 
on many occasions during the 1966, 
'68 and 769 visits. During the latter 
visit, one was watched while feeding 
at the western end of South Bay 
beach. It dug only where sea weed 
wrack was buried in the sand. 
Judging by the number of bandi- 
coots seen, and the number of food 
pits noticed, it seems that the popula- 
tion is not numerous. A personal esti- 
mate is given at about eighty animals. 


Plate 2 


Y 


cid 


Photo: Author. 


South Bay seen from the eastern ridge of West Hill. February. 1968. The sand 

ridge open-scrub can be seen directly behind the beach. The West Gully of East Hill 

is in the top left-hand corner. Tussock Poa Poa australis sp. agg. tussock grassland 
can be seen in the foreground. 


10 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


Two bandicoot nests were seen in 
December, 1966, One was in grassy 
Coast Sheoke open-forest in the 
lower part of West Gully, East Hill. 
The other was under an African Box- 
thorn bush beside a narrow track 
through the African Boxthorn open- 
scrub just east of the homestead. Two 
others were seen in February, 1968. 
M. H. Christie found one of them 
amongst a dense stand of Winged 
Slender Thistle ( *Carduus tenuiflorus) 
on the lower part of the eastern ridge 
of West Hill. It was made of thistle 
leaves and moss. The other nest was 
in the homestead enclosure. It was 
in closed-grassland beside African 
Boxthorn open-scrub, 

A bandicoot shot by a fisherman in 
late January, 1968, was obtained and 
lodged at the National Museum of 
Victoria (MEL C 7892 — skin, skull 
and skeleton). Another specimen, 
which seemed to have been killed by 
a dog some months before, was found 
at the same time. [It was lodged at 


the Queen Victoria Museum, Launces- 
skull, 


ton (QVM 1971/1/7 — part 
part skeleton). 


Plate 3 


Photo: Author. 


During the month spent on the 
island the writer never saw bandicoots 
in the open during daytime. Occasion- 
ally though they were seen at dusk 
beside African Boxthorn clumps and 
open-scrub. In the central pasture 
area they seemed to use the African 
Boxthorn as shelter during the daytime 
and they ran to it when disturbed at 
night. 

Mr. A. E. Blyth, whose father and 
uncle took over the lease of the island 
in 1884, indicated that there was never 
anything said in the family to suggest 
that the bandicoot was introduced to 
the island (A. E. Blyth, pers. comm.). 
As the only bandicoot bones in Mr. 
D. G. F. Smith's extensive collections 
from coastal blowouts on Flinders 
Island were from Short-nosed Bandi- 
coots (D. G. F. Smith, pers. comm.), 


the bandicoot caught on Flinders 
Island in 1832 (Backhouse, 1843; 
Backhouse & Tylor, 1862) was 


probably the same species. So the 
West Sister population could be a 
relict one. 

The European Hare (Lepus euro- 
paeus) is remembered by Mr. A. E. 


The homestead, built 1896, behind South Bay. Pademelons and bandicoots were 
seen feeding in the pasture around the homestead. The African Boxtborn open-scrub 
just behind the homestead was a narrow hedge originally. 


January, 1972 


n 


Blyth as being on the island at least 
sixty years ago, and he thinks that his 
father introduced them to the island 
(A. E. Blyth, pers. comm.). Many 
hares were seen on West Sister in 
December. 1966. Each evening there 
were always between ten and twenty 
in the pasture between the home- 
stead enclosure and the South Bay 
sand ridges. Apparently the 1967 
drought was hard on the population, 
for only three or four were seen dur- 
ing the many walks of the 1968 visit. 
They seemed no more common by 
August, 1969. 

The Eastern Water-Rat (Hydromys 
chrysogaster) has been recorded for 
the island in late 1929 or early 1930, 
and in about 1960 (Whinray, 1971b). 

It is interesting to note that nearby 
East Sister Island had only the Red- 
bellied  Pademelon (Thylogale bil- 
lardieri), until two smaller marsupials 
were introduced by the late Mr. 
George Blyth (A. E. Blyth, pers. 
comm. ). East Sister, about 1,000 acres 
in area, lies about three miles north- 
east of West Sister (see Figure 1). 
Pademelons were noticed when the 
writer visited East Sister in Decem- 
ber, 1966. Mr. A. E. Blyth (pers. 
comm.) said that both the Brushtail 
Possum (Trichosurus vulpecula) in- 
troduced from Flinders [sland in the 
1920's, and the White-footed Smin- 
thopsis (Sminthopsis leucopus) intro- 
duced from West Sister Island in the 
1920's or 1930's, were present still on 
East Sister when he paid his last visit 
there in 1966. 


BIRDS 


Notes on some of the species seen 
are followed by a list of species. This 
list is not complete because of in- 
ability to identify the species of a 
number of the birds seen. Quail, 
Ravens, Whistlers and Thornbills 
were some of these. 


12 


Little Penguin (Eudyptula minor). 

Only one was seen. It was in an 
isolated burrow near the north-west 
point in February, 1968. 


Short-tailed Shearwater (Puffinus 
tenuirostris). 

There are a number of rookeries 
on West Hill and they cover about 
100 acres. 


Sooty Oystercatcher (Haematopus 
unicolor). 

Although West Sister is so close to 
Flinders Island, only this species is 
present. In Kents Group (Jones, 
1970: Whinray, 1971a) and on Cat 
Island, Furneaux Group (Cashion, 
1958), this seems to be the only resi- 
dent Oystercatcher. It is, apparently, 
better suited than the Pied Oyster- 
catcher to islands with mainly rocky 
coasts and no surrounding mudflats. 


White-breasted Sea-Eagle (Haliaeetus 
leucogaster). 

One, or sometimes two, birds were 
seen over the island on most days 
during the month spent there. No 
nest was noticed on the island. 


Yellow-tailed Black Cockatoo 
(Calyptorhynchus funereus). 

Three were seen flying at about 300 
feet above the lower western slopes 
of East Hill on 15 August, 1969. 
This was the first fine day after a week 
of cold squally south-westerly gales. 
They were noticed only because of 
hearing their distinctive calls while 
packing my gear in the kitchen at 2 
p.m. Using field glasses, the writer 
watched them until they were out of 
sight. Up to this time they were head- 
ing for the north coast of Flinders 
Island about a mile west of North 
Point. They were not noticed on the 
island during the week before the 
sighting. During this time, practically 
all the scrub areas of the island had 
been traversed. 


Vict. Nat, Vol. 89 


Dusky Robin (Amaurodryas 
vittata). 

This Tasmanian endemic. was seen 
often in the central pasiure area of the 
island. 

Scrub Wrens, 

Using Sharland's descriptions in his 
Tasmanian Birds, I concluded that 
both the White-browed Scrub Wren 
(Sericornis frontalis) and Brown 
Scrub Wren (Sericornis humilis) were 
present. However, Green (1969) 
claims the species present as the 
Brown Serub Wren. 


Crescent Honeyeater (Phylidonyris 
pyrrhoptera), 

This species of honeyeater was the 
only one seen and heard on the island. 
The area of suitable habitat, which in- 
cludes the African Boxthorn areas, is 
about 250 acres. In Kent's Group, 
only the Crescent Honeyeater seems 
to occur on Erith Island (Jones, 


1970; Whinray, 1971a) and Dover 
Island (Whinray, 1971a). The areas 
of suitable habitat on these islands are 
about 300 and 900 acrcs respectively. 
On Deal Island, which has about 
2,400 acres of suitable habitat, both 
the Crescent and White-naped Honey- 
eaters occur (Whinray, 1971a). It is 
possible that the Crescent is the 
species best suited to life on Bass 
Strait islands which have sufficient 
habitat for only one honeyeater 
species. The details given above show 
that it can live on islands with quite 
small areas of suitable habitat. 


Beautiful Firetait ( Zonaegintlius 
bellus). 

One bird was seen by M. H. 
Christie in February, 1968, al the 
lower part of West Gully, East Hill 
(M. H. Christie, pers. comm.). This 
was the only sighting of the species. 


List of Birds of West Sister Island (1966-1969). 


This list, of twenty-six species, is sel 
out after Leach’s An Australian Bird 
Hock, 1968. An asterisk indicates an in- 
troduced species and (T) indicates a Tas- 
maman endemic species. 


Eudyptula minor 
Little Penguin. 
Puffinus tenuirostris 
Short-tailed Shearwater, 
Luray novae-hollandiue 
Silver Gull, 
Lorus pacificus 
Pacific Gull. 
Haematapus unicolor 
Sooty Oystercatcher, 
Labihyx novae-hollandiae 
Spurwinged Plover. 
Charadvius cuculfatis 
Hooded Datierel, 
Cereopsis novae-hollandiae 
Cape Barren Goose, 
Huliaeetus leucagaster 
White-breasted Sea Eagle, 
Falco berigora 
Brown Hawk. 
Ninox novae-seclandiac 
Boobook Owl. 
Colyptorhynchus fünercus 
Yellow-tailed Black Cockalon. 


January, 1972 


Cacomantis pyrrhophanus 
Fantatled Cuckoo. 
Hirundo neoxena 
Welcome Swallow. 
Amauradryas vittata 
Dusky Robin. 
Rhipidura fuliginosa 
Grey Fantail. 
Sericornis humilis 
Brown Serub Wren, 
+ Twrday merula 
Blackbird. 
Epthianura albilrons 
White-fronted Chat, 
Zosrerops lateralis 
Grey-breasted Silver-eye. 
Phylidonyris pyrrhoptera 
Crescent Honeyeater. 
* Alauda arvensis 
Skylark. 
* Carduelis carduelis 
Goldfinch. 
= Passer domesticus 
House Sparrow. 
Zanaeginthus bellus 
Beautiful Firctail. 
= Sruenus vulgaris 
Starling. 


(T) 


13 


REFERENCES 


Backhouse, Jl, 1843. A narrative of a 
visit fo the — Austullan — colonies. 
Londan, Page 86. 

Backhouse, J.. and Tylor, C., 1862. The 
life ond labours of George Washington 
Walker, London. Page 104, 

Blyth A. E, Personal communication. 
Mr. Blyth is the présent leaseholder ot 
East Sister Island. C/- Emita, Flinders 
Island, Tasmania 

Blyth, E. T. Personal communication, 
Mr, Blyth visits West Sister Island to 
do work for the leaseholder (his 
father), C/- Palana, Flinders Island. 

Bluth, R. E. Personal Communication. 
Mr. Blyth also visiis West Sister to do 
work for his father. C/- Palana, 
Flinders Island. 

Cashion T., 1958. The birds of Cat 
Island, Furneaux Group, Tasmania. 
Em, Vol. 58, page 330. 

Chamberlain, J. Personal communication. 
Mr, Chamberlain was employed to 
feed the sheep on West Sister during 
the 1967 drought. C/- White Mark, 
Flinders Island, 

Christie, M, H. Personal communication, 
Miss Christie accompanied the author 
to West Sister for the 1968 visit. C/- 
While Mark, Flinders Isfand. 

Curtis, W. M. 1963. Whe student's 
flora of Tasmanio, Part 2, page 237, 


Filson, R. B, 1969. A revicw of the 
general Teloschistes , . , Muellvria, Vol, 
2, Part 1, pp. 74-5. 

Green, R. E, 1969. The birds of 
Flinders Islanti. Records oj the Queen 
Victoria Museen, Launceston, No, 34, 
page 16. 

Hope, J. H. Personal communication. 
Cj- Research School of Pacific Studies, 
Australian National University, Can- 


berra. 

Jones J., 1970. South West Island, aad 
other investigations in the Kent Group. 
Victoriwt Naturalist, 87 (12) 358. 

Kemp, D. H. Personal communication. 
C|- CSIRO Long Pocket Laboratories, 
Indooroopilly, Queensland, 

Smith, D. G, F, Personal communica- 
tion. Mr. Smith's collections are held 
at the Western Australian Museum and 
were ustermined by Mr. Duncan 
Merrilees. C/- White Mark, Flindezé 
Tsland. 7 

Whinray, J. S. 1971a. A list of birds 
of the major Kent's Group islands. 
Tasmanian Naturalist, No. 24, pp. 2-3. 

=, 1971b. The present distribu- 
tion of some mammals . 
Naturalist, 88 (30) 284. 

Willis, J. H. Personal communication. 
Milligan’s specimen (No. 563) of 
Sicyos mgulata is held at the National 
Herbarium, Victoria, Australia. 


.. Fictorian 


Appendix 1 
List of heebs ef the central pasture area, West Sister Island, 1965-1969. 


Species with M. before their scientific 
names were determined at the National 
Herbarium, Melbourne. Other determin- 
ations are by the author. An asterisk 
indicates an introduced species. 


Poaceae 
Pennisetum clandestiiium 
Kikuyu Grass. 
* Carapodium rigidum 
Fern Grass. 
* Vulpia megalura 
Foxtail Fescue. 
M * Pulpit bromoldes 
Squirreltail Fescue. 
M * Fulpii myuros 
Ratstail Fescue. 
* Bromus mollis 
Soft Brome. 
* Bromus diandrus 
Giant Brome, 
* Koeleria phleoides 
Annual Catstail. 


i4 


Poa australis sp. agg. 
Tussock Poa, 
* Poa annua 
Annual Meadowgrass. 
M = Stipa compacta 
Spear Grass. 
M * Aira caryephyllea 
^ Silvery Hairgrass. 
M Danthonia racemosa 
Wallaby Grass. 
* Avena fotua 
Wild Oat. 
* Avena sativa 
Ont, 
M * Lolium perenne 
Perennial Ryegrass. 
M ? Rordeum leporinim 
Barley Grass, 


Urticaceae 
* Urtica wrens 
Garden Nettle. 


Vict. Nel, Vel. 39 


Polygonaceae 
Rumex brownii 
Swamp Dock. 
* Rumex acetosella 
Sheep Sorrel. 
M * Rumex pulcher 
Fiddle Dock. 


Chenopodiaceae 
M * Chenopodium pumilio 
Clammy Goosefoot. 
* Chenopodium murale 
Nettleleaved Goosefoot. 
M * Chenopodium album 
White Goosefoot. 


Caryophyllaceae 
* Stellaria media 
Common Chickweed. 
M * Sagina apetala 
Annual Pearlwort. 
M * Cerastium fontanum 


Sticky Mouse-ear Chickweed. 


* Polycarpon tetraphyllum 
Fourleaved Allseed. 
M * Silene nocturna 
Catchfly. 


Fumariaceae 
M * Fumaria muralis 
Fumitory. 


Cruciferae 
* Coronopus didymus 
Lesser Swinescress. 
* Capsella bursa-pastoris 
Shepherds Purse. 


Crassulaceae 
Crassula sieberiana 
Annual Stonecrop. 
Crassula macrantha 
Stonecrop. 


Rosaceae 


Acaena anserinifolia 
Bidgee Widgee. 


Fabaceae 
M * Trifolium dubium 
Yellow Suckling. 


January, 1972 


M * Trifolium cernuum 

Droopingflower Clover, 
* Trifolium glomeratum 

Clustered Clover. 

M * Trifolium tomentosum 
Woolly Clover. 

M * Medicago arabica 
Spotted Medick. 

M * Medicago polymorpha 
Common Burrmedick. 

M * Melilotus indica 
King Island Melilot. 


Geraniaceae 
* Geranium molle 
Soft Geranium. 
* Erodium cicutarium 
Common Heronsbill. 
* Erodium moschatum 
Musk Heronsbill. 


Oxalidaceae 
Oxalis corniculata 
Creeping Woodsorrel. 


Malvaceae 
M * Malva parviflora 
Smallflower Mallow. 


Labiatae 
* Marrubium vulgare 
White Horehound. 


Rubiaceae 
M * Sherardia arvensis 
Field Madder. 


Asteraceae 
* Gnaphalium candidissimum 
Silver Cudweed. 
Cotula australis 
Common Cotula. 
M Cymbonotus preissianus 
Annual Bearsear. 
* Carduus tenuiflorus 
Winged Slender Thistle. 
M * Leontodon nudicaulis ssp. 
taraxacoides Hawkbit. 
* Hypochaeris radicata. 
Cats Ear. 
M * Hypochaeris glabra 
Smooth Cats Ear. 


15 


The Ambulatory Medusa or Walking Bud 


of Clavatella Prolifera 


By H. BisHop 


Whilst carrying out an inspection of 
material in a small marine aquarium 
during September, 1969, a number of 
star-shaped specks were observed on 
the sides of the aquarium. 

These were assumed to be smail 
brittle stars, but on inspecting them 
with a hand lens, they were found to 
be entirely different. To make a more 
detailed inspection, a few of these 
creatures were removed from the 
aquarium and placed under the micro- 
scope, where they were clearly visible, 
and presenting a fascinating sight. 


Plate 1. 6-arm Medusa. 
Photo: Author 


These creatures had a central body 
with six radiating arms (Pl. 1). Each 
arm was branched in the shape of a 
"Y". One branch of each arm ter- 
minated in a suction pad and the other 
branch terminated in a disc covered 
with stinging cells. The suction pads 
provide a means of locomotion and are 
used for walking about on, whilst the 
section terminating in stinging cells, 
wave around as ihough searching for 
food, at times meeting overhead. Small 
crustaceans coming into contact with 
these stinging cells, were instantly 
paralysed. 

There were six ocelli (simple light 
receptors), one at the junction where 
each arm joined the body. These 
ocellus appear as red spots. 

A small trunk-like protrusion was 
Observed on rare occasions, sweeping 
around under the body. 

Not being able to identify these 
creatures, one was taken into the 
microscopy group meeting. where it 
was identified by D. McInnes as the 
medusa stage of the hydroid, Clava- 
tella prolifera. 

It appears that these medusa are 
rarely found, possibly owing to the 
lack of observation. Mr. McInnes has 
sighted these before, but the only other 
known sighting which has been re- 
ported in Victoria was in 1949. It 
was the subject of an article by M. E. 
Freame, Victorian Naturalist 65. 
headed “The Crawling Jelly Fish” Bud 
of Clavatella prolifera. This article re- 
fers to a previous discovery in Port 
Jackson, N.S.W. in 1893. 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


The number of medusa in the 
aquarium increased rapidly, as many 
as six were counted in a square inch 
(PIII 

It was at this time that a request was 
received for a number of specimens to 
be forwarded to the Emperor of Japan, 
who is a world-renowned marine bio- 
logist. Six good specimens with buds 
were removed from the aquarium, and 
placed in a small container with some 
of the water. This was passed to Mrs. 
J. Watson of the Underwater Observa- 
tory Group, who arranged for their 
despatch through the Japanese Consul. 
Word was received at a later date that 
the medusa arrived safely, and in good 
condition. 

The medusa in the aquarium were 
kept under observation for the next 
ten months. A considerable number 
were always visible. As each medusa 
developed buds would appear between 
the radiating arms; as many as six buds 
have been observed on the one me- 
dusa. These buds are young medusa, 
and when they reach a certain stage 
they detach themselves from the 
parent, and continue an existence of 
their own. These young medusa de- 
velop buds and so the numbers rapidly 
increase. 


Plate 2 


As many as 
6 medusa 
per square 
inch were 
counted. 


(See text.) 


Photo: Author 


January, 1972 


It has not been possible to establish 
what happens to the adult medusa, 
after the buds break away. “Does it 
die" or start developing buds again? 
As they have the power to walk about, 
it was not practicable to observe one 
medusa through its life cycle. 

With the view to making a per- 
manent record of these medusa a 
microscope slide was prepared, but it 
was not a success. The only other 
alternative was to have a photographic 
record, and this led to the purchase of 


à camera suitable for photomicro- 
graphy. 
After considerable experimenting. 


and a lot of failures, a number of 
good colour transparencies were ob- 
tained, and from these, black and 
white negatives and prints were made. 

Having successfully maintained the 
medusa for a considerable time in a 
small aquarium, I was most anxious 


to see if the hydroid itself would 
develop. 
After numerous inspections of 


material from the aquarium, two hy- 
droids were found. These are much 
smaller than the medusa and it was 
most rewarding to find these. To my 
knowledge there is no record of these 
being observed before in Victoria. 


17 


The hydroid Clavatella prolifera has 
a slender stem-like body, with four 
arms radiating out from the top. Each 
arm terminated in a disc of stinging 
cells identical to the medusa. 

A number of photographs were im- 
mediately taken of the hydroids, in 
case these were the only specimens in 
the aquarium. However, quite a few 
more were observed during the next 
months. 

Whilst searching for  hydroids 
numerous planula were observed mov- 
ing about on the algae. These are 
small spheres covered with cilia, and 
under high power magnification an ex- 
tremely fine flagella was observed 
sweeping around when the planula 
moved. Although I had not observed 
the development of these planula, it 
seems quite evident that the complete 
life cycle had been attained, as the 
medusa, the planula, and the hydroid 
were all observed in one container at 
the same time. 

During the summer months the 
medusa developed in large numbers, 
but in the winter months their num- 
bers were reduced. Specimens were 
always visible during the ten months 
that the aquarium was operating. After 
ten months of continuous operation 
the aquarium became overgrown with 
algae, and it was necessary to clean 
it out. 

The material gathered to commence 
this aquarium was collected from 
Rickets Point, Melbourne, and the 
medusa were found on the coraline, 
and algae Enteromorpha intestinalis 
in the clear pools at low tide. Various 
visits to the same area have resulted in 
additional findings of the medusa. 
During a holiday at Wye River in 
January 1971 two specimens were 
found on material from the ocean rock 
pools, which indicates that they are 
widespread. 

The medusa are hardy animals, and 


18 


can withstand a variety of water tem- 
peratures, as was proved during 
January and February 1970 when 
water temperature in the aquarium 
reached 82^ Fahrenheit on numerous 
occasions without causing any reduc- 
tion to their numbers. 

They appear to prefer light in pre- 
ference to darkness, as they always 
gathered on the sides of the aquarium 
facing the daylight. 

'The number of arms on the medusa 
varied, and specimens have been ob- 
served with five (Pl. 3) six, and 
seven arms. 

Both the medusa and the hydroid 
have been kept in a small petri dish 
for up to 12 days whilst under obser- 
vation. The water was changed daily 
and aerated twice daily. 

The establishment of and maintain- 
ing a small marine aquarium, did not 
present any problems, or require 
special attention. The aquarium re- 


Plate 3. 5-arm Medusa. 
Photo: Author 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


ferred to in this article was placed in a 
position where it received full day- 
light (no direct sunlight) and was kept 
constantly aerated by a vibrating type 
air pump. The conditions were evi- 
dently favourable, as apan from the 
Medusa, small crustaceans and micro- 
scopical forms of life were always in 
abundance, 

The following publications refer in 
detail to Clavatella prolifera with its 
ambulatory medusa. 

“British Hydroid Zoophytes", Vols. 
1 and 2 by T, Hincks, B.A., dated 
1868 and “A Monograph of the Gym- 
noblastic or Tubularian Hydroids", by 
G. J. Allman, M.D., dated 1871, This 
publication is available from the Public 
Reference Library. 

Hincks refers to the first sighting of 
Clavatella prolifera at Torquay, Eng- 
land. 

Allman mentions finding specimens 
on the west coast of Scotland, but does 
not mention the date of sighting, 

The information gained from the 
excellent recordings in these publica- 
tions, of the life cycles of Clavatella 
prolifera and its ambulatory medusa, 
has answered my query on the link 
between the medusa and the planula 
stage. 

As mentioned earlier in this article, 
I had the medusa, thẹ planula, and 
the hydroid in a container at the one 
lime, but I was unable to find out how 
the planula developed. Both Hincks 
and Allman refer io this sexual stage, 
and Hincks’ observation is briefly as 
follows, 

Ova are produced in the extreme 
posterior portion of the body of the 
medusa, between the ectoderm and the 
endoderm, The two membranes are 
separated more widely as the embryos 
multiply, and increase in size, and the 
hody becomes éxtended. At last the 
outer wall is ruptured and the con- 
tained young are liberated, swimming 
away in the form of cilated planula. 


January, 1972 


This stage has been observed to take 
place in the Autumn, 

The planula settles down on a swit- 
able surface, eveniually developing in- 
to the hydroid, which rises from a 
creeping filitorm. 

Hincks also refers io ihe develop- 
ment of the ambulatory medusa from 
the hydroid, These develop in clusters. 
on the lower portion of the body, 
finally being liberated and walking 
away an their stilt-like legs, to start a 
new life cycle.. 

The development of the buds. from 
the medusa, by gemmation, rakes place 
in the Spring. 

The various stages in the lc cycle 
of Clavatella prolifera are illustrated 
in the accompanying diagram (Fig. 
1), as follows;— 

1. Hydroid with young medusa. 

2. Ambulatory medusa, 

3. Bud on medusa. 

4. Young medusa developed from 

bud (asexual reproduction) - 

5, Planula, which develops into the 

hydroid (sexual reproduction). 


Clauglelia orte. 


Figure 1, 


19 


Concerning Birds that Store Food 
By A. H, CHISHOLM 


How much is Known in Australia 
ol the practice followed in varius 
countries by certain birds, especially 
corvids, of (4) smashing molluscs and 
the like by dropping them from aloft 
on ta hard surfaces, and (b) the prac- 
tice of the sanie, or other birds of 
burying, or otherwise concealing sur- 
plus food? 

I have discussed the firsi of these 
questions (winch relates to secondary 
tool-using) in the Victorian Naruralist 
for July 1971. As to the matter of 
food-staring there is an interesting 
item an att unpublished letter, held by 
Mr. T. S, P. Ramsey of Sydney, writ- 
ten in May 1894 to Dr, E, P, Ramsey 
by A. M. N. Rose of Buckley's Cross- 
ing, Snowy River, N.S.W. It concerns 
what is described as a year-old crow 
(Corvus coronoides), with a cut wing, 
that had the freedom of a garden, 

"When this bird has had sufficient 
meat or bread", the writer says, “he 
often conceals some in his pouch. T 
do not mean you to understand that 
he is a marsupial, but that he has à 
receptacle below or behind his lower 
mandible. Then off he hops, and on 
finding a suitable place he digs a hole 
with his beak and empties his hoard 
into it, and covers it up. He then 
returns for more, and each time he 
selects a different spot for his store, 
often hiding under a bush or at the 
base of a shrub, and covering it with 
leaves." 

It is addéd that on one occasion the 
bird filled his "pouch" with sunflower 
seeds, and emptied them in a corner 
of the garden without covering them. 
On another occasion, when walking 
away with a piece of bread he found 
anotfer piece, whereupon he trans- 
ferred the first 1 his "pouch", picked 
up the second piece, and took both to 


20 


a bush, where he covered them with 
leaves. 

A second record is dated 77 years 
later. If is presented by Jan Gall, a 
nature writer and illustrator, in the 
Brisbane Courier-Mail of July 10, 
1971. Under the heading, “Old Crow 
with a very fast brain". Mr. Gall 
remarks that this species — sometimes 
jermed "Kelly" — has been said to 
have a more agile mentality than many 
human beings. He then relates that an 
individual of the Kind has been making 
a habit of visiting = Brisbane sub= 
urban garden (where a bird-bath is 
installed), and there "doing a squirrel 
uel for the day of need" hy obtaining 
items of food, and burying them. 

This avian Autolycus has, for ex- 
ample, been seen to wrench a pecan 
nut from 3 tree and bury it, with husk 
complete, behind à rocky border in 
the garden. Then, "so that no freshly 
turned soil would be visible to fos- 
sickers". and perhaps also to give itself 
the benefit of "a spot marked X". it 
carefully {aid fine poinciana twigs on 
top of the disturbed earth. 

“Is jt instinct for this bird to hide 
things from his prying brethren?’ Tan 
Gall asks. “Will he return when the 
husk has Fallen clear from the nul, or 
will it be forgotten, just as butcher- 
birds sometimes forget where they 
have hidden pieces of bread in tree- 
forks. or under bark?” 

Actually, although much has been 
writen regarding the multitude of 
food-sathering habits of birds, there 
are few records in any country touch- 
ing the frequency with which food- 
storers retrieve their hoards. The one 
Australian species that has no trouble 
on this point is the Crested Bellbird 
{Oreoica), which collects caterpillars. 
cripples them, and stores them beside 
eggs, or small young in its nest 


Vict. Nat. Vol. B9 


book review 


Birds of Victoria 3 
(Oceans, Bays, Beaches) 
Published by the Gould League. 
Price: $1.50. 


The third of these excellent pub- 
lications is available. 

To those who have already seen 
Book 1 and 2, anything said here 
would be trite; but to others, in- 
terested in bird study, this series of 
books should not be overlooked on 
any account. 

In Book 3, nine pages are given 
over to some valuable information on 
coastal, island, and migratory birds of 
Bass Strait. 


Margo Króyer-Pedersen's paintings 
are again of a high standard. 


Every bird observer must have 
this book! 


F.N.C.V. PUBLICATIONS AVAILABLE FOR PURCHASE 
THE WILD FLOWERS OF THE WILSON’S PROMONTORY NATIONAL PARK, 
by J. Ros Garnet. 


Price $5.25, (discount to members); postage 20c. 


VICTORIAN TOADSTOOLS AND MUSHROOMS, by J. H. Willis. 


This describes 120 toadstool species and many other fungi. There are four 
coloured plates and 31 other illustrations. New edition. Price 90c. 


THE VEGETATION OF WYPERFELD NATIONAL PARK, by J. R. Garnet. 
Coloured frontispiece, 23 half-tone, 100 line drawings of plants and a map. 
Price $1.50. 


Address orders and inquiries to Sales Officer, F.N.C.V., National Herbarium, 
South Yarra, Victoria. 


Payments should include postage (11c on single copy). 


January, 1972 21 


Mammal Survey Group Bi-Annual Report 


July 1969-June 1971 


The committee of the Mammal Sur- 
vey Group regrets that the Annual 
Report for 1969/1971 was not sub- 
mitted for publication. This present 
report covers the two-year period to 
June 1971. It is intended that sub- 
sequent reports will be on an annual 
basis. 

Throughout this period the group 
has experienced steady progress. both 
in active membership. and consequent 
field effort. Membership has risen to 
39, of whom an average of 12 have 
attended organised group camps. 
Nineteen such camps have been 
mounted in 10 regions of the State. 
(Details of surveys are given in ac- 
companying Tables I and IT.) 

Regional sample surveys have been 
completed in the Brisbane Ranges 
(three surveys), Upper Lerderderg 
Valley (six surveys), Cardinia Creek 
Reservoir site (two surveys), and the 
Otway Ranges (seven surveys). 

Three more papers have been pub- 
lished in the Victorian Naturalist; be- 
ing numbers IV, V, and VI of the 
Mammal Survey Group's contribu- 
tions.* They were — “Mammals of the 
Riddell District” (1): "First Record 
of New Holland Mouse in Victoria" 
(2): and "The Mammals of the Bris- 
bane Ranges" (3). Several more 
papers are in preparation. 

The discovery of New Holland 
Mouse (Pseudomys Novaehollandiae) 


* 


l. Vict. Nat. 87, 192, 1970. 
2. Vict. Nat. 87, 280, 1970, 
3. Vict. Nat. 88, 62, 1971. 


22 


at Tyabb was a highlight of the group's 
field activity, and has prompted a 
fuller investigation of uncleared bush 
around Westernport. 

This region, including the Morning- 
ton Peninsula, has been receiving much 
attention from the group in an effort 
to ascertain the status of its mammal 
fauna before industrial, and residential 
pressures irreversibly alter the present 
habitats. Surveys are also current in 
the Kinglake, and Central Highlands 
regions. 

The Conservation Council of Vic- 
toria, whilst engaged in collecting data 
for environmental surveys of the Mel- 
bourne metropolitan area, and the 
Westernport district, approached the 
Mammal Survey Group for relevant 
informetion on the mammals, and 
their habitats in these areas. Such 
information as was available in the 
group's records was freely given. 

A film featuring the activities of the 
group was produced by the A.B.C., 
and screened in the secondary school's 
science programme this year. 

Monthly meetings have been at- 
tended by an average of 20 members, 
and eight visitors, 

As in the past financial assistance 
has been received from the M. A. In- 
gram Trust for the purchase of equip- 
ment, and other expenses. The group 
also wishes to acknowledge the assist- 
ance of the Fisheries and Wildlife 
Department of Victoria, in whose 
Rylah Research Institute its monthly 
meetings are held. 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


Summary of Survey Results 


1969-70 
TABLE I 
Number Spot- Number of t 
Locality of Trap- light Specimens* | native species 
Surveys nights hours identified recorded 
Lerderderg Valley 3 318 56-4 140 10 
Otway Ranges 3 552 69.5 197 16 
Central Highlands 3 522 54°6 234 14 
Westernport 2 221 37:3 209 7 
Caiuinia Creek 2 173 25:5 43 5 
Kinglake Ranges 1 92 12:2 25 6 
Brisbane Ranges 1 69 12:5 9 2 
Metropolitan 1 46 1 6 2 
Totals 15 1993 268 863 25 
TABLE TI 
Number Spot- Number of t 
Locality of Trap- light Specimens* | native species 
Surveys nights hours identified recorded 
Westernport 8 1461 48-0 396 12 
Grampians 1 727 21:3 220 14 
Central Highlands 2 298 1547 250 i5 
Kinglake Ranges 2 200 32:1 43 9 
Murrindindi 1 77 14-3 17 8 
Totals 14 2763 131-4 926 23 


*Including daylight sighting. 


January, 1972 


{From all sources of evidence, 


23 


Readers’ Nature Notes and Queries 


Vork-Ferms and Lyrehinis at 
Waratah Bay 


This nole comes trom 
Mrs. Ellen Lyndon of Leongatha, 


For the past few seasons we have been 
anxiously watching (wo tiny colonics of 
the Small Fork-fern (Tenesipterir purve) 
jn a bog just outside of the camping area 
at Walkerville North. The drought sum- 
mer of 1967-68 dried owt many of the 
natural ferneries along the shore and 
killed off mast of the Coral-fern jungles 
that made them unattractive fo campers 
and Lrampers. 

It is very cheering to find T. parva still 
well established on the  headwater 
branches of Second Creek and again on 
those of Blufl Creek. The long Fork-fern 
(T. billardieri) is also present on Bluff 
Creek, in some instances on separate 
treeferas and jn others, im company 
with T parva. One colony of T. billar- 
dieri, in a particularly dark and shaded 
site, has produced fronds up to 30 inches 
in fength. 

A survey of Lyrebird activity in that 
region has shown that the birds are still 
present, but only just. An old nest con- 
taining a rotten egg has been found on 
McPherson's Creek, Then a new nest 
with fresh egg above Second Creek in 
the umbered &rea. There are no mounds 
to be seen and few signs of scratching, 
No singing at all Foxes are all too 
plentiful 


Miss Jean Galbraith of Tyers in Gippsland, 
writes: 


Mistletoes are always interesting. | 
was puzzled by one in Chiliern Forest, 
which was parasitic om Drooping Mislle- 
toe (Amyema pendula). It bad the fol- 
iage of 4. würaculoss (Pleshy Mistle- 
toe) but had such minute buds that 1 
thought it might be a Neorofhixas as 
members af that genus have pin's-head 
buds and tiny flowers. This was sup- 
ported by its habit— parasitic on another 
mistleloe—a  liahir common in Nara- 
thixos, though not invariable éxcept in 
Golden Mistletoe (N. subarrevs) which 
[ have seen on more than one host— 
on onë occasion on its sister species 
N. cornifolius. However, 1 knew il was 
no Notathixos of temperate Australia 
sa showed it to Mr. Willis who récoe- 
nised it as Amyema miraculosa with 
very hnmalure buds. Naturally any 
mistletoe, even a largc-flowerex species, 
has smal) buds at first, and this one 
is not large-flowered, 4 normal bloom 
would be + in long. Apparently it 
is not unusual, for Fleshy Mistletoe to 
parasilise another species A more 
developed specimen, from another plant, 
also on 4. pendula, was later sent to 
me. In this the pais of tiny "buds" 
(which 1 thought ruled out A. »nirüciu- 
losa) had burst open, showing each was 
a Cluster of three, enclosed in bracts 


Field Naturalist 


General Meeting 13 December 


As announced in the November issue 
the December general rmeeling was de- 
voted to discussion of suggestions for 
improving and modernising the club. 
The large number present almost filled 
the hall. and included most regular 
auenders, plus many who seldom come 
tò general meetings. 

Club President Mr. [om Sault opened 
praceedings by saying many members 
seem to fee] the club is not fulfilling its 
objectives, With club leaders getting 
older it is also being wondered where 
are pur future leaderg, The concern of 
members about these matters led Lo the 
setting up of a club improvement com- 


24 


Club of Victoria 


mittee, which drew up the questionnaire 
sent to members in the September issue 
of the Victorian Naturalist. Qut of some 
800 members only 76 filled in [he ques- 
tionnaire and returned it. He then pul- 
lined the [urmat the meering would take 
—opening with a summary of the sur- 
vey, followed by a number of prepared 
speakets giving short statements, thea 
general discussion of the topic before 
the prepared speakers presented motions 
on ideas for club improvement. 

Miss Gwen Piper presented a statis- 
tical analysis of the questionnaire 
answers received, and My, Sault read 
brief summaries of the comments, and 
suggestions sent in with them. These 
will be published later. 


Vici. Nat. Vol. 89 


The Club's Assistant Secretary, Mr, 
Barry Cooper, Was the first set speaker. 
He felt the club was failing in two areas, 
The first of these was the lack of worth- 
while field activity, particularly by way 
of ecological surveys. The second is that 
We are Not attracting young propie In 
connection with the first of these he 
mentioned the work done by club expe- 
ditians Lalo remote areas during its early 
years, He considered a new group waa 
nected to Min camping expeditions, and 
hat this would attract young people. 
He also wanted to see a seclion sel up to 
iniGaie ecological surveys. 

The second speaker was Dr. John 
Hampton, whe felt it wise to be discuss- 
ing this ippic as some members con» 
sidered the club's future scemed in 
doubt. He questioned how much has 
been achieved ip relation to the ststed 
Sims of the club. To gel anything done 
ilwse days one has to put factunl reports 
to the authorities, he said, and queried 
-—how much FIN.CV. has contributed 
16 this. the extent to. which if has 
encouraged the study of malura! history: 
whether in fact the club is giving 
leadership in its field’ and whether 
{he journal has become bigger, or better, 
of sells more capies? He then said that 
to many of Us IC seems pot 3. question 
al how to improve the club, but how to 
keep it alive, and asked jẹ the club 
achicving what tt-set out to do? Since 
he doubled that ii was he said he would 
move thal a sub-committee be set up ro 
prapase needed changes. 

Mr. David Munro prefaced his re 
marks by admitting he fas attended only 
six general meetings in six years. He 
has however been involved in Meld 
naturalist. activities, as a member of the 
Mammal Survey Group. 

Though pleased to see [he question- 
naire he was disappointed at the super- 
fictality of its questions-—he felt they 
cuuld have probed deeper, and dis- 
covered more. As preliminary questions 
they had aome merit since theic results 
were disturbing enough to hold this 
meeting on jhem, In regard tà the chib's 
slated objective of -stimutating inlercst 
in natural history he said this can be 
interpreted in many ways, and asked 
when, in what direction, uj what degree, 
and in what manner do we stimulate? 
One cau stimulat one’s awh anreresk in 
natural history, and while becoming 
knowledgeable in a particular field dis- 
cover some new facts of value. Such 
discoveries he submitted were usualty 


January, 1972 


accidental rather than planned, and 
therefore rarely as useful ms Systeri- 
auically collected information, He des- 
cribed such people as "casual amateurs” 
with a self-centred approach, and their 
contribution to the fund of knowledge 
on natural history as negligible; and con- 
tended that the bulk of present F.N.C.V. 
membership fir this description, He 
asked whether f.N.C.V. is unravelling 
amy mysteries of nature, are the amateur 
members of today pore active than i 
the past, and wf so why is the serious 
conrent of the Victorian Naturalist 
diminishing? We do need more active 
naturalists he said. No doubl the idea of 
a held study group involving young 
people is that iheir enthusiasm will re- 
vitalise the club. The need however is 
nol so much to find young people, many 
of whom are jurnod sway by ihe present 
slate of the club, as it is to find ex- 
perienced, reliable, mature people to 
guide and Genie study group, and field. 
activities. ter listing the qualities he 
felt sue) people needed he asked whether 
FENCY. had such members, and if not 
whether it was willing to tecruil them, 
which he proposed be done. 

On the Vicroriat Naturalist Mir, 
Munje said even a casual analysis of 
its content over any 12. issues. shows jt 1s 
inconsistent in type of article and qualit 
of writing. is articles he considered fell 
into two clear cateeories — the first be- 
We senóus papers, while the second in- 
cludes club reports and nature rambles, 
"These two ate so different, he said, that 
ho doubted if anyone could get equal 
satisfaction from both, and proposed 
they be separated, the aller group being 
published in. a newsletter so as to leave 
the Vicrorinm Norearaliss exclusively for 
(he serious papers. . 

Proposals from the next two speakers 
were of siner nalure, Miss M, Allen- 
der asked whether members thoughl 
attendance st meetings might improve If 
the vente was changed, Saying the 
Botuny Group was considering this, as 
sume peaple did not Tike going to the 
area of the Herbanum al meit, Mr. 


.Fairhall suggested having a Jeisured and 


ipüred group who could meet during the 
day, because mahy older members did 
not like going out ar night. 

The secrgiary, Mr. R. H. Riordan, 
summed Up saying the ideas put forward 
are generally noi asking for changes in 
club policy, bur rather for its ze-dedica- 
bon to get il gone again Former seg- 
retary, Mr. David Lee, said F.N.C. V. 


25 


was set up by Act of Parliament and is 
a gifl horse for anyone who wants to 
study any aspect of natural history — 
what speakers were really asking was 
how far we had drifted fróm its original 
aims, All you have to da is use them — 
do so. 

A mimber of members spoke on 
various points raised by the main 
speakers. Several said the general 
meetings had at first bored them, but 
they had gradually become deeply ab- 
sorbed in club activity, It was however 
up to individuals to make the effort to 
become involved, Meetings, it was 
pointed ont, helped members in getting 
to know one another, Ideas were put 
up by two groups, said one — the young 
and the old, The young it was suggested 
were selfish in wanting to get out, only 
frare older members could they gain 
“pearls of knowledge” on natural his- 
tory that cannot be found in scientific 
literature. A young member said on be- 
half of junior naturalists that many tend 
to drop out as they get older because 
nothing was offered them by F.N.C.V, 
What they want is leadership, ta ga on 
camps and do research, 

The tain speakers were then called to 
move their motions. The first was Mr. 
Cooper, who moved—“'That — the 
F.N.C.V. establish a section to initiate 
and coordinate studies of tne environ- 
ment and natural history, and a commit- 
tee be formed to establish this section." 
The motion was carried. 

Dr, Hampton then moved — "That the 
club set up a cammiltee as a matter of 
urgency to cxamine all reasonable pro- 
posals for improving the club perform: 
ance and the furtherance of its sims, and 
ta recommend any necessary change in 
structure, Constitution, organization or 
policies forthwith”, 

The President pointed oul that a club 


improvement committee already existed, 
Whereupon Dr. Hampton, with the agreg- 
ment of his seconder, amended the open- 
ing words of his motion to — “That the 
club improvement committee be in- 
structed as a matter of urgency" — fol- 
lowed by the words after urgency on the 
original motion, With this amendment 
by the mover the motion was carned. 
Mr. Munro moved —“That the field 
survey group investigate immediately 
means of locsting or recruiting pr- 
ganizers for study groups”. The motion 
was carried, A 
He next moved a lengthy motion 
pertaining to the content of (he Fic- 
lorian Naturelist, which sought to Simit 
by definition the type of material that 
mieht appear in it, This drew consider- 
able debate, which gradually became 
heated, and when the sccretary sought 
19 have the motion treated as a serious 
matter that should be placed an notice 
for presentation at the Annual General 
Meeting pandemonium broke out over 
this procedure. After some time Me, 
Munro agreed to postpone sls presenta- 
tion, and put the motion on potice for 
the Annual General Meeting. This was 
agreed to by the menting Following 
which erder was gradually restored, 
though there was still some heated argu- 
ment before the next motion could be 


ut. . 
à Formal notice of Mr, Munro's motion 
will be given in the February issue, 
when its text will appear in full. 

Mr. Lee then moved, as an addendum 
motion to that passed in November 
about joining the Westernport Coalition 
— “That the use of the name F.N.C.V. 
by the Westernport Coalition on matters 
of policy and in public statements be 
made only with adequate consultation, 
and with approval of the executive of 
F.N.C.V ". This was carried. 


F,N,C.V. CAMP i 
Australia Day Weekend. 


It is proposed to bold a survey camp over the Ausiralia Day weekend (Jan. 
29-31), either at Mt. Torbreck, or at Mt, Sugarloaf near Buxton. For further details 


ting Roger Riordan (92 8579). 


26 


Vici. Nat. Vol. 89 


victorian 
naturalist 


F.N.C.V. DIARY OF COMING EVENTS 
GENERAL MEETINGS 


Monday, 14 February — At National Herbarium, The Domain, South Yarra, com- 
mencing at 8 p.m. 
l. Minutes. 2. Announcements. 
3. Subject for evening:—‘Victorian Orchids’— Mr. J. Hyett. 


4. New Members. 


Ordinary: 
Mr. Michael Coulthard, 47 Westbrook St., East Kew, 3102. General 
Miss Nerina Du Preez, 16 Thompson St., Glen Waverley, 3150. Plants & Mammals 
Mr. Noel Disken, 24 Mayston St., Hawthorn East, 3123. Mammals 
Mr. Gregory J. Hocking, 6 Elonara Court, Glen Waverley, 3150. Botany 
Mr. Carl A, Hunter, 180 Mont Albert Rd., Canterbury, 3126. Botany 
Mr. Damian K. Kelly, 107 St. Elmo Rd., Ivanhoe, 3079. 
Mr. Peter Lawson, 49 Packham Crescent, Glen Waverley, 3150. 
Miss Cecily Piper, Flat 8, 1419 High St., Glen Iris, 3146. 
Mrs. Julie A. Rayner, 122 Normandy Rd., East Kew, 3102. 
Mr. John C. Reid, Lot 10, Mackintosh Rd., Glen Waverley, 3150. Orchids & Birds 
Mr. Keith F. Westhead, 27 Northcote Rd., Armadale, 3143. 
Mr. Colin E. Smith, Flat 1, 122 Regent Ave., Springvale, 3171. General 


Joint: 

Mr. & Mrs. W. J. Bennett, 2 Hunter St., East Kew, 3102. 
Country: 

Gavin B. Haycraft, 45 Ursa St., North Balwyn. Fauna & Botany 


Miss Rosalind St. Clair, 4 Westgarth St., East Malvern, 3145. Pond Life 
Miss Rae Trathen, 7 Estella St., Glen Iris, 3146. 


Junior: 


ms P d Codling, P.O. Box 117, Wodonga, 3690. 

Mr. A. E. Spillane, 117 Rutland Ave., Mount Eliza, 3930. 
Mr. D Wickham, 16 Drysdale St., Sunbury, 3429. Mammal Survey, Marine Biology 
Mr. J. D. Sherwood, c/o Dept. of Crown Lands & Survey, 2 Treasury PI., Melb., 3002 
Mr. Robert J. Gully, 25 McLaughlin Ave., Sandringham, 3191. 
Mr. Austen G, Redfern, 8-10 Kitchen St., Mansfield, 3722. Birds & Wildflowers 


5. Correspondence. 6. General Business. 


F.N.C.V. EXCURSIONS 


Sunday, 13 February — Marine Biology excursion led by Dr. Brian Smith, probably 
to the Kilcunda area. This excursion is a week earlier than usual because of 
the tide. Members travelling by private cars may join party at Dandenong 
near comfort station at approximately 10.30 a.m. Bring two meals. The coach 
will leave Batman Avenue at 9.30 a.m. Fare $2. 

Easter — 30 March to 3 April — King Island. The plane will leave Melbourne at 
6.30 p.m. on Thursday, 30 March, returning at 4.50 p.m. on Monday, 3 April. 
Motel accommodation has been booked on a room only basis at $5 to $6 per 
person per day; meals will be extra and there may be some cost for transport 
on the island. Please book as soon as possible so definite numbers can be 
given to the motel, bookings to be made with the excursion secretary and 
$35 forwarded by Ist March to cover plane fare and motel deposit, all cheques 
being made out to Excursion Trust. 


GROUP MEETINGS 
(8 p.m. at National Herbarium unless otherwise stated.) 


Thursday, 10 February — Botany Group. Mr. A. Fairhall will speak on "Propaga- 
tion of Australian Plants". 


Friday, 11 February — Montmorency and District Junior F.N.C. meeting in Scout 
Hall at Petrie Park at 8 p.m. 


Wednesday, 16 February — Microscopical Group. 
Friday, 25 February — Junior meeting at 8 p.m. at Hawthorn Town Hall at 8 p.m 
Wednesday, 1 March — Geology Group. 


Monday, 6 March — Entomology and Marine Biology Group meeting in small room 
next to Theatrette at National Museum at 8 p.m. 


Thursday, 9 March — Botany Group. 
30 Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


| The 
Victorian Naturalist 


Editor: G. M. Ward 


Assistant Editor: G. Douglas 


Vol. 89, No. 2 9 February, 1972 


CONTENTS 


Articles: 


Feeding of the Yellow-tailed Black Cockatoo on Cossid Moth larvae. 
By K. N. G. Simpson 


Ecology of some Eucalyptus Woodlands near Halls Gap, Victoria, 
By R. F. Parsons, N. H. Scarlett, N. J. Rosengren .. 


Amphibian Fauna of Victoria ' 
By M. J. Littlejohn, J. J. Loftus-Hills, A. A. Martin, and G. F. Watson 


Punta Arenas and Sir Baldwin Spencer's Grave. By Aldo Massola 


Book Review: 


“Australian Shells” 


Field Naturalists Club of Victoria: 
Notice of Motion i 
^ Report of January General Meeting .. s a .. .. e... 


Diary of Coming Events .. .. ar ee ee ee eee 


Front Cover: 


This photograph of Banded Stilts feeding in the shallows was taken 
Hans Beste. 


February, 1972 


32 


by 


31. 


Feeding of the Yellow-tailed Black Cockatoo on 
Cossid Moth Larvae inhabiting Acacia species 


by K. N, G. 


Summary 

Some field observalions ure pro- 
vided concerning activity of the 
Yellow-tailed Black Cockatoo 
Calyptorhyhcus funereus: Shaw, in 
searching for and extracting large 
wood-boring cossid moth larvae from 
wattle trees; - 

Three species of Acacia variably 
infested by larvae of Xyleutes dur- 
ville’ (H-Sch) (Cossidae, Lepidop- 
tera) were studied at Tidbinbilla, 
Australian Capital Territory, 

The evidence indicates that a dis- 
tinct routine for extraction of these 
larvae or pupae from tree-trunks and 
exposed lateral roots is followed. A 
discussiot. on possible methods of 
jocation of larvae in trees by the 
cockatoo is included, 3 

Some local ecological factors limit- 
ing C. funereus atlack, and tree des- 
truction resulting from cossid and 
cockaloo damage, are discussed. 


Intraduction 

On 25 August, 1963, four Yellow- 
tailed Black Cockatoos Calyptorhyn- 
cus funereus Shaw, were disturbed 
from a small stand of Acacia dealbata 
Link, marginal to a cleared valley at 
Tidbinbilla, Australian Capital Ter- 
riiory, Examination of the trees indi- 
cated (hat many had been torn open 
by the cockatoos in a search for large 
moth larvae tunnelling in the wood. 

On 2 September, 1963, a single 
male Yellow-tailed Black Cockatoo 
was seen investigating A. dealbata 
saplings i the same stand of trees. 
The hid was observed through 


32 


Sim Pson* 


binoculars fon almost three minutes. 
atter Which it became alarmed and 
depatted, 

These observations, together with 
subsequent study of the trees con- 
cerned, give an indication of methods 
employed by the Yellow-tailed Black 
Cockatoo it locating and extracting 
large wood-boring moth larvae from 
small acacias, and in particular, an 
indication of damage caused by both 
bird and larvae, and some consequent 
effects to three different species of 
Acacia, 

The observations recorded here are 
an incidental result of frequent and 
regular inspections of the area be- 
tween August. 1962, and October, 
1964. The author was then assisting 
in à mammal ecology study conducted 
by the Division of Wildlife. Research, 
CSTLR.O. . 


Previous RECORDS 


Tt has long been known that C. 
funereus causes considerable damage 
to various species of trees whilst ex- 
tracting insect larvae, but there have 
been no detailed descriptions of such 
damage, and little attempt to study the 
method- by which the  cockatoos 
actually locate or extract wood-boring 
larvae, The few previous accounts of 
such damage are principally in the 
form of bricf nature notes or passing 
comments in annotated bird lists. 

Bennett (1834) recorded destruc- 
tion of small trees in the Yass District 
of New South Wales by Black 


*27 Kingswood Drive, Dinglty 5172, Victoria, 


Vict. Nat. Yol. 89 


Cockatoos, Mellor (1906) in Tas 
mania, and Hyem (1936) at Barring- 
ton, NSW., give observations ul 
Black Cockatoos searching for larvae 
on trunks of newly ring-barked stringy 
bark trees (Eucalvpius spp-). Fletcher 
(1808) noted C. funereus m Tasmania 
searching for large moth larvae in 
cut and stacked logs of "Black wattle" 
(presumably Acacia imollissimu Wild) 


There are also several published 
accounts of the boughs of trees being 
eaten completely through by C 
funereus, e.g. Barnard (1924), Pater- 
son 11928), Gray (in Crosbie- 
Morrison, 1949), 


More recently Tindale (1953) diš- 
cusses damage caused by moth larvae 
and subsequently by C. fumerees in 
experimental plots of eucalyptus 
saplings grown by researchers of the 
Commonwealth Forestry Bureau at 
Taranna, Tasmania. The moth was 
described later as Oeneris paradiseus 
Tindale (Hepialidae. Lepidoptera). 
Structural damage caused to saplings 
by the cockatoos resulted in losses of 
Trees in strong winds Tindale draws 
attention ta the evident culling cíTect 
among natural stands of eucalyptus 
saplings resulting from interaction of 
cockatoo and moth In the same 
paper, Tindale records some informa- 
tion from Mr, J. F. B. Common (Divi- 
sion of Entomology, C.S.I.R.O,, Can- 
berra, ACT.) concerning damage 
caused by C, fimereus in gouging 
larval hepialids from Snow Gum, E. 
niphophilg Maiden et Blakely, at 
5.500 feet on Mt. Gingera, in the 
Brindabella Range, A.C.T, (the larvae 
proved to be a subspecies of the same 
moth, O. p, mornsanus Tindale) A 
brief nole has been published concern- 
ing possible damage by C. /unereus ta 
the Grass-tree Xanthorrhoea australis 
R.Br., in an adjacent area of the Tid- 
binbilla District (Simpson, 1964), 


February, 1972 


ENVIRON MENT 


The main study area is dissected by 
tributary water-courses of the Tidbin- 
bilà River, and comprises six approxi- 
mately parallel, low, and relatively 
mature eusterty-trending granite ridges 
at the foot of Mt. Tidbinbilla (Jat. 
35°27'S,, long. 148254'E.), The area 
is approximately a square mile in ex- 
lent, and is now part of the Tidbèn- 
billa Native Fauna Reserve. Elevation 
above sea level is 2,500 fect approxi- 
mately- 

This ares of the Tidbinbilla Range 
is covered with extensive amd rela- 
tively dense wet sclerophyll forest. 
Much of the eucalypt forest up to one 
mile from the cleared valley margin 
comprises relatively thick secondary 
growth following heavy slashing, over 
many years to obtain leaves for a local 
2ucalyplus-oil still, The still ceased 
operating when the area was declared 
a Reserve. 

Fairly dense clumps of A. dealbata, 
and of A. falciformiy DC., occur 
throughout the region, but more par- 
ticularly in marginal areas and on the 
rocky summits of small hills. The 
groups of saplings and trees may be 
quite separate, or the two species may 
adjoin each other, although such 
boundaries seem tò rémain sharply 
defined, A. melanoxylon R Br , is also 
widespread but grows principally as 
single trees along or near to the water- 
courses. i 

A thick growth of introduced plants 
also grows along ar near to many 
portions of the water-courses. These 
are mainly Blackberry Rubus vulgaris 
Weihe et Nees (R. frwilcosus apg), 
Ruspherry R. idaews L,, and the Briar 
Rose Rosa rubiginosa b, 


OBSERVED FEEDING BEHAVIOUR 


The male Yellow-tailed Black 
Cockatoo observed on 2 Seplember, 
1963, investigating saplings of A. 
dealbata, did so by walking on the 


33 


ground between the trunks and giving 
each sapling in turn one or more bites 
at or just above ground feyel. The 
bird paused Lor approximately twa or 
three seconds only al each tree before 
moving to the next, It was seen later 
thal one or more bites (henceforth 
called “test bites") had been piven 
to each trunk and 1o any exposed 
lateral roots. The cackatoo cxamined 
four or five trees in succession, turn- 
ing its head to a horizontal plane for 
the bites to the vertical trunks 
("lateral" bites], 

Following a test bite indistinguish- 
able from those preceding it, the 
cockatoo gave several strong, lateral 
bites to a trunk, removing a large 
piece of bark and some underlying 
wood each time, The sap-wood was 
then stripped off, the bird's head be- 
ing now held close to vertical in 
attitude (ie, the head in its normal 
posilion in line with the body axis) 
and a downward levering motion 
adopted to tip out large splinters. 
Three or four bites were sufficient ta 
breach the larval tunnel, and it was 
rapidly enlarged by a combination of 
lateral bites und downward leverings. 

A whitish larva was seen to be ex- 
tracted from the lowest portion of the 
hole thus made. The cockatoo used 
an upward pull to stretch the larva, 
followed by a relaxing ot pressure, a 
sideways shaking of the head, and a 
further upward stretch. This process 
Was repeated once to extract the larva. 
When free, the larva was transferred 
to the cight foot and then eaten. The 
larva was estimated to be some three 
inches in length, Two more saplings 
were test bitten before the bird 
suddenly flew off, calling loudly. 


IDENTIFICATION OF LARVAE 


On 6 September, 1965, Mr. M. S. 
Upton (Division of Entomology, 
CSELR.O, Canberra) accompanied 
the abther in an examination of the 


34 


trees in the arca and à number of 
larvae were collected. The large moth 
larvae sought by the Ycllow-tailed 
Black Cockatoos were subsequently 
identified as Nypleates  durville: (H- 
Sch) (Cossdae, Lepidoptera). The 
largest individual obtained was some 
five inches long and approximately an 
inch in diameter Larvae of X. dir- 
ville’ were subsequently obtained from 
each of the three species of acacia 
examined. 


OTHER Insect LARVAE 


A plump, one-inch long larva of the 
Hotany Bay Diamond Weevil Chryso- 
lophus spectabilus Fab. (Chrysolo- 
phidae, Coleoptera) was also found in 
a lateral root of an A. dealbata sapling. 
A cockatoo had exposed the tunnel 
but had either failed to secure the 
larva or had rejected it. 

Larvae of an unidentified ceramby= 
cid beetle species in some deml or 
dying A. dealbata in the study area, 
were believed fo represent añ inci- 
dental food item only, They were 
generally situated near to older, empty 
tunnels of the larger cossid larvae. 
Some of the cerafubycid tunnels had 
been opened by C. junereus, bat it 
sould not be uetermined whether 
larvae had been secured- 


LARVAL HABITS oF X. durvillei 
(H-Sch) 


A brief resume Of the larval habits 
of Xyleutes durvillei is appropriate to 
this paper. 

The larvae are believed to live in 
the trees for three years or more 
before pupating (Littler, 1904, on 
Zeuzera eucalypti (A-Sch) = X. dur- 
villei ( H-Sch) ). 

The larvae excavate lunnels up to an 
inch in diameter in three different 
species of acacias in the study alea. A 
few tunnels are found in branches, but 
most are situated either in the lower 
wünk and extending into the lateral 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


roots, or in the roots themselves. This 
is particularly so where these roots 
project above the ground. In the re- 
gion of the lower trunk, the larvae 
occupy the centre of saplings up to 
about three inches in diameter. The 
tunnels are not particularly extensive. 


At some point in the lower portion 
of the tunnel, a larger excavation per- 
mits the larva to turn around. This 
region may become a point of major 
structural weakness in small acacia 
saplings, more particularly if it is 
situated at the junction of the lateral 
roots and base of the trunk. Prior to 
pupation, the exit hole is enlarged and 
plugged with silk, and pupation takes 
place in a head-downward position at 
the uppermost portion of the tunnel. 
When emergence is due, the pupa 
works its way down the tube by the 
action of the tergal spines. 


EXTRACTION OF LARVAE BY 
C. funereus 


It is convenient to deal with the 
extraction technique before consider- 
ing the problem of location of larvae 
by C. funereus. 

Examination of more than two 
hundred extraction points on acacia 
trees in the area indicates that the 
procedure described is almost un- 
varying. 

Small saplings offer little resistance 
to C. funereus, but larger trees may 
require a considerable amount of 
work before a larva can be obtained. 

For larger trees, often with from 
half to one and a half inches of wood 
tissue between cavity and external 
surface, a very definite routine is prac- 
tised for the actual extraction of large 
wood-boring larvae. The best develop- 
ment of the method is seen on trunks 
and large limbs, or on projecting 
lateral roots having a diameter 
generally greater than about two 
inches (see Plate 1). 


February, 1972 


The observations indicate that once 
the position of a larva or tunnel has 
been ascertained, lateral bites are 
made directly over the uppermost por- 
tion of the tunnel and again several 
inches or more below this point. 

The bark is then stripped off to 
form a roughly rectangular working 
area. Following this, the sapwood is 
removed by tearing splinters out and 
nipping each of them off at top and 
bottom until the uppermost portion of 
the tunnel can be penetrated. Oc- 
casionally, further work by the bird 
may then cease (see below). 
Normally, however, the cavity is en- 
larged progressively downard, until the 
opening is large enough for the larva 
or pupa to be extracted. 

The observations indicate that the 
upper limit of each cossid tunnel is 
determined and penetrated with great 
precision — to approximately an inch 
in every instance examined. 

Initial penetrations (“inspection 
holes") had been made by C. funereus 
in a number of larval burrows in small 
sapling bases or roots, but work had 
ceased immediately the interior was 
breached. An examination of such 
cavities revealed that they were either 
empty, the imago having emerged dur- 
ing a previous season, or that the 
pupal chamber was occupied by an 
empty pupal case. In such instances, 
the pupa had been parasitized and 
destroyed in situ. On a few occasions, 
fresh cockatoo inspection holes were 
found in completely dead branches still 
attached to living trees. Larval cossids, 
and the subsequent  cerambycid 
larvae that often frequent dead or dy- 
ing trees, had long gone from these 
branches, which appeared to be 
several years old. 


LOCATION OF CossiID LARVAE BY 
C. funereus 


The location of cossid and other 
wood-boring irsect larvae in trees by 


35 


C. funereus may be through applica- 
tion of a combination of several 
factors. 

Larvae may be located by visual 
evidence on the external surface of 
trees at times. Trickies of 
wood were frequently seen on the 
acacias with heavy infestations of cos- 
acacies with heavy infestations of cos- 
sids, and exudations of sap were some- 
times observed also. Such evidence 
is dependant on the insect species 
concerned and the nature of the 


chawad 
Lilie w teu 


Photo by Graeme Chapman. 


36 


damage it causes. However, where 
test bites are given to all apparently 
similar trees in a clump (e.g. of 
sapling acacias), it would indicate that 
visual determinations of larval burrow 
positions are probably not being made. 
It is conceivable, therefore, that the 
test bite may fulfil any or all of three 
separate functions simultaneously :— 
a. By the purely mechanical effect 
of pressure and resistance it may 
indicate the presence of a structural 
weakness in a tree (e.g. a larval 


Plate 1. Trunks 
of Acacia deal- 
bata trees from 


which Cossid 
moth larvae 
were extracted 


by Yellow-tail- 
ed Black Cock- 
atoos.  Tidbin- 
billa, A.C.T. 


Vier. Nat. Vol. 89 


burrow), This may particularly 
apply in the case of test bites io 
small saplings. 

h The vibration of the bite itself 
may stimulate the larva or pupa to 
a response (e.g. movement) de- 
tectable by the bird, Crasbre- 
Morrison (1949), belteved tibat 
cockatoos listened to the gnawings 
of larvae within the trees. Any 
rusiling cr scratching of contact 
between the burrow walls and the 
scleritized surface of a moving 
larva or pupa possibly is also 
aumible to the bird. However this 
explanation does not account for the 
observed ability of the bird to locate 
empty tunnels. 

c. During contact with the tree 
(and perhaps as a result of b) the 
hill and (or) tongue imay act as & 
sensory organ to detect movements 
of the insect. Vibrations received 
via the feet and legs may also 
contribute. It is known that in 
many birds, vibrational stimuli may 
be received exclusively by means of 
extremely sensitive vibration recep- 
tors — (Herbsts Lamellar Cor- 
puscles}, which are often concen- 
trated in the legs or about the oral 
cavitv. In. the Pictidae (Wood. 
peckers), groups of these cells are 
prominent in the tongue, which is 
used for probing insect tunnels. It 
is also known that reception of 
vibrational stimuli is independent of 
hearing in birds (A. Portmann (in 
Marshall, 1960) ). 


SOME LOCAL ECOLOGICAL FACTORS 


In ihe relabvely small study area at 
Tidbinbilla, several variable ecological 
factors were observed and are outlined 
below! 

(1) Degree of infestation oj 
acacias by cestid larvae — As pre- 
viously noted, the same species of 
cossid, viz. X, dyrvillei, was dis- 
covered in each of the three specjes 


February; 1972 


of Acacia examined. There was, how- 
ever, a considerable variation in the 
degree of infestation within the area 
studied, 

OF (wo adjacent small patches of A. 
dealbots, one group was heavily in- 
fested, and showed abundant evidence 
of both recent (1963) and prior 
damage by cockatoos, In the other 
patch of trees Ihirly yards away, all 
the trees showed recent test bites, but 
no sign of any further damage at any 
time. At the northern edge of the 
sttidy area, a patch of A. dealbata was 
infested, but only a few trees in a 
contiguous clump of A. falciformis 
contained larvae. Elsewhere, two 
large A. melanoxylon trees, situated 
forty yards from a heavily infested 
clump of 4. faiciforniis, showed no 
sign of altack by either cossids or 
<ockatoos. Three of four adjacent A. 
melanoxylon growing beside a stream- 
course had sustained damage caused 
by cockatoos over a period of several 
years (degree of weathering of ex- 
posed wood was used as a basis to de- 
termine recent damage fram that of 
prior years). The fourth tree was ap- 
parently identical in size and situation, 
but showed no sign of cossid infesta- 
tien or of cockatoo allack- 

(2) Growth of blackherry, etc.— 
Tt was seen that the access af cacka- 
fons to trunks and lower limbs of 
many A. melanoxylon trees (and oc- 
casionally of A, dealbata), was fre- 
quently restricted by a dense growth 
of blackberry, raspberry and briar- 
rose, Although some of these acacias 
were infested by cossid larvae and 
showed evidence of previous cockatoo 
attack, only branches of such trees 
above the level of secondary growth 
had been investipated or damaged 
recently by cackatoos, 

(3) Natpre of soil — C. funereus 
investigating or endeavouriag to ab- 
tain cossid larvae from lateral roots af 
acacias growing in the loose, silty or 


37 


sandy suis near water-courses, at 
times excavated holes up to four 
inches deep around such routs, They 
often succeeded in exacting larvae 
from roots leading below the sol 
surface. 

Where soils were generally morc 
slony, e.g. on whe tops of hills, 
cockatoos made very little attempt to 
dig down alongside a roof, and only 
occasional minor soil disturbances 
were noted. This applied more par- 
licularly to A. falciformis clumps. 

(41 Cossid parasites and empty 
tunnels — The fact that C. funereus 
occasionally wasted time and effort 
in opening tunnels where the cossid 
larvae or pupae have been destroyed 
by obligate parasites, or from which 
pupae haye emesged during cardier 
years, has been previously noted. 


TYPES AND RESULTS OF DAMAGE TO 
ACACIAS 

The characteristic types of damage 
commonly caused by C. funereus to 
trunks, trunk-bases and lateral roots 
of Acacia trees and saplings at Tid- 
binbilla are shown in photographs 
accompanying this paper. 

Several successive causes were 
seen to contribute to ultimate collapse 
and destruction of Acaciv saplings and 
trees in the study area and its sur- 
rounds, They can be roughly cate- 
gorised as follaws:— 

(4) Primary structural failure — 
There je a considerable initial loss of 
A, dealbeta saplings due to insecure 
root-hold and for) overweight of the 
foliage of the crown. These factors 
contribute te iree losses under ad- 
verse weather conditions, The losses 
reach a peak when the small saplings 
and trees come into (literally) heavy 
flower between August and September 
annually. Occasionally. beughs of 
quite large A- (mielanaxylon were also 
seen to have collapsed aller rain or 
wind awimg to the weight of the 
foliage. A, falciformiy seemed to be 


38 


the least affected by these causes, 

(2) Cossid and cockatoo damage 
— The large size of cossid tunnels in 
the centres of small A. dealbata 
saplings is clearly shown in Plate 2. 
Collapsed saplings were often seen 
showing no trace of cockatoo damage, 
but sintply broken off at the level of.a 
recent Jarval tunnel, 

The addition of severe wounds 
made by cockatoos to small saplings 
already weakened by large cossid 
tunnels, generally brought about their 
collapse within a few weeks or 
months. 

Similar observations were made 
concerning A. falelformis saplings, 
except that the strength of the tree 
generally appears to be greater, and 
these. may remain standing for a 
considerable period after sustaining 
damage, The same type of damage 
to trunks of large A. selanoxylon 
trees docs not appear to seriously im- 
pair their growth. Collapse of some 


individual branches resulted from 
structural damage imposed by 
cockatoos. 


(3) Fungus iAfèctlon and ceram- 
bycid infestation — A.,  dealbara and 
A. falcijormís generally showed in- 
fection by fungus some time after 
sustaining damage by cockateas. In 
a few cases the infection appeared to 
spread throughout the tree. In most 
instances however, it was localised to 
the immediate area of damage 
although is weakening effect was 
usually sufficient to bring about the 
ultimate collapse of the tree. Indi- 
vidual large branches of A, melan- 
oxylon were also lost owing to fungal 
decay of tissue surrounding local 
damage. The fungi eoncerned were 
not identified. 

A few trees of A. dealbata became 
heavily infested with an unidentified 
Species of wood-boring cerambycid 
beetle larvae, following cossid and 
cockatoo damage. 


Vict. Nat. Vol, 89 


Plate 2. Acacia 
dealbata sap- 
lings from 
which Cossid 
moth larvae 
were extracted 
by Yellow-tail- 
ed Black Cock- 
atoos, The lar- 
vae have oc- 
cupied the base 
of the trunk, 
just above or 
into the lateral 
root. Tidbin- 
billa, A.C.T. 


Plate 3. A lar- 
va of Xyleutes 
durvillei (Cos- 
sidae, Lepidop- 
tera) from sap- 
ling of Acacia 
dealbata, Tid- 
binbilla, A.C.T., 
1964. 


February, 1972 


Photo by Mr. M. S. Upton. 


39 


Acknowledgements 


Reference to this work has been 
made by Forshaw (1969). 


I am grateful to Mr. M. S. Upton, 
Division of Entomology, C.S.LR.O., 
for assistance in the field and for in- 
sect identification, and to Mr. Max 
Gray, Division of Plant Industry, 
C.S.LR.O., for plant identification. 


From the Division of Wildlife Re- 
search, C.S.LR.O., Dr. M. E. Griffiths 
generously provided time for me to 
complete field work associated with 
this study, Mr. Roy Coles assisted in 
the field, Mr. John H. Calaby read 
and criticised an early draft of this 
paper, and Mr. Graeme Chapman 
photographed specimens for me. 


REFERENCES 
Barnard, C. A, 1924. A review of 
the birdlife on Coomooboolaroo 
Station, Duaringa District, Queensland, 
during the last fifty years, Emu 4 : 259. 


Bennett, G., 1834. Wandering in New 
South Wales, E; 183, London, R. 
Bentley. 

Crosbie-Morrison, P., 1949. 
Cockatoos, Wildlife 11 : 372. 

Fletcher, J. A., 1908. Bird notes from 
Cleveland, Tasmania. Emu 8 : 79. 

Forshaw, J. M., 1969. Australian Parrots, 

Lansdowne, Melbourne. 

Hyem, E. L., 1936. Notes on the birds 
of Mernot, Barrington, New South 
Wales, Emu 36 : 121-122. 

Littler. F. M., 1904. Notes on Zeuzera 
eucalypti, Entomologist 37 : 114. 

Marshall, A. J. 1960. Biology and 
Comparative Physiology of Birds, 
Hi : 39-40, London, Academic Press. 

Mellor, J. W., 1906. The A.O.U. in 
Tasmania, Emu 6: 163. 

Paterson, A., 1928. Notes made dur- 
ing a visit to the Bogong High Plains, 
Victoria, Emu 28 : 68. 

Simpson, K. G., 1964. Black Cockatoos 
and Grass-trees, Vict. Naturalist 
81 : 217. 

Tindale, N. B., 1953. On a new species 
of Oenetus (Lepidoptera, Family Hepi- 
alidae) Damaging eucalyptus saplings 
in Tasmania. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 
76 : 77-79. 


Black 


NATURE SHOW 


Unless some member is willing to take over the organizing and setting-up of 
exhibits, the F.N.C.V. will be able to take no part in the 1972 Nature Show. 


APOLOGY. 
Due to S.E.C. restrictions it is regretted that this issue of Victorian 


Naturalist will be late in arrival. 


F.N.C.V. PUBLICATIONS AVAILABLE FOR PURCHASE 
THE WILD FLOWERS OF THE WILSON'S PROMONTORY NATIONAL PARK, 


by J. Ros Garnet. 


Price $5.25, (discount to members); postage 20c. 


VICTORIAN TOADSTOOLS AND MUSHROOMS, by J. H. Willis. 


This describes 120 toadstool species and many other fungi. There are four 
coloured plates and 31 other illustrations, New edition. Price 90c. 


THE VEGETATION OF WYPERFELD NATIONAL PARK, by J. R. Garnet. 
Coloured frontispiece, 23 half-tone, 100 line drawings of plants and a map. 


Price $1.50. 


Address orders and inquiries to Sales Officer, F.N.C.V., National Herbarium, 


South Yarra, Victoria. 


Payments should include postage (11c on single copy). 


40 


Vicl. Nat. Vol. 89 


Ecology of some Eucalyptus Woodlands near 
Halls Gap, Victoria 


by 


R. F. Parsons,* N. H. ScaRLETT,** 
N. ]. Rosencrent 


INTRODUCTION 


In August, 1970, an area of Crown 
Land about 5 miles E.N.E. of Halls 
Gap and 0.6 miles south of the rub- 
bish tip on the Halls Gap-Stawell 
Road (Fig. 1), was studied to de- 
termine the angiosperm species pre- 
semt and their relationship to varying 
seil and elevation, The area is found 
on the Grampians Plains at elevations 
of around 200 feet and is covered by 
Telatively undisturbed eucalypt wood- 
lands. Mean annual rainfall is 28 
inches (78 em.) and other regional 
data are given by Sibley (1967). 


METHODS 


A continuous series of 20 foot 
radius quadrats were laid cut along 
a number of line transects. The suil 
profile was described (by augering) 
and species cover and relative eleva- 
tion (by dumpy levelling) were dc- 
termined in each of about 250 
quadrats, all within an area about 
670 x EU yards, 


RESULTS 

Elevation only varied by a maxi- 
mum of 5 fect over the entire area. 
All soils examined had A, horizons of 
siliceous sand with organic matter 
and A; of siliceous sand over subsoils 
ol badly structured sandy clay loam to 
sandy clay, At higher elevations some 
iron and organic staining was found at 
depth in the sand, usually as a very 
narrow band just above the clayey 
horizons. Total depth of sandy 
horizons varied front one to five feet. 
The clayey horizons continue for 
more than 6 feet. 


February, 1972 


Increasing surface elevation was not 
caused just by increasing depths of 
sand over relatively level clayey 
horizons as in w general way, the clay 
surface rose and fell with correspond- 
ing changes in surface elevation 
(Figures 2d, 3 and 4). This may be 
evidence that the soils are not made 
up of transported sand deposited over 
clay, but are the result of soil genesis 
In siiu, as is probably the case for 
similar soils in adjacent areas (Black- 
burn, Bond and Clarke, 1967), 

However, the clay surface i$ more 
uneven than the ground surface and 
does not always follow surfuce con- 
tours, The most obvious deviation is 
the presence of two deep depressions 
in the .clay surface beneath a sand 
ridge in the south-east of the area 
{Figures 2a, 2b and 3). 

Plant species distribution was 
generally correlated with surface ele- 
vation, while little correlation with 
sand depth was obvious (Figures 2, 
3 and 4). 

Lowest elevations generally carried 
the tallest communities — Eucalyptus 
camaldulensis and E. aromapiifaia, or 
a combination of both—over a 
scattered, predominantly herbaceous 
understorey, Scattered E, melliodora 
occurred in this community, but is not 
shown in Figure 2c. With increasing 
elevation, the understorey changed to 
a dense layer mainly of low selero- 
phyllous shrubs. This was dominated 


by E. aromaphioia and, usually at the 

*Bolany Depariment, La Trobe 
Bundoora, Vic. 3083. 

M Botany Dapartment, University of Melbourne, 
Parkvillo, Vic. 305 

tGeography epartnieat University of Mel- 
bourne, Parkville, Vie. 3052. 


‘University. 


dl 


highest elevations, a pure tree layer of 
E. vitrea (this name is applied to the 
same kinds of population as it was 
used for by Black (1952) and Sibley 
(1967) in the absence of detailed 
work on the southern Australian 
peppermints). In Figure 2c, Hypo- 
laena fastigiata has been used as an 
approximate indicator of  sclero- 
phyllous ünderstoreys, This is mis- 
leading only in the western corner, 
where it is absent from understoreys 
dominated by Brachyloma daphnoides. 

This small area was surprisingly 
rich floristically, containing 158 angio- 
sperm species (Appendix 1). Gymmo- 
sperms and ferns were absent. 


Discussion 

Distribution of some species 
appeared to be extremely sensitive to 
changes in elevation — a. slope rising 
only 17 ins. showed successively E. 
camaldulensis - E. | aromaphloia, | E, 
aromaphloia, E. aramaphloia-E. vitrea 
and finally E. vitrea. Only some- 
limes are such changes  accom- 
panied by increasing depths of 
sand topsoil. Elevation itself seems, 
at least in many cases, to over- 
ride sand depth in importance. In this 
area, the most obvious way elevation 


0 3 
LLL mies 


could be acting on plant distribution 
is bv augmenting water supplies at 
low elevations through gravitational 
drainage, much of which may move 
downslope over the surface of the 
clayey horizons (Whipkey, 1965). 
This may also carry nutrients down- 
slope, so that the role of nutrients 
cannot be excluded. In addition, 
casual observation suggests the 
possibility that low-lying topsoils may 
have a slightly higher percentage of 
fine-textured particles, perhaps lead- 
ing to slightly higher fertility. Tt is 
also possible that low sites are more 
prone to topsoil waterlogging from a 
water table perched on the clayey 
horizons. If so, this may exclude 
some species intolerant of water- 
logging from low-lying sites. 

Elevation limits for the various 
species vary with the location of the 
iransecis. For example, E. vitrea is 
found on the highest parts of section 
C-D (Figure 3) but does not occur in 
section E-F (Figure 4) which reaches 
much higher elevations. This is 
probably because section E-F runs 
parallel to a greater extent of higher 
ground from which it may receive 
gravitational drainage. 


Stawell 


Fig. 1. Location of the study area. 1— study area — Crown Allotments 66 and 49, 
Parish Bellelien. 2— adjacent Forests Commission reserve. 


42 


Viel Nat. Vol. 89 


The main exception to the abnve 
generalizations about elevation and 
plant distribution is the occurrence of 
E. vitrea sclerophyll shrub woodland 
at low elevations in the extreme south- 
east of the area (Figure 2c), This 
site may differ from the E. rainal- 
dulensis-E. aromaphloia sites in the 
smaller extent of surrounding higher 
graund from which it may receive 
graviiatinual drainage. Obviously in 
such an area, elevation itself must be 
considered in relation to adjacent! 
topography. 

Overall then, the trees can be 
ranked E. camaldulensis, E. aroma- 
pliloig and £, vilrea in order of de- 
creasing site wetness. In the under- 
storey, herbs predominate in the 
wetter sites and sclerophyllous shrubs 
in the drier ones, As staled before, 
the wetter siles may be slightly more 
fertile than the drier ones. 


CONSERVATION 


A large area of ihe Grampians 
Ranges themselves is a Forests Com- 
mission reserve, and hopefully, much 
of this will not be cleared. On the 
surrounding Grampians Plains, how- 
ever, nearly all the vegetation has 
already been cleared or drastically 
disturbed. A similar situation is found 
throughout the wetter parts of Vic- 
toria, where relatively level terrain is 
cleared and native fauna and flora and 
Yirgin soils survive only on unusable 
hilly country, 

Very little is known of the ecology 
of the Grampians Plains and the des- 
truction of the last remnants of native 
vegetation would make future study 
impossible. Because the Grampians 
Plains. have quite different vegetation 
from the Ranges, it is necessary 10 
reserve as many Of the surviving 
remnants of the Plains vegetation ss 
possible; to ensure adequate preserva- 
tion of the unique vegetation of the 
whole Grampians area. 


February, 1972 


The work described here was car- 
tied out within Crown Allotments 66 
and 69, Parish Bellellen, County 
Borung, This area has formerly been 
grazed under licence, and applications 
have recently been made ta have at 
least part of it alienated. 

We strongly believe that nóne of 
this area should be alienated, both 
from the arguments given above and 
for the following additional reasons:— 

1. In or near the study area, the 

plants Lepidobolus | drapetocoleus 

and Phyllota pleurandroides reach 
the absolute easternmost limit of 
their distribution; both are common 
in drier areas like the Little Desert 
fo the west. The presence of these 
two species in the Eucalyptus vitrea 
sclerophyll shrub woodland make 
Ihis woodland a completely untque 
assemblage of plants, ae E. vitrea 
is absent from the Little Desert and 
similar areas. Im these respects at 
least, E. vitrea woodland in the 
study area is transitional between 
ihe drier sclerophyll shrub wood- 
lands in the Little Desert (lacking 

E vitrea) and the wetter E. vitrer 

sclerophyll shrub woodlands to the 

south. 

2, Crown Alloiments 66 and 69 

carry an extensive area of Eucalyp- 

ms melliedora- E. camaldulensis 
woodland as well.as the vegetation 

described here. Thus there is a 

considerable range of vegetation 

types within a small area and so an 
ideal opportunity to investigate the 
relationships between the types. 

3. The abundance of plants im- 

portant to the honey industry like 

E. melliodora, E. camaldulensis and 

Banksia marginata suggest that the 

grea would serve a valuable 

economic function tf left uncleared, 


4, The two allounents together 
make up an area of 1,122 acres, 
and this is large énóueh to make a 


43 


14-0. 


me 125 "PES avo DE o 100 


Fig. 2a, Surface relief. A — 10 feet (arbitrary datum). 


Als E 
| & vivrea 


Im 


claysy horizons 


E.cemaldulengis. 


E 
Y Y H fastigiata if|est 


Fig. 2d. Section X-Y (location shown on Fig. 2c). 


44 Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


50 


E 


2-0. 


February, 1972 45 


HEIGHTZFEETA 


viable and worthwhile reserve, Acknowledgements 
especially as it adjoins a Forests Our co-authors are the Botany II 
Commission reserve of about 660 and Biology IIIB students at La Trobe 
acres on its western boundary. In aan? iiv. Ahon terr en- 
summary, we strongly urge the usiasm and stimulating discussion 
creation of Crown Allotments 66 tie „work would -not have „been 
and 69 às a reserve. This would possible... We ‘bank ih. Hz Willis or 

$ ; checking some of the plant identifica- 
preserve populations of at least 158 — tions and J. Massey and J. Kirkpatrick 
flowering plant species, and at least [or drawing our attention to this 
one unique plant community as well fascinating area and helping with the 
as the native fauna present. field work. 


EUCALYPTUS AROMAPHLOIA 
—— eH 
E, CAMALDULENSIS 


E. VITREA 
n€Ó——ARA———ÓÀ— — — — 
GREVILLEA AQUIFOLIUM 
je je M ———3á4 


SURFACE 


TOP OF SUBSOIL 


0 BO 160 240 310 400 ABO 560 540 720 800 


DISTANCE ALONG TRANSECT/FEET/ 


Fig. 3. Distribution of selected species along section C-D (shown on Fig. 2c). 
Vertical distance between surface elevation and elevation of top of subsoil represents 
depth of sandy horizons. The presence of Grevillea aquifolium is an approximate 


HEIGHT (FEET) 


indicator of ünderstoreys dominated by sclerophyllous shrubs. 


EUCALYPTUS AROMAPHLOIA 


E. CAMALDULENSIS 


GREVILLEA AQDIFOLIUM 
I 


+H : 
Top OF SUBSOIL 


~% 80 150 240 320 400 480 550 540 720 Boo ko 


DISTANCE ALONG TRANSECT FEET/ 


Fig. 4, Section E-F (shown on Fig. 2c) represented as for Fig. 3. 
Eucalyptus vitrea not present. 


46 Viet. Nat. Vol. 89 


REFERENCES 


Black, J. M. (1952). Flora of South 
Australia Part III 2nd ed. Govt. 
Printer, Adelaide. 

Blackburn, G., Bond, R. G., and Clarke, 
A. R. P. (1967). Soil development in 
relation to stranded beach ridges of 
County Lowan, Victoria. C.SJ4.R.O. 
Soil Publ. Na. 24, 


Sibley, G. Y. (1967). A study of the 
land in the Grampians are, Soil Con- 
servation Authority Victoria Tech, 
Comm. 4. 

Whipkey, R. Z. (1965). Subsurface 
storm flow from forested slopes. Jiu. 
Assoc. Sci. Hydrol. Bull, 10: 74-85.. 

Willis, J. H. (1970), A handbook to 


Eichler, Hj. (1965). Supplement to J. plants in Victoria, Vol. 1. 2nd ed. 
M. Black's Flora of South Australia. Melbourne University Press, Mel- 
Govt, Printer, Adelaide, bourne. 

Appendix 1 


Angiosperm species found in the study area. 
H — found mainly in areas with predominantly herbaceous understorey. 
§ — iound mainly in areas with predominantly sclerophyllous understorey. 


— found throughout. 


Unless otherwise stated, nomenclature follows Willis (1970) for mona 


cotyledons and Eichler (1965) for dicotyledons, 


Voucher specimens are held 


at La Trobe University Botany Department Herbarinni. 


POACEAE 


Auropyron sp. S, Agrostiy avenacea S, Aira caryophyllea T, Amphipogon 
strictus S, Briza minor T, Danthonia spp. (including D. eriantha and D, 
geniculata) T; Deyeuxia quudriseta. S, Dichelachne sp. H, Enneapogon 
nigricans, Eragrostis brownii, Holcus lanatus, Microlaena stipoides T, Poa 
sp. S, Stipa sp. T, Themeda australis S, Vulpia bromoides H. 


CYPERACEAE 


Carex breviculmis H, Cyperus tenellus H, Lepidosperma carphoides S, L. 
laterale S, L, semiteres S, Schoenus breviculmis S, S. apogon, Scirpus 


antarcticus H. 
RESTIONACEAE 


Hypolaena fastigiata S, Lepidobolus drapetocoleus S, Leptocarpus tenax T. 


CENTROLEPIDACEAE 


Aphelia pumilio T, Centrolepis aristata T, C. strigosa T. 


JUNCACEAE 


Juncus capitatus T, J, pallidus H, J. subsecundus H, Luzula sp. H. 


LILIACEAE 
Bulbine bulbosa, 


Burchardia umbellata S; Chamaescilla corymbosa S, 


Dianella revoluta S, Dichopogon strictus S, Laxmannia sessiliflora $, 
Lomandra filiformis S, L, juncea S, Thysanotus patersonii T, Xanthorrlioea 


australis S. 


HYPOXIDACEAE 
Hypoxis glabella H. 


ORCHIDACEAE 


Caladenia sp. S, Corybas diemenicus, Glossodia major, Lyperanthus nigricans 


S, Pterostylis longifolia M, P. nana S, P. 


Thelymitra antennifera H. 


February, 1972 


nutans H, P. parviflora S, 


47 


CASUARINACEAE 
Casuarina pusilla S. 


PROTEACEAE 
Banksia marginata 'T, Grevillea alpina Lindl. S, Grevillea aquifolium Lindl. 
S, Hakea rostrata S, lsopogon ceratophyllus S. 


SANTALACEAE 
Exocarpos cupressiformis. 


POLYGONACEAE 
Rumex sp. H. 


CARYOPHYLLACEAE 
Cerastium semidecandrum H, Sagina apetala H. 


RANUNCULACEAE 
Ranunculus robertsonii H, 


LAURACEAE 
Cassytha melantha S. 


DROSERACEAE 
Drosera glanduligera S, D. peltata S, D. whittakeri T, D. pygmaea S. 


CRASSULACEAE f 

Crassula peduncularis (J. E. Sm.) Meigen H, C. sieberana. 
ROSACEAE 

Acaena echinata Nees. H, Aphanes arvensis H. 


MIMOSACEAE 
Acacia armata H, A. dealbata H, A. mearnsii H, A, melanoxylon H, A. 
mucronata H, A. myrtifolia S, A. oxycedrus S, A. pycnantha H, A. 
verniciflua H. 
PAPILIONACEAE 
Daviesia brevifolia S, Dillwynia sericea S, D. glaberrima S, Gompholobium 
huegelii S, Hovea heterophylla S, Kennedia prostrata, Phyllota pleurandroides 
S, Pultenaea humilis Benth. S. 
GERANIACEAE 
Geranium retrorsum L'Her. ex DC. H, Pelargonium rodneyanum H. 
OXALIDACEAE 
Oxalis corniculata T. 
RUTACEAE 
Correa reflexa S. 
EUPHORBIACEAE 
Poranthera microphylla H. 
RHAMNACEAE 
Cryptandra tomentosa S. 
DILLENIACEAE 
Hibbertia fasciculata S, H. stricta T, H. virgata S. 
HYPERICACEAE 
Hypericum gramineum H. 
VIOLACEAE 
Viola sieberana T. 


48 Vict, Nat. Vol. 89 


THY MELAEACEAE 
Pimelea sp. S. 


MYRTACEAE 
Calytrix tetragona S, Eucalyptus aromaphloia T, E. camaldulensis H, E. 
melliodora A. Cunn. H, E. vitrea S, Kunzea parvifolia Schlech. S, Lepto- 
spermum juniperinum H, L, myrsinoides S, Melaleuca decussata H. 


HALORAGACEAE 
Haloragis cf. heterophylla H, H. tetragyna S. 


APIACEAE ^ 
Daucus glochidiatus H, Hydrocotyle callicarpa T, H. foveolata T, H. 
laxiflora. 


EPACRIDACEAE 
Acrotriche serrulata T, Astroloma conostephioides T, A. humifusum T, 
Brachyloma ciliatum S, B. daphnoides T, Epacris impressa S, Leucopogon 
ericoides S, L, glacialis Lindl. S, L. virgatus S, Lissanthe strigosa. 


GENTIANACEAE 
Cicendia filiformis H. 

CONVOVULACEAE 
Dichondra repens H. 


RUBIACEAE 
Galium murale H, Opercularia varia S. 


CAMPANULACEAE 
Wahlenbergia gracilenta H, W. quadrifida S. 


GOoODENIACEAE 
Goodenia geniculata T. 


BRUNONIACEAE 
Brunonia australis S. 


STYLIDIACEAE 
Stylidium graminifolium H. 

ASTERACEAE i 
Brachyscome perpusilla H, Cirsium sp. H, Gnaphalium japonicum T, G, 
luteoalbum, Helichrysum obtusifolium, H. scorpioides S, Helipterum 
australe, H. demissum T, Hypochoeris glabra T, H. radicata T, Lagenifera 
sp., Leptorrhynchos squamatus, Millotia tenuifolia T, Podolepis jaceoides S, 
Rutidosus multiflora T, Senecio hispidulus H, S. quadridentatus H, 
Solenogyne bellioides H, Sanchus oleraceus H, Stuartina muelleri H, 
Toxanthes muelleri H. 


Flowers and Plants of Victoria in Colour 


Copies of this excellent book are still available, and of course would make a 
wonderful sift. They are obtainable from the F.N.C.V. Treasurer, Mr. D. McInnes. 


February, 1972 49 


book review 


Australian Shells 


Published by A, H. & A. W. Reml 
by B. R. Wilson and K: GILLET 
Price $12.95. 


This book is written by one of Aus- 
tralia’s leading  malacologisis, Dr. 
Barry Wilson, Curator of Molluses at 
the Western Australian Museum, 
Perth, and illustrated by one of our 
best known natural history photo- 
Eraphers Keith Gillet. It is therefore 
not surprising that they have produced 
the best illustrated text so far avail- 
able on marine shells on an Australia 
wide basis, It is a book written 
primarily for the amateur naturalist 
and shell collector and therefore con- 
fines itself to the larger group of 
"pretty" shells most commonly col- 
lected by such people. Perbaps the 
biggest criticism that can be levelted 
against it is that it ignores the bivalves 
and concentrates exclusively on the 
gastropods. However. the Australian 
marine mollusc fauna is so large and 
the number of amateur collectors who 
seriously interest themselves jn bivalve 
collection so few in number com- 
paratively speaking, that such an 
omission, while being annoying to the 
bivalve enthusiast, is understandable 
on a space and cost basis, 

The book has 168 pages, 56 full 
page colour plates of shell illustration 
and 48 magnificent colour photo- 
graphs of living molluses. Perhaps the 
highlight of the book (and 1 consider 
it is worth the money for these alone) 
is the series of photographs of living 
molluscs taken by Neville Coleman 
and Don Byrne. After short intro- 


duclory sections dealing with the 
classification of molluscs, descriptions 
of the gastropod shell and animal, the 
distribution of marine molluscs of 
Australia and the conservation of Aus- 
tralian shells (with some good rules- 
of-conduct for collectors), the book 
deals in detail with 600 species of 
marine gastropods belonging to 34 
families, The arrangement of the text 
is very good and easy to use in that 
the descriptions of the species are, in 
most cases, on the page facing the 
illustration. Each family is introduced 
with a general description and 
ecological notes. The species are then 
described individually with an indica- 
tion of relative abundance and 
approximate distribution. The authors 
have gone to considerable trouble to 
use scientifically correct nomenclature 
and in many cases. add short cx- 
planatory notes where taxonomic 
difficulties have occurred. Good 
specimens have been chosen to illus- 
trate the species and where species 
show wide colour or form variation 
then a series of specimens have been 
figured to illustrate that variation, 

All these factors add up to a very 
high quality text-book that is à must 
for both professional malacologists 
and amateur collectors who have any 
interest in Australian shells. 

Brian J. Smith (Dr.). 


Curator of Invertebrales, 
National Museum of Victoria, 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


Amphibian Fauna of Victoria 
Confirmation of the Records of Litoria (-Hyla) Citropa [Tschudi] 
in Gippsland 
hy 
ML J. LITTLETOHN, J. J- Larrus-Hirrs, A. A. ManriN anb G, P. WATSON, 
Depariment of Zoology, University of Melbourne, Parkville, Victoria, 3052, 


Copland (1957) and Moore (1961) 
examined three specimens of Litorla* 
cHropa {Tschudi) from Aberfeldy, 
Vielorla (Australian Museum Collec- 
tion, Nos. 7560-7562) and confirmed 
that they were typical of this species, 
even though separated by abour 480 
km from Burdanoon, New South 
Wales, the nearest Jocality from which 
conspecific material had been obtained. 
Littlejohn (1969) had no records of 
L. citropa trom East Gippsland, and 
Martin and Littlejohn (1969) con- 
sidered it unwise to include L. citrope 
in the state list of amphibians because 
no further specimens had been col- 
lected in spite of a large amount of 
field work in eastern Victoria. Little- 
john (1971) listed L. citropa in the 
Victorian amphibian fauna, bur did 
not provide any other information. 

On rhe night of 24 October, 1969, 
while we were travelling long the 
Princes Highway from Eden, N.S.W., 
10 Orbost, Vic, we collected speci- 
ments of L- cétropa at three localities: 
Natrabarba, NSW; Maramingo 
Creek, 70 km ENE of Genoa, Vic.; 
and Tonghi Creek, 9.0 km W of Cann 
River, Vic. Mating calls of L. citropa 
were heard at these localities and at 
four others along the Princes High- 
way: Timbillica, N.S,W.; the Thurra 
River, 11.7 km E of Cann River, 
Vic.; the Bemm River, 8.0 km E of 
Bellbird, Vic.; and the Brodribb River, 
10.4 km E of Orbost, Vic. A specimen 
was also collected at Tianjara Fails, 
* Frlipwing Tyler Ms Anstrahan representatives 


of Whe Family Hylidae are now referred to the 
genus Litoria 


February, 1972 


38.4 km SW of Nowra, N.S.W, on 
October 23, 1969. 

On the evening of 19 November, 
1970, another specimen of L, eitropa 
was collected, and others heard calling, 
by Shady Creek, 26.4 km N of Bru- 
then, Vic. On the following night, a 
road traverse was made from Wathalla 
to Moe, Vica and although specimens 
of two other species of river frogs 
(Litaria lesueuri and L. phyllochrea) 
were heard calling and collected, no 
individuals of L. citropa were seen or 
heard, A survey of the Aberfeldy and 
Thomsan Rivers in the Aberfeldy 
area on 9 and 10 April, 1971, failed 
to provide further evidence of 
L. citropa, but this may have been due 
to the unseasonal nature of the visit. 
These localities, together with the præ 
viously known southern limit of dis- 
tribution in New South Wales, are 
shown in Figure 1. 

Examination of the three specimens 
of L. citropa from Aberfeldy (in the 
Australian Museum Collection) al- 
lowed us to establish that they are 
conspecific with our specimens col- 
lected in East Gippsland. Thus, it 
seems reasonable to accept Aberfeldy 
as the correct locality for these speci- 
mens, since it is only abour 128 km 
west of Shady Creek. 

Kinghorn (1932) described coloura- 
tion of adults of L. citropa, and Moore 
(1961) summarized the available in- 
formation on morphology, life history 
and distribution, Clyne (1969) also 
provided a short description of an 
adult, including a colour photograph. 


51 


Because of its great value às an aid to 
identification, a photograph of a living 
male is presented in this account 
(Fig. 2). 

Very little is known about the bio- 
logy of L. citropa. Fletcher (1889, 
1891) noted that clasping was axillary, 
and that mating pairs were found dur- 
ing September and December in the 
central coastal area of New South 
Wales. Kinghorn (1932) observed 
mating in January and February in the 
same general area. Moore (1961) 
stated that he was wholly unfamiliar 
with the habits of L. citropa and Clyne 
(1969) added no new information. 
Our few observations are restricted to 
the calling behaviour of males. 

At Tonghi Creek, 9.0 km W of 
Cann River, males were calling from 
sites on the rocky banks and marginal 


vegetation of the shallow, slow-flowing 
stream. The following temperatures 
were noted: dry air 11.19C., wet 
bulb ait 10.59 C., water 14.7°C. Mat- 
ing calls of three males were tape 
recorded (Nagra IHIB recorder, Electro- 
Voice EV 644 gun microphone), but 
only two calls of one individual were 
sufficiently clear of background noise 
to allow subsequent acoustic analysis 
(Kay 6061-A audiospectrograph, Cos- 
sor 1049  dual-trace oscilloscope). 
However, these calls are believed to 
be representative of many others heard 
and recorded. 

The mating call is long (3.2-3.6 
seconds), of low intensity, and of re- 
latively complex tempora! structure. 
The dominant frequency varies from 
1350 to 1800 Hertz, with a broad 
frequency band of lower intensity be- 


NEW SOUTH WALES 


VICTORIA 


B ABERFELDT 


Fig. 1. Distribution of Litoria citrepa in southeastern Australia. Solid circles indicate 
new localities; the hatched area shows the previously known southern limit 


of distribution in New South Wales. 


52 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


tween 1250 and 3600 Hertz. Each call 
consists of three types of pulse train 
(note): one long note (910-920 milli- 
seconds) of relatively high pulse re- 
petition rate (45.8-46.4 pulses per 
second); two or three short notes (80- 
120 milliseconds) of similar pulse re- 
petition rate (34.1-57.0 pulses per 
second); and three or four notes of 
intermediate duration (245-500 milli- 
seconds) and low pulse repetition rate 
(10.2-20.8 pulses per second). A trac- 
ing of an oscillogram of a complete 
call is depicted in Figure 3. 


Confirmation of the presence of L. 
citropa in Victoria, and the description 
of a new species of the L. ewingi 
complex from northeastern Victoria 
(Watson, Loftus-Hills and Littlejohn, 
mss.) means that the amphibian fauna 
of Victoria now includes 34 taxa: 12 
hylids (one genus, 10 species, two sub- 
species) and 22 leptodactylids (eight 
genera, 20 species, two subspecies). 
Current research indicates that three 


other taxa may later warrant formal 
description. 


Fig. 2. Adult male of Litoria citropa from Tianjara Falls, 38.4 km SW of Nowra, 


N.S.W. Photo: M. J. Littlejohn. 


one second 


Fig. 3. Tracing of oscillogram of a mating call of Litoria citropa from Tonghi Creek, 
9.0 km W of Cann River, Vic., recorded at a wet bulb air temperature of 


10.5*C. 


February, 1972 


53 


Acknowledgements 


The support of the Australian Re- 
search Grants Committee (Grant 
66/16172) and the University of Mel- 
bourne Standing Research Vote is 
gratefully acknowledged. The Aus- 
tralian Museum, Sydney, kindly loaned 
the specimens of L. citropa from 
Aberfeldy. 


REFERENCES 


Clyne, D., 1969. Australian Frogs. Lans- 
downe Press, Melbourne. 

Copland, S. J., 1957. Australian tree frogs 
of the genus Hyla. Proc. Linn. Soc. 
N.S.W. 82: 9-108. 

Fletcher. J. J., 1889. Observations on the 
oviposition and habits of certain Aus- 
tralian batrachians. Proc. Linn. Soc. 
N.S.W. 4: 357-387. 

1891. Contributions to a 
more exact knowledge of the geo- 
graphical distribution of Australian 


Batrachia No, 2. Proc. Linn. Soc. 
N.S.W. 6: 263-274. 

Kinghorn, J. R., 1932. Herpetological 
notes, No, 4. Rec. Austr. Mus. 18: 
355-363. 


Littlejohn, M. J., 1969. Amphibia of 
East Gippsland. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 
82: 105-112. 

. 1971. Amphibia of Victoria. 
Vict. Yearbook 85: 1-11. 

Martin, A. A, and M. J. Littlejohn, 
1969. The amphibian fauna of Vic- 
toria: two new records and a check- 
list. Vict. Naturalist 86: 170-172. 

Moore, J. A., 1961. The frogs of eastern 
New South Wales. Bull. Amer. Mus. 
Nat. Hist. 121: 149-386. 

Tyler, M. J., 1971. The phylogenetic 
significance of vocal sac structure in 
hylid frogs. Univ. Kansas Publ. Mus. 
Nat. Hist. 19: 319-360. 

Watson, G. F., J. J. Loftus-Hills and 
M. J. Littlejohn, mss. The Litoria 
(Hyla) | ewingi complex (Anura: 
Hylidae) in southeastern Australia, I. 
A new species from northeastern Vic- 
toria. 


Punta Arenas and Sir Baldwin Spencer's Grave 


by ALDO MASSOLA 


Punta Arenas, the most southerly 
city in the world, sees few visitors 
from Australia. Indeed, being in the 
same latitude as Heard Island, and its 
buildings being continually buffeted by 
fierce southerlies and roaring wester- 
lies and covered with snow and ice 
almost the year round, it sees very few 
visitors from anywhere. 

Its 40,000 odd inhabitants subsist 
mainly by an export trade in wool and 
mutton, and employment at the seat 
of administration of the National 
Company which operates the oil fields 
discovered in Tierra del Fuego, across 
Magellan Straits. A little lignite and 
gold is also mined locally. 


54 


The people of Punta Arenas are 
hard workers, and aside from the long 
national afternoon siesta, make full 
use of the hours of daylight, which 
last from about 5 a.m. to about 11.30 
p.m. each day. But they are only 
joined to the rest of the world by 
lonely routes; even the 5,000 odd 
miles stretch which separates their 
city from New Zealand is lonely. and 
at one stage of the crossing the nearest 
ship to ours was over 1.000 miles 
away. It is therefore with a sigh of 
relief that the —not-always-Pacific 
Ocean is left and the western Strait of 
Magellan is entered. 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


From the Pacific side the entrance is 
forbidding. On the north side there 
are a number of scatlered islands, 
peaks of submerged mountains, rising 
abruptly from (he ocean. These form 
pari of Queen Adelaide Archipelago. 
To the south the precipitous and 
snow-capped mountains of Desolate 
Island loom in sight. Gaunt, stark, 
frozen, this large island does indeed 
present a Most desolate aspect. 

This western Magellan Strait is 
edged on both stdes by the southern 
Andes, which conjure up the world of 
the Incas, Peak after peak, seldom 
rising less thon 35,000 feet, with 
almost perpendicular flanks righi ta 
the water's edge, ts which are 
mirrored the eternal snows and 
glaciers, the latter fulling to the water 
like rivers of ice; they ure a fantastic 
sight. Jt is obvious that the Straits 
follow a series of flooded valleys and 
gaps in the Andes; and though of 
varying width, they present no naviga- 
tion hazards, allowing, of course, for 
the very variable winds and sudden 
storms, 

When we came (hough the weather 
was favourable. Strong winds were 
driving fog banks backwards and 
forwards before them, and periods of 
sunshme were intercepted by falls of 
snow, hailstones and heavy downpours 
of rain, bur these were of short dura- 
tion and visibility was good and the 
majestic scenery rendered dramatic 
by the continually changing light. The 
water remained reasonably cahn and 
the sudden storms one hears and reads 
about failed to materialize, 

This was on the western side of the 
Straits, continuing for aver 200 miles 
almost to Punta Arenas. The 110 
miles of the Strait from that city to 
the Atlantic Ocean is edged by low, 
grassy tablelands, with not a tree in 
sight ond nothing to relieve the 
monotony of the scene. This is the 
sovthern extremity of Patagonja's 


February, 1972 


Pampas, a vast desert of grass. 

The northern side of the Straits is 
the southernmost part of the South 
American mainland, The south side 
of the Straits is formed by the great 
island of Tierra del Fuego. Flat and 
windswept, the northern part of the 
island supports over a million sheep, 
The central part of the island is 
mountainous, Oi] has been found 
there, and oil rigs and installations 
alter its original skyline. In the 
southern parts of the jsland there is 
little grass, or anything else, abd this 
applies also to the smaller islands 
scattered to the south of Tierra del 
Fuego, which are only inhabited by 4 
few roaming otter hunters, who just 
manage to keep themselves alive, 

These islands include Horn and irs 
famous Cape, as well as Navarino 
and Hoste, the latter where the great 
Australian anthropologist Sir Bald- 
win Spencer, scientist, explorer, 
author, and at one time Director of 
ihe National Museum of Victoria, died 
in 1929. He had gone to that spot, 
the end of the world, to interview one 
of the few remaining Indians, in an 
endeavour to investigate the feasibility 
of a once popular belief amongst 
men of science. Was the extreme 
south of South America colonized by 
Ausiralian Aborigines? Alas, he was 
nol destined to find out. 

His grave at Punta Arenas was à 
Mecca for ime, bul 1 nearly did not 
get there, When the ship arrived at 
Puma Arenas roadstead the Captain 
wisely retrained from tying up to the 
only usable pier. In any case he 
would not have been able to do so. 
A sudden southerly had sprung up 
making st impossible to either 
approach the pier or for the Port 
Authorities to approach us. We had 
an uneasy anchorage in the roadstead, 
It was not until the next day, the wind 
having moderated. that a Chilean 
naval vessel came alongside — ànd 


55 


offered to disembark any of the ship's 
passengers, so E made a safe landing, 
guarded by machine guns and unti- 
aircraft armaments. 

In the Cemetery of Punta Arenas, 
“as in all Latin cemeteries, people of 
the past generation have erected 
stupendous tombs for themseives and 
for the future use of members of their 
family. Seme of [these tombs are 
architectural jewels, many being built 
of various coloured marble expressly 
imported from Italy. In contrast, the 
handful of graves in the English sec- 
tion of the Cemetery look cold and 
unimaginative. Even the huge head- 
stone erected over the mass grave of 
the Officers and men, the entire ship's 
company except the Captain, of the 
British Sloop "Dotterel", which blew 
up at Punta Arenas roadstead aon 26 
April, 1881, looks poverty-stricken by 
comparison. The Cupimn of this Hl- 


fated ship was saved oniy because the 
explosion blew him out of the port- 
hole of his cabin into the water, and 
he was immediately picked up. 

Sir Baldwin's grave, however, has 
dignity in its simplicity. The retaining 
low wall o£ the grave is of hand-hewn 
unpolished grey granite. The head- 
stone is composed of two jomed up- 
right slabs of the same material: and 
(hé grave is covered with a dub of 
polished porphyry, on which an in- 
scription in gold letters, now pitted 
and faded through exposure to bleak 
winds and a covering of ice for 
months al a time reads: 


SIR BALDWIN SPENCER 
K.C.M.G, FRA. 
Juse 23rd (aso 
Jury 14th 1929 


It is a simple epitaph to a great 
màn; the kind of memorial he would 
have written for himself. 


Index of Victorian Naturalist 


A cumulative subject index af the 
Victorian Naturalist from volume 1, 
1884, is being compiled. So far the 
compilers have done the first fifly 
volumes. Mr. Baines has aleeady 
made an author index from 1884. 
This is à card index to which he adds 
entfics each month so keeping il 
up-to-date, Tt is available in rhe 
F.N.C. library. 

The National Parks Authority has 
produced a dupheated index being 
sold for 60c, ft was compiled by Mr. 
Saunders and has been valuable to 
marry even before jts publication. Mr. 
Jack Hyett has indexed birds in all 
volumes. Many others have indexed 
parts of interest to them. 

The new subject index enables in- 
quirers to find references to matter of 
interest lo them, be it aboriginals, 


56 


places, new species or other items, It 
has a secuion dealing with the Locality 
on a grid map of Victoria of the 
places mentioned in the Naturalist. 
This map was shown to the members 
by Mr. T. M. Pescott when speaking 
on “a biological survey of Victoria" 
reported in 1970, 87, page 287. A 
copy of this map is being used as end 
pages in the second volume of The 
Handbook to the Plants af Victoria 
by Mr. J. H. Willis. This locality 
seclion of the index should be of use 
to any one inquiring about a district 
for historical or other purposes. 

The index in process of compilation 
wil be more comprehensive than 
others and has cross references. The 
inclusion of every detail together with 
exhaustive cross references would 
make the index so cumbersome 


Viel. Nat. Vol. 89 


that room could not be found in our 
library, nor could it be completed in 
a reasonable time. A compromise has 
had to be made. 

The index will be of use to a re- 
stricted number of workers. Whether 
the F.N.C. would be wise to publish 
it, is questionable, The decision needs 


should be the same height as the 
volumes of the Vict. Nat, se that it 
can be placed on library shelves with 
cumulative indexes of this kind. 

It js hoped that readers who have 
ideas to communicate will express 
them either to Miss Marjorie Buichart 
or myself. 


discussion, W published, the index K. E. HALL, 


Field Naturalist Club of Victoria 
Notice of Motion 


In accordance with the Articles of Association notice has been given that 
the following motion will be put to the Annual General Meeting, ta he held 
on [5 March, 1972:— - 


(a) "That the Vilerarian Naturalist be reserved for the publication of — 
(i) articles which add to the fund of knowledge of natural history; 


(it) articles which are concerned with methods and techniques for 
the gathering and processing of information which will contribute 
to the fund of knowledge of natural history; 


articles which: summarise or collate known information on any 
species or groups of species; 
(v) relevant book reviews, brief obituaries. 


(h) That all ¢lubs notes, excursion reports and trivial articles be published 
in a less expensive format for distribution, as a newsletter, to members 
al PNLCY, 


This Motion is one of a number of proposals made at the December Meeting 
in the belief that the Club should be playing à more active part in the gathering, 
compilation and dissemination of factual information on Natural History, The 
articles at present published in the Naturalist fall into two broad categories: — 

(i) Series articles contributing new information; and 


Gi) Reports of excursions, etc., which are of widely varying standard, and are 

often of interest only to the participants. 

These two categories are to a large extent mutually incompatible, as is borne 
out by the conflicting views expressed in the survey, and it is felt that the Naturalist’ 
should be reserved for the publication of serious articles on Natural History, while 
the other articles would be better placed in a newsletter, As the number of serious 
articles would not, at present, fill a monthly journal, the Naturalist would be 
published Jess frequently, probably quarterly, but its improved standing may well 
attract new authors. 

On the other hand, the Newsletter could be prepared much more quickly, using 
modern techniques, and could give 1 much more immediate and fuller coverage of 
Club acivities. Thus this policy would improve communications within the Club, 
would greatly enhance the standing of the Naturalist and would relieve the Editor 
of much of the pressure of meeting monthly deadlines. 


R. H. RIORDAN, 
Honorary Secretary. 


(ii) 


February, 1972 37 


Geweral Meeting 10 January 


The January meeting took its usual 
form, as the annual Members Night. In 
all 91 persons were present. At the be- 
ginning of the mecting the President read 
a list of new members names, and wel- 
comed those of them in attendance to 
the club. He also extended a special 
welcome to Mr. Alec Burns, who has 
been a member since 1915, and was tem- 

jrarily down from Queensland, where 
he now lives, 

The early part of the evening was given 
to the presentation of members exhibits, 
and nature notes, which were the subject 
of some discussion. Exotic items dis- 
played included some New Guinea dag- 
gers, carved im obsidian, and butterflies 
Mr. Burns had brought down from 
Queensland. Following the discussion of 
1he exhibits and members nature queries 
and observations there was a showing of 
members natural history colour slides, 

When general business came up the 
Secretary spoke about developments in 
Western Port, and the position of the 
New Holland Mouse (Pseudomys Novae- 
hollandiae). This provoked much dib- 
cussion, Which led to a motion, moved 
by Miss G. Piper, that the secretary write 
lọ the Chief Secrelary of Victoria asking 


ENTOMOLOGICAL EQUIPMENT 
Butterfly nets, pins, store-boxes, elc. 
We are direct importers anc 
manufacturers, 
and specialise in Mall Orders 


(write for free price list) 


AUSTRALIAN 
ENTOMCLOGICAL SUPPLIES 
14 Chisholm St, Greenwich 
Sydüey 2065 Phone: 43 3972 


58 


A to reconsider the selection. of person- 
nel for the committee administering the 
Western Port survey: and 

B when the survey would be completed? 
An amendment to this motion added that 
a letter also be sent to the press pointing 
out the problemie pertinent to the Western 
Port survey. With the amendment the 
motion was carried. 

The Secrelary then announced the club 
has been invited fo do a nature d of 
some 4( acres on the Gembrook-Paken- 
ham road, He nlso announced that 
nominations for the annual election of 
officers closed that evening, and asked 
thal any members interested in attending 
a survey camp over the Australia Day 
weckend contact him. 

Mr. D. Lee outliaed work of the 
Native Fauna Preservation Society in 
setting up a children's camp near Warb- 
urton. 

A letter from the Royal Botanic Gar- 
dens' Director Dr. Churchill announced 
a gathering on January 28 to honour Mr, 
J, Willis on his retirement. Mr. R., Gar- 
nett moved that F,N,C.V, council make 
a suitable donation for the occasion. A 
letter from the Western Victorian Field 
Naturalists Association announced pres- 
entation of F,N.C.V. Honorary Member- 
ship to Miss L, Banfield, 


STEREO BINOCULAR 
MICROSCOPE 


Wide lreld, three dimensional viewing 
with leng working distance 

MATCHED 2X-AX OBJECTIVES 

PAIRED 10X-15X EYEPIECES 

INTERPUPILLARY ADJUSTMENT 
MAGNIFICATION 20, 30, 4D, 60X 
Supplied in woeden cabinet 
$119.06 


STEREO MICROSCOPE 


Far the examination of whale ebjects 
such as insects, Mies. organs, 
parasites etc. 
30X and 50X magnitication with 
wide, bright, stereoscopic liold 
$24.50 


GENERY'S SCIENTIFIC 
EQUIPMENT SUPPLY 


183 Little Collins Street 
Melbourne: 63 2160 


Vict. Nat, Vol. 89 


victorian 
naturalist 


F.N.C.V. DIARY OF COMING EVENTS 
GENERAL MEETINGS 


Wednesday, 15 March — At National Herbarium, The Domain, South Yarra, com- 
mencing at 8 p.m. Annual General Meeting, (see agenda on p. 84). 


New Members. 


Ordinary: 


Mrs. Sandra Cavanagh, 6/100 Hotham St., East Melbourne, 3002. 

Mrs. M. Francis, 130 Normandy Road, East Kew, 3102. 

Mr. Keith J, King. Flat 14, 302 Abbotsford St., North Melbourne, 3051. 
Dr, David M. Churchill, c/- National Herbarium, South Yarra, 3141, 
Mrs. D. G. Dunn, 3 Allfrey St., East Brighton, 3187. 

Miss Jean E. Hood, 23 Salisbury St., Mont Albert, 3127. 

Mrs. Mary Ritchie, 62 Riddell Pde., Elsternwick, 3185. 


Country: 
Mr. Graham P. Smith, Box EI23, G.P.O. Canberra, A.C.T., 2600, 
Junior: 


Timothy Farrelly, Assumption College, Kilmore, 3601. 
David J, Tatnall. 8 St. Neot's Avenue, Northcote, 3070. 


"It is regretted that last month, Junior and Country categories were inadvertently transposed 


Monday, 10 April — "Weather and Wildlife". Mr. Derrick Ried. 


F.N.C.V. EXCURSIONS 


Sunday, 19 March — Entomology excursion led by Mr. P. Kelly, The coach will 
leave Batman Avenue at 9.30 a.m. Fare $1.70. Bring two meals. 


Thursday, 30 March-Monday, 3 April — Easter excursion to King Island led by 
members of the King Island F.N.C. The plane will leave Tullamarine at 6.30 
p.m. Thursday 30 March. Members making their own way to the airport should 
be there at least 30 minutes before departure time. members taking the bus 
from Melbourne should meet at Termini about 5.20 p.m. Bus leaves 5.40 p.m. 
Luggage is limited to one case per person plus airway bag or similar which may 
be carried by the passenger. The £35.00 already paid covers airfare and transport 
on the Island. Motel (room only) and meals are to be paid individually, cut 
lunches are obtainable at 60 cents each but members should bring a thermos 
for drinks. The programme arranged by the K.I.F.N.C. is as follows: 


Friday morning: Forestry — Botany and Birds 
4 afternoon: Sea Elephant River — Botany and Birds. 
, evening: Buffet tea with K, I, Field Naturalists. 


Saturday all day: North of Island with Mr. Max McGarvie, everything. 
ia evening: Slides. 


Sunday all day: Yarra Creek Gorge, everything. 
4 evening: Programme by F.N.C.V. 


Monday morning: Grassy, King Island Scheelite with Mr. Jeff Gresham. 
Depart 4.30 p.m. for Melbourne. 


Saturday, 15 April-Sunday, 16 April — Weekend at Ararat, (see p. 83). 


Preliminary enquiry, New Zealand? 

Various members have asked if it would be possible to have an excursion to 
New Zealand so I have made enquiries, An excursion to New Zealand lasting 
22 days. touring both islands and visiting Mt. Cook. Milford Sound, Fox 
Glacier. Rotorua etc., next January would cost between $500-$600 including 
airfare both ways. Are sufficient members interested for me to make bookings? 
Please let me know as soon as possible stating if you would be reasonably 
definite or are just generally interested in the idea. M. Allender. 


GROUP MEETINGS 


(8 p.m. at National Herbarium unless otherwise stated.) 


Thursday, 9 March — Botany Group. Mr. A. Fairhall will give the talk on “Propa- 
gation of Native Plants" scheduled for last month but cancelled through power 
restrictions. 


Wednesday, 5 April — Geology Group. 
62 Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


The 
Victorian Naturalist 
Editor: G. M. Ward 


Assistant Editor; G, Douglas 


Vol. 89, No. 3 8 March, 1972 
CONTENTS 
Articles: 
The Dunolly Fossil Wombat. By E. D. Gill  .. M. be le RS 64 
pome AM of the Coastal Ecology | of E Kangaron Island. 
. Kirkpatrick - st ge M 67 
Victorian Occurrence of the Crab Sesarma erthrodecsl 
By S. W. Gunn Ka or A Ael . - (BI OR] 76 
Excursion to Mt. Napier. By E. Costermans  .. m - mi x 77 
Feature: 


Reptiles of Victoria—5. By Hans Beste ..  .. .. .. .. .. 74 


Field Naturalists Club of Victoria: Y 
Agenda for Annual Meéting | 


Letters to the Editor c cR SS FS ae 3 Roa nM 84 
A New Group f 
Hawthorn Junior F.N.C. Annual Report . a Wt wu 55. 86 
F.N.C.V. Balance Sheet ..  .. .. .. .. .. .. .. a 88 


Front Cover: 


This photograph of the Spotted Native Cat in an angry mood was taken by 
Hans Beste, through the courtesy of the Fisheries and Wildlife Department. 


March, 1972 - 63 


The Dunolly Fossil Wombat 


by Eomuwe D. Gic? 


The oldest recorded wombat re- 
mains in Victoria come from the gold 
diggings at Dunolly in Central Vic- 
toria, The specimen was found in 
September, 1856, 50 ft, (15 m.) from 
the surface of the ground at the bot- 
tem of a shaft on Slaughteryard Hill 
(called Gooscberry Hill in some news- 
paper reports of the time), near Burnt 
Creek, a tributary of Bet Bet Creek. 
Mr, Ferguson discovered it, and Mr. 
J. A. Panton presented it to the 
National Museum in Melbourne, Pro- 
fessor McCoy was very interested in 
this fossil, considering that it showed 
the “gold drifts’ were not “alluvial”? 
but belonged to much older Pliocene 
rocks ta be compared with the Mam- 
maliferous Crag of Britain. In those 
days the sediment of the present rivers 
was called The Alluvium, while Ice 
Age deposits were called The Dilu- 
vium, McCoy recorded the find in the 
Victorian Exhibition Essays (1861), 
repeating the entry but with the scien- 
tific name added in the Tntercolonial 
Exhibition Essays (1866). The occur- 
tence was also noted in. a paper pub- 
lished in England in 1862 and another 
in Victoria in 1868, When giving his 
Presidential Address to the Royal 
Society of Victoria in 1861, His 
Excellency the Governor of Victoria, 
Sir Henry Barkly, referred to the 
Dunelly wombat as part of the evi- 
dence that, although Australia was 
antipodal to ‘their homeland, it 
possessed (he same succession of 
Palaeozoic, Mesozoic and Cainozoic 
rocks (Barkly 1865). This was a mat- 
ter for Wonder then, but is taken for 
granted now. Sir Henry used the fossil 


64 


wombat as evidence of the existence 
of rocks here parallel to the Mam- 
maliferous Crag of Britain. 

In 1874 McCoy described the fossil 
jaw. as Phascolomys pliocenos, and 
Brough Smyth noted it jn the first Re- 
port of Progress of the Geological 
Survey. Etheridge (1878) listed it. in 
his fossil catalogue, and Chapman 
(1914) illustrated it in his Australasian 
Fossils. When reviewing the geology of 
the alluvial gold deposits, Walcott 
(1920) discussed it, Tate (1951) re- 
ferred it 10 Vombatus. So the Dunolly 
Wombat has received a great deal of 
notice for varying reasons. 

Having been asked |o check the 
chronology, I visited Dunolly in June, 
1958, On the advice of the late Mr. 
W. Baragwanath, I contacted Mr, O. 
C. Smith, who put me in touch with 
Mr. M. Ramm and Mr. A, Cairns, I 
was thus able to see the original site, 
which during World War II was 
mined for "red ochre" (siltstone 
strongly pigmented with red iron 
oxide), The shaft tad collapsed, but 
I was able to observe: 


ft. m. 

2 0.6 Red sandy gravel. 

4 1.2 Mottled sandy gravel. 

6 1.8 Whitish sandy gravel. 

6 1.8 Red siltstone with sorne 


yellow pebbles, 

The top of the red siltstone dips 
northwards at about 159. ft is 
probably a lenticle in the coarser sedi- 
ments. The spoil heap indicated that 
whitish and vellowish sediments came 
from the lower patt of the shaft. 


* Deputy Director, National Musei ol Victoris. 


Vick. Nat, Vol, 89 


Some were very coarse with boulders 
up to one foot tà diameter. 

The fossil was in a calcareous silt- 
stone with a slight reddish tint, Pre- 
sumably the matrix was a lenticle of 
fine sediments (such as is formed by 
ponding) that were later calcified with 
secondary carbonates due lo Jeaching 
of the sediments above. Excepi for 
degree of colour, the sediment con- 
taining the fossil is similar to that of 
the red ochre band in the same section. 
In that region it t$ not unusual to find 
carbonate accumulation at the base of 
permeable sediments, Thus the fossil 
fits into the general environment, and 
ihe presence of carbonate fits the 
claim that it came from the bottom of 
the shaft. The underlying rock is 
almost impermeable Ordovician slate. 


Age of Dunolly Wombat 


The formation containing the wom- 
bat jaw in Dunolly rests against the 
bedrock of Ordovician slate, There 
are no other fossils known from it, 
and no materials were discovered thai 
<ould be used for dating. It was noted 
that the Ordovician outcrops are 
strongly ferruginized in places, which 
is evidence for powerful iron mobiliza- 
tion, because slate is so resistant to 
penetration, A search was therefore 
made for younger rocks that were fer- 
ruginized. These were discovered 5 
miles (8 km.) N.N.E. of Dunolty at 
Painswick. There a formation of fer- 
ruginized river sediments was noted 
(Fig. 1) between the Ordovician bed- 


e 
PLIOCENE 
RIVER SEDIMENTE 


PRE- PLIOCENE 
LATERITIZED SEDIMENTS 


rock and the formation which in 
Dunolly contained the wombat re 
mains at its base. 

The ironstone (which is non-mag- 
netic) is judged to be the result of 
jateritization that occurred in Victoria 
in Lower to Middle Pliocene times. 
The youngest marine beds in Victoria 
fo be lateritized are uppermost 
Miocene (Cheltenhamisn), while the 
youngest rocks to show traces of it are 
4.15 m.y. basalts near Hamilton 
which show partial lateritization (Gill 
1957, 1964, 1971, Gibbons and Gill 
1964, Turnbull et al. 1965). The 
solid ironstone is therefore given a 
Pliocene age, Lower or perhaps 
Middle. The accumulation of iron at 
Painswick suggests stable conditions 
over a long period of time. The over- 
lying later formation containing the 
fossi] indicates, on the other hand, a 
phase of instability. The local river 
was rejuvenated, and it cut a valley in 
the ironstone, The waters ran fast, 
carrying gravel and boulders up to one 
foot in diameter. The lateritization 
leached the terrain deeply, then uplift 
increased the power of the rivers 
which then eroded the weakened bed- 
rock, releasing great quantities of gold 
from lodes. This accounts for the 
remarkably rich deposits of alluvial 
gold. This rejuvenation was the resuit 
of the Kosciusko Uplift, a phase of 
earth movement that had slaw be- 
ginnings in the Lower Pliocene, but 
took place chiefly in the Upper 
Pliocene and Lower Pleistocene in 


ORDAVICIAN 
SLATE BEDROCK 


Figure 1. Diagrammatic section of the geology at Painswick 5 miles (&km) NNE 
af Dunally, Victoria. 


March, 1972 


' 65 


Victoria, Tt is therefore considered on 
present evidence Ihat the Dunolly 
Wombat lived in Upper Pliocene 
times, soon alter the main movements 
pot under way, because the fossil 
üccurs at the base of the sediments 
deposited by the rejuvenated river. 
Gold digging in the area turned over 
these sediments extensively, so thal it 
can be seen that they are (1) mainly 
coarse but include lenses of fine sedi- 
ments, (2) include heavy boulder 
beds, and (3)'are poorly soried. It 
is to be inferred that a large and 
powerful river flowed here, ripping 
‘into the countryside and carrying a 
mass of heavy waste materials towards 
the sea. The sediments include 
boulders of ironstone, and in places 
they overlie the ironstone, and so are 
younger, which their uncompacted 
canditión also indicates. The present 
streams have cet into these uincom- 
pacted sediments, but are weak com- 
pared with the ancestral rivers. 

Perhaps the wombat was drowned 
in this fast-flowing viver. If its re- 
mains had been amongst the torrent 
gravels, they would probably have 
been destroyed L imagine the cadaver 
was washed info a pond among the 
gravel banks. Its bones were washed 
apart so that in the shaft only the jaw 
was tound. If the above interpretation 
be correct, tt would be worthwhile to 
re-open the shaft and explore the silt- 
stone for the rest ‘of the skeleton. 

In the Melbourne area this same 
change from stable to vnstable condi- 
tions, resulting in the deposition of 
Kosciusko Epoch sediments, can be 
recognized. Marine beds are followed 
by poorly sorted clayey sands and 
gravels surmounted by basalt flows 
dated by potassium/argón assay as 
about 4.4 million years old. Likewise 
in the Hamilton district, marine rocks 
are followed by marshland deposits 
and inits, surmounted by basalt flows 
dated as about 4,35 million years ago 


66 


(Gill 1957, Turnbull and Lundelius 
1970). 


In summary, it cán be concluded 
that the fossil wombat came from the 
unconsolidated Kosciusko Uplift sedi- 
ments that post-date the lateritization; 
also that it came from the base of 
these sediments (as claimed) because 
of the carbonate accumulation. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Barkly, H., 1856. Anniversary. Address. 
Truns, Proc, R. Soc, Vict. 6 = XiX-Xxxiv. 

Chapman, F, 1914. Ausrralasiam. Fossils. 
Melbourne. . 

Etheridge, R., 1878. A Catalogue of 
Australian Fossils. Cambridge, 

Gibbons, F. Ra, and Gill, E. D», 1964 
Sails and terrains of the basaltic plans 
of far Western. Victoria. Proc, R. Soc: 
Vici, 77 (2) 387.395. 

Gil, E, D., 1957d. The stratigraphical 
occurrence and palaéoecology of same 
Australian Tertiary marsupials. Meri 
nat Mas. Viet, 21: 4135-203. 

Gill, E. D.. 1964, Rocks contiguous with 
the basaltic cuirass of Western Vic- 
m Proc. Re Soc. Vict. T? (2) | 331- 

Gill, E. D, 1971, Laterite chronology. 
Search 2; 32. 

McCoy, F., 1862. Note on the ancient 
and recent natural history of Victoria, 
Ann, Mag, ret Hist, Nol. 9, Md ser. 

pp. 137-150, 

McCoy, E, 1868. On the species of 
wombats- Trans Proc. R. Soc. Vici, & 
(2) pp. 266-270, 

McCoy, E, 1874. Prodromus of the 
palazeontology of Victoria, Gen, Surv. 
Vicr. Melbourne 

Tate, G, H. H, 1951. The wombats 
(Marsupialla, Phascolomyidae) Am. 
Mus. Novitaies 1525. 

Turnbull, W. Dx, and Lundelius, E. L., 
t970. The Hamilton Fauna. Fiefdiana: 
Gemory 19. 

Turnbull, W. D., Lundelius, E. L., and 
McDougall, L, 1965. A potassium/ 
argon dated Pliocene marsupial fauna 
from Victoria. Australia. Nitre 
206 * 8185. 

Walcott, R. Hf, 1920, Evidence of the 
age of some Australian gold drifts, 
with special reference to those contain 
ing mammalion remains. Rec. Geal. 
Surv. N.S.W. 9 (2) + 66-97. 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


Some Aspects of the Coastal Ecology 


of Kangaroo Island 


by J. Kark PATRICK* 


The coastal vegetation of Kangaroo 
Island is interesting both because of its 
relative lack of disturbance by man, 
and its freedom from the scourge of 
rabbit grazing. This study describes 
the vegetation of ten coastal Jocalities 
(Fig. 1) on Kangaroo Island. Rela- 
live exposure to strong salt-laden 
winds is assessed as a factor causing 
variation in the form and species com- 
position of the vegetation described. A 
geological junction, coincident with 
vegetation change, is described and 
discussed. 

Most of the coast is parallelled by 
cliffs. The cliffs on the south coast 
are mainly formed from calcarenite, 
which is often overlain by recent wind- 
blown sands. Along the north coast 
the cliffs are mainly composed of 
Proterozoic phyllites, Cambrian sand- 
stones, the Kanmantoo group of Cam- 


brian to Ordovician quartzites, argil- 
laceous schistose quartzites, and schis- 
tose slates. Sand dunes are found along 
the rest of the coast, except for re- 
stricted stretches along the shores of 
Nepean-Bay, the Bay of Shoals, and 
the Pelican Lagoon, which are marshy. 

Womersley (1947) mapped two de- 
grees of exposure for the Kangaroo 
Island coastline, using algal indicators. 
These are shown on Figure 1. In 
general the south and west aspects are 
the most exposed to strong salt-laden 
winds. The other aspects, especially 
the indented northeast, are sheltered 
by the Australian mainland which is, 
at its closest point, only nine miles 
{rom the island, The prevailing winds 
tend to reinforce the effect of water 
width on relative exposure. 


“Geography Dept., University of Tasmania. 


4.4 sheltered const 


Figure 1. Kangaroo Island, showing the localities discussed. 


March, 1972 


67 


At the ten localities, all relatively 
' undisturbed, the following sampling 
procedure was used. The estimated 
line of the mean high water mark was 
tangential to the first quadrat, 3 circle 
of ten foot radius. Quadrats of the 
same shape and area were sampled at 
aixty-six foot intervals between their 
centres, along a line ninety degrees 
from the (rend of the mean high water 
mark, The perennial species, and the 
dominants within cach quadrat were 
noled. Those that could not be deter- 
mined in the field were sent to the 
State Herbarium of South Australia 
for identification. Sampling ceased in 
most cases where the mallee eucalypts, 
so characteristic of Kangaroo Island, 
became dominant. A species list for 
the localities is appended, 

‘Tt is probable that in coastal areas 
sodium chloride necrosis is the prin- 
cipal agent in the stunting of vegeta- 
ton. This is suggested by the strong 
correlation between exposure to salt- 
laden winds and the degree of aasy- 
metry of form of vegetation on other- 
wise similar sites (Parsons and Gill, 
1968). However the role of strong 
winds, causing high evapotranspiration 
rates, 1s probably also important, and 
stunting can be caused by other fac- 
tors, such as nutrient deficiencies. 

Figure 2 iifustrates the zonation of 
the vegetation observed at the ten 
sites. The most immediate contrast js 
between those sites on the sheltered 
part of the coast (sites one, two, and 
five) and those on the more exposed 
part of the coast (Figure 1). Trees 
over fifteen feet tall were found in 
elther the first or second quadrats at 
(he sheltered sites (Plate 1). Among 
the exposed sites, four and nine had 
mallee eucalypts within the second 
quadral, hut these were severely salt- 
pruned, and less than six feet tall 
(Plate 2), Some of the exposed sites 
had a belt of coastal heath ranging 
from sixty-six feet to half a mile in 


ég 


width, This formation was completely 
absent on the shelteréd sites. 

Sites one and ten were both on the 
Kanmanioo group of rocks, yet con: 
trast greatly yn both the form and 
fioristics of their vegetation; for they 
have only’ Cerpobrotus sp, Olearia 
exllluris and Heloragis teiragyna in 
common in the first three quadrats. 
Although the soil was deeper at site 
one the rainfall was at least five 
inches per annum less than at site ten 
(Wood, 1930). 

Site two, Ihe most sheltered on cal- 
carenite, similarly had the deepest 
soil, but the least rainfall of the sites 
on that particular substrate, Most of 
the species found in the heath forma- 
tion On the other sites on calcarenite 
were absent in site two. The most 
severely exposed site on calcarenite 
appeared to be eight. Here both 
Olearia axillaris and Rhagodia baccate, 
which were found in either (he first 
or second quadrats at the other sites 
on calearentte, were found wel] back 
from the mean high water mark, in 
quadrats five and six respectively, 
The zone of coastal heath, absent at 
site two, was approximately half a 
mile wide af site eight, and 540 feet 
wide at site three. 

Marked zonation is usually evident 
in exposed coastal areas. The species 
composition of vegetation on stabilized 
soils in areas exposed to salt-bearing 
winds seems largely dependent on re- 
lative resistance to sodium chloride 
necrosis (Boyce, 1954). Zonation is - 
telescoped by decreased exposure ta 
sal-laden wings (Fig. 2). 

At several of the sites studied three 
zones could be distinguished: The 
Zone nearest the shoreline was com- 
posed largely of species adapted to a 
coastal existence. These included 
halophytes such as Threlkeldia diffusa; 
Salicornia quinaneflora, Carpobrotus 
sp. Disphyma australe, Frankenia 
pauciflora, Samolus repens, and other 


Vict, Nar, Vol, 89 


common coastal shrubs and herbs, in- 
cluding Stipa teretifolia, Spinifex 
hirsutus, Muehlenbeckia adpressa, 
Rhagodia baccata, Tetragonia am- 
plexicoma, Melaleuca lanceolata, 
Alyxia buxifolia, Myoporum insulare, 
Olearia axillaris, Calocephalus brownii 
and Zxioląaena supina. The latter 
species has an interesting distribution, 
being found on Bass Strait islands in- 
cluding Curtis Island and along parts 
of the South Australian coast, but 
being absent from the Victorian coast. 


Although the first zone varied in 
width (Fig. 2) it was found at all sites. 
However, the second zone, dominated 
by sclerophyllous shrubs generally less 
than three feet high, was present only 
at sites three, eight, nine, and ten. The 
species occurring most commonly in 
this heath were Lasiopetalum schul- 
zenii, Melaleuca gibbosa, and Heli- 
chrysum adenophorum. Many of the 
species that characterized the first 


zone were found in lesser abundance 
in this second zone. 


came ORT 


w — CARPOBROTUS SP w 
v OLEARIA AXILLARIS 
+ MELALEUCA GIBBOSA 
ip CASUARINA STRICTA c 


ST SANDSTONE 5 


STIPA TERETIFOLIA AA 
(? LEUCOPOGON PARVIFLORUS : 
P M. LANCEOLATA 


CALCARENITE K 


RHAGODIA BACCATA 


"; CALOCEPHALUS BROWNI! 


Y EUCALYPTUS SPECIES 


KANMANTOO GROUF 


UNCONSOLIDATED SAND 


HORIZONTAL SCALE: ONE INCH TO SIXTY-$IX FEET 


Figure 2. Cross-sections of the ten localities. Heights not to scale. Not all species are 
depicted. 


March, 1972 


69 


The third zone was characterized 
by the presence of one or more of the 
various species of mallee eucalypt 
which dominate much of the island's 
vegetation. Although the most sea- 
ward of these eucalypts were generally 
asymmetric in form (Plate 2) their 
advent probably marks the limit of the 


major influence of windborne salt. 
The most common species was 
Eucalyptus diversifolia, which was 


found at five of the sites. 


an 
WE S 


70 


It is known that differing surface 
geology is often correlated with dif- 
ferences in the form and species com- 
position of vegetation on otherwise 
similar sites (e.g. Harris, 1963). 


This phenomenon is particularly 
evident at the geological junction 
found between sites nine, and ten. 


The cliff at these sites is carved from 
the Kanmantoo group of rocks, which 
on the clifftop at site nine are over- 
lain by calcarenite. The marked con- 


Plate 1. Site 
five. (Figure in 
middleground 
six feet.) 


photo: Author 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


trast in the form of the vegetation on 
either side of the geological junction 
can be seen from Plate 2. The sparse 
low heath in the foreground is on the 
Kanmantoo group of rocks while the 
low mallee, dominated by Eucalyptus 
diversifolia, is on calcarenite. Ten 
species were recorded from quadrat 
two of site nine, which was situated in 
the clifftop mallee, on calcarenite. Of 
these species only Melaleuca gibbosa 
and Lepidosperma viscidum occurred 
among the fourteen species of quadrat 
two of site ten, in the clifftop heath. 
In the third quadrat of site ten M. 
gibbosa, L. viscidum, and Eucalyptus 
cosmophylla were the only species of 
the thirteen found in the quadrat to 
occur in the second quadrat of site 
nine, despite the similarity in vegeta- 
tion form and structure between the 
two quadrats. The most feasible ex- 
planation for these differences seems 
to be that the soils formed on the two 
parent materials differ in their mois- 
ture holding characteristics and/or 
nutrient status. 

However, the main contrasts in the 
form and species composition of the 


Note: The State Herbarium of South Australia 
collected from Site 2 to Beyeria lechenaultii 


Plate 2. Parts 
of sites nine and 
ten. 


phote: Author 


March, 1972 


coastal vegetation of Kangaroo Is- 
land are probably due more to relative 
exposure rather than surafce geology, 
or other factors, such as precipitation. 


ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 


I would like to thank Dr. R. F. Parsons 
for his invaluable help in the field and 
for critically reading the manuscript, 
Dr. E. C. F. Bird for his comments on 
the article and the staff of the State 
Herbarium of South Australia for their 
identification of specimens. 


REFERENCES 

Boyce, S. G., 1954. The salt-spray com- 
munity, Ecol. Monog., 24: 29-67. 

Harris, W. K., 1963. Plant communities 
and their relationship to geological 
jormations in portion of the Olary 
Ranges, South Australia. 5. Aust. Nat., 
38: 4-10. 

Parsons, R. F.. and Gill, A.M., 1968. 
The effects of salt-spray on coastal 


vegetation at Wilson's Promontory, 
Victoria, Australia. Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Vic., 81: 1-10. 


Womersley. H. B. S., 1947. The marine 
algae of Kangaroo Island. L A general 
acount of the algal ecology. Trans. 
Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 71: 228-252. 

Wood, J. G.. 1930. An analysis of the 
vegetation of Kangaroo Island and the 
adjacent peninsulas. Trans. Roy. Soc. 
S, Aust., 54: 105-139, 


have corrected the determination of Olearia axillaris 


APPENDIX — SPECIES LIST 


The species identified by the State Herbarium of South Australia are asterisked. 
Nomenclature follows Eichler, H., 1965. Supplement to J. M. Black's Flora of South 
Australia. Gov't Printer, Adelaide, except where authorship is cited. 


Site Numbers 


* Hibbertia stricta x x 
*H. aspera x 
* Frankenia pauciflora x 
*Pimelea serpyllifolia X 
*P. glauca x 
* Baeckea ericacea 
Melaleuca gibbosa X 
M. lanceolata X x X x x 
M. uncinata x 


x x x x 


»* x x x 


Eucalyptus diversifolia X x x x 
E. lansdowneana 
E. cneorifolia X x 
E. cosmophylla X x 
E. rugosa x 
*Thryptomene ericaea x 
Calytrix tetragona x 
*Lhotskya glaberrima 
Haloragis tetragyna x 
* Astroloma humifusum 
* A. conostephoides x 
Leucopogon parviflorus x x x x 
*L. concurvus x 
* Acrotriche cordata 


Samolus repens 
* Alyxia buxifolia 
*Prosanthera microphylla x 

Myoporum insulare x 
*Goodenia varia 

Scaevola crassifolia 
*Olearia axillaris x 
*Senecio aff. lautus x x x 
*S. cf. cunninghamii X 

Ixiolaena supina x x 
* Helichrysum adenophorum x x x x 
*Ixodia achillaeoides x 

Calocephalus brownii x x 


Ca ox ox ox 
x 


72 Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


Site Numbers 


Cheilanthes tenuifolia x 
Stipa teretifolia x x [OX x x 
*Stipa sp. 
Spinifex hirsutus 
*Poa crassicaudex Nickery x 
Scirpus nodosus 
Lepidosperma gladiatum 
L. viscidum x x x 
Dianella revoluta x x 
* Xanthorrhoea sp. x 
*Orthrosanthus multiflorus x 
Casuarina stricta x x 
Isopogon ceratophyllus 
*Hakea leucoptera x 
* A.’ muellerana 
*Grevillea pauciflora 
Muehlenbeckia adpressa 
Rhagodia baccata 
Thtelkeldia diffusa 
Salicornia quinqueflora 
Carpobrotus sp. x 
Disphyma australe x 
Tetragonia amplexicoma x x 
Clematis microphylla x 
Cakile sp, X 
Acacia armata x 
* 4. acinacea x 
* Eutaxia microphylla x x 
*Pultenaea rigida x 
*P. vestita x 
*P. acerosa 
*Templetonia retusa 
Swainsonia lessertiifolia 
*Zygophyllum billardieri x 
* Boronia filifolia x 
*Correa reflexa 
*Pomaderris paniculosa x 
*P. obcordata x 
*Spyridium leucopogon 
*S. halmaturinum x 
*S. halmaturinum var. 
scabridum x 
*Lasiopetalum schulzenii x x x x 


x A RK 
~ 2 


a ee x 
z 
» 
x 
> 
* 


me mK 
x 


E 


= 
E 


x x 
* 
mox 


March, 1972 73 


reptiles of victoria-5 


by Hans. BESTE 


PLATE 9 


Egernia striolata — Tree Skink 
A robust skink of the inland, frequently found climbing tree trunks, 
Length: to 9 inches. 


Head pointed, distinct from body. Snout rounded. Ear-opening large and 
distinct. Five fingers and five toes. Legs well developed, with strong claws for 
climbing. Upper slate-grey with several longitudinal rows of black spots along 
vertebral line, Broad black stripe on flanks from below eye to hindleg. Under, 
including upper lip white to pale apricot. 


Habitat; inland under bark, climbing trees or among debris. 


Best distinguishing features — bulky appearance, short depressed tail; from 
Egernia saxatilis by grey back and absence of keeled scales. 


PLATE 10 


Egernia inornata — Desert Skink 
A thick looking skink with a blunt head. 
Length: to 9 inches. 


Head blunt, thick, not very distinct from body. Ear-opening large and 
distinct. Five fingers and five toes. Legs comparatively weakly developed. Upper 
fawn, Sides pale rose with black bands and spots. Under white. Eye outlined 
with black. Eyelids pale cream. Tail long, tapering to a point. This lizard 
excavates extensive burrows with several escape tunnels. 


Habitat: in sandy areas of the North-West of the State. Often associated 
with porcupine bushes (Triodea sp.). 


Best distinguishing features — blunt head and pale pinkish colouration, 
also habitat. 


74 Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


March, 1972 


75 


Victorian Occurrence of the Crab 
Sesarma erythrodactyla — Hess 1865 


by S. W. GUNN 


The crab illustrated is Sesarma ery- 
throdactyla. Hess 1865, belonging to 
the family Grapsidae and subfamily 
Sesarminae. It is quite plentiful among 
the mangroves of the northern and 
eastern shores of Western Port Bay, 
where it burrows into firm mud. 

The Marine Study Group of Vic- 
toria, which has recently completed 
a survey of the marine life of the 
littoral belt of Western Port Bay, (and 
which is now being compiled as a 
scientific publication), has collected 
a number of specimens of the animal. 
The genus Sesarma is characterised 
by a diagonal grille effect covering 
the pterygostomian regions (the side 
walls of the carapace). 

Sesarma erythrodactyla is a very 
colourful animal. The overall colour 
varies from greenish-black to almost 
black, but the adults may often be 
found with an irridescently blue-green 
carapace. Contrasting with this is the 
bright orange-red of the fingers of the 
chelipeds. The species characteris- 
tically has two or three ridges on the 


upper anterior face of the chelipeds. 


The most interesting part of this 
story is that previously the genus 
Sesarma was considered to have its 
distribution confined to warmer seas, 


occurring no further south than 
southern New South Wales. 

Sesarma erythrodactyla is the only 
representative of the genus in Victoria, 
and its presence in Western Port Bay 
constitutes by far the most southerly 
record, not only of the species but 
also of the genus. 

Confirmation of this has been re- 
ceived from Mr. B. Campbell, Senior 
Curator at the Queensland Museum, 
and an authority on Brachyura. 


Plate I 
Photo N. A. Wakefield 


Flowers and Plants of Victoria in Colour 


Copies of this excellent book are still available, and of course would make a 
wonderful gift. They are obtainable from the F.N.C.V. Treasurer, Mr. D. McInnes. 


76 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


F.N.C.V. Excursion to Mf. Napier and Mt. Eccles 
(Easter 1971) 


by E. COSTERMANS 


Everyone had been saying far 4 
week that ihe beautiful sumtnery 
weather couldn't possibly last over Eas- 
ter—but it.did!—and'at 5.30 on the fine 
sunny morning of Friday, 9 April, 
25 members bearded the copach in 
Melbourne, and set out via the Wes- 
tern. Highway for Hamilton. Passing 
through Ballarat, our driver, Frank, 
detoured to enable us to view from 
the bus the progress being made with 
the excellent reconstruction of the 
origina] Sovereign Hill mining settle- 
ment. We then took à quiet minor 
road past Mt. Emu, a granite outcrop, 
to. Skipton, where we lunched in the 
shade of a plantation of Blue Gums 
(Eucalyptus globulus) in the swim- 
ming pool reserve. Here an unexpected 


find was a flowering specimen of 


Calocephalus citreux. 

From Skipton we travelled along 
the Glenelg Highway. Here, the main 
features of the extensive Western Lava 
Plain were the many large plantations 
of Sugar Gums (E. cladocalyx) bor- 
dering the grazing properties, of such 
regular growth and even height as to 
give the appearance, at a distance, of 
clipped hedges. The suggestion of a 
brief stop at Lake Bolac was enthusi- 
astically received. Those with binocu- 
lars were interested in the large 
number of Musk Duck on the lake, 
while. other members studied the 
plants, which included Ritagodia 
nutans, the Rush Juncus pallidus, and 
the sedges Scirpus maritimus and S. 
americanus, or watched the Grey Fan- 
tails flitting among the Red Gums 
(E. camaldulensis}. 

Shortly afte leaving Lake Bolac, 
the road crossed (he Hopkins River. 
Here ihe flat lava plain gave way to 


March, 1972 


a pleasant undulating landscape, with 
many large and picturesque Red Gums 
scattered over the paddocks and with 
the spectacular Serra Range of the 
Grampians as a back-drop. 

On reaching Dunkeld at the south- 
érn end of the Range there was time 
to take a short run along the Victoria 
Valley Road, between the majestic 
sandstone peaks of Mt, Sturgeon and 
Mt. Abrupt. Here we were rewarded 
by secing a few wildflowers, such as 
Ixodia  achilleoides, Flame Heath 
(Astrolomea conostephioides) and the 
red form of Correa reflexa, still in 
bloom. 

Many members were very interested 
in making the acquaintance of the 
well-named Scentbark (E. aroma- 
phloia) and in discovering that the 
bark really is aromatic: 

Returning to Dunkeld, we continued 
our journey (o Hamilton and ihe 
George Hotel-Motel, where we were 
ta spend three nights. On arrival we 
were joined by three more members 
who had travelled to Hamilton im- 
dependently, and we were met and 
welcomed by Mr. Lionel Elmore of 
the Hamilton F. N. C., who was to he 
our guide and mentor for the next 
two days. In the evening he relurned 
to the hotel with Mrs. Elmore, and 
outlined and discussed with members 
the interesting programme they had 
arranged for us. 

Leaving the hotel at 9.30 on Satur- 
day morning and led by Mr. and Mrs. 
Elmore, we travelled the E miles to 
Mr. Napier, an extinct volcano (Vic- 
torian Nar. 80, 162-168). At the base 
of the hill we had to leave the bus. 
Here Mr, Elmore had a cattle truck 
with hay hale seats to help the private 


77 


cars ferry the party further up the 
rocky track, over successive layers 
of aa or blocky lava. The last section 
was a fairly steep foot track to the 
main crater and the summit. (alt. 1453 
ft.). The crater is about 446 ft. across 
and averages 80 ft. in depth, with a 
perpendicular rim, breached on the 
north-west, 

From the summit, a forested area 
on all sides indicates the extent of the 
lava flows, and some other craters 
almost hidden by trees were pointed 
out to us. Except around the main 
crater, Mt. Napier carries a pure 
stand of Manna Gums (E. viminalis) 


with a ground cover consisting mainly 
of Bracken (Pteridium esculentum) . 
The scoria surface is very rough and 
broken. 

When Major Mitchell, who named 
Mt. Napier, climbed to the top in 
1836, he noted that "trees and bushes 
grew everywhete luxuriantly" and he 
had to clear the scrub before he could 
set up his surveying instruments. 
Grazing has now denuded the top 300 
feet of all but grass, and low herbage. 
Lower down, the Manna Gums grow 
tall and straight with smooth white 
bark, but near the base they become 
rough barked and more crooked. A 


Figure 1. 


Area locality 
map. 


THE LAVA FLOWS OF 
PI'WAPIERwo P? ECCLES 


Vicl. Nat. Vol. 89 


specimen of the multi-flowered, rough 
barked variety, E. virninolís vat, race- 
mosa was found and recognized by its 
buds. 

A short distance beyond the fecent 
lava flows, Swamp Gums (E. Ovatu) 
were growing. 

Mz, Bimore has spent much time 
in exploring and mapping almost forty 
eruption. points on Mt. Napier, which 
is one of the youngest volcanoes in 
Victorta, probably last active less than 
7,000 years ago. It is surrounded by 
ihe much older basalt plain. When the 
Recent volcano became active, there 
was first a lava Row, followed at inter- 
vals by successive waves of activity, 
ejecting scoria, lava, or cinders from 
various points; so building up thc 
present cone, On the south-west, three 
lava streams have extended for some 
distance. The longest, the Harman 
Valley fiow, completely filled a former 
river valley and continues for 15 miles. 
The others have associated lateral 
streams, Scott's Creek and Weerang- 
ourt Creek, We were told that the 
water issuing from the base of Mt, 
Napier is the purest in the Western 
District. 

About 200 yards below the breach 
in the main crater is a lava tunnel 
which we reached by scrambling round 
the hillside after leaving the summit. 
At the entrance we were each provided 
with a candle and Mr. Elmore led rhe 
way with a pressure lamp as we 
climbed down to the fioar of the 
tunnel. 

Tunnels are formed in a flow when 
lava cools and hardens on the surface 
but continues to flow underneath the 
crust und so drains away, leaving a gas 
filled cavity, The collapse of portion of 
the roof provides an entrance. 

As we walked along the tunnel, Mr. 
Elmore shone his lamp on the pitched 
roof 10 show us the numerous lava 
stalactites with which it was decorated, 
One theory on their formation is that 


March, 1972 


the burning gases rose from the molten 
java, and continued Burning agalnst 
the roof, thns melting the surface 
which dripped down and formed the 
stalactites. There was a low opening 
at the end of the tunnel not conveni- 
enl asa Way out, so our candle bearing 
procession retraced their steps to the 
bright sunshine outsidc. We then made 
our way back to our transport, admir- 
ing the distant view of Mt. Abrupt as 
we walked down the wack, 

Boarding the bus once more, we 
drove round the base of the Mount 
and along a track leading to another 
eruption point on the north-west Bank, 
a hill of layered lava and cinders. 
Here quarrying had exposed the very 
colourful bright red scoria above the 
Jayers of black cinders, We had lunch 
in the quarry and one of the plants 
noted here was Crecping Mint (Men- 
tha satureioides). After lunch, some 
members walked the short distance 
through shoulder high bracken to the 
Devil's Hole. This ts an explosion 
crater 100-200 ft. deep, filled with 
tall trees and luxuriant vegetation 
with its own tnicro-climate, well worth 
preservation and study. Mr. Elmore 
and a few members descended to ine 
bottom with the aid of a guiding rope, 
while others botanized among the 
rocks above. Finds here included 
Maidenhair Fern (Adiantun aethi- 
opicum), Variable Rock Fern (Chei 
lanthes tennifolia), Necklace Fern 
(Asplenium flabellifulinm), Mother 
Shield Fern (Polystichtm proliferum) 
and Austral Bracken (Preridinm es- 
culentunt) 

Returning along the track beading 
from the quarry we were shown 
several other eruption points, including 
à cralér 250 fL. across and 30 fr. deep, 
and some scoria hills. Then after a 
very interesting day, We returned to 
Hanilton. 

In the evening wé were mvited ta 
join members of the Hamilton F.N.C. 


79 


in the lecture room of the town's fine 
modera Art Gallery. Here Mr. Elmore 
showed shies, inetüding aerial photos, 
illnstrating the many features we had 
seen, and some that we had been un- 
able to visit, and told us more about 
them: There were also some interesting 
rock specimens on display. The even- 
ing concluded with supper kindly 
served by the ladies of the Hamilton 
Club. 

On Sunday morning our hosts once 
inore jomed us and after guiding us 
on a brief tour pf the town led us to 
the Byaduk (Caves {Victorian Nat. RO, 
279-290) the weather still being fine 
and quite hol, These lava caves, about 
12 miles south of Mt. Napier, are 
formed in the Harman Valley fiow, 
the flat surface of which indicates very 
liquid lava. 

Walking from the bus across the 
level unshaded surface, wé suddenly 
found ourselves looking down into a 
rocky sink-hole filled with ferns and 
other vegetation. In one side of the 
hole was the entrance to Harman Cave 
|, Some of us descended into the 
pleasant shade of the cave, led once 
again by Mr. Elmore and his lamp. 
Here in the walls were ledges left by 
earlier flows. On the floor was evidence 
of creatures, the probable existence of 
owls, which roosted on projections up 
above, 

In the entrance Shining Shield Fern 
(Lastteopsis shepherdii) was found, 
and nearby grew Austral Filmy Fern 
(Mecodinim australe) and Blanket 
Fern (Pleurosorus rutifolius), Also 
among the rocks on the floor of the 
eave, well beyond any other vegetation, 
an all white gilled fungus was growing 
in the darkness. Other plants found in 
the vicinity included Kangaroo Apple 
(Solanum — lucinitiurm), Tree Violet 
(Fliymenanthera dentata), Nodding 
Salt Bush (Rhagodia nutans), Shiniag 
Cassinia (Custinia longifolia), Yaria- 
ble Groundsel (Senecio laulus), Sweet 


Bü 


Bursaràa (Bursaria — spinosa) and 
Austral Pelargonium (Pelargonium 
ausirale), A few yards away Was an- 
other sink-hole with similar vegetation 
but without a tunnel, Harman Cave 2 
Here our eagle-eyed Excursion Secre- 
tarv spotted an unfamiliar plant grow- 
ing on a rock, which was later 
identified as the lichen Parmelia 
cooperi, the first record of this plant 
in Victoria. 

Leaving Byaduk, we drove south to 
Mt Eccles, another of the Western 
Distriet’s recently extinct volcanoes. 
The approach showed us a low bare 
hill scarred by a quarry. Reaching 
the shady pienic ground inside the 
crater, a different scene greeted us as 
we looked down on the beautiful and 
aptly named Surprise Lake, surrounded 
by many trees aud dense vegetation 
and with steep walls nearly LQ ft. 
high! 

Here we were pleased to mect un- 
expectedly our eld friends from Balla- 
rat, Mr. and Mrs. Bedegood and 
members of their family, who were 
enjoying, a barbecue lunch, After 
greetings were exchanged we lunched 
in the shade of the Manna Gums. 
After lunch we took the upper tack 
round fhe north end of the lake, giving 
us a fine view along its length towards 
ihe scoria cone. The lake, which ts 
considered to occupy three craters, is 
43 fi, at the deepest point and has no 
outlet. Although the water level rises 
and falls seasonally it has never been 
known to dry out 

Just oif the track we had a look into 
the Tunnel Cave (Victorian Nar. 81, 
64-71; 85, 350.356). An interesting 
feature here, apart from its almost 
perfect tunnel shape, are the roots, 
presumably from the Manna Gums 
growing abour S0 ft. above, which 
hang like fringes from crevices in the 
roof. A little further along the track 
after leaving (hé cave we saw the 
heginning of the main lava channel— 


Viel, Nat, Vel 89 


locally called The Canal — of the 
Tyrendarra Flow, the longest lava flow 
in Victoria, which continues for 19 
miles to the coast and then possibly 
a further 9 miles out to sea. 

A channel is a flow which carried 
large quantities of fluid lava, building 
up a kind of levee bank on either side 
as the red hot stream in the centre 
continued cutting through previous 
flows, pushing dislodged pieces aside. 

Leaving The Canal we took a track 
which led downwards to the lake, be- 
tween tall trees and quite thick scrub. 
There was also plentiful bird life 
in contrast to Mt. Napier. Reaching 
the waters edge, where the Rush 
(Juncus procerus) and the Common 
Reed (Phragmites communis) were 
growing, the view along the lake 
brought the cameras into action once 
more. Returning to the picnic ground 
above, some members decided to 
climb to the trig. marker on the scoria 
cone (alt. 588 ft.). 

The steep track led past some 
picturesque old she-oaks (Casuarina 


stricta) overlooking the southern end 
of the lake, and then through rough 
grass and herbage to the summit. From 
this vantage point we had a good view 
to the north of the cone of Mt. Napier, 
its gently sloping symmetrical sides 
rising gradually from the plain. To the 
south, with the aid of binoculars, we 
could trace the coastline at Port Fairy, 
marked by the sand-dunes standing out 
white in the bright sunshine. The flat 
lava flow forming Lady Julia Percy 
Island was clearly visible, as were the 
silos at Portland. We tarried here 
awhile, making the most of the clear 
air and warm sun, then returned down 
the track to the bus, remarking on the 
unusual deep green colour of the lake 
from this angle. 

Some of the plants identified in this 
National Park were Blackwood (Aca- 
cia melanoxylon), Black Wattle (A. 
mearnsii), Sweet Bursaria (Bursaria 
spinosa).  Blue-bell (Wahlenbergia 
quadrifida), Cutleaf Cranesbill (Ger- 
anium — solanderi), Trailing Pratia 
(Pratia pendunculata), Sticky Boobi- 


Plate 1. Mt. Napier. The rim of the main crater. The breach is on the right. The 
tree cover at the left indicates the extent of the lava flows. 


photo: Author 


March, 1972 


alla (Myoporum viscosum), Creeping 
Wood Sorrel (Oxalis corniculata), 
Slender Knotweed (Polygonum mi- 


nus), Sheeps Burr (Acaena echin- 
aia), Kangaroo Apple (Solanum 
laciniatum,), Black Nightshade (S. 
nigrum), Austral Carrot (Daucus 


glochidiatus), Ivy Leaf Violet (Viola 
hederacea), Cherry Ballart (Exocarpos 
cupressiformis) and Desmodium vari- 
ans, the last-named being an addition 
to the Park's plant list. As at Mt. 
Napier, the only eucalypt is the Manna 
Gum and again the multi-flowered 
variety was found. 

Leaving Mt. Eccles to return to 
Hamilton, we travelled via Wallace- 
dale to see the remarkable lava “blis- 
ters" — or are they tumuli? They are 
a large number of domed mounds 
of lava rising 15-30 ft. above a flat 
slightly sloping paddock, part of the 
Harman lava flow. There are two 
suggested theories put forward as to 
their formation. Blisters could be 
formed by steam rising when hot lava 
flows over a swamp, whereas tumuli 
could be caused by varying pressures 
of solidifying lava on the still liquid 
parts of a flow that is slowing down, 
forcing the lava into hummocks. 
Tumuli are usually solid, although the 
centre and the outer crust may be 
differing textures, and sometimes the 
"skin" may be split on top. Some at 
least of the mounds here are probably 
tumuli, as they have been tested and 
found to have no cavity. 

Returning to Hamilton, we partook 
of the Smorgasbord which is a regular 
Sunday night feature at the George 
Hotel, before packing, ready for an 
early start on our homeward journey. 

Next morning, Easter Monday, our 
Hamilton friends were at the hotel to 
farewell us, and we all thanked them 
very sincerely for giving up so much 
of their time to arrange for us such an 
enjoyable and informative weekend. 

At Dunkeld we detoured once more 


82 


into the Victoria Valley for some 
more botanizing before leaving this 
lovely district in which we could easily 
have spent the whole day. However. 
with a little more time available than 
on our earlier visit, we were able to 
explore a little further at our previous 
stopping place. The trees here, in ad- 
dition to Scentbark, mentioned earlier, 
which was in flower, included Brown 
Stringybark (E. baxteri), Broadleaf 
Peppermint (E. dives), Manna Gum 
and others. Five orchids were found, 
Bearded Midge Orchid (Prasophylum 
morrisii), Sharp Leek Orchid (P. 
despectans), Midget Greenhood (Pter- 
ostylis parviflora), Fringed Hare 
Orchid (Leptoceras fimbriatus) and 
Large Duck Orchid (Caleana major). 
Silver Banksia (Banksia marginata) 
was in full bloom. There were many 
plants of Holly Grevillea (Grevillea 
aquifolium) but not in flower. Other 
plants identified included Common 
Flat Pea (Platylobium obtusangulum), 
Holly Lomatia (Lomatia ilicifolia), 
the sedge (Caustis pentandra), Com- 
mon Heath (Epacris impressa), Flame 
Heath (Astroloma conostephioides), 
Beard Heath (Leucopogon ericoides), 
Cone Bush (/sopogon ceratophyllus), 
Pultenaea sp., Tetratheca ciliata, Bun- 
dled Guinea Flower (Hibbertia fasc- 
iculata), Phyllota  pleurandroides, 
Leafless Bitter-pea (Daviesia brevi- 
folia), Manuka (Leptospermum scop- 
arium), Giant Hop Bush (Dodonaea 
cuneata), Tassel Rope Rush (Hypo- 
loena fastigiata), Ixodia and many 
others. 

Reluctantly we moved on. A little 
later, a short walk ahead of the bus 
was suggested. Here a Stumpy-tail 
Lizard was discovered and duly ad- 
mired, and some empty nests were 
found in the bushes, posing the un- 
answered question — possums or 
birds? On our way once more, Frank 
suddenly slowed down, having spotted 
an emu on the road ahead. Another 


Vict. Nat. Vol, 89 


one then emerged from the bushes 
and as we slowly approached, ran off 
into the scrub, feathers flapping, A 
little later we passed a sign “Kangaroos 
Crossing" — but this time we watched 
in vain. 

Reaching Lake Bolac once more, 
we stopped beside the Jake for lunch. 
The Musk Ducks had departed, and 


Hen was seen to take cover in the 
rushes as we arrived. 

On our way again, we headed for 
home with only one stop, at Skipton, 
as we hoped to avoid the worst of the 
homegoing holiday traffic. So ended 
a lovely week-end, with many thanks 
to Marie Allender for arranging such 


an interesting excursion with such 
wonderful weather, 


there were only a few odd waders 
around the margin. An Eastern Swamp 


Mammal Suryey Group 
(Annual Meeting) 

The Annual General Meeting of the Mammal Survey Group will be held on 
Thursday, 6 April 1972, at the Arthur Rylah Institute, 123 Brown Street, 
Heidelberg. 

Ararai Weekend 


Saturday and Sunday, 15, 16 April — Ararat. The Ararat Conference will be held 
this week-end and Miss Banfield will be presented wiih her Life Membership 
certificate on Saturday evening. There is a choice of two short excursions in 
the afternoon and an excursion to Mount Cole on Sunday. More details of the 
program will be in the next Nariralist. A coach has been booked for the 
week-end and motel accommodation on a bed and breakfast basis for Saturday 
night. Cost for coach and motel will be $12, cheques to be made out to 
Excursion Trust. 


BIOLOGICAL MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES 
9X, 40X, 40X water immersion, 9OX oil immersion 
EYEPIECES 
7X, 10X, 15X SUBSTAGE CONDENSER $79.35 
MECHANICAL STAGE $27.60 
BINOCULAR HEAD $90.85 
SUBSTAGE LAMP $17.25 


GRIFFIN & GEORGE BEAM BALANCE 
2 mgm- 250gm $30.00 WEIGHTS $11.33 


8 dram plastic flip-fop vial (ideal for field collecting) 
80c. per dozen 


PLASTIC PETRI DISHES 3%" diam, 
90c. per packet of 10 


Available from GENERY'S SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT SUPPLY 
183 Little Collins Street, Melbourne, 3000 
Phone; 63 2160 


March, 1972 B3 


Field Naturalists Club of Victoria 


*No General Meeting was held in February due to the S.E.C. power restriction 


on lighting in Public Halls. 


Agenda for Annual General Meeting — Wednesday, 15 March, 1972. 


1. Confirmation of Minutes of 
Previous Annual Meeting. 


ba 


Election of New Members, 


3. Election of Office Bearers. 
The following nominations have 
been received :— 


President: Mr. T. Sault 

Vice-Presidents (2): Mr. B. 
Cooper. Mr. D. Lee 

Secretary: Mr. R. H. Riordan 

Assist, See: 

Treasurer: Mr. H. Bishop 

Assist. Treasurer: Mr. H. Janssen 

Editor: Mr. G. Ward 

Assist. Editor: Mr. G. Douglas 

Librarian: Mr. P. Kelly 


Letters to 


To restrict the Victorian Naturalist 
to purely scientific articles for the ex- 
peris, would be a retrograde step. To 
my way of thinking, in order to stimu- 
late more people into a greater interest 
in natural history, the magazine has to 
have some articles for lay people like 
myself to start building their know- 
ledge and in due course the more 
scientific articles will also become in- 
teresting to us as well as being infor- 
mative to the experts. 

If the club wishes to encourage 
young people to become active mem- 
bers of the club, the magazine as well 


84 


Assist. Librarian: Miss G. Piper 
Excursion Sec: Miss M. Allander 
Residual (5) Mr. J. H, Willis, 


Mr. D. Reeves Mr. M. 
Coulthard. 

4. Secrétary's Report. 

5. Treasurer’s Report. 

6, Speaker — Mr. A- Dunbavin 
Butcher will speak on “The 
Western Port Survey”. 

7. Correspondence. 

8. Announcements. 

9. General Business. Notice has 


been given of à motion relating 
to the Victorian Naturalist (see 
February issue), 


the Editor 


as club activities should, I feel, cater 
for most levels of knowledge in the 
club, and not just for those already 
well informed professionals or experts. 
I enjoy the Victorian Naturalist in 
its present format, and except for the 
distance from the city and the ties of 
dairy farming, I would be delighted 
to attend the meetings as well. How- 
ever I would not find as much of inter- 
est if all articles were of a purely 
scientific nature, and would probably 
fall by the wayside in due course. 
Being a relatively new member Y 
did not feel qualified to voice an 


Vict, Nat. Vol. 89 


opinion on the questionnaire, particu- 
larly as I have never attended a 
meeting of the club. 

Thank you for your interest in my 
Opinion, and hoping the club prospers 
in membership and worthwhile ac- 
livities. 

Val Lumsden 
Fish Creek 3959 
Dear Sir, 

As one who spoke strongly against 
the motion moved by Mr. Munro at 
the club’s meeting on 13 December, 
the passing ol which wovld confine 
the contents of the Victorian Natura- 
list to strictly scientific articles and 
reports of investigations and hew dis- 
coveries, permit me to elaborate’ on 
some of the vital arguments that T 
hope will defeat what I regard as a 
Tetrograde Step when the adjourned 
moon is further discussed and voted 
on at the March meeting. 

Housed in (win system tard cabinets 
in the club library, National Herb- 
arium, is an Author Index |o all 


materia! published in the Naturalist, 


from Vol. 1 No. 1 (1884) to the 
Current issue (1972), during the com- 
pilation of which I have gained a 
good knowledge of the type of 
material provided for members' en- 
lightenment and pleasure ihroughout 
that long period. Enlightenment came 
from the recording of new knowledge, 
ils dissemination within Victoria and 
scientific circles elsewhere in Australia 
and even overseas, since from the 

beginning the club's journal has been 
~ exchanged for similar publications 
emanating from many different 
sources, Pleasure came from reading 
of rhe personal experiences of fellow 
members gained on excursions, 
whether organized by the club or 
&roups ur even mdividual trips to 
unusual places, and the nature notes 
contributed by keen observers of the 
animate and inanimate, near and far. 
Humorous anecdotes, if relevant, were 


March, 1972 


not excluded, amd our journal has 
been the better for ir. 

From the beginning the Field 
Naturalists’ Club of Victoria has been 
fortunate in numbering among: its 
active mémbers many distinguished 
experts in particular scientific disci- 
plines, and these have contributed 
ariicles and original papers that have 
won for the club an enviable record 
unequalled by any similar natural 
history X society in Australia. 
The Victorian Naturalist has had an 
unbroken monthly publication for 
nearly ninety years, and is constantly 
cited among references in scientific 
journals over a wide’ field, but this 
does not mean that ils contents should 
consist solely of such serious matter 
Scientists have their own journals, 
such as the published transactions of 
the Royal Society of Victoria and ifs 
counterparts in all the other States, 
Linnean Society of New South Wales, 
Kew Bulletin, Australian Journal of 
Botany, and Muelleria. Our club is 
far naturalists, a term that includes 
both professionals and amateurs, and 
if a poll were taken of our hundreds 
of members 1 am confident that there 
would be a huge majority for the 
tefetition of- the mere ‘popular’ 
writings such as the recording of club 
doings —in fact, such reporting is 
vital to keep a club alive, as many 
memibers, for reasons of distance, in- 
firmity and other responsibilities, can- 
not participate as fully as they would 
wash, and some allend zo meetings 
at all, 

J would remind members that the 
assistant editor warned that action 
on the lines desired by Mr, Munro 
and his small group of vocal sup- 
porters posed a serious threal ro the 
continued existence of the Natsralist. 
Perhaps it should also be said that 
the club rank and file should not be 
told how to run its affairs by someone 
who, by bis own admission, has atten- 


85 


ded only sx meetings in six years of 
membership! 

T have just compiled the index to 
Volume 88 (1971), in which, for the 
first time for many years, only two 
proups have had reports of their 
meetings published during the year. 
Scattered in these reports over the 
years ate many facts thal otherwise 
would have gone unrecorded, I live in 
Oaklergh, and am fascinated when [ 
read Charles French’s ‘Ramble 
through the Heathground from Qak- 
leigh to Sandringham’ (Vol. 7, pp. 
71-75) recording species that have 


+ * 


AL the December General Meeting, 2 
motion calling for the establishment of 
a section to initiate systematic field 
survey activities Within the Club, was 
passed, 

A meeting of some 20 members inter- 
ested in this move was held on 1 Febru- 
ary. They decided that the main activities 
of the group would centre on weekend 
survey camps and a monthly meeting. 
Meetings will be held on the 4th Thurs- 
day uf the month in the National Mus- 
eum, beginning in March, The weekend 
of 15-16 April was selected for a pre- 
liminary camp in the Riddell area. 


long gone from what is now a com- 
pletely built-up area. Finally, a touch 
of humour from A. H. S. Lucas, an 
outstanding double-degree carly mem- 
ber who recorded (Vol. 7, pp. 31-3) 
the excursion he led to Portarlington 
in 1890: “The excursion was, then, an 
interesting one. A large number of 
marine forms were observed, ol which 
some were taken home alive for more 
leisured observation. It should perhaps 
be added that the party consisted of 
the leader only." 
Yours faithfully, 
James A. Baines 


+, + 


Instead of attempting to cover the 
whole field of natural history, the first 
camp will concentrate on a systematic 
survcy of the Non-marine molluscs, 
Spiders, Reptiles, as well as various 
aspects of Hotany. 

A steering committee has been estab- 
lished to make further arrangements. 
Principal Office Bearers are;— 


Chairman—Mr. Leigh Winsor 
Secretary — Mr. Barry ‘Cooper 


Any interested members are welcome 
to take part in this group's activities, 


A New Group 


To cater for the leisured and retired Mr. Fairhall would like to form a new 
group of members. Are you nervous of getting to mght meetings? The proposed 
group will meet by DAY, Contact A. J. H. Fairhall, 14 Wallen Rd., Carnegie. 


Phone 58 2009. 


The initial meeting will take place on Wednesday, 22 Match, at 10,30 a.m. Those 
interested should meet at the kiosk, corner Park St. and Domain Rd Lunch and a 
stroll in the Royal Botanie Gardens will follow. B.Y.O. 


Hawthorn Junior F.N.C. 


Annual Report, 1971 
Key Office-Bearers 1 January, 1972, 


President — Michael Coulthard, 
Secretary —Joan Hindle. 

Treasurer — Carl Meyer. 

Editar — Alan Burns. 

Excursion Secretary — Caroline Durré 
Program Secretary — Noel Disken 


86 


The year 1971 saw almost a complete 
change in Office-Bearers of the Club. 
However, despite this, membership is 
heing maintained at about 150, and 
enthusiasm in the Club’s Junior Council 
is greater than ever. 


Vict, Nat. Vol B9 


dn August, Mr. D, Melnnes relin- 
quished the Presidency and in appreci- 
ation for his service 10 the Chib, he was 
presented with an engraved tray. Mr, 
Mefnnes took on the Presidency and the 
main task of Club organization after the 
sudden death of Mr. P. Fisch in April. 
1962, and was largely responsible for the 
complete re-organization of the Club ja 
the 1960's, He has been a Lafe ‘member 
since 1969. 

Michael Coulthard was elected Presi- 
dent at the October mecting. He joined 
the Mawthorn Juniors tn 1957, as a 
junior member, and since entering Coun- 
gil in 1955, has served as Treasurer 
(1966-7) 

Barry Cooper retired. as Editor in 
December after being associated wilh the 
Club's publications since their beginning 
in 1962, The Club also lost the services 
of Jenny Forse as Treasurer. 

With the retiring of Mr, MeTnnes, 
Ihe post of Program Secretary has been 
created to organize a syllabus of speakers 
for gur meetings. Noel Disken has 
capably filled this role and also js the 
Club's unofficial “Property Steward". 

‘Meetings over the past year: 

29 lanuary—Member's Nighi 
26 February—"Planis of Port Phillip Bay 

Beaches" by ‘Miss M. Lester, 

26 March—“Aquatic Insects” by Mc P 

Genery, 

30 April--"Mammal Survey in Victoria" 
by Mr. A Howard. 

28 May—"Fossils" by Mr. K. Bell 

25 Juno—"Reptiles" by Mr. P, Rawlin- 


aan, 

30 July-— "Aboriginal Remains from the 
Chowilla Dam area — N W. Victoria” 
by Mr, K. Simpson, 

27 August—Celehratipn of 28th Birthday, 

24 Scpiember—" The British. Badger" by 
Mr. R. Withers, _ 

29 Octoher—'Birds of Prey" by Mr. F. 
Stephens, , 

26  November—Conservation — Film— 
“Multiply and subdue the Barth’. 


Excursions: 

Administration ef Excursions was al- 
tered during the yenr. In April, an Ex- 
cursian Committee was set up, but when 
(hrs failed ta orgamize a trip, the single 
position of Excursion Secretary was 
revived with greater responsibilities. 
Caroline Durré has taken on this position 
with support From Barry Cooper. 
Excutsions arpanized during the year. 
| Augusi— Organ Pipes" (Sydenham) 
3 October—Nare Warren/Beaconstield. 


March, 1972 : 


16 October—Spring Gully, Bendigo. 
14 Novemter—Kineglake. 
5 December--Lerderderg Gorge. 
Li 
Euler Camp, 

The 197] Camp was held at Mt. 
Eccles and the Lower Glenelg area in 
S. W, Victoria. A bus was hired and 
some 58 members allended. The Club 
camped for one night at Mt Eccles and 
three nights in the Lower Glenelg. A 
detailed yepdrt has been published in 
The nier Naturalist. A special meet 
ing was arranged on 10 July for the 
showing of photographs snd colour 
slides taken on the trip. This was atten- 
ded by 54 members. 

The Club has a large group interested 
in Reptiles and on camps, Council has 
had 1o ban the collection of venomous 
snakes for safety reasons. 


Publications; 

The Junior Naturalist has completed 
Volume 7. In July, an article commem- 
Òralmg the 100th consecutive issue of a 
monthly magazine, was published. From 
a single duplicated sheet in September 
1962, aur magazine now includes 12 
pages each month. Rae Trathen was 
appointed Asst. Editor during the year 
and her Nature Crosswords are a regular 
feature 

For the Nalure Show, the Club printed 
a booklet on "Fungi" by Noel Disken, 
as well as reprinting a booklet on “The 
Collectiun and Preservation of Insects". 


Natre Shows 
The Club organized five exhibits at the 
F.N.CV. Nalure Show in September, 
Spiders, Fungi, Insects, Minerals and 
eptrles. 


Library - 

FON.C.V. Library Books have been 
borrowed by Members since 1965, most 
Of this time !hrough the elforts of Miss 
W. Lester, With her 
December and the continuing interest of 
members jn the Library, Council has 
arranged for one of our parents to 
collect books and arrange borrowing tn 
the future. 


Subscriptions: - 
The Club is intent on retaining sub. 
scriptions at the present. level, despite 
price increases. Present rates arm:— 
Jüniór Membership 80 cents per 
annum. 
Adult Membership 71,20 per annum, 


retirement 3n 


B? 


88 


68 [PA TEN NRHA 


FIELD NATURALISTS CLUB OF VICTORIA 


Year 
1970 
Liabilities 
422 Subscriptions paid in advance j= ii 397 
— Sundry Creditors 3 a 332 
— M. A. Ingram Trust grant in hand - ate 72 
Special Funds and Accounts— 
3,100 Building Fund at .; $3,101 
4,770 Publication Fund - .. 5,311 
100 Library Fund : = 100 
730 Club Improvement “Account $i 923 
200 Excursion Account : 200 
5,217 Estate M. Wright Legacy 3,217 
418 Estate Ruby A. Lewis Legacy .. 418 
200 Estate Miss [. F. Knox Legacy .. 200 
— Estate C. M. Walker Legacy ., 500 
= Estate R. S. Chisholm .. P 20 
— Wilfred C. Woollard Fund : 514 
1,090 Microscope Project A/c. T: 608 
2,212 Flower Book Account  .. s 02419 
19,531 
Surplus of Assets over Liabilities— 
Balance at 1-1-71 .. 7,013 
Transfer from Club Improvement 
Account 130 
Surplus for year .. 0 M 775 
7,013 7,918 
$25,472 $28,250 


We report that in our opinion the accompanying Balance Sheet and 
Accounts of the Field Naturalists Club of Victoria are properly drawn up 
in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 1961 and so as 
to give a true und fuir view of the state of the Club's affairs at 3lst 
December, 1971, and of its operations for the year ended on that date, and 
that the decounting and other records examined by us have been properly 
kept in accordance with the provisions of the Act. 

Melbourne 
2) February, 1972 
Signed: 
Danby, Bland & Co 
Chartered Accountants 
Auditors 


140 
2,050 


$25,472 


BALANCE SHEET AT 31st DECEMBER, 1971. 


Assets 
Cash at Bank . ..  L861 
Commonwealth “Bonds at cost 2,000 
Sundry Debtors it i^ |. 1,406 
Badges at cost 1 17 
Microscope Project Stock at cost . 134 
Books for Sale at cost .- x 577 
Flower Book Stock at cost .. S 338 


Library, Furniture & Equipment àt cost 
Investment of Funds — 


Publications Fund— 
Commonwealth Bonds at cost 
Book Stocks at cost— 

Victorian Ferns ta by: ! 
Victorian Toadstools i 559 
Wyperfeld National Park .. 312 
Wilson's Promontory National 

Park . 129 


1,800 


Sundry Debtors 
Cash at Bank 


Building Fund — 
Commonwealth Bonds at ch 
SE,C. Stock at Cost 
Cash at Bank s . I 


"Library Fund — 


Commonwealth Bonds at Cost .. 


Legacy Estate M. Wright — 


Commonwealth Bonds at Cost .. 


Cosstick Reserve, Matybqmugh — 


at cost 


Flower Book Accoum— 


Commonwealth Bonds ai cost 


Wilfred C. Woollard Fund 


M.M.B.W. Bonds at cost . . 


6,333 
5,314 


5,31] 


3,101 
100 
5,200 
141 
2,250 
500 


$28,250 


LEE ene nnn ee nn Ő 


£461 ^piew 


68 


FIELD NATURALISTS CLUB OF VICTORIA 


GENERAL ACCOUNT 
STATEMENT OF RECEIPTS AND PAYMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st DECEMBER, 1971 
Year Year 
1970 1970 
Receipts Paymenis 
Subscriptions Received— Victorian Naturalist— 
155 Arrears Fs vU i. Pr 61 4,315 Printing 4,238 
5,441 Current . 4 m 5,529 727 Illustrating .. 1,013 
143 Supporting .. aic ee 134 371 Despatching 309 
50 Editorial 20 
$5,724 
237 Sales of Victorian Naturalist 239 5,580 
124 Advertising in Victorian Naturalist . 112 (957) Less Ingram Trust Grant .. 1,000 
Interest. Received— 4,580 
Library Fund e P E 5 Working Expenses— 
Bank Account... . 100 179 Postage & Telephone 145 
Commonwealth Bonds  .. 160 106 Printing & Stationery 86 
Bonds — M. Wright Legacy .. 333 40 Rent of Room for Storage 40 
495 598 68 General Expenses .. 103 
9 Sundry Income 54 Affiliation Fees, Subscriptions a and 
Amount transferred from Building ‘Fund 71 Donations 106 
170 -Part Payment of Rent .. : 175 22 Preston Junior Club Rent 22 
72 Natural History Medallion 
Expenses .. 76 
663 Typing & Clerical Assistance 578 
50 Audit Group Expenses 
50 Audit 50 
Rent of Hall, Library & Museum 
255 Museum Room .. 283 
51 Jnsurance ^ 58 
1,547 
406 Mammal Survey Group 
Expenses 305 
(406) Less Ingram Trust Grant 305 
711 Surplus for year 775 
$6,794 $6,902 $6,794 $6,902 


FIELD NATURALISTS CLUB OF VICTORIA 


BUILDING FUND 


Amount of Fund at 31st December, 1970 id T 
Interest on Investment and Bank Account 


3,101 
175 


3,276 


Less Amount transferred to General Account for payment of rent 
Amount of Fund at 3ist December, 1971 


PUBLICATIONS FUND 
Amount of Fund at 31st December, 1970 


Interest on Investment and Bank Account a ^ ia z 

Surplus for the year from— 
Ferns of Victoria and Tasmania -" je a il >: 45 
Victorian Toadstools and Mushrooms in "T a" $a 50 
Vegetation of Wyperfeld National Park — .., un 4 74 
Wild Flowers of Wilson’s Promontory National Park EA .. 229 


Amount of Fund at 3lst December, 1971 


CLUB IMPROVEMENT ACCOUNT 


Amount of Account at 31st December, 1970 
Sale of Old Library Books and BP Wig 
Nature Show Profit 

Booksales Account Profit .- 


.. 3,101 


175 


4,770 
144 


398 


e 35312 


730 
58 
227 
38 


1,053 


Less Purchase of Library Books, Furniture and Equipment .. 


Amount of Fund at 31st December, 1971 .. 


Rates for Overseas Subscribers 
Single Copy 45 cents plus 7 cents postage — 52c. 
Subscription one year, including postage —  *£6.00 
(Australian Currency) 


The Yearly subscription has been approved by council and 
the single copy rate is the present cost of overseas postage. 


Field Survey Group 


Thursday, 23 March — Field Survey Group Meeting at the 
National Museum at 8 p.m. in the small room next to the 
Theatrette, Inaugural Meeting. 

Saturday, 15— Sunday 16 April — Preliminary Field Survey 
Camp, Riddell Area (Contact the Secretary; Field _ Survey 
Group for details). 


130 


.. $923 


90 Viet. Nat. Vol. 89 


U 


ictorian 
aturali 


F.N.C.V. DIARY OF COMING EVENTS 
GENERAL MEETINGS 


Monday, 10 April—At National Herbarium, The Domain, South Yarra. com- 
mencing at 8 p.m. 


l. Minutes. 


2. Announcements. 

3. Subject for evening:—"Weather and Wildlife": Mr. Derek Reid. 
4. New Members. (These will appear in May issue). 

5. Correspondence. 

6. General Business. 


Monday, 8 May—"An Introduction to Fossils": Mr. Ken Bell. 
Wednesday, 14 June—"An introduction to Orchids”: Mr. Jack Hyett. 


F.N.C.V. SURVEY CAMPS 


Friday evening—Sunday 14-16 April—The Field Survey Group will hold a camp at 
Riddell. The camp site will be the Barringo Picnic Ground and those wishing 
to attend and who missed the March Group Meeting may obtain a circular 
with map and details from the Group Secretary, Mr. B. Cooper. 37 Bath Rd.. 
Burwood (29 7379). Briefing will be given at the camp at 10 a.m. Saturday 
and 9 a.m. Sunday. Members unable to leave Friday may join the group at 
this time. Mr. L. Winsor will be Camp Commandant. 


F.N.C.V. GROUP MEETINGS 


(8 p.m. at National Herbarium unless otherwise stated.) 


Thursday, 13 April—Botany Group. Speakers: Mr. K. Kleinecke and Mr. I. Morrison. 
Wednesday, 19 April —Microscopical Group. 


Thursday, 27 April—Field Survey Group. This group meets in the Library Confer- 
ence Room next to the theatrette at the National Museum at 8 p.m. 


Monday, 1 May—Entomology and Marine Biology Group Meeting in Library 
Conference Room, National Museum at 8 p.m. 


Tuesday, 2 May—Geology Group. 


Thursday, 4 May—Mammal Survey Group meets at Arthur Rylah Institute, 123 
Brown Street, Heidelberg, at 8 p.m. 


F.N.C.V. EXCURSIONS 


Saturday-Sunday, 15-16 April—Ararat. The Ararat Conference will be held on this 
weekend. and the program is as follows:— 


Saturday; Assemble at Methodist Hall at 2 p.m. for general welcome; choice of two 
excursions: 1. McDonald Park, 2. Aboriginal cave. 5 p.m., tea facilities available 
at Methodist Hall for those bringing their own food. 6.30 p.m.: Meeting of 
W. Victorian F. N. Clubs (President Mr. A. Fisher). 8 p.m.: Official Welcome: 
Presentation of Life Membership Certificate to Miss L. Banfield. 8.30 p.m.: 
Subject of the evening—‘Mount Cole National Park" by Mr. J. Wheeler. 
9.45 p.m.: Speeches and supper. 


Sunday: 9.30 a.m.: Meet at Town Hall then proceed to Warrak Township and 

Mount Cole, walk to Ben Nevis lookout. Lunch at 12.30 at Victoria Mill Point. 
(hot water. milk. tea and sugar provided). 3.30 afternoon tea and farewells. 
4 p.m. depart via Roylon to Western Highway near Beaufort. 
A coach has been chartered for this weekend and motel accommodation booked 
for coach party on bed and breakfast basis. Cost for motel and coach $12.00 
per person, payable to the Excursion Secretary by the April general meeting. 
The coach will leave from Flinders St. near Gas Corporation at 8 a.m. Bring a 
picnic lunch. 


94 Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


The 


Victorian Naturalist 


Editor: G. M. Ward 


Assistant Editor: G. Douglas 


Vol. 89, No. 4 


CONTENTS 


Articles: — 
Botanical Survey of East Gippsland. By A. C. Beauglehole 
Fossil Wood from Brighton. By Edmund D. Gill 


Further Observations on the Mountain Pigmy Possum. 
By H. Dimpel and J. H. Calaby 


A New Race of the Butterfly, Ogyris oroetes. 
By W. N. B. Quick = 


The Mollusc Caryodes dufresnii in Tasmania. 
By Ron C. Kershaw and Alan J. Dartnall 


F.N.C.V. Excursion to Bendigo. By Elizabeth K. Turner 


Field Naturalists Club of Victoria: 
Report on Inaugural meeting of Field Survey Group 


‘Report on Inaugural meeting of Day Group 


Front Cover; 


6 April, 1972: 


96 
99 ` 


101 


107 


111 
119 


98 
100 


This Southern Elephant Seal pup was photographed at Macquarie Island in 
1965, by K. N. G. Simpson. ANARE photo by Ken Simpson 


April, 1972 


95 


Botanical Survey of East Gippsland 


by A. C. BRAUGLEHOLE 


Botanical exploration in the eastern- 
most sector of Victoria has been very 
active during the past one hundred 
years. A comprehensive report of the 
Bast Gippsland Symposium was pub- 
lished in the Proceedings of the Royal 
Society of Victoria, Vol. 82 Part 1, 
January 1969, Included was a Census 
of Vascular Flora Indigenous to East 
Gippsland, by J. H, Willis, which listed 
1,435 species, of which about 200 were 
mot to be found elsewhere in the State. 
Defining the boundary, Willis said: 
"For the purposes of this list, East 
Gippsland includes all that part of 
Victoria on the southern side of the 
Great Dividing Range and eastward 
from the Mitchell River Valley and its 
tributary, the Wentworth River. If, 
as for other papers of the Symposium, 
East Gippsland be limited to the region 
lying cast of the 148th parallel of 
longitude, then its known indigenous 
flora still comprises 1,390 species." 

Despite living at the extreme 
western end of Victoria, 1 became 
fascinated with East Gippsland long 
before 1 was able to investigate the 
region myself. My introduction to the 
floral wealth of the region came 
through two schoolteachers, who lived 
there at one time and who had an 
intimate knowledge cf the plants. Dur- 
ing the mid-1930's, Frank Robbins, 
then teaching at Orbost, travelled 
widely and made extensive collections 
of plants, His tabelling, too, made in- 
teresting reading, for he collaborated 
with many botanists, (Hunter, Bibby, 
Hart, Morris, Willis, Wakefield, and 
others) and their comments were in- 
cluded. Frank moved to Bendigo, 


96 


where he is still a well-known and 
prominent figure in natural history 
and conservation groups. Imagine my 
delight, when, in 1949, he offered to 
hand over his collections to me, for 
they included specimens from most 
regions of Victoria! During the 1940's 
and 1950's, Norman Wakefield, whilst 
teaching at Cann River and Genoa, 
also travelled extensively and built up 
a herbarium. He was instrumental in 
carrying out crifical research on several 
dificult genera: Hibbertia, Cassinia, 
Helichrysum, Galium, Hydrocotyle, 
Pomaderris, Juncus, ete. — in all of 
which he described new species and 
published these in the Victorian 
Naturalist. Through his request for 
material from Robbins’ and my col- 
lections, we built up a regular cor- 
respondence, which enabled me to 
become familiar with many plants. 

Over recent years the National 
Parks service has engaged me to carry 
out botanical research in National 
Parks, firstly in western Victoria, then 
in East Gippsland, The built-up pre- 
liminary knowledge, coupled with the 
valuable Census of East Gippsland 
Plants, enabled me to enter the field 
with rore confidence, 

In the survey of these parks; along 
with the Grampians survey for the 
Botanic Gardens Research Trust, the 
recommended grid system (of 10 min- 
utes of latitude and longitude) has 
been incorporated. Having covered the 
National Parks, I took full advantage 
of the opportunity of doing a cross 
section of all grids within East Gippa- 
land — no less than 84 involved! The 
purpose of this was to obtain an over- 


Vict. Nat. Vol, 89 


all distributional pattern of the flora 
for conservation purposes, 1e. fo select 
areas having the maximum number of 
trare and interesting species within 
relatively confined segments of Bast 
Gippsland. Melbourne National Herb- 
arium supplied me with maps with 
grids incorporated; also large numbers 
of abbreviated field lists, made out in 
alphabetical order for convenience, 
In view of the value of this ex- 
tended survey, the National Parks 
Service saw fit to engage me to carry 
ou! additional work for them. This 
included athe Proposed Cobberas 
National Park, Proposed Snowy River 
National Park in the North, and ex- 
tensions to existing Parks in the South, 
Comprehensive manuscript reports with 
maps have been completed, and when 
these have been typed, will be avail- 
ahle for distribution by the N.F.S, In 
these individual projects, | was ably 
assisted by Colin Hutchinson, Techni- 
cal Officer with N,P.S.; Eugene Finck, 


Heathincre; Keith Rogers, Wulgul- 
merang; and Jim Willis, National 
Herbarium. 


In the overall East Gippsland sur- 
vey, an average of fifty hours was 
spent on each of the 84 grids, Several 
Isis and sublists were made and 
numbcred, within cach grid, in relation 
to habitat and/or confined aréa; and 
these were all indicated on a mapping 
system, with information about each, 
so that future workers would know 
where, and at what time of the year, 
work was done. After several months 
of analysis of this field work, an up-to- 
date Master List was drawn up, em- 
bracing both native and alten flower- 
ing plants and ferns of Bast Gippsland. 
There will be a Master List for each of 
the 84 grids. When the abbreviated 
field lists are Keyed to these Master 
Lists, results can he set out on special 
grid maps—using a grid map of 
East Gippsland for each individual 
specres, As the known flora has been 


April, 1972 


increased by about 120 species (with 
a total now of 1,550 species of native 
fiowering plants and ferns), plus the 
250 alien species, there wil! be need 
for 1,800 maps. Thanks again to Mel- 
bourne Herbarium, these maps are 
already available for coding. 

Among the added 120 species are 
several undescribed species, including 
a number wf orchids; «while others 
again are new to Victoria, and this 
group alse includes orchids. Some of 
these orchids have already been dealt 
with in the Netyralist —a descrip- 
tion of those remaining will came 
later, 

Of other groups of plants the most 
exciting finds were; 

(1) Brynoniella pumilio, belonging 
toa family cot previously represented 
in Victoria — ACANTHACEAE. As 
far as is known, there ts one colony 
only in Mallacaota Nationa) Park. 

(2) The second known accurrence 
ol Glearia qlenderae, a Showy Daisy- 
bush (named by Jim Willis, in honour 
oi Marie Allender, a few years ago 
from material collected at Wilson's 
Promontory), It occurred in abund- 
ance in wet heathlands near Cicada 
Trail, (between Mueller and Wingan 
Rivers). Associated with it was a 
Moss {Trematodon mackayi) new to 
Victoria. 

(3) Several other plants recorded, 
for the first time, East of Melbourne, 
including the trigger-plant, Srylidium 
beaugleholei, also named by Jim 
Willis 1 should not be surprised if it 
turned up jn N.S.W., for Jim and L 
found it east of Mallacoota inlet, It 
was also located in two places on the 
Marin Plains. and, sirice being named, 
has turned up in WA! 

The pleasure of locating new spec- 
7e3, at times with the assistance of 
other naturalists, in no way detracted 
from the satisfaction of extending the 
known range of some E. Gippsland 


97 


planis that were supposedly restricted. 
This was not surprising in view of the 
comprehensive nature of the survey. 
Naturally, there is tremendous scope 
for furthering the knowledge of the 
East Gippsland flora, One of the 
saddest aspects of the survey Was in 
seeing the spread of undesirable weeds, 
Blackberries (Rubus spp.) alone are 
spreading at an alarming rate — ex- 
tending for miles along a number of 
creeks and rivers, as well as occurring 
in jungles, sub-alpine bogs and good- 
timbered areas, Imagine if these areas 
are doubled each year! The Great 
Woolly Mullein (Verbascunm thapsus) 
is covering hundreds of acres in the 
rain shadow belt. An area S.W, of Mt, 
Raymond, the only place in the whole 
survey where I saw three particular 
orchids, is quickly being covered by 
blackberries and the Introduced Trefoil 
(Lotus pedunculatus}, Several rich 
orchid areas, including Orbost, Marlo 
Plains, Cann River, Bendock and 
Wangarabell areas, are diminishing 
because of extended farming opera- 
tions. This is unfortunate, because the 
survey has shown that the majority of 
grids are poorly endowed with orchids, 


and even those grids with good tallies 
often had only isolated pockets of 
them, 

The atea of East Gippsland is 
approximately 4,000,000 acres, with 
less than 40,000 acres set aside in 
National Parks. This represents only 
ome per cent of the whole, and this is 
deplorably inadequate! If the Cob- 
beras, Snowy River, Captain Cook 
Pack extensions and Howe Range 
proposals become a reality, the total 
of protected plants would be about 
1,250 species, whereas in the existing 
Park system only about 820 species 
are protected, This leayes about 300 
species still unprotected, but minor 
reserves could be established to cater 
for these. 

As there is an imperative need to 
preserve representative areas for the 
survival of flora and fauna, I urge you 
to support the extension of the 
National Park system: and to press 
urgently for these extensions in the 
immediate future. 

In concluding, I do want to extend 
my sincere thanks to all of those 
people who have helped me im so 
many ways over the years. 


Field Survey Group 
Inaugural Meeting 23 Murch £972 


Mr. L. Winsor chaired the meeting, 
which was attended by 16 people. 

Mr. Winser explained that the objects 
of the group were to survey (he State 
in a systematic manner in different areas 
of natural history. Initially, this would 
be restricted to selected disciplines. so 
as to cover each field adequately. Inver- 
tebrate and Botanical studies would be 
the major emphasis on the first survey 
camp. 

Mr. Cooper reported on the wurk 
done in organizing the group and an- 
nounced that the P.N.C V had agreed 
to provide a $50 credit to cover secre- 
larial and field expenses, 

Details of the preliminary survey camp 
lo Riddell—15 and 16 April were dis- 
cussed at length. Mr. Cooper described 
the Geology of the area and Mr. Reeves 
reporied on the mammals and other 


93 


aspects. Maps of the survey area were 
distributed by Mr. Winser, 

. Organization of the group was vested 
in 2 commitiee, to which the followlug 
were elected-— 

Chairman-—Mr, L Winsor 

Secretary—Mr, B. Couper 

Records Office—Mr. H. Janssen 

Residual Committce—Miss L. Barra- 

clough 

Miss R. St. Clair 
Mt. D. Barham 
Dr. B. Smith 

Dr. B. Smith, Curalor of Invertebrates 
al the National Museum, was the 
Speaker for the evening. 

He described tha ways and means of 
doing systematic natura] history surveys 
and went on to describe how this was 
applied to his own study of the State's 
non-amarine molluscs. 


Vict, Nal. Vol, 89 


Fossil Wood from Brighton, Victoria, Australia 


by EDMUND D. GiLZ* 


It a8 only when major engineering 
works are undertaken thai discoveries 
are made of what Wes at depth be- 
neath the ground. Extensive tunnels 
ling in connection with a new sewer 
main in the southern suburbs of the 
city of Melbourne has brought to 
light interesting fossils. Thus in 1964 
excavations under Eddy's Grove on 
both the north and soujh sides of 
Centre Road, Bentleigh, near Elster 
Creek, revealed a bed plentiful with 
marine shells of late Miocene Age, 
including Tylospira and Miltha. 

More recently Mr. F. Sarno, a 
geologist working with the Melbourne 
and Metropolitan Board of Works, 
brought to the Museum a piece of 
(ree trunk found 35 ft. (10.7 m.) 
from the surface in a tunnel in North 
Road, Brighton, near Bambra Road. 
It was discovered during the construc- 
tion of a pump well Above the 
Silurian bedrock is gravel, which is 
succeeded by a carbonaceous silty 
sand. The latte formation contained 
the fossil wood, When obtained, the 
wood was wet, RO a part of it was 
placed in water to prevent it drying 
'out, The cells nf fossil timber may 
collapse on drying, and so prevent 
identification. Samples. were sub- 
mitted to Mr. H. D. Ingle of 
C.S.1.R.0, Division of Forest Praducts 
(as it was called then). He found that 
the cells of both the dry and wet 
timbers were collapsed, making identi- 
fication of wood structure impossible. 
This was unfortunate, but neverthe- 
Jess four deductions can be made: 

| Our sample from the log is 2 ft. 
x 7 in. (60 x 18 .cm.), so a tree grew 
in that area at the time the carbon- 
aceaus bed was deposited. 


April, 1972 


As the matrix is carbonaceous 
sand, the immediate environment at 
Jeast must have been wet with plenti- 
ful plant growth to provide the 
carbon. 

3. That the wood was «collapsed 
before extraction from the earth 
probably means that the ground dried 
out at some past time or limes, This 
could happen in a drought. 

4. As such wood is partly’ decom- 
posed when collapse occurs, it ts likely 
that drying out took place some time 
after deposition. As the Pliocene 
period in this area was wetter than 
now (e.g. beech trees were common) 
the drying out probably occurred in 
the Quaternary. 

Although limited information was 
obtained on this occurrence, it is 
recorded because if all such records 
were kept, a picture of the geology 
and palacontology would in time be 
built up. We benefit today by such 
records made early in this century 
by Dr. T. S. Hall, Dr. G. B. Pritchard, 
and other workers, 


2 
- x 


Age of Fostil Tree 


There remains the question of how 
old the wood is. Bayside cliff sections, 
records from earlier excavations, and 
bore logs indicate that the non-marine 
carbonaceous beds in this area are 
younger than the marine fossils such 
as were found at Bentleigh, The 
former deposits were studied when the 
age of fossil marsupial bones in the 
area was being investigated (Gill 
1957, pp. 165-189). Carbonaceous 
beds at Red Bluff (Sandringham) and 
at Cheltenham yielded pollen and 
spores including three species of 


* Depoly Director, National Museism of Victoria, 


99 


Nothofagus (Southern Beech) and 
two of the Conifer Dacrydiwn, indi- 
cating conditions very different from 
the present, 

These carbonaceous deposits are 
post-Miocene and later than the 
lateritization that occurred mostly in 
the Lower Pliocene (Gill 1971). They 
are older than the basalts that date 
about 4 million years. Thus, if the de- 
posit containing the wood is one of 
this series of carbonaceous deposits 
(as I think it is) then the wood is 
Pliocene in age, and perhaps in the 
middle of that period because they 
occur at the base of the Red Bluff 
Samds (Bell et al, 1967). 

Har (1893) found a possible 


conifer log 5 Ft. x 4 in. x 9 in. (1.5 m. 
x 10 cm. x 23 cm) at Red Bluff, 
Sandringham, apparently in the 
marine bed underlying the carbon- 
aceous layer (Gill 1957, text fig. 135). 


REFERENCES 


Bell, G. ct al, 1967. Geology of the 
'Melbouttie district, Victoria Geol, 
Surv, Vict Bull. 59 

Gill, E. D., 1957. The Stratigraphical 
Occurrence and Palaevecology of some 
Australian Tertiary Marsupials, afem. 
Nat. Mus. Vict. 21 : 135-203. 

Gil, & D, 1971. Laterite chronology. 
Search 2:32, 

Hart, T. S, 1893. Notes on the rocks 
of Brighton and Moorabbin and the 
Surrounding districts, Vict, Naturalist. 


THE DAY GROUP 


REPORT OF INAUGURAL MEETING 

The Inaugural meeting of the newly 
formed group to cater for the leisured 
and retired members and those who 
ate not able to attend night meetings. 
was held on Wednesday 22 March, 
and members, thirteen in all, mei at 
the corner of Park St. and Domain 
Rd, South Yarra. 

Mr. Fairhall, the convenor, was 
duly elected Chairman; Mr. Roy 
Dodd, Vice-Chairman; Mrs, J, Strong, 
Secretary; and Mr. J. Strong, Acting 
Secretary. 

Prior to lupch which was taken 
on the lawns outside the Botanic 
Gardens in glorious sunshine, a strall 
was taken to look at the many species 
of trees which abound in and around 
the Gardens, 

The Party then walked through to 
the Oak Lawn and noted the many 
species of oak which arc planted there. 
Mr. Melnnes took us to see an 
unusiil Chinese Oak tree, Various 
species of BEucalypt were inspected. 


100 


Members, all having thoroughly 
enjoyed themselves went their various 
ways about 3,30 p.m. 

Further outings are being planned 
with visits to the Maranoa Gardens 
and the Museum in the future. 

During the winter months. meelings 
will be held indoors with various 
members giving talks on dilferent 
subjects of interest to all members. 

More members are welcome who 
are free in the day time to attend 
these outings and assure them of a 
most enjoyable and interesting time. 

For further details of outings, please 
watch the Victorian Naturalist. 

The Group meets once per month, 
E, Strong, Secretary 
56 2271 


The next meeting of this Group 
will be held on 19 April at 11.30 a.m. 
Assemble at the Kiosk, corner of 
Park St. and Domain Rd., Sth- Yarra. 
Bring lunch. Inspection of Australian 
Native Plants will follow. 


Vick. Nat. Vol. 89 


Further Observations on the Mountain Pigmy 
Possum (Burramys parvus) 
by H. DiMPEL* and J. H. CatABv* 


SUMMARY 

Observations are given on the vc- 
currence of Burramys parvus in the 
Kosciusko National Park, New South 
Wales. The animal is found in 
patches of shrubs and snow gum 
associated with boulders in the sub- 
alpine to alpine zone, The habitat is 
under several feet of snow in winter 
but the temperature at ground level 
does not go below freezing. 

In captivity Burramys eats à variety 
nf fruits, seeds and insects. Vitamin 
and calcium supplements appear to 
be necessarv to prevent the develop- 
ment of a condition resembling rickets. 
Feeding behaviour is described. The 
large specialized premolars are used 
to cut up insects with hard cuticles, 
for opening hard-shelled seeds, and 
breaking up hard food. Seeds are 
stored in the nests. 

Young are born in November- 
December and are independent by 
March. The normal litter is four. 
One captive experienced periods of 
torpor in winter but hibernation does 
not appear to be universal in Burramys 
as it is in pigmy possums of the genus 
Cercartetus, 

INTRODUCTION 

Since the first living mountain 
pigmy possum {Burramys parvus) 
was collected at Mt. Hotham, Victoria, 
in 1966, several more specimens have 
been taken, and the known range of 
the animal extended in the high 
country of Victoria and New South 
Wales. Dixon (1971) trapped a 
Specimen in the Falls Creek area, 
Bogong High Plains, Victoria, in 
February 1971, and mentions another 
ibree caught at Mt, Hotham in the 
same month by the Department of 


April, 1972 


Fisheries and Wildlife. Calaby, Dimpel 
and Cowan (1971) recorded the 
capture of three specimens in the 
Kosciusko National Park, New South 
Wales, in February and March, 1970. 
Since that paper was submitted for 
publication we have accumulated a 
considerable amount of new inform- 
ation on the species, which we feel 
will be of interes! to naturalists and 
conservationists. 


Range and habitat im the Kosciuska 
National Park 


In the Kosciusko National Park we 
have live-trapped a total of 19 adult 
or sub-adult Burramys (11 males and 
8 females) during October to March 
at four sites, Iwo of which were 
reported by Calaby ef al (1971). 
The two new ones are: a small un- 
named creek running into the Geehi 
River approximately 2,5 air miles 
north-northwest of Schlinck Pass at 
an altitude of about 4500' ft., and a 
small un-named tributary of Whites 
River about 0.6 mile downstream 
from the Whites River Hut at an 
altitude of approximately 5,500 ft. 
The former of these localities is the 
lowest altitude at which Burranzys has 
been found. The distance between 
the Iwo most remote of the four sites 
is about eight miles, 

The hahitat in all cases is character- 
ized by a tree cover of snow gum 
(Eucalyptus miphophila), a dense or 
fairly dense shrub stratum two to 
four feet high, and large boulders 
protruding from the soil, The colony 
at the lowest altitude was at the upper 


*Division ot Witdife Research, CSIRO, P.O. 
Box Bá, Lyneham, Canberra. A.C.T. 2602. 


101 


edge of the alpine ash (E, delega- 
tensis] zone and tall trees of this species 
were present in addition to snow 
gum, The results of much trapping 
ima variety of areas and habitats at 
a number of altitudes support our 
previous conclusion that Buryamys is 
apparently restricted to patches of 
shrubs associated with snow gum and 
boulders in the subalpine to alpine 
zone. The habitat of the Falls Creek 
locality described by Dixon (1971) 
has essentially the same fealures as 
the three higher sites in the Kosciusko 
National Park. In spite. of the recent 
discavery of Burramys as a living 
animal it is prohably not rare in ils 
restricted geographical range. Its 
density is low but. suitahle habitat is 
common and we feel that it would be 
found in most likely-looking places 
if they were trapped sufficiently. 
The most accessible locality al 
about 5,000 ft, altitude was visited a 
number af times during the winters 
of 1970 and 1971, fn the depth of 
winter the snow had a minimum 
thickness of three feet and, except 
for the very large boulders, all shrubs 
and rocks were covered. There were 
small holes in the snow adjacent to 
ihe protruding boulders, and {racks 
ot small animals were seen around the 
holes and on the surface of the snow. 
With two thermometers, tempera- 
tures were taken simultaneously in the 
air and in minways beneath the snow 
at a range of altitudes and in à variety 
Of weather conditions. Wilh snow 
cover more than | FH. & in, in thick- 
ness {emperalure al ground level 
never feli below °C. When the snow 
cover was less than one foot deep 
ihe temperalure at ground level ap- 
proached air lemiperature. The lowest 
ground temperature recorded was 
-4.5"C under snow one foot in depth. 
when the air temperature was -11"C 
Il is concluded that the small eround 
mammals including Burramys would 


102 


have no problems in withstanding 
winter weather conditions beneath 
deep snow at high altitudes, 
Burramys in captivity 

Of the nmeteen animals trapped, 
seven together with the young of one 
of them have been kept in captivity, 
and twelve were released at the points 
of capture. Three of these were caged 
for short periods before release. Cages 
are of wood with glass fronts, and 
the Ador areas are cither 6 or & sq, £t. 
They have externally-fitted defachable 
nest-hoxes, and the floors consist of 
removable sand trays. The cages were 
originally equipped with sloping tree 
branches but later small rock piles 
were added. 

The three original animals reported 
by Calaby et al. (1971) survived 
in captivity for different lengths of 
time. The single male died after 18 
weeks, and there was no apparent 
cause of death. The two females lived 
for 31 weeks 5 days, and 36 weeks 
6 days respectively. In both, the limb 
bones were soft and flexible at death, 
and in the last few weeks of its life 
one of them lost considerable weighl 
in spite of eating normal amounts 
of food, it became paralysed in the 
hindquarters, particularly the legs, 
and dragged itself around by the front 
legs. The symptoms were similar to 
rickets in small domestic mammals. 
The propnetary vitamin supplement 
"Pentà-vite" was given tà them some 
weeks before death but did nor arrest 
their condition With subsequent 
animals, Penta-vite and calcium 
hydroxide have been given regularly 
in honey, With these dietary supple- 
ments animals have remained healthy 
and three of them taken into capte 
vity on 27 Noveraber 1970 as very 
small young in iheir mother's pouch 
are alive and heasllhy al this dale 
(December 1971). 

In general wild-caught Burronrys 


Vict Nat, Vol, 89 


are very shy amd usually come out 
of the nest boxes only at dusk or in 
darkness when it is quiet, When they 
first appear they usually go to the 
food containers, pick up something 
quickly and run back to the nest 
box. If the cage contains a rock pile 
they carry the [ood behind nr on 
to the rocks and eat it there. When 
handied frequently they may become 
docile. Burramiys kept in very small 
cages glireten. down quickly; in such 
circumstances they indulge in behavi- 
our common amang small mammals 
in inadequately small cages, such as 
endlessly turning back somersaults. 
Young anes raised in captivity are 
much tamer, oflen come out in day- 
light, and ure not unduly disturbed 
by strange noises, There is consider- 
able Variation tA temperament how- 
ever, some animals are quiet and tame 
when first trapped while others are 
shy and nervous and bite savagely 
when handled. Two or more Burra- 
mys can be kept in the same cage 
and strange animals of the same or 
Opposite sexes will share a nest box 
immediately without strife, 

Dunng the daytime the animals sleep 
in their nests with their heads bowed 
against the chest or abdomen, ears 
lurled, and the tail curled up like a 
watch-spring against the body, Af 
night when not feeding they spend 
most time on the rocks and it seems 
clear that they prefer to live among 
and hide in the rocks. They can climh 
and tün upside down on the lower 
sides of small diameter sloping 
branches, The branch i gripped by 
both forefeet together alternating with 
both hindfeet together. A considerable 
amount of ume is spent in grooming 
especially when they first emerge. 
Much of the body i Scratched vigor- 
ously with fhe syndactylons claws 
and the forepaws. The fur cs licked, 
aud ihe face and back of the cars 
are rubbed with the forepaws after 
these have been ticked, 


April, 1972 


Except on one occasion when 2 
flea was observed, no parasites were 
found òn newly-caught animals, but 
considerable numbers of the flea 
Acanitopsylla ratisehildt rothschildi 
have been bred from nesting material 
taken from the nest boxes. This flea 
is a wellknown parasite of the mar- 
suplal-mice [Anrechinus spp.) and 
murid rodents. 


Food and feeding behaviour 

As reported previously (Calaby ef 
nl, 1971) the faeces of our first 
three specimens, taken from the traps 
Before the animals had fed, consisted . 
largely of plant material, with some 
insect remains, With subsequent ani- 
mals the faeces have contained mostly 
invertebrate remains, including worms, 
beetles, grasshoppers, and spiders. In 
captivity Burramys have been fed a 
variely of fruits and seeds such as 
sliced apple and pear, grapes, soaked 
raisins, walnut chips, raw  peantüts, 
sunflower sceds, honey, and insects, 
such as mealworm larvae and moths. 
All of these are readily earen. The: 
tail never becomes incrassated as it 
does in Cercartétus species, even when 
the Burraniys become very fai in 
captivity. Burramys takes a consider- 
ahle quantity of warer, lapping it up 
with .the tongue. l 

Feeding trials in the first couple 
of wecks of captivity indicated that 
a greater amount of fruit and seeds 
was eaten than insecl material, After 
this. period such trials are of limited 
use, For example, individuals of 
Cercaürretus nanus would eat only in- 
sects and honey when firat brought 
into captivity and starved when only 
nuts or Fruits were offered, but afier 
a few weeks they readily ate raw 
peanuts if no insects were offered. 
It is probable that in the wild, Barra- 
mys feed on whatever palatable fruits, 
seeds, or invertebrates are available. 

The feeding behaviour of Burramys 


103 


i& of especial interest because of its 
possession of large grooved and 
serrated sectorial premolars. Teeth of 
this type together with associated den- 
lal adaptations oconr in a variety of 
mammals of widely divergent rela- 
tionships, most of which have been 
long extinct. There 1s no clear idea 
of the use of tbe teeth (Simpson 
1933) 

Food is picked up with the incisors 
then transferred in. and manipulated 
with the forepaws while the animal 
squats on its hindquarters: The food 
may be held in one ar both farepaws. 
The soft fesh of fruits is bitten off 
with the incisors and chewed with 
the molars. The skins pre not eaten 
and Burramys have been observed 
holding pieces of apple and grape 
and removing the last lragment of 
flesh by pulling the skin with their 
forepaws against the lower incisors. 
Soft bodied insects such as moths 
are usually dealt with by the incisors. 
With insects having a hard cuticle such 
as mealworm larvae the animal may 
begin biting with the incisors but 
usually the insect is held in the 
forepaws at the side of the mouth 
and chopped up with the sectorial 
premolars, Hard-shelled seeds such 
as sunflowers are invariably held at 
the side of the mouth and bitten with 
the premolars. Usually the seed case 
is opened with a single bite. Peanuts 
are mostly nibbled with the incisors 
but the premolars are used also 1o 
break Up fragments. 

Calaby et al. (1971) and Dixon 
(1971) recorded that Burramys stores 
food in its nests. Only nuts and 
seeds are stored iñ thèse caches. In- 
vertebrates are eaten when caught 
and jf excess insects are provided 
they are never taken to the nests and 
stored, The nuts or seeds are held 
in Front of the premolars, resting 
on the lower incisors. Animals may 
cany peanuts or sunflower seeds 


004 


for as long as 15 minutes, and indulge 
in other activities such as scratching 
themselves or exploring their cages, 
before taking the food ta their 
nests, 


Breeding 

The cight females examined hy us 
and Dixon's (1971) single example 
had four (eats. When the female 
is in breeding condition the pouch is 
deep, moist, and pink. The entrance 
may be almost invisible when the 
animal does not have young. fn the 
non:breeding state the pouch appears 
to be much smaller and relatively 
dry and there may be some dark 
scale especially on the teats which 
are very small, There is a prominent 
tuft of hair around the teats, which 
is yelloweshk in colour presumably 
due to pigment stain, A female caught 
on 22 October [971 was introduced 
to a male that had been 3n captivity 
since 7 January 1971. For the first 
hour he followed her closely sniffing 
at her cloacal area but then ignored 
her. 1 

Four females with voung have hecn 
examined and judging from the size 
of the young when first seen, the 
litters of three of them Were born 
in the second half of November. As 
we wished to raise the young we 
handled the animals as litle as pos- 
sible and never caught and examined 
them more frequently than once a 
week. A female caught on 1 December 
1971 had a moist tumescent pouch 
with prominent teats. On the follow- 
ing day she had four young, Another 
female, trapped on Li November 
1970, had a clean moist pouch and 
prominent teats. On #2 December 
one young was seen in the pouch and 
another with its head in the pouch 
and body outside. ‘Two days later 
one young was found freshly dead 
on the floor of the cage; the other 
was still alive in the pouch, On 18 
December the second young was found 


Vicl. Nat, Vcl, 89 


dead &nd dry and partly eaten, All 
teats of the female were elongated 
and presumably it had a litter of 
four, Difmensions of the freshly dead 
young were as follows: fesd and 
body 11.6 mm, iail 12.2, ear 3.3, 
hindfoot & 5 weight (I.9g. 

A further female was collected on 
27 November 1970. Tt had tained 
during the night and the temperature 
was below freezing point. The animal 
was culd to the touch and barely 
moved when handled but she re- 
vived when warmed and was fed 
honey and water and fully recovered. 
In her pouch were four pink naked 
young with head-and-body lengths 
estimated io be 8-10 mm. Growth was 


rapid and in three weeks the head-. 


and-body lengths were approximately 
25 mm, On 19 December the mather 
was lying on her back in the nest and 
the bodies of three young were 
outside the pouch with their heads 
inside. They had short dark fur on 
the head and back while the ventral 
surface was naked and pink. The 
young were never seen in the pouch 
after 2! December. On 2 January 
one young was observed for the first 
time with its eyes open and the 
following day all young had their eyes 
open. At this time the head-and-body 
lengihs were 50-60 mm, the dorsal 
surface was covered with dark grey 
fur and there was while fur on the 
ventral surface, The rufous markings 
had noc developed bui began to show 
about a week later when the ventral 
surface took on a greyish linge, By 
mid-March the young weighed be- 
tween 30 and 40g and were considered 
io be fully grown, 

At the time the young first left 
the pouch the mother spent almost 
all of her time wilh them and ate 
very little for several days. After that 
her food consumption increased greaily 
—up io 28 mealworms, 6-8 peanuts, 
36 sunflower seeds and some honey, 


April, 1972 


were lakem daly, When she left the 
west she spent a great deal of lime 
cleaning and grooming her fur, Ou 
8 January she abandoned the nest 
and lived under the rack pile. The 
following day the young left the 
nest box and went to live with her. 
The young were never seen clinging 
to the mother of riding on her back. 
At the time they left the nest box 
they began to cat mealworms and 
peanuts but continued to suckle’ for 
a few wecks, Two young were re- 
moved to a separate cage when the 
only female of the litier was found 
dead apparently from injuries, 

When the pouch young are still 
attached they are carefully groomed 
by the mother, While squatting on 
her hindquarters she holds the pouch 
open with her forepaws, puts her 
muzzle into the pouch and licks the 
young. 
Hibernation 

Because of Ihe severity of the 
habitat and the knowledge that hiber- 
nation is Known in the nearest related 
genus, Cervarretds (Hickman and 
Hickman 1960, Bartholomew and 
Hudson 1962), it was thought pos- 
sible that Burramys would hibernate, 
Three of the nineteen animals, two 
females and a male, were cold and 
torpid when taken from traps but 
all recovered quickly after. warming. 
The three original animals were kept 
in the same room as three Cercartetus 
manus, during the winter of 1970. The 
temperature of the room varied from 
5 to 20°C. One Burramys died on 27 
July. No furramys showed any signs 
of torpor. All Cercartetus hibernated 
for various periods. For example, one 
animal caught as a juvenile in Feb- 
ruary remained active to 20 Tune and 
was torpid for the following four 
days. In July it was torpid for a tatal 
of 13 days, including one period of 
four days, and for single days only 
in August and September, 


105 


Three adult Burramys and the three 
grown young were kept through the 
winter of 197 in a basement garage 
in which the temperature varied 
from ~9-13°C. The mother of the 
three young was the only one that 
showed any inclination to hibernation, 
She was very fat and weighed over 
70 g, She did not eat during the 
night of 28-29 Apri! nor on the next 
four nights, During this time she 
remained in the nest box, was ċold 
to the touch, and the respiration rate 
was much lower than normal. The 
respiration rate increased when she 
was handled, but she did not arouse 
except that she lifted her head slowly 
on one occasion when the nest was ex- 
amined. Some food, less than the 
normal amount, was eaten during the 
night of 3-4 May. During the follow- 
ing week the animal and her nest 
box were placed in a small wire 
insect cage On a verandah where 
minimum temperatures were some- 
times as low as -4°C. Her food in- 
lake and behaviour remained normal 
for a week and she was returned to 
her usual cage. During the night of 
16-17 luly she did not cat and was 
torpid in thc nest box. She was put 
outside again in the small cage. This 
period of hibernation lasted three days, 
following which she remained active 
until the night of 28-29 July when 
she again became torpid. She re- 
mained so until the night of 4-5 
August, a period of seven days, when 
she apparently, aroused, chewed a 
hole in the cage and unfortunately 
escaped, 


This behaviour is indistinguishable 
from hibernation in Cercartetus, and 
providing the animal was physio- 
logically normal it indicates. that 
Burramys way hibernate under certain 
conditions st present unknown. 


Acknowledgements 

We are most grateful to the 
National Parks and Wildlife Service, 
New South Wales for permission to 
study protected animals in the Kos- 
ciusko National Park and to keep 
Burramys in captivity, and to the 
staff of the Park For the use of facili- 
ties and much helpful assistance and 
advice. The fieas were identified by 
Mr. D. K. Mardon. 


REFERENCES 


Bartholomew, G. A, and Hudsan, J. 
W. (1962).—Hibermation, acstivation, 
temperature regulation, evaporative 
Water toss, and heart rate of the pigmy 
possum, Cerceerinus aanus. Physiol. 
Zool. %5- 94-107. 

Calaby, J. H., Dimpel, H., and Cowan, 
Y. MoT. (197!) —The mauntain 
pi&my-possum, Burrimys parvus 
Broom (Marsupialia), in the Kosei- 
usko National Park, New South 
Wales. CSIRO Div. Wildl. Res. Tech, 
Pap. No. 23. 

Dixon, F. M. (197i).—Burramys parvis 
Broom (Marsupialia) from — Falls 
Creek area of the Bogong High Plains, 
Victoria, Kicrorian Nar 88; 113-18. 

Hickman. V. V., and Hickman, J. L. 
(I960).—Notes on the habits of the 
Tasmanian dotmouse — phalangers 
Cercaerus nanus (Desmarest) and 
Eudromicia lepida (Thomas). Proc. 
Zool, Soc, Land, 135 365-74. 

Simpson, G- G. (1933).—The “plagiaula- 
coid" type of mammalian dentition 
a study of conversence, L Marin 
14: 97-107. 


Rates for Overseas Subscribers 


Single copy 45 cents plus 7 cents postage = 52c. 
Subscription for one year, including postage = $6.00 


Australian. currency, 


The Yearly subscription has been approved by 
F.N.C.V. Council; and the single copy rate js at the present 


cost af overseas postage. 


106 


Vict, Nat. Vol, a9 


A New Race of the Butterfly, Ogyris oroetes 


A new geographical race of Ogyris oroetes Hewitson 1862 (LEPIDOPTERA, 
Family Lycaenidae, sub-family Ogyrinae) 


by W. N. B. Quick 


Ogyris oroetes apiculata, subsp. nov. 


MALE 


Antennae approximately half length 
of costa, black above. very finely 
banded grey-white at sides and be- 
neath. Terminal portion distinctly 
flattened to spathulate. Palpi invested 
in dense grey-white indumentum, 
darker at terminal segment, and beset 
with scattered but conspicuous black 
bristles. 

Upperside: Forewing metallic cyan 
blue. Area between vein 12 and costa 
grey-brown. Apex symmetrically from 
costa to termen at vein 4, black. Ter- 


men from vein 4 to vein la black. 
slightly convex. Cilia — ash-white, 
darker at veins. Hindwing metallic 


cyan blue. Humeral lobe grey-brown. 
Apex broadly, and termen narrowly, 
black. Anal lobes black. Dorsum 
grey, darker towards tornus. Cilia 
light grey, darker at veins. 
Underside; Forewing  ash-grey at 
costa shading to grey-brown at dor- 
sum. Cell dark brown, crossed by 
two short black bars, each outlined 
nacreous pale blue, to form two ob- 
long ocelli. One discocellular bar. 
black, outlined nacreous pale blue, and 
extending shortly around cell along 
median vein. One discal bar, black. 
outlined grey, and angled towards 
base in area 1b. Subterminal line 
black, finely serrate and tapering to- 
wards apex. Hindwing grizzled grey- 
brown, crossed by four indistinct and 
broken brown bands, finely outlined 
black. Discal area suffused black. Sub- 
terminal line serrate, black. 

Length of forewing 19 mms. 


April, 1972 


FEMALE 


Antennae slightly less than half length 
costa. Black above, brown-black and 
very finely banded grey-white beneath. 
Terminal portion distinctly flattened 
to spathulate. Palpi invested in close 
grey-white indumentum, darker at the 
terminal segment. 

Upperside: Forewing, lustrous cyan 
blue. Area between vein 12 and 
costa deep brown. Apex, symmetri- 
cally from costa to termen at vein 
3. black. Termen from vein 3 to 
tornus, black. Termen slightly convex. 
Discocellular bar ill-defined, sooty 
black. Cilia ash-white, black at veins. 
Hindwing lustrous cyan blue. Humeral 
lobe grey-brown. Apex broadly, and 
termen, black, dentate. Anal lobes 
dark grey-brown. Dorsum grey, 
shading to dark brown towards tornus. 
Cilia ash-white, black at veins. 
Underside: Forewing ash-grey at 
costa shading to grey-brown towards 
dorsum. Cell almost black, crossed by 
two short, broad black bars, each out- 
lined nacreous pale blue. One disco- 
cellular bar, black, outlined pale nacre- 
ous blue, and extending around cell 
along median vein. One disca] bar, 
black, outlined white, angled towards 
base in area 1b. Base of cell black. 
Subterminal line diffuse black, finely 
serrate and tapering towards apex. 
Hindwing grizzled grey-brown, crossed 
by four indistinct and broken brown 
bands, finely outlined black. A dark, 
irregular inverted ‘V° in disco-cellular 
area. Subterminal line faint, serrate. 
Length of forewing: 20 mms. 


107 


Fig. 1 Ogyris oroetes apiculata, subsp. nov. Holotype male, upperside. Kellerberrin, 
W.A. 


Fig. 2 Ogyris oroetes apiculata, subsp. nov. Holotype male, underside. Kellerberrin, 
W.A. 


108 Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


Fig. 3 Ogyris oroetes apiculata, subsp. nov. Allotype female, upperside. Coolgardie, 
W.A. 


Fig. 4 Ogyris oroetes apiculata, subsp. nov. Allotype female, underside. Coolgardie, 
W.A. 


April, 1972 109 


Type localities: Holotype male, Keller- 
berrin, W.A. 

TvPEs—Labelling and location. 
Holotype male labelled ‘Kellerberrin 
Wi Ay, 12 Oct. 1958; W. N. B. 
Quick’; paratype male labelled 'Keller- 
berrin, W. A., 4 Oct. 1958, W. N. B. 
Quick’ in the author's collection. 
Allotype female labelled ‘Coolgardie, 
Allotype female, Coolgardie, W. A. 
W.A., 21 Sept. 1967, K. M. Le Souéf'; 


paratype female labelled ‘Eucla, 
W.A., 20 Oct. 1967, J. C. Le Souéf'; 
two paratype males labelled 'Keller- 
berrin, W.A., 3 Oct. 1958, Le Souéf’, 
and three paratype males labelled 
"Three Springs, W. A., 4 Sept. 1958, 
J. C. Le Souéf', 'Kellerberrin, W. A., 
10 Oct. 1958, Le Souef" ‘Coolgardie, 
W. A., 21 Sept. 1967, J. C. Le Souéf', 
in the collection of J. C. Le Souéf, of 
Blairgowrie, Victoria. 


Discussion 


In August 1958, while on a collect- 
ing trip, Mr. Le Souéf and the author 
discovered at Kellerberrin, W.A.. a 
number of Ogyris pupae. These were 
located under loose bark near the 
base of some large eucalypts on which 
the mistletoe Amyema miquelii, Lehm. 
was well established. Several additional 
pupae were later found in a similar 
situation near Three Springs, some 
200 miles to the north of Perth. 

In due course, these pupae produced 
butterflies, a number, all males, emerg- 
ing during the latter part of the trip. 
These received only casual examina- 
tion, and were stored for future 
attention under the impression that 
they were Ogyris hewitsoni meridiona- 
lis Bethune-Baker. When eventually 
the insects were set, it was noticed that 
while some specimens were indeed that 
species, two male insects were quite 
distinct, particularly on the underside, 
which resembled that of Ogvris oroetes 
Hewitson. Unfortunately no female 
counterparts of these insects were 
obtained, and it was not possible to 
ascertain their true status. 

At a much later date the author 
learned that Le Souéf had in 1967 
retraced much of the 1958 trip. and 
had succeeded in obtaining additional 
pupae and insects, subsequent ex- 
amination of which showed that in 
addition to O. h. meridionalis, he had 
one male and two females of the 
second entity. 


110 


On the underside of the forewing, 
these female insects lacked any trace 
of the scarlet cell-spots, and with a 
relatively straight discal bar, quite 
clearly represented a race of Ogyris 
oroetes. 

The present 
tinguished 
(a) from typical O. oroetes by the 
broadly black, and more symmetric- 
ally deltoid, apical area in both sexes, 
and by the clear blue colour, without 
purplish or lavender tones, in the 
male. 

(b) from O. /i. meridionalis in both 
sexes by the uninterrupted discal bar 
of the forewing beneath, and by 
the absence of scarlet cell-spots on the 
forewing underside in the female. 

In some worn examples, the nac- 
reous outlining of the black cell-bars 
of the forewing underside may be 
partly absent, and the cell-bars con- 
sequently ill-defined. 

This species has been taken in a 
number of localities in Western Aus- 
tralia between the parallels of 29°S 
and 32°S, and a larva found by Mr. 
Charles McCubbin on Mt. Paterwerta 
in the northern Flinders Ranges, S. A., 
produced an insect* which, although 
it failed to expand fully, appears to 
be consistent with this race. 

Pupae are not readily distinguishable 
from those of O. h. meridionalis, 
being chocolate-brown with darker 
dorsal and abdominal markings, and 


subspecies is dis- 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


quite characteristic of a number of 
the smaller Ogyris species. It is inter- 
esting to note that this race, as in the 
case of the typical (northern) race, 
appears always to be associated with 
other species. The larva located on 
Mt. Paterwerta in South Australia 
was accompanied by one of a race 
of Ogyris genoveva, with which 
species it is commonly associated in 
Queensland. 
Acknowledgements 

The author wishes to thank Mr. 
and Mrs. J. C. Le Souéf for their 
assistance in making their collection 
so freely available for examination, 


Mr. Charles McCubbin for his in- 
formation on the South Australian 
insect, and Mr. D. F. Crosby, Hono- 
rary Entomologist at the National 
Museum, Melbourne, for making this 
insect* available for examination. 


REFERENCES 
Waterhouse, G. A. and Lyell, G. (1914) 
“The Butterflies of Australia.” Angus 
& Robertson. 

Waterhouse, G. A. (1932) "What Butter- 
fly is That?” Angus & Robertson. 
McCubbin, Charles (1970) “Australian 

Butterflies” Nelson. 
D'Abrera, Bernard (1971) “Butterflies 
of the Australian Region." Lansdowne. 


The Mollusc Caryodes dufresnii in Tasmania 


Caryodes dufresnii (Leach) (Mollusca, Pulmonata) 


Ron C. KERSHAW* 
and 
ALAN J. DARTNALLt 


Summary 

An account is given of the history 
of the study of the Tasmanian endemic 
snail, Caryodes dufresnii (Leach). 
Some account of the variation is 
given with information on the habits 
and eggs of the animal. 

INTRODUCTION 

Tasmania has an interesting fauna 
and flora not the least of which are 
the land snails. Many of these have 
interesting historical associations and 
they pose intriguing problems of 
identity, distribution and ecology. 

Some of Tasmania's unusual animals 
are known to have lived in other 
parts of Australia in the past. But 
among the land snails are two species 
which, while related to mainland 
forms, appear to be truly endemic. 
One of these is Anoglypta launceston- 
ensis (Reeve), a rare and beautiful 


April, 1972 


snail, which is restricted to the tem- 
perate rain forests of north-eastern 
Tasmania. The second species, the 
subject of this article, is the Caryodes 
dufresnii (Leach). A highly succes- 
ful species, it is found in a wide 
range of habitats throughout the 
state. 
Historical Associations 

In 1772 Captain Marion du Fresne 
brought his two small ships to an- 
chor off south-eastern Tasmania. 
Marion Bay was named as a conse- 
quence of this visit. A sociological 
milestone of this visit was the first 
contact with the Tasmanian aborigi- 
nals. A cultural milestone, a pointer 
for the future perhaps, was the death 
of the first aborigine by gunfire. Less 
well publicised are the collections 


*Queen Victoria Museum, Launceston 
*+Tasmanian Museum, Hobart. 


Tn 


Figure 1. Some shell variations: 


112 Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


made by du Fresne's expedition. The 
du Frésne collection is now lodged, 
curiously enough, partly in the 
Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris 
and partly in the Royal Scottish 
Museum, Edinburgh, 

Messieurs Quoy and Gaimard, 
naturalists with the French explorer 
Jules Dumont D'Urville (Voyage 
Ovutour Du Monde De La Corvetie 
L’Astrolabe, 1826-29) visited Tas- 
mania jn $827. They also collected 
the Caryodes dufresnii, however it 
would appear from their rather 
unsatistactory figure (1832) that their 
specimen was not typical and came 
from a differen| area, 


Original Description and Identity 

Specimens of a snail collected by 
the du Fresne expedition eventually 
reached Dr- Leach of the British 
Museum, They were described by 
Leach as the new species, Bullimus 
Dufresni, (Leach, 1815). At the 
end of his description Leach remarked, 

“This new species I have named 

after M. du Fresne, 3n his collection 

(which is ever open for the use of 

naturalists) it occurs, Inhabits New 

Holland". 

The locality ‘New Holland’ is hardly 
specific, and in fact led to confusion 
as Semper (1870) who first described 
the anatomy of this snail, gave the 
Sandwich Islands as the locality. 


Key to 


l. Rain forest, River Leven Gorge, N- 
‘Tasmania. 

Ja. Rain forest, Strahan, Wst Tasmania. 
2, Wet Sclerophyll forest. Flowery Gully, 
Tamar Valley. 

3. Wet Sclerophyll forest, Mt. Welling- 
ton. 

4, Dry Sclerophyll forest, Swansea, E. 
Tasmania, 

5. Dry Sclerophyll forest, Launceston 
6. Rain forest, Tarraleah, Central Tas 
mania. 

7. Rain forest, Hartz Mountains, W 
Tasmania. 


April, 1972 


A tracing from Tab, CXX of Leach 
(1813) provided by the British 
Museum (G. L. Wilkins, pers comm. 
to R. C. K., 1954) has been compared 
with shells from Tasmanian localities. 
The form of the shell and the account 
of du Fresne's expedition leaves little 
doubt that the type locality is in 
South-east Tasmania. 

The Original description, also prò- 
vided by the British Museum reads: 
Bulinus Dufresnii Tab. CXX. 

B.  subviolascente-castaneus; — an- 

fractu basilari fascia e lineis duabus 

albis limeaque castanea confecta- 

Hahitat in Australasia. 

Mus. Dom. Dufresne. 

TDUFRESNE’S BULIMUS 

Shell chestnut, slightly inclining to 

violet; the basal whirl with a band 

composed of one chestnut and two 
white lines. 

The type specinien is apparently 
lodged in one of the Museums men- 
tioned above; which has yet to be 
determined, Other localities given for 
the British Museum are:— Van 
Dieman's Land, Tasmania (Oyster 
Cove), and Patterson's River, N. 
Australia (sic.). The last locality 
should read:— N. Tasmania. {The 
authors wish to express their gratitude 
for the provision of the above inform 
ation), 


Figure 1 


8. Wet Sclerophyll forest, Ben Lomond, 
E. Tasmania. 

9. Dry coastal scrub, Greens Beach, 
Tamar Valley. 

10. Dry. Sclerophyll forest, Upper Nile 
R. N. Tasmania. 

Ita, & b. Dry forest near Launceston. 
12. Wet Sclerophyll forest, Mt. Welling- 


ton. 

n Wet Sclerophyll forést, ML Welling- 
on. 

I4. Dry Sclerophyl] forest, Launceston. 
13. Rain Forest, Tarraleah, Central 
Tasmania. 

16. Rain Forest equivalent(?}, Port 
Davey, S, W Tasmania. 


13 


Subsequent. Literature 

As earlier aulhors have provided 
references a few important ones only 
will be quoted here. [redale (1937) 
recognised the problems associated 
with this species bul his attempt to 
divide it info races has not proved 
successiul, Hedley (1892) figured 
the shell and gave a good description 
ol the ammmal, Tenison Woods (1878) 
save the first illustrated account of 
the variation, Olive Davies (1914) 
gave an account of the anatomy. 
Petterd (1879) also described several 
variations. 

The Problem of Variation 

The variability of the Caryades du- 
fresnit, was first noted by the Rev. 
Julian Tenison Woods (1878), His 
published findings illustrates a wide 
range of variation in this species. 
He feli that his observations could 
not be related to climate or situation. 
His figures are limited to shells from 
four distinct localities of which only 
three would possibly differ import- 
antly on the knowledge of his day- 
He did note, however, that the shell 
colour was almost always a shade of 
brown with one or more yellow rings 
about the body. Accordingly, and this 
is the important conclusion from his 
work, he inferred the limits of colour 
Variation in the species, Logically it 
has led to the study of the relationship 
between shell colour and environment 
heing carried out by the authors. 

In the course of study of a very 
wide range of shells, some of which 
are figured (Fig. 1.). the authors have 
been able only tu distinguish twa 
possible consistent forms, Many minor 
variations exist within populations 
making premature conclusions unwise. 
In fact the shell may be short and 
broad. long and narrow, or long and 
broad; while (he apex may be blunt 
or sharp, The shell may be thin and 
fragile or strongly built, Preliminary 
thoughts sugges! environmental con- 
trols. 


114 


A comprehensive programme to 
investigate the distribulion of the C. 
dufresnii is under way. This may 
indicate Whether the observed vari- 
alton as due to habitat, geology, vegt- 
tation or climate, or combinations of 
these factors, The only conclusion 
offered at present is that specimens 
from the temperate tain forest are 
consistently heavier, larger and darker 
in colour than those from dry sclero- 
phyll woodland. Logical implications 
af ths are conlounded by other 
complications. 

Studies ire in progress to evaluate 
arowth changes with a view ta elimina- 
ting these characteristics from the 
true variation observed. Jf must be 
kept in mind that not all of Tenison 
Wood's specimens were adult, Tt 
seems apparent from careful study 
that there may be much less real 
variation than secmed apparent in 
the past. An example of the problems 
met is the presence of an umbilicus 
in certain specimens. Normally there 
is no umbilicus present, But specimens 
are known from the vicinity of Ben 
Lomond in the north-east mountain- 
ous part of the State. Recently Mr. 
John Simmonds of Launceston cal- 
fected an umbjjicated specimen in 
dry forest near the east coast, A 


chromosome count from this animal 


by Mrs. Jean Dartnall revealed no 
difference between this and animals 
from the temperate rain forest. The 
shell has some resemblance te um- 
bilicated specimens from the Ben 
Lomond area, but tg much smaller 
than the normal rain forest shell, 
Thé Animal 

The body of the animal shows 
some colour variation. Quoy and 
Gaimard (1832} described the body 
of their specimen(s) as “brown or 
almost black. shot with reddish”. The 
foot Was yellow below. Charles Heg- 
ley (1892) gave the colour as slate, 
sometimes with a yellowish fringe 
with the Foot grevish yellow. Miss 


Viel. Nat. Vol. 89 


Davies (1914) recorded greyish 
brown colouration with a lighter grey 
foot. The authors have observed 
animals which are  greyish like 
Hedley's specimens, brown specimens 
and animals with a distinct pinkish 
tint. The mantle is most often pale 
grey but brown animals have a yellow- 
brown mantle. These animals have all 
come from different areas. In time 
it is hoped to establish whether there 


Plate 1. Cary- 
odes dufresnii, 
(Leach). The 
largest speci- 
men is 44 mm 
(13 inches) 
long. 

Plate 2 Wet 


Sclerophyll for- 
est in North- 
east Tasmania, 
haunt of Cary- 
odes dufresnii. 


April, 1972 


is correlation between body colour 
and shell variation. 

Habits 
withdraws into its 


The animal 


shell folding its body inward upon 
itself until the mantle closes over it 
like an envelope. The tail as Hedley 
noted, is the last part to disappear 
and the first to reappear. The first 
sign of activity in an apparently dor- 
mant animal exposed to warmth is 


the opening of the entrance to the 
pulmonary chamber. The aperture 
may remain open for thirty seconds 
to one minute or more before closing 
briefly. This rhythm may be main- 
tained for some time, but some ani- 
mals will begin to move almost 
immediately. Sometimes small bubbles 
of freshly exuded mucous may appear. 

The darker coloured, tuberculate 
body surface then begins to appear. 
Sometimes only a small amount may 
protrude which then remains station- 
ary for an indefinite period. Eventually 
the animal folds itself ‘inside out’; the 
foot opening out below and the ten- 
tacles appearing as the head leaves 
the shell. Some animals move about 
boldly without delay. In alien sur- 
roundings there is a tendency to give 
up exploration in apparent bewilder- 
ment. In such cases the animal may 
return within its shell remaining there 
until returned to a natural environ- 
ment. No amount of coaxing has 
any effect. Placed on grass some will 
move as close to the soil as possible 
in a relatively short time. Others may 
move about briskly without apparent 
concern. 

Caryodes dufresnii is a particularly 
active snail during wet weather es- 
pecially at night. It has also been 
observed climbing trees. Occasional 
animals are seen crawling on moist 
forest litter in the morning sunlight. 
However they are not normally visible 
during daylight. 

Although there may be many snails 
in a particular area they are often 
hard to find. In the course of five 
visits to a study area twenty five live 
animals were found and thirty empty 
shells. This represented only one 
animal to some 40 square yards of 
forest floor. They are not obviously 
gregarious animals and seldom more 
than two are found together. However 
one of us (A.J.D.) found nine to- 
gether beneath bark and leaf litter at 


116 


the base of a large gum tree. At this 
site in a south-eastern fern gully, their 
tree climbing activity was also noted. 

The most favoured haunt seems 
to be beneath rotting logs, or within 
accumulations of litter alongside logs. 
In addition to piles of litter at the 
foot of a tree, large stones in piles 
particularly when covered with litter 
are also favoured. In such places 
the snails may be found several feet 
down inside the pile. 

There are large areas in which 
snails are not to be found. However, 
when studying these animals it is 
desirable to disturb the natural en- 
vironment as little as possible. Con- 
sequently some individuals may escape 
attention. Only repeated visits es- 
pecially to densely forested areas 
bring success. During periods of hot 
or cold weather the species may be 
found only in the most sheltered 
places. In rain forest warm weather 
after rain often encourages the animals 
to move about. Much more study of 
behaviour patterns is needed to ex- 
plain behaviour patterns in the natural 
habitat. 

Eggs 

Tenison Woods (1878) was ap- 
parently the first person to describe 
the eggs of Caryodes dufresnii. The 
eggs are large in relation to the snail. 
This is one of the characteristics of 
the group to which the animal belongs. 
Eggs are reported as appearing in 
October and November. An egg in 
the collections of the Tasmanian 
Museum was taken from Mt. Well- 
ington in July, 1889, 

The authors found a “nest” of 
eggs in October, 1971. The clutch 
was found at the foot of a tree fern, 
Dickinsonia antarctica, in the dense 
rain forest of Mt. Arthur in north- 
eastern. Tasmania. Seven eggs were 
found together just above the ground 
in the fibrous mat close to the fern 
trunk. The temperature of the nest 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


site was 8°C. A ihick canopy of dead 
fern fronds hung beside ihe trunk 
providing complete shelter. In this 
dense and prolific forest the find can 
only be described às accidental. 

The fresh appearance of the eggs 
suggested a recent laying abd carcful 
search revealed two adult snails close 
by, This lent weight to the idea thal 
the two had recently mated and de- 
posited their eggs there, The eggs 
were elongate oval, 11 mi by 7 
mm and coloured dull greyish-white. 
In strong light they appeared slightly 
Iranslucent and creamy in colour, N 
is possible that the egg shell is Rexible 
and expands and hardens when laid, 
However egg laying and mating have 
nol yet been observed. 

Two eggs were retained by R. C. 
K. the remainder by A. J. D. to be 
placed in the Tasmanian Museum. The 
two eggs retained by R. C. K. were 
kept in lier maintained at approxi- 
mately 8°C. These hatched in Decem- 
ber 1971 between nine and ten weeks 
alter collection. The following des- 
cription was made of these specimens 
at about four wecks of age. 

Whorls approximately three, ovalely 
globose, surface glossy pale reddish- 
brown horn translucent. Body whorl 
encircled by one pale reddish-brown 
band and two bale translucent greyish 
bands, the width of Ihe three less than 
0S mm, Shell 10 mm wide, 9 mm 
high; aperture 8&8 min high, 7 mm 
wide- 

Protoconch about half a whorl, 
approximately 0.4 mm across at 
widest, depressed below. levei of 
next whorl with depressed nucleus. 
Protoconch sculpture obsolete traces 
of spiral rziblets; colour glassy pale 
horn, smooth in texture. 

Subsequent sculpture abruptly com- 
mencing at end of  protoconch, 
about 18 spiral riblets by end of 
first whorl, beider at the periphery, 
Ribleis crossed by radial shallow 


April, 1972 


furrows prodocing a wave like effect 
and breaking, the -riblets into sligttly 
elongated tubercules, Interstices with 
extremely fine radial striae. 

Animal with foot about 10 mim long, 
3 mm wide, under side very pale 
translucent lemon, upper part of faot 
pale yellowish grey passing inta black 
on the upper paris of the body and 
the tentacles; the whole ornamented 
will) very weak elongate tubercules. 

Base of shell smoother with weaker 
sculpture than upper surface. Umbili- 
cus minute, deep, partly obscured by 
the columellar reflection. 

Feeding Habits 

The Caryodes dufresriii is apparent- 
ly vegetarian, consuming decaying 
vegetable matter and fungi. In cap- 
tivity the animals live well on a mix- 
ture of peanut butter, rolled oats and 
‘vegemite’ seasoned with powdered 
calcium carbonate. They will also eal 
some green vegetable mutter. The 
yadula possesses about 170 rows of 
85-90 simple teeth which would also 
indicate a herbivorous habit, 

On three occasions, once in the field 
and twice in captivity, a specimen 
has been found with its head inserted 
within the shell of another in the 
manner of à carnivorous snail. On the 
second occasion rhis excited consider- 
able curiosity because no dead shells 
had been placed in the container. A 
day or two later a similar event mc- 
curred and a search revealed further 
empty shells- A search for a suspected 
predator did not reveal such an 
animal. However the depth of litler 
may hide a dead animal long enough 
for the shell to become empty. The 
close scarch made revealed several 
in various stages of decomposition. 
No further cases of intrusion upon 
empty shells has been seen and the 
aciivity remains unexplained, 

Predators 

Birds and mammals are probably 

the most obvious predators of ihe 


n 


Carvodes dufresnii, Broken shells have 
been found in "runs" or scattered 
on the forest Hoor- The first situation 
suggests animal predators, A collection 
from such a site. revealed several with 
a body whorl removed and one with- 
outa spire. Scattered shells may result 
from the activities of birds or possums. 
More observations are needed on this 
matter, 

When carnivarous snails are rhe 
predators the shell is completely 
cleaned out. It i$ normally found un- 
damaged beneath a log or other 
shelter. Species such as Strangestet 
ruga (Legrand) are commonly found 
in association with Caryodes animals, 
A description of the habits of the 
carnivorous snails is given by Smith 
(1971). 

Dead shells are sometimes found 
in caves. In most cases there ix little 
doubt that they have been washed 
into the caves. No ive animals are 
known to have been found in such 
situalions, A typical collection ob- 
tained trom the Mole Creck area 
revealed only old, worn specimens 
most likely transported. Many years 
ago Mr. Edmund Gill of the National 
Museum collected both shells of 
Caryodes and an aboriginal implement 
from à cave at Flowery Gully near 
the Tamur River. He raised the point 
(pers. comm. to R. C, K., 1955) as 
to whether the aboriginals may have 
handled the shells, These people 
certainly would have been aware of 
this large and common mollusc, 

Origin 

Many members of ihe Tasmanian 
snail fauna have close relatives in 
Victoria, In some cases the species 
appear identical. There seems itle 
doubt that during the last Pleistocene 
glactiation the faunas of Tasmania 
and S, E. Australia were continuous 
across Bass Strait It is therefore an 
interesting exercke to ask why the 


18 


Caryades dulresnii i$ found only in 
Tasmania. 

The acavid molluscs to which the 
species belongs have a number of 
representatives in Eastern Australia. 
They all possess widely different shell 
forms, but have similar reproductive 
anatomy and chromosome numbers 
(Dartnall and Dartnall, 19721. It is 
possible that the C. dufresnii evolved 
from an animal like the Victorian 
species Pygmipanda kershawi losing 
four chromosomes in the process 
(58-54). We now need vo look for 
traces of parent populations that carry 
some resemblances to the mainland 
form, It 1s hoped that the study of 
vanation at present in progress may 
shed some light on this idea. Fossil 
remains may also help. Enquiry of 
Dr. Brian Smith reveals that no fossil 
Pygmipenda are known in Victoria. 


REFERENCES 
Darimall, A. J. & Dartnall. Jean As 
1972. "Notes on the Reproductive 


Anatomy and Cytogenetics of some 
Australian Acavacean Molluses." ust. 
4. Zool, 20 (1). 


Davies, Olive, 1914. "The anatomy of 


Carvodes dufresnii, (Leach). "Proc. 
Ray. Soc. Victoria, 27 (ns) (M): 
19-24. 


Hedley, C., 1892. "On the anatomy of 


Some Tasmanian Snails" Prot Lirit, 
E. NSW, 6; 19, Pil, £1, PLZ: 


Leach. W. B, 14813. “Zorlegical Mií^- 
cellany” London. 2 154. 

Petterd, W. F., 1879. "A Monograph of 
the Land Shells of Tasmania.” Laun- 
ceston, 

Quoy et Gaimard, 1832 "Vayase de 
l'Astrolabe. Zoal, 2 Pl X£I 

Semper, 1870. Reis. im Phil, ii; p. 103, 
PL12. E.21-5, PI.I6, F7, 

Sm, B. L, 1971, “Carnivorous Snails 
of ile Family Paryphantidae’™ Aust. 
Nat. Hist. 17: 55-58. 

Tenison Woods, T., 1878. “On Bulimus 
Dufresnii Leach". Proc. Finn, Sac. 
NSW. 3° 89-91, PIT. 


Viel. Nat. Vol. 89 


F.N.C.V. Excursion to Bendigo 
16-17 October 1971 


by ELIZABETH K., TURNER* 


Temperalures in the mid-60's, long 
pertods of sunshine amd a cold wind, 
kept the 33 Melbourne members in- 
vigoraled during their visit to 
Hendigo, 

The first wayside stop just south 
of the Eppalock weir disclosed exten- 
sive blne masses of Glossodia major 
(Waxlip Orchid} with Thelymitra 
ixiodes and Rubra (Sun Orchids) 
growing freely from the quartzite 
gravel floor of a predominately Red 
Box and Ironbark forest, 

Near Spring Gully Reservoir, south 
of Bendigo, where gold was mined 
between 1863 and 1890, our leaders, 
J. W. Kellam and F. Robbins, of the 
Bendigo F.N.C., had a display of 
Graptolites set out on the top of the 
"hoo!" of an automobile. We learned 
that Linnaeus had named these 
fossils because of their resemblances 
to writing on the slates in which their 
compressed remains are found. Mr. 
Kellam explained that these primitive 
animals belonged ta the phylum 
Coelenterata. and to the Hydrozoa, 
and lived in the ancient sea some 350- 
430 million years ago. The last of 
these animals perished some 300 mil- 
lion years ago. They were compound 
animals, consisting of a number of 
polyps inserted into cups which 
budded our in a line from a primary 
sicula, or conical chamber, giving the 
appearance of a fret-saw, with the 
tecth directed away from the sicula. 
Mud and sand were washed inte the 
sea by the rivers and the Graptolites 
died and were covered with layers of 
sill during the Ordovician period. At 
the end of this period a great upheaval 


of the land mass foreed the sea to 
retreat and ihe alternate layers of 
sand and mud gradually hardened into 
sandstones and shales. The lowest of 
these Ordovician slates and shales are 
the Lancefield series, and next the 
Bendigo series as we saw at Spring 
Gully, The original anima! tissue has 
been replaced by a mineral such as 
calcile, carbon or iron sulphide, and 
in the rocks nearer the surface this 
sulphide has oxidised to brown iron 
oxide, limonite. 

Very soon, at a spot abour 300 
yards up the track, figures kneeling on 
the pinkish-grey shale could be seen 
and heard hammering away, splitting 
the layers of rock and crowding 
around the leaders with specimens for 
identification. 

Specimens found -— 

Didyinograptus nitidus, D, protobi- 
fidus, D, extensus, Phyllograptus 
typus, Terragraptus pendens, T. Jiartii, 
T. bryonides, T, serra, T. fruticosis, 
T. latus. 

Mrs. Cameron discovered Sigma- 
graptus críni'es, which was quite a 
rare finding. 

Many people collected their Grap- 
tolites and then sct off along the water- 
race lor about a mile, through the dry 
sclerophyll forest to a hillside of pink 


Boronia anemonifolia, Along the 
route was a copious growth of 
Bendigo Wax flower (Eriostemon 


verrucosus) and Red and Yellow 
forms of Grevillea alpina; and so, 
back to the Shamrock Hotel and a 
four-course meal, after which some 
visited friends, some toured the town 
and others went to bed early. 


*Ackuowledgement i» made to Miss Le M, White for checking qim te and Miss Dorothy Dawson 


and others for their identification ol 


April, 1972 


species, 


119 


Fig. 1, 


A. Phyllograptus typus. 

B. & D. Tetragraptus fructiosus. 
C. Didymograptus protobifidus. 
E. Bryograptus. 

F. Sigmograptus. 


The following day, Sunday, we 
drove east along Mclvor Road, and 
near the brick works we crossed the 
Whitelaw Fault which extends for 
30-odd miles in a N.-S. direction, on 
to the Middle Ordovician or younger 
rocks where the fossils differ con- 
siderably from those of the older 
rocks on the western side of the fault. 

At Longleat we crossed Axe Creek, 
which rises in Mt. Alexander and 
enters the Campaspe river below 
Axedale. Here, along the creek, we 
could see how the recent lava flows 
of approximately 10,000 to 14 million 
years ago had covered the Ordovician 
rocks. 

We turned left at Shingle Hut 
Creek and were able to see quite 
large erratics left about in the fields 
by the glaciers of the Permo- 
Carboniferous era, some 200 million 
years ago. 


120 


Before turning into the Tooleen 
State Forest we made a brief roadside 
stop by a mullock-heap, said to come 
from Costerfield and containing lumps 
of heavy steel-grey Stibnite (Anti- 
mony, Sulphide) and here also we 


witnessed two crows repeatedly 
swooping to attack a small fox as it 
ran uphill. 


The State Forest is a dry, sclero- 
phyll area of mainly Red Box (E. 
polyanthemos), Yellow Box (E. mel- 
liodora) and Iron Bark (E. sideroxy- 
lon) and several Mallees and patches 
of Grasstree (Xanthorrhoea australis) 
interspersed with heathlands on which 
grew large bushes of red and of yellow 
Grevillea alpina, some bushes being 5 
feet high. Sun orchids flourished and 
there was much photographing of the 
glorious red Thelymitra macmillanii. 

Although we failed to see any wal- 
labies we found a recent camp where 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


S-i0 animals had been lying in 
shallow, dusty areas, and we noted 
also how the echidnas had ploughed 
up the ant hills (or mounds) in their 
search for food. 

A large scorpion, a funnel-web 
spider and a striped planarian were 
shown to us by Mr. Bob Allen, Presi- 
dent of the Bendigo F.N.C. and 
young Edwin Bedgood successfully 
led several parties to the haunt of 
the Sacred Kingfisher in a long-dead 
eucalypt; later, Mr, Ian Morrison 
photographed an aggressive bearded 
dragon, 

Bird calls were constant in the 
forest, these being chiefly of the Aus- 
tralian Thrush, White Winged 
Chough, Olive-backed Oriole and 
various Honey-eqters, 

Specia] note is made about the 
Mim-Flora which was viewed through 
lenses, by kneeling on the ground aud 
bending forward in the salaam posi- 
tion. 

These included:— 

Rutidores parviflora, a. tiny white 
daisy. 

Centrolepsis sirigosa, about 2 inches 
high. 

Crassula macrantha, approximately 
14 inches high. 

Stylidium despectum, 
inch tall. 

Helipterum australia, yellow and 
about 14 inches tall. 

Brachyscoma goniocarpa, a charm- 
ing white daisy about 2 in. high: 

Myriocephalus  rhizocephalus, a 
small, wooly-headed herb. 

A field outside the forest boundary 
was covered with the Stinking Penny- 
wort (Hydrocotyle laxiflora) and cèn- 
tained unusual rings of 7-10 feet 
diameter of Dianella revolta, adopting 
a growth rather resembling the 
Triodia or Spinifex Grass of Central 
Australia. 

Here also was Cynoglossum suaveo- 
Jens (Sweet Hound's-tongue) and 


about + an 


April, 1972 


masses of yellow Bulbinopsis Lily and 
Podolepis jacinoides, interspersed with 
myriads of small Vanilla lilies 
(Arthrepodium minus). 

Appended are lists of native plants 
observed by our party on these two 
excursion days:— 


FERNS; 

Cheilanthes 
fern. 
Cyperaceae 

Lepidosperma 
Sword-Sedge. 
Centrolepidaceae 

Centrolepis strigosa, Hairy Centro- 
lepis. 
Juncaceae 

Juncus pauciflorus, 
Rush. 

J. bufonius, Toad Rush. 
Lilliaceae 

Lomandra efusiu, 
rush, 

Arthropodium minus, Small Vanilla 
Lily. 

Dichopoagon strictus, Chocolate Lily. 

Thysanotux patersonii, Twin Fringe- 
lily, 

Bulbinopsls bulbosa, Bulbine Lily. 

Burchardia umbellata, Milkmaids. 

Dianella revoluta, Spreading Flax- 
lily. 

Angutllaria dioica, Early Nancy. 

Xanthorrhoeg australis, Australian 
Grass-tree. 


tenuifolia, Rock lip 


viscidum, 


Sticky 


Loese-flawer 


Scemed Mat- 


ORCHIDACEAE: 

Thelyniitra aristata, Scented Sun— 
Orchid. 

T, ixioides, Dotted Sun-Orchid, 


T. smaemillanii, Crimson Sun- 
Orchid, 

T. rubra, Salmon Sun-Orchid. 

T. ontennifera, Rabbits’ Ears. 

Cealochilus robertsoni{i, — Purplish 


Beard Orchid. 
Diuris maculata, Leopard Orchid. 
Microtis parviflora, Slender Onion 


721 


Orchid. 

Caleana major (leaves only), Large 
Duck Orchid. 

Acianthus exsertus (leaves only), 
Gnat Orchid. 

Caladenia carnea, Pink Fingers. 

C. dilatata, Green Comb Spider 
Orchid. 

C, angustata, Musky Caladenia, 

Glossodia major, Waxlip Orchid. 

Pterostylis nutans, Nodding Green- 
hood. 

P, longifolia, Tall Greenhood. 

P. cycnocéphala, Swan Greenhood. 
PROTEACEAE: 

Hakea sericea, Silky Hakea. 

Grevillea alpina, Mountain Grevil- 
lea. 
G. dryophylla, Holly Grevillea. 
SANTALACEAE: 


Exocarpus cupressiforinis, Cherry 
Balar. 


LORANTHACEAE: 
Amyema miquelii, Stalked Mistle- 
toe, 
CHENOPODIACEAE: 
Enchylaena tomentosa, Barrier Salt- 
bush. 
COMPOSITAE: 
Brachyscome — gohniocarpa, 
Daisy. 
Cassinia arcuata, Chinese Scrub. 
Halipterum australis, Common Sun- 
ray. 
Helichrysum apiculatum, Common 
Everlasting. 
H. semipapposum, Clustered Ever- 
lasting. ` 
H. bracteatum, Golden Everlasting- 
H. obcordatum, Grey Everlasting. 
Millotia tenüifolia, Soft Millotia. 
Leptorlhynchos squamatus, Scaly 
Buttons, | 
Rutidosis multiflora, Small Wrinkle- 
wort, ' 
Pedolepis jäceoides, Showy Podol- 
epis. 
Myriocephalus - 
Woaty Heads. 


122 


Dwarf 


rhizocephalus, 


Craspedia uniflora, Billy Buttons. 


Senecio quadridentatus, Common 
Fire-weed. 

Microseris lanceolata, Yam. 
BRUNONIACEAE: 


Brunonia australis, Blue Pincushion. 
CRASSULACEAE: 

Crassula macranthia, Rutous Stone- 
crop. 
CAMPANULACEAE: 

Wahlenbergia communis, Bluebell. 

W. gracilenta, Graceful Bluebell. 
DROSERACEAE: 

Drosera whittakeri, Scented Sun- 
dew. - 

D. glanduligera, Scarlet Sundew. 

D. planchonii, Climbing Sundew. 

D. atiriculata, Tall Sundew. 

D. peltata, Pale Sundew. 


DILLENIACEAE: 

Hibbertia strica, Erect Guineas 
flower. 

H. exutiacies, Prickly Guinea- 
fiower. 


A, linearis, Large Guinca-flower, 

H. australis. 
EPACRIDACEAE: 

Brachyloma | daphnoides, 
Heath. 

Acrotriche serrulata, Green Ground 
Berry. 

Astroloma humifusum, Cranberry 
Heath. - 

Melichrus urceolatus, Urn Heath. 

Leucopogon. virgatus, Beard Heath. 
GERANIACEAE: 

Pelarganium australe, Wild Ger- 
anium. 
GOODENIACEAE: 

Goodena lanata, Creeping Good- 
eniae. 
HALORRHAGIDACEAE: 

Haloragis tetragyna, Poverty Rasp- 
wort. 
LEGUMINOSAE: 

Acacia aspera, Rough Acacia. 

A. armata, Hedge Acacia. 

A. acinacea, Gold-dust Acacia. 

A. diffusa, Spreading Acacia. 

A. flexifolia, Bent-leaf Acacia, 


Vici. Nat. Vol. 89 


Daphne 


A. pycnantha, Golden Watile. 

A. lanigeru, Wooly Wattle. 

A, verniciflua, Varnish Wattle. 

Daviesia corymbosa, Narrow leaf 
Bitter Pea, 

D. mimosoides. 

Dilwynia floribunda, Showy Parrot- 
pea. 

D. glaberrima, Heathy Parrot-Pea. 
LAURACEAE: 

Cassythia glabella, Tangled Dodder 
Laurel. 
LABIATAE: 

Prostanthera 
Mint Bush. 
LORANTHACEAE: 

Amyema miguelii, Stalked Mistle- 
loe. 
MYRTACEAE: 

Eucalyptus 
Gum. 

E, hemiphloia, Grey Box. 

E. macrorkyncha, Red Stringybark. 

E. polyanthemos, Red Box. 

E. sideroxylon, Red Ironbark. 

E. melliodora, Yellow Box. 

Calytrix tetragona, Common 
Fringe-Myrtle. 

PROTEACEAE; 

Hakea sericea, Silky Hakea. 

Grevillea alpina, Mountain Grevil- 
lea. 

G. dryophylla, Holly Grevillea. 
PAPILLIONACEAE: 

Hardenbergia violacea, 
parilla. 

Gompholobium huegleii, Karalla. 
PITTOSPORACEAE: 

Cheiranthera linearis, Finger flower. 

Bursaria spinosa, Sweet Bursaria. 


denticulata, Rough 


camaldulensis, 


Red 


Sarsa- 


Marianthus procumbens, White 
Marianth, 

RUTACEAE; 

Boronia anemonifolia, Sticky 
Boronia. 

Erlostemon verrucosus, Bendigo 
Wax Flower. 

Correa reflexa, Common Corea. 
RANUNCULACEAE! 

Ranunculus lappaceus, Common 
Buttercup. 


April, 1972 


RHAMNACEAE! 

Cryptendra tomentosa; Prickly 
Cryptandra. 

SCROPHULARIACEAE: 


Veronica plebeja, Eastern Speed- 
well. 
STYLIDACEAE: 
Stylidium calcarata, Trigger Plant, 
S. despectum, Small White Trigger 
Plant, f 
Levenhookia dubia, Hairy Style- 
wort. 
SAPINDACEAE: 
Dodonea cuneata, Wedge-leaf Hop- 
bush, 
'TREMANDRACEAE: 
Tetratheca ciliata, Pinkeye. 
THY MELAEACEAE; 
Fimelea — glauca, 
Flower. 
UMBELLIFERAE: 
Hydrocotole 
VIOLACEAE: 
Hymenanthera dentata, Tree Violet, 


la 


Smooth Rice 


laxiflora. 


PLANKTON NETS 


These nets are made of strong bolling 
silk. Thay are 1Z inches diameter and 
4 leet lang tapering down to a linen 
cone which holds a copper funnel 
and tap, 

Phytoplankton net 180 meshes/inch $21.83 


Zooplankton- net 60 meshes‘inch $16.33 
POND TOW NETS 
Conical nylon nets smaller than 


plankton nels, suitable for towing 
from a boat or threwing trom the 
bank, 
Phytoplankton met 180 meshes^inch. $7,95 
Zooplankton net 60 meshes‘inch — $7.95 


DIP NETS 


Squaré, circular or triangular Irames 
with three different meshes, 
20 meshes'inch for larger bottom fauna 
60 meshes'inch for smaller animals 
- eg, Entomostraca 
180 mieshes/inch for algae and protozoa 
Priced from $11.42 


GENERY'S SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT SUPPLY 
350 Liltl& Collins Street, Melbourne, 3000 


123 


Field Naturalists Club of Victoria 
` Established 1880 


OBJECTS: To stimulate interest in natural history and to preserve 
and protect Australian fauna and flora. 
Patron: 
His Excellency Mejgr-Genécal Sir ROHAN DELACOMBE, K.B.E., C.B., D.S.O. 


Key Office-Bearers, 1971-1972. 


President: 
Mr. T. SAULT 


Vice-Presidents: Mr. J. H. WILLIS; Mr. P. CURLIS 
Hon, Secretary: Mt. R. H. RIORDAN, 15 Regent St., East Brighton, 3187, — 92 8579) 


Subscription Secretary: Mr. D. E. McINNES, 129 Waverley Road, East Mal- 
vern, 3145 


Hon. Editor: Mr. G. M. WARD, 54 St. James Road, Heidelbere 3084. 


Hon, Librarian: Mr. P. KELLY, c/o National Herbarium. The Domain, South 
Yatra 3141. 


Hon, Excursion Secretary: Miss M. ALLENDER, 19 Hawthorn Avenue, Caulfield 
3161. — (522749). 


Magazine Sales Officer: Mr. B. FUHRER, 25 Sunhill Av., North Ringwood, 3134. 


Group Secretaries: 

Botany: Mr. J. A. BAINES, 45 Eastgate Street, Oakleigh 3166 (37 6206). 

Day Graup: Mrs. J. STRONG, 1160 Dandenong Road, Murrrumbeena. 
(56 2271) 

Entomology and Marine Biology; Mr. J. W. H. STRONG, Flat 11, "Palm Court", 

1160 Dandenong Rd., Murrumbeena 3163 (56 2271). 

Field Survey: Mr. B. J. COOPER, 37 Bath Road, Burwood 3125. (29 7379) 

Geology: Mr. T, SAULT. 

Mammal Survey: Mr. D. R. PENTON, 43 Duke Street, Richmond, 3121. 

Microscopical: Mr. M. H. MEYER, 36 Milroy Street, East Brighton (96 3268). 


MEMBERSHIP 


Membership of the F.N.C.V. is open to any person interested in natural 
history. The Victorian Naturalist is distributed free to all members, the club's 
reference and lending library is available, and other activities are indicated in 
reports set out in the several preceding pages of this magazine. 


Rates of Subscriptions for 1972. 
Ordinary Members i 
Country Members 
Joint Members — 
Junior Members wm s "A 
Junior Members receiving Vict. Nat. . 
Subscribers to Vict. Nat. 4 
Affiliated Societies um 2 2 
Life Membership (reducing after 20 “years) . 


The cost of individual copies of the Viet. Not. will be 45 rents. 


All subseriptions should be mode payable ta the Field Naturalists Club of Victoria, ond posted 
to the Subscription Secretary, 


® JENKIN BUXTON & CO. PTY. LTD., PRINTERS, WEST MELBOURNE 


the _ 1 
victorian 
naturalist 


F.N.C.V. DIARY OF COMING EVENTS 
GENERAL MEETINGS 


Monday, 8 May—At National Herbarium, The Domain, South Yarra, com- 
mencing at 8 p.m. 


l. Minutes. 
2. Announcements. 
3 


Subject for evening:—^An Introduction to Fossils": Mr. Ken Bell. 


New Members (March). 
Ordinary: 


Mrs Margaret Finger, 45 Emerald Road, Belgrave. 3160 

Mr Raymond J. Gibson, 8 Cluney Court, Blackburn Sth. 3130 

Mr Jon G. Martindale, 15 Abercromby Road, Blackburn Sth, 3130 

Mr John R. J. McDowell, 38 Montpelier Drive, Lower Plenty. 3093 

Mrs Mavis R. Taylor, 7 Vardon Ave., Beaumaris. 3193 

Miss Janna L. Thompson, 24/119 Atkinson St., Oakleigh. 3166 

Mrs E, C. Warne, 147 Riversdale Rd., Hawthorn 3122 

Mr J. V. Sullivan, 50 Lyons St., Carnegie. 3163 
Joint: 

Mrs Shirley Armstrong and Peter Armstrong, 39 Anthony Drive. Mount Waverley. 3149 

Mrs Sharon L. Janssen, 29A Myrtle Grove. Blackburn. 3i30 

Mr Raymond P. King and Mrs Helen M. King, 38 Maggs St., East Doncaster. 3109 
Country: 


Mr Christopher J. Cole, 30 Tourello Rd., Mt. Eliza. 3930 

Mr Charles H. Mangle, Box 36, P.M.G., Halls Gap. 3381 

Miss Hazel M. Osman, "'Illalangi". Coonara Rd., Olinda. 3788 
Rev. C. J. Baulch, **The Manse"’, Penshurst. 3289 

Mr Ian R. Power, 13 Hannah St., Frankston. 3199 


Junior: 


Master Shane F. McEvey, 5 Gissing St., Blackburn Sth. 3130 
Master Allan Morrow, 62 Moonee Boulevard, Glenroy. 


5. Correspondence. 
6. General Business. 
Wednesday, 14 June—^An introduction to Orchids”: Mr. Jack Hyett. 


GROUP MEETINGS 
(8 p.m, at National Herbarium unless otherwise stated.) 


Thursday, 11 May— Botany Group. Mr. T. Sault will speak on “Some easily 
identified Seaweeds”. 

Wednesday, 17 May — Microscopical Group. 

Thursday, 18 May— Day Group. Maranoa Gardens. Catch Mont Albert tram 
from Collins Street to Stop 54. Walk back to Parring Road. Bring lunch and 
meet at Beckett’s Park gates at 11.30 a.m. 

Thursday, 25 May — Field Survey Group. This group meets in the Library Con- 
ference Room next to Theatrette, National Museum, at 8 p.m. 

Thursday, 1 June — Mammal Survey Group meeting at Arthur Rylah Institute, 123 
Brown Street, Heidelberg, at 8 p.m. 

Monday, 5 June — Marine Biology and Entomology Group meeting in Library 
Conference Room, National Museum, at 8 p.m. 

Wednesday, 7 June — Geology Group. 

Thursday, 8 June — Botany Group. Speaker: Mr. B. Fuhrer — Fungi. 


F.N.C.V. EXCURSIONS 
Sunday, 21 May — Daylesford. This excursion will be led by a member of the 
Daylesford and District Historical Society. The coach will leave Batman 
Avenue at 9.30 a.m. Fare $2.20. Bring two meals. Members travelling by 
private car may meet at approximately 11.45 a.m. at Daylesford Post Office. 
JUNIOR MEETINGS 
May — 8 p.m., Montmorency and District. 
Friday, 26 May — 8 p.m., at Hawthorn Town Hall. 
PRELIMINARY NOTICES 
Sunday, 27 August-Sunday, 3 September — Stawell. Details next month. 


$ 


126 Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


The 
Victorian Naturalist 


Editor: G. M. Ward 


Assistant Editor: G, Douglas 


Vol. 89, No. 5 3 May, 1972 
CONTENTS 
Articles: 
Excursion to the Flinders Ranges. By Katharine Hough .. ... .. 128 
The Self-pollination of foem Rm saa W. H. Nicholls. 
By David L. Jones .. , : tis - ST oT .. 145 
Feature: 
Readers Nature Notes and Queries sl T " E £a .. 147 


Field Naturalists Club of Victoria: 


Secretary's Report .. 24 S. ic hir e às A .t .. 148 
Country Club Report — L.V.F.N.C. .. vd Pe 93g m he -. 149 
Group Reports De. ET “js Je ole ots En ie -. .. 149 


Cover Photograph: 


An adult Royal Penguin (Eudyptes chrysolophus schlegeli) drowses in the Macquarie 
Island sunshine. A.N.A.R.E. photo by Ken Simpson 


May, 1972 127 


Excursion to the Flinders Ranges 
ENCV. 
21 August — 5 Seplember [971 


by KATHARINE HOUGH 


With the Flinders Ranges as their 
goal, and interests divided between 
batany, geology and ornithology, the 
party left Melbourne on Saturday, 21 
August at 8.00 a.m. The tour of six- 
teen days was to cover 2065 miles, and 
as naturalists do not waste time, im- 
pressive lists of species and many ex- 
ciling discoveries were made. 

The first surprise was Ballarat, 
almost unrecognizable under what ap- 
peared to be a heavy snowfall. The 
"snaw' proved to be hailstones so thick 
that streets, houses and gardéns were 
white with still unmelted hail from a 
very heavy storm the night before. 

The bus reached Green Lake, near 
Horsham, where great numbers of 
Wanderer butterllies entertained the 
party at lunch. In the excellent Rotary 
Club plantation adjoining the lake, a 
number of interesting eucalypts and 
native shrubs were flowering well. 
Whilst on the way again, a '10 rninute 
stop’ was made between Kaniva and 
Bordertown. These stops usually ex- 
tend |o about half an hour, but are 
still much too shart for the enthusiasts. 
Here mallec vegetation lined the road 
with some taller eucalypts — River 
Red Gum (E, camaldjlensis), Yellow 
Gum (E. leucoxylon) and Black Box 
(E. largiflorens). Golden Wattle 
(Acacia pycnantha}, Gold- Dust 
Wattle (A. acimacea), Spiny Acacia 
(A. spinescens) and Nealic (4. rigens) 
were flowering with Flame Heath 
(Astreloma conustephioides), Fringed 
Heath Myrtle (Micromyrtis ciliatus), 
Pink Velvet Bush (Laviopetalunt 
behrii) and Common Fringe Myrtle 
{Calytrix tetragona). The Climbing 


128 


Sundew (Drosera planchonii) was 
noted, and two sedges, the Clustered 
Sword Sedge (Lepidosperma con- 
gestum) and the Black Rapier Sedge 
(Lepidosperma carphoides), Ycllow- 
rumped Pardalotes were common with 
Chesinut-rumped Thornbills, White- 
eared, Brown-headed and Spiny- 
cheeked Honeyeaters, The first Black- 
winged Curraweng (now considered a 
race of the Grey Currawong familiar 
to southern Victorians) was seen, and 
a large flock of Sulphur-crested 
Cockatoos were the last to be recorded 
by the party until it approached Ren- 
mark on the wav home. Crossing the 
border, we arrived at Bordertown to 
spend the first night, 

Another popular activity on these 
trips is walking ahead of the bus. 

While walking down the road the 
following morning, the following birds 
were scem— Noisy Miners, Striated 
Pardalotes nesting in à cleft in a 
roadside tree, two White-faced Herons 
beside a dam, and White-backed Mag- 
pies still with us. In the bus again we 
drove through mallee country cleared 
for wheat and grazing, but with some 
large uncleared stretches. A stop in 
one of these before Tintinara proved 
rewarding. 

Broombush (Melaleuca uneinata) 
and Broom Heath Myrtle (Baeckee 
beéhri) grew amongst the mallee, 
three species of which were identified 
— Oil Mallee (E. oleosa), Yellow 
Mallee (E. incrussatt) and Bull 
Mallee (E. behriana). Desert Banksia 
(B. ornate}, Silver Banksia (B. mät- 
ginata) and Austral Grasstrees ( Xan- 


Vict, Nat. Vol, 89 


(horrhoea australis) occurred with 
Slender Westringia (W. grevillina) 
and the Blue Daisy Bush (Olearia 
ciliata). The Blue Heron’s Bill 
(Erodium cygnorum) was a rich in- 
tense blue in many places, and Tall 
Greenhoods  (Pterostylis longifolia) 
were found. The scrub was fairly 
open with a number of tal) eucalypts, 
and birds were plentiful. A Hooded 
Robin was seen, and a smal) flock of 
Striated Thornbills. These must have 
been near the northerly limit of their 
range in this area. A party of seven 
Black Cockatoos flew out of one of 
the tall eucalypis but gave no calls. 
They showed no tail colour, and as the 
yellow face-patches of the Yellow- 
tailed Black Cockatoo were not seen, 
i. Was thought they could possibly be 
some of the small population of Red- 
tailed Black Cockatoos occurring in 
the Bordertown area, However, dis- 
appointingly, exact identification was 
impossible. 

At a later stop, at Coonalpyn, a 
pair of Weebills were busily building 
about seven feet up in a mallee. 
Weebills were te be common through- 
out most of the South Australian part 
of the irip. The first Crested Pigeon 
was Seen here — we were to see many 
more of these. Between Coonalpyn 
and Meningie, Golden Wattle was 
flowering so profusely, that the per- 
fume was everywhere. Three Mallee 
Ringnecks flew along the road, and a 
Red-tailed Thornbill was seen showing 
brilliant colour on the rump. The 
Common Correa (Correa reflexa) and 
Blunt Everlasting (Helichrysum ob- 
tusifolia) grew near Meningie with 
the Flexile Hakea (Hakea muelleri- 
ana) and Broom Ballart (Exocarpus 
sparteus), Introduced Onion Weed 
(Asphodelus fistulosis) showed masses 
of flowers in places. 
edged with Samphire (Arthrocnemum 
sp.) and Saw Sedge (Ghanla deusta) 
were hundreds of, Silver Gulls. Ar- 


May, 1972 


On a swamp' 


nving at Meningie, we travelled 
alongside the vast Lake Albert dotted 
with many water birds, amongst them 
White-headed Stilts and White Egrets. 
The lunch stop was at the northern end 
of Lake Albert in an area beside some 
bare sandy hills, where the introduced 
Tree Tobacco (Nicotiana glauca) 
Hourished; as did the Broad-leaved 
Cotton Bush (Asclepias rotundifolia) 
with milky sap and interesting Hoya- 
like flowers. Some bushes had larvac 
of the Wanderer butterfly, and adult 


LA 
PARANA 


Owirrena 


Figure 1. Map of route taken by 
F.N.C.V. party, - 


129 


Wanderers were fiitting about. A pair 
of Singing Honeyeaters were feeding 
young in a nest in the centre of a 
clump of Boxthorn. 

Whilst on the road again, numbers 
of Ravens’ nests were noticed iñ the 
cross-pieces of the S.E.C. poles. In 
the Western District of Victoria where 
Ravens adopted this habit, canny lines- 
men attached wire baskets to the main 
poles. The Ravens lost no time in 
making use of these, and everyone 
was happy. Passing through thick 
Murray Pine (Callitris columellaris} 
we. were soon travelling alongside the 
Murray. A majestic sight was a flight 
of eighty Pelicans in V formation 
overhead. 

After passing through Murray Bridge 
we reached the Mt. Lofty Ranges in 
the late afternoon — very green with 
litte old stone buildings, beautiful Red 
Gums, and Fir plantations. Before 
long we were in Adelaide For our 
second night, 


The next day we look the Maln 
North Road to Quorn, travelling 
through country mainly cleared for 
agriculture, with some vines and 
olives. Lunching in a semi-wild park 
in the small town of Gladstone the 
botanists found the Eumong (Acacia 
stenephylla) with its long drooping 
"leaves', and two Cassias — the Dense 
Cassia (C. sturti) and the Silver Cas- 
sia (C, artemisioides) with their 
masses of liltle golden flowers. A large 
and noisy flock of Galahs fed on the 
ground across thé road, In varying 
numbers we were to see these over the 
entire trip. Ravens of course were 
always with us, and Nankeen Kestrels 
were common. 

At Laura we "refuelled" with ex- 
cellent hot pies, then entered the wide 
Willachra Plains with the outline of 
the South (Lower) Flinders to the 
west, dominated by the striking Devil's 
Peak, and the southern ‘section of 


130 


the main Flinders Ranges away to the 
east. Mulga (Acacia anetra) was in 
evidence on the plain and clumps of 
the tangled, twiggy Nitre Bush (Nit 
rag schoberi), Along the water- 
courses — mainly — dry— grew the 
wonderful, nobhty Red Gums so 
characteristic of the Flinders Ranges. 
Arriving at Quorn, we disembarked 
for the night at The Mill, an old fiour 
mill beaulifully restored with three 
floors given to restaurant, art gallery. 
and museum: and adjoining motel àc- 
commodation, Here we saw our first 
Black-backed Magpie since entering 
South Australia — one bird with 
several "White-backs' on a tennis 
court. As we travelled north, the pro- 
portion of ‘Black-backs’ slowly in- 
creased with a number of hybrids, 
with a band of hlack across the 
shoulders, scen south of Wilpena. 
The most northerly "White-back' was 
recorded between Wilpena and Ora- 
parinna. 


The next section, Quorn to Wil- 
pena, was a day full of inlerest, We 
le the main road to do a loop 
through Warren and — Buckaringa 
Gorges formed by tributaries of the 
Willochra Creek cutting through ridges 
of ancient quartzite. Entering Warren 
Gorge, the cough hillsides were bright 
with flowering acacias, Desert Cassia 
(C, nemophila), white starry mounds 
of Pimelia Daisy Bush (Olearia pime- 
teoides), the rare Eremophila santa- 
lina and. Red Templetonia (T, retusa) 
with its beautiful coppery red pea 
flowers, The l[ow-grawing Thorn 
Acacia (4. continua) covered in rich 
golden balls was found here and in 
many places later, and the Spiny Flat 
Sedge (Cyperus gymwnocaulos) was 
seen. Just through the cleft of the 
gorge with its high red cliffs, an area 
of beautiful Red Gums backed by 
slopes of Murray Pine was full of bird 
activity with many of them nesting. A 


Viel, Neal. Vol. 89 


pair of Adelaide Rosellas in brilliant 
colour — much brighter than usual, 
with scarlet red breasts — were at a 
spout in one of the trees. Above them 
in an adjacent tree a pair of Galahs, 
one with its head just out of a spout, 
showed great interest in the watchers. 
A female Black-backed and a male 
White-backed Magpie were feeding 
two very small young in a nest nearby. 

After a short visit to Buckaringa 
Gorge, with its long folded cliffs, the 
bus continued along a little-used road 
to rejoin the main road at Gordon. 
The track wound through low rolling 
hills, the uncleared areas covered with 
many Salt bushes (Atriplex sp.), Blue 
Bush (Kochia sp.) and Copper Burrs 
(Bassia sp.). A flock of twelve Cocka- 
teil flew beside the bus, and Little 
Corellas — the first of many hundreds 
to be seen later — were feeding on 
the slopes. We passed the grave of 
Hugh Proby, the founder of Kanyaka 
Station (the ruins of which were to be 
our lunch stop), who was 'drowned at 
the age of 24 while crossing the 
flooded Willochra Creek on horseback 
in 1852’. At a ‘10 minute stop’ on top 
of a rise, Pipits were common and 
Brown Songlarks and Blue and White 
Wrens were in the saltbush. Sheets of 
tiny yellow and white everlastings with 
some taller, larger white ones, covered 
the more open spaces, with a few 
patches of the Copper Red Pea 
(Swainsona stipularis}. This attrac- 
tive plant was plentiful later after Cop- 
ley and at Arkaroola. 

Arriving at Kanyaka Ruins for 
lunch, many had no time to eat, due 
to exploring the fascinating remains 
of the 16-roomed homestead with its 
stone walls 18 ins. thick, numerous 
outbuildings, and old graveyard. The 
next stop was at Yourambulla Caves 
and their aboriginal rock paintings. 
After a long climb up a rocky hillside, 
with many Acacias, Emu  Bushes 
(Eremophila maculata), (E. alterni- 


May, 1972 


folia), some Sugar Wood (Myoporum 
platycarpum), the Rock Fern (Cheil- 
anthes tenuifolia) and Blanket Fern 
(Pleurosorus rutifolius), the shelters 
were reached under an overhang at 
the top of the ridge. The interesting 
paintings were in good condition 
thanks to a necessary wire screen in 
front. 

Passing through Hawker, where a 
Fork-tailed Kite was sighted, we 
crossed a flat plain ringed by mag- 
nificent mountains and approached 
Wilpena, skirting the towering Rawns- 
ley’s Bluff. Here the Murray Pine 
began to dominate the landscape with 
Red Gums and the unfamiliar Gum- 
barked Coolabah (E.  intertexta) 
along the water courses. Arriving at 
Wilpena Chalet after travelling so 
long through seemingly  deserted 
country, we found ourselves amongst 
throngs of people and spent two nights 
in luxurious accommodation. 

Some of the party the next day 
tackled the long hike and climb to 
St. Mary's Peak, enjoying magnificent 
views of the mountain-ringed pound, 
while others took the less testing climb 
up Mt. John above the Chalet. The 
lower slopes of Mt. John were a 
garden — with Acacias (A. pycnan- 
tha), (A. continua), Grevilleas (G. 
lavendulacea), (G. aspera) and Hop 


Bushes (Dodonaea viscosa), (D. 
lobata). The white bracts of Dusty 
Miller (Spyridium phlebophyllum) 


were so showy they equalled the effect 
of flowers. Many Grasstrees (Xan- 
tharrhoea quadrangulata) and Mallee 
eucalypts provided the higher storey, 
while on the ground Erect Rice 
Flowers (Pimelea stricta) and Silver- 
tails (Ptilotus obovatus) bloomed 
amongst the Porcupine Grass (Tri- 
odia irritans). Walking into the 
Pound and up to the Lookout in the 
afternoon, the magnificent Acacia 
notabilis with its enormous golden 
balls edged the track, with Shrub 


131 


Violet (Hybanthus floribundus) and 
Lavender  Grevillea. Though not 
flowering, many leaves of the Garland 
Lily (Calostemma purpurea) were 
seen, and orchids grew under the 
Murray Pines which covered most of 
the floor of the Pound (Pterostylis 
mutica, P. nana, Caladenia filamen- 
tosa, C. dilatata). Prickly Templetonia 
(T. aculeata), the Cassia-like (Peta- 


lostylis  labicheoides) and  Adder's 
Tongue (Ophioglossum coriaceum) 
were notable finds. The Banded 


Greenhood (P. vittata) was found by 
the St. Mary's Peak walkers, and the 
Rush (Baumea  articulatum) was 
identified. Birds were not abundant, 
although Weebills were common in 
the Red Gums near the Chalet, and 
on the walk to the Lookout. Yellow- 
throated Miners, Purple-backed 
Wrens, White-browed Babblers, and 
Rufous Whistlers were seen. 


At 8.15 the next morning, we left 
on our last forward section to Arka- 
roola. On each side of some of the 
cattle grids stood a lifelike painted 
sheepdog cut out of tin. Known as 


‘scare dogs’ these are intended to deter 
the sheep from going through and it 
appears they have the desired effect. 


Before long we entered Oraparinna 
National Park, surrounding Oraparin- 
na Station, a wonderful area of 100 
square miles of cleared flats, gum- 
lined watercourses and rugged moun- 
tains. Half was donated by the station 
owner, and the government contribu- 
ted the other half. It seemed to Vic- 
torians that South Australia was much 
better endowed with National Parks 
than their home state. Here we en- 
countered the wrongly-named ‘wild 
hops’. Not a hop, but a dock better 
named Pink Dock (Rumex vesi- 
carius), this is a malignant introduced 
pest which covers the countryside for 
hundreds of miles, but the effect of its 
massed pink-red hop-like bracts paint- 
ing the mountains interspersed with 
the yellow-flowered cushions of Twin 
Leat (Zygophyllum sp.) and grey- 
green saltbush, creates a landscape of 
incredible beauty, which was to stay 
with us throughout the rest of the 
North Flinders Ranges. Bluish Cattle 
Bush — in South Australia ‘Bullock 
Bush’ (Heterodendron oleifolium) — 
and Weeping Pittosporum (P. philly- 
raeoides) added to the unreal quality 
of the landscape. Passing the 'Great 
Wall of China’, a long escarpment 
topping a steep hill, we continued to 


Plate 1. Geo- 
logists paradise 
Arkaroola 


Photo: 


Author 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


Blinman, almost a ghost town. Here 
an old copper mine has been re- 
opened and some time was spent by 
the party rummaging in mullock heaps 
for prized specimens of green copper 
ore. 

Following the creek bed, mainly 
dry with some beautiful waterholes 
and majestic Red Gums, the road now 
turned west through Parachilna Gorge 
to join the main road north to Maree. 
With a good distance to go, time 
would not permit a stop in this gorge, 
but its beauty was impressive enough 
from the bus. Here one of the two 
Peregrine Falcons seen on the trip 
flew alongside for a short distance. 

Turning north up the main road, at 
first across a flat and arid-looking 
plain, we were back in the mountains 
with their dock-covered slopes about 
Beltana and on to the Aroona Dam 
for lunch. Here a ‘scare dog’ by the 
cattle grid wore a Tailwaggers' badge. 
The slanting strata of the steep-sided 
valley walls red with dock, the still 
water with a Musk Duck disporting, 
and again the Red Gums made this a 
very pleasant place. 

At Copley we turned east again on 
the last stretch to Arkaroola. For 


Plate 2. Euca- 
lyptus gillii 
Curley Mallee 


Photo: I. Morrison 


May, 1972 


many of us this was the most interest- 
ing country with its outback flavour of 
occasional sprawling station home- 
steads, some gibber plains lightly 
greened over with bluebush, patches 
of buckshot gravel and always the 
backdrop of the red mountains. After 
Leigh Creek Head Station we noticed 
the first Melaleuca glomerata lining 
the watercourses, with twisted white 
papery trunks and graceful greyish 
foliage. This was to become very 
common later as was the Curly Mallee 
(E. gillii), first encountered near 
Nepabunna Mission. Large flocks of 
Little Corellas, numbers of Galahs, 
and a mob of donkeys added to the 
scene. A ‘10 minute’ (4 hour) stop at 
Italowie Gorge was as usual much too 
short. A large Macrozamia Palm 
(sp. ?) grew on the cliff side — to our 
knowledge not recorded as occurring 
here — and Austral Hollyhock (Lava- 
tera plebeia) and Water Bush (Tri- 
chodesma zeylanicum) were found. 
Indigofera leucotricha with dark rosy 
flowers, White Goodenia (G. albi- 
flora), Yellow Tails (Ptilotus nobilis) 
and the first small patch of Sturt's 
Desert Pea (Clianthus formosus) ex- 
cited the botanists, while Rufous 


133 


Songlarks and Red-capped Robins 
were about. Topping a rise later, the 
flat whitish expanse of Lake Frome 
could be seen to the east. At Bal- 
canoona we turned off towards Arka- 
roola. Heading into the mountains the 
track sometimes ran along the dry 
creek bed. Some of the steep crossings 
involved difficult manoeuvres for the 
bus, but our driver was equal to all 
occasions. At one of these crossings 
a magnificent plant of the Swainsona 
Pea (S. tephrotricha) grew on top of 
a mound, a mass of tall purple spikes. 
Budgerygahs became common, one 
flock was estimated at more than two 
hundred birds. Passing through the 
Arkaroola Station buildings, we con- 
tinued a few miles to the motel- 
camping area, known as ‘The Village’, 
alongside the striking outline of the 
rugged hill named simply Griselda. 


The next three days, though the 
weather was unkind, were a sheer de- 
light for all. Set in the midst of the 
ancient red mountains the area was so 
interesting geologically the whole 
party became absorbed. Appendix 1 
deals more fully with the geology. 
We were taken in Landrovers on the 
spectacular Ridge Top Tour following 
precipitous mine tracks through and 
around the wild Mt. Painter Section. 
The whole property of 225 square 
miles is now a Flora and Fauna Sanc- 
tuary, but this unfortunately does not 
protect it from mining. From the 
Landrovers perched on top of a 
mountain at Sillers Lookout, the view 
extended more than 50 miles over the 
wildest red mountains flattening out to 
Lake Frome. Visits were made to 
beautiful waterholes at Nooldoonool- 
doona, Bolla Bollana, Echo Camp and 
Arkaroola Bore. The botanists suffered 
from an excess of riches. Cassias, 
Eremophilas (E. freelingi, E. latro- 
bei), and many Acacias including the 
intrigueingly named Dead Finish (A. 


134 


tetragonophylla) were common. The 
Showy Groundsel (Senecio magni- 
ficus) was an important decoration. A 
rare form of fern Gymnogramma rey- 
noldsii, the Native Orange (Capparis 
mitchelii), Quandong (Santalum acu- 
minatum) and the Doubah (Leichard- 
tia australe) were admired and listed; 
while Golden Everlastings (Helichry- 
sum bracteatum), Fan Flowers 
(Scaevola aemula) and White Helio- 
trope (Heliotropium — asperrimum) 
were amongst the ground dwellers. 
Around the motel area, Chestnut- 
rumped Thornbills, Zebra Finches and 
Whitefaces were in numbers: many 
nesting or feeding young. The Yellow- 
fronted Honeyeater was quite com- 
mon. On a trip to Paralana Hot 
Springs the Cinnamon Quail-Thrush 
and Pied Butcher Bird were seen, also 
the Striated Grass Wren in the locality 
where a type specimen was taken by 
Mellor in 1911. Among rocks above 
the village Woolly Cloak Fern (Cheil- 
anthes lasiophylla), and Bristly Cloak 
Fern (C. distans) were found. 


Reluctantly boarding the bus on 
Monday morning we started our re- 
turn journey travelling down the east- 
ern side of the ranges. Between 
Wertaloona and Tea-Tree Outstation a 
stop was made to admire wonderful 
stretches of Sturt's Desert Pea with 
different red colour forms. Specimens 
with red and white and all white 
flowers had been on show at Arka- 
roola. Going into the beautiful Cham- 
bers Gorge for lunch, the track 
crossed and re-crossed the creek. 
Botanists found Eremophila duttonii, 
the Dwarf Swainsona (S. phacoides), 
Round Templetonia (T. egena) and 
Wild Carrot (Trachymene  glauci- 
folia). On top of one of the near hills 
a few weathered specimens of Hakea 
ednieana were covered with creamy 
flowers. Farther down the road, be- 
tween Little Bob Monie and Wirrealpa 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


occurred one of those always-to-be- 
remembered moments for bird en- 
thusiasts. Travelling through saltbush- 
bluebush plains with little straggly 
dead trees, we came upon a mass of 
birds. No-one left the stationary bus 
and we were able to enjoy the spec- 
tacle. The small dead trees were out- 
lined solidly in birds. Budgerygahs, 
White-browed and Masked Wood- 
swallows, and Crimson Chats were 
mixed together, while numbers were 
feeding on the ground. A Little Fal- 
con came along, alighting on a tree 
close to the bus. It was surprising to 
see that a lot of the Woodswallows 
were feeding on the ground while 
Crimson Chats were perched in the 
trees. Whether there was some food 
supply in abundance or whether the 
Woodswallows and Chats were moving 
in company and joined by the local 
Budgerygahs is one of those questions 
which keep bird people occupied. 
After passing Angorachina Home- 
stead the bus was brought to a halt 
with a flat tyre. While sympathetic, 
this was a bonus opportunity for in- 
effectual females to scout around or 
walk ahead of the bus. The cause of 
the trouble, a smal] sharp stone, was 
identified as ‘puncturite’. At Blinman 
we joined the main road and con- 
tinued back to Wilpena for the night. 


From Wilpena we retraced our way 
through Hawker and Quorn and 
through the scenic Pitchi Ritchi Pass 
where Eremophila scoparia was listed, 
to Port Augusta where we were to 
spend two days making visits to areas 
in the South Flinders Ranges.* Here 
we were joined by Darrell Kraehen- 
buehl of Adelaide who was to lead us 
so capably on this section. Alan and 
Win Morrison also joined us for a few 
days on their way back from one of 
their many expeditions around north- 
ern Australia. 


* See Victorian Nat. 88 (8). 


May, 1972 


A round trip took us first through 
Horrock's Pass to Hancock's Lookout 
and a magnificent view over Spencer 
Gulf. We passed whole hillsides of 
Grasstrees ( Xanthorrhoea quadrangu- 
lata) endemic in South Australia, and 
many Sugar Gums (E. cladocalyx) 
growing in their native area. Here it 
is a large and beautiful spreading tree, 
easily distinguished on the hillsides 
from other eucalypts by its reddish- 
bronze foliage contrasting sharply with 
the dark green. Tree Martins were 
nesting in one of the Sugar Gums at 
the lookout, a Wedge-tailed Eagle 
circled lazily and a Black-shouldered 
Kite passed through the trees perching 


briefly. 
We continued on to Alligator 
Gorge. After a long drive down 


through interesting bush we alighted 
at the parking area and climbed down 
and later, up — many steps into the 
gorge itself. The almost vertical red 
walls were so cracked and broken one 


Plate 3. 


Photo: I. Morrison 


Clianthus formosus 
Desert Pea, Red and white form. 


135 


section was aptly named Hieroglyphic 
Rock. The gorge was clothed mainly 
with the Slender Cyprus Pine (Calli- 
tris preissii) growing thickly on the 
floor and even up the steep sides. 
Walking along the stream to the Cas- 
cades, discoveries included the Shell 
Orchid (Pterostylis robusta) growing 
under the pines, and the edible fungus 
the Morel (Morchella conica). Having 
sampled the culinary delight of these 
cooked in butter, the writer found it 
difficult to pass on and leave them 
growing. Acacia  gracilifolia was 
found and admired. This well-named 
graceful little acacia had been lost for 
fifty years, to be re-discovered here 
and at Mambray Creek where a speci- 
men was seen later. On top again 
flowers and birds were plentiful, and 
time was as usual too short. Many 
orchids were flowering including the 
Mosquito Orchid (Acianthus reni- 
formis), Blue Fairies (Caladenia de- 
formis), Swamp Diuris (D. palustris) 
and Dwarf Greenhood (P. nana). 


Shrubs flowering were the Mint Bush 
(Prostanthera baxteri var. crassifolia), 
Velvet Daisy Bush (Olearia pannosa), 
Twiggy Bush Pea 


(Pultenea largi- 


florens), Hibbertia exutiacies and the 
Finger Flower (Cheiranthera cyanea) 
was found, although not in flower. 

Next stop was at Mt. Remarkable. 
Walking into the foothills we seemed 
to be back amongst familiar Victorian 
birds — Grey Fantails, Red Wattle- 
birds, Grey Thrushes, Brown Tree- 
creepers, White-plumed Honeyeaters, 
and Rufous Whistlers. Yellow-tailed 
Thornbills were feeding young at a 
very low hanging nest. Broom Bitter 
Pea (Daviesia genistifolia) was here, 
and further orchids listed were Pink 
Fingers (Caladenia carnea) and the 
Scented Sun Orchid (Thelymitra aris- 
tata). Returning to Port Augusta 
through Port Germaine Gorge the 
road ran along the floor of the gorge 
between steep cliffy sides. Mistletoe 
Birds and Yellow-faced Honeyeaters 
were common and the Gawler Range 
Wattle (Acacia iteaphylla) was noted; 
this was also found at Arkaroola. 


On the way next morning a stop 
was made at the Port Augusta Rail- 
way Station to see a planted specimen 
of the Crimson Mallee Box (E. lands- 
downeana) with flowers of an un- 


Plate 4. 
Roadside 
South Flinders 


Photo: Author 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


usual mauve-porple colour. A group 
of Pied Oystercatchers were foeding at 
the water's edge. Further south we 
stopped at a saltbush flat with scat- 
tered mallee and a few Umbrella 
Myalls (Acacia sowdenil) rising to 
foothills where masses of Dense Cas- 
sia showed yellow against the hills. 
White-fronted Chats and White- 
winged Trillers were in the saltbush 
area and a party of Chestout-crowned 
Babblers entertained with their antics, 
These were fussing about à nest, but 
whether old or active it was not 
possible to say. Arriving at Mambray 
Creek National Park, to find the creek 
so high it was necessary to wade 
across the causeway, we found many 
nesting birds in the familiar old Red 
Gums, although here they grew lower 
and more divided. Red-backed Par- 
rots, Galahs, White-backed Magpies 
and Striated  Pardalotes were all 
domestically busy, Botanists found the 
beautiful naturalized grass Golden 
Top {Lamarckia aurea), Leek Orchids 
{Prasophyllum patens), Pink Fairies, 
the Leek Lily (Bulbinopsis semibar- 
bara), the Tall Sedge (Carex ap- 
pressa) and the Flat Sedge (Cyperus 
veginalys). An interesting time was 
spent with the ranger in his office 
where he had specimens of a Hopping 
Mouse (sp. 7) caged for study, 


Leaving Port Augusta the next 
morning, and heading for home, the 
weather, which had been threatening, 
became very gloomy and by the time 
we reached Morchard rain had set in. 
Between Burra and Morgan, through 
saltbush country which would norm- 
ally have been of absorbing interest, 
the windows of the bus were obscured 
by mud, and the time was spent catch- 
ing up on sleep, or photographing the 


May, 1972 


patterns made by rain on the mud. 
The weather cleared as. we approached 
our second overnight stop of Ren- 
mark, with its vines olives and 
oranges, 


Near the border our first and only 
Emus (2) and Kangaroos (2) were 
sighted. We lunched at Hattah Lakes 
where the lakes were full, but the 
water birds were absent due to the 
food supply having not yet been ès- 
iablished after the long dry period. 
Between Hattah and Swan Hill Laven- 
der Halgania (A. lavendulacea) grew 
by the road and the Dwarf Emu Bush 
(Eremophila glabra), Stiff Westringia 
(W. rigida) and Small-leaf Mint Bush 
(Prostanihera microphylla) — were 
identified. 

Around Mystic Park water was 
lying on the paddocks, and hundreds 
of White and Straw-necked Ibis, 
Yellow-billed and Royal Spoonbills, 
Little Pied and Little Black Cormor- 
anis and White-faced Herons were 
taking advantage af ronditions that 
suited them. Lunching on Bullock 
Creek at Lockwood South, Fuscous 
and Yellow-iufted Honeyeaters were 
around us, a Peaceful Dove was call- 
ing, and Dusky Wood-swallows fed 
flying, young. The botanists found the 
Fairy Waxflower (Eriostemon Verru- 
cosus) and the Drooping Cassinia or 
Chinese Scrub (C, arcuta) — making 
à total of over 320 botanical species 
noted during the trip, 

Now it was a straight run for Mel- 
bourne and home. And so ended, once 
again with thanks to Marie Allender 
our hard-working Excursion Seere- 
tary, an excursion providing quanti- 
ties of natural history food for those 
fortunate enough to take part. 


137 


APPENDIX I 
GEOLOGY 


by T. D. 


The main interest for geologists 
commenced at Wilpena, Here the 
aWe-inspiring age of the rocks and 
the remarkable geo-morphology pro- 
vided continuing fascination. 

From any of the high points on the 
rim of the Pound one could not help 
speculating on the appearance of the 
ranges before they were eroded, Did 
the upturned edges of the Pound once 
continue in one huge anticline to the 
Elder and Chase Ranges on the hori- 
zon? The same strata. are found there 
but with the opposite dip and, if this 
speculation were fact, the intervening 
mountains "would have been high 
indeed, 

Ripple-marked quartzite seen in 
several places inside the Pound was 
a reminder of the shallow seas which 
marked the preater part of the history 
of the Adelaide geosyncline. For one- 
filth of the total age of the Earth as 
a Solid body, this syncline continued 
to subside at an average rate of about 
one inch per thousand years, and 
through most of this 800 million years 
the rate of sedimentation kept pace 
with it. 

What a change at Arkaroola! And 
what a rock-lover's paradise we met 
there. The 225 square miles of the 
Arkarnela-Mt, Painter Sanctuary is 
one vast geological museum. The un- 
usual ancient granites and porphyries, 
plus the. arid ciimate. have produced 


HAGGER 


a landscape which must be among the 
most. rugged to be found on the face 
of the carth, And where else would 
one find a whole mountain of quartz 
with such variety of colour and erys- 
talline arrangements. A hole drilled 
through this mountain has shown 
quartz all the way, and also some 
enormous vughs up to 70 feet in 
diameter. “Tourists some generations 
hence may be able to visit these fan- 
tastic cavities; What a breath-taking 
spectacle would greet their eyes! 

Our hammer and pick enthusiasts 
found their greatest interest in the 
volcanics near Arkaroola Bore and in 
and near the granite intrusions at The 
Pinnacles. Some choice specimens 
were collected including stilbite and 
massive and beautifully marked cal- 
cire at the former, and gem quality 
translucent orange tlbire at the latter. 
Other specimens obtained by members 
were tremolite, actinolite, actinolite 
marble, large barite crystals, magne- 
lite, haematite, some beautiful pink 
and brown feldspar in addition to the 
albite, tele, malachite and azurite, 
muscovite, torbernite and, of course, 
some of the interesting Mt, Painter 
granites and, last but not least, some 
Mt. Gee quartz. 

Even with our lack of expert geolo- 
gists it seems fair to say that on this 
{rip our rock hunters had a greater 
feast than either bird watchers or 
plant classifiers. 


APPENDIX I1 
ORNITHOLOGY 
List of Species 
Because of long periods of bus travel, some bad weather, and limited 
opportunities for concentrated work, (he list of species ts not extensive, 
Tt follows the nomenclature and sequence of 'An Index of Australian Bird 
Names' published by the CSIRO Division o£ Wildlife Research, Canberra, ACT, 


1969. 
138 


Vict. Nat. Vol 89 


Magpies were seen over the entire trip but were not recorded unless 
definitely identified as black-backed or white-backed. The Australian Raven 
was recorded only when positively identified by hackles or call. 
Raven was never positively identified it was not recorded, although no doubt 


it was probably quite common, 


Key TO TABLE 1 


Port Augusta and the South Flinders Ranges. 


MtoB = Meibourne to Bordertown 
BtoL  — Bordertown to Laura 
Lto W = Laura to Wilpena 
WtoA = Wilpena to Arkaroola 
PA & SF = 
WtoR = Wilmington to Renmark 
RtoM = Renmark to Melbourne 
j single. F = few. FC — fairly common. 


BM — breeding ( courtship or feeding young away from nest). 


* — introduced species. 


Species 


Emu 
Dromaius novaehollandiae 
Australian Pelican 
Pelicanus conspicillatus 
Little Black Cormorant 
Phalacracorax sulcirastris 
Little Pied Cormorant —__ 
Phalacrocorax melanoleucos 
Little Grebe 
Podiceps novaehollandiae 
Hoary-headed Grebe 
Podiceps poliocephalus 
White-necked Heron 
Ardea pacifica 
White-faced Heron F 
Ardea novaehollandiae 
White Egret 
Egreiia alba 
White Ibis 
Threskiornis molucca 
Straw-necked 4bis 
Threskiornis spinicollis 
Royal Spoonbill 
Platalea regia 
Yellow-billed Spoonbill 
Platalea flavipes 
Black Swan 
Cygnus atratus 
Black Duck 
Anas superciliosa 
Grey Teal 
Anas gibberifrons 
White-eyed Duck 
Aythya australis 
Wood Duc 
Chenonetta jubata 


May, 1972 


Flinders Ranges 


L W | PA 


to to & 
wW A SF 


= C — common. 
= nesting (building, incubating or feeding young in nest). 


As the Little 


Fl = flock. 


d g doono " m 


139 


Species 


Flinders Ranges 


L W PA 
to to & 
W A SF 


Musk Duck 

Biziura lobata 
Black-shouldered Kite 

Elanus notatus 
Fork-tailed Kite 

Milvus migrans 
Whistling Eagle 

Haliastur sphenurus 
Australian Goshawk 

Accipiter fasciatus 
Australian Little Eagle 

Hieraaetus morphnoides 
Wedge-tailed Eagie 

Aquila audax 
Peregrine Falcon 

Falco peregrinus 
Little Falcon 

Falco longipennis 
Nankeen Kestrel 

Falco Cenchroides 
Brown Hawk 

Falco berigora 
Stubble Quail 

Coturnix pectoralis 
Dusky Moorhen 

Gallinula tenebrosa 
Swamphen 

Porphyrio porphyrio 
Coot 

Fulica atra 
Pied Oystercatcher 

Haematopus ostralegus 
Spur-winged Plover 

Vanellus novaehollandiae 
Banded Plover 

Vanellus tricolor 
Block-fronted Dotterel 

Charadrius melanops 
White-headed Stilt 

Himantopus himantopus 
Silver Gull 

Larus novaehollandiae 

*Dornestic Pigeon 

Columba livia 
Peaceful Dove 

Geopelia striata 
Common Bronzewing 

Phaps chalcoptera 
Crested Pigeon 

Ocyphaps lophotes 
Black Cockatoo 

Calyptorhynchus sp. 
Sulphur-crested Cockatoo 

Cacatua galerita 
Major Mitchell 

Cacatua leadbeateri 
Little Corella 

Cacatua sanguinea 


140 


FC | FC 


FC 


FC F 


1 Fi 1 Fl 


Viet, Nat. Vol. 89 


Species 
Galah 
Cacatua roseicapilla 
Cockatiel 


Nymphicus hollandicus 
Yellow (Adelaide) Rosella 

Platycercus flaveolus 
Eastern Rosella 

Platycercus eximius 
Ringneck Parrot 

Barnardius barnardi 
Red-rumped Parrot 

Psephotus haematonotus 
Mulga Parrot 

Psephotus varius 
Budgerygah 

Melopsittacus undulatus 
Pallid Cuckoo 

Cuculus pallidus 
Fan-tailed Cuckoo 

Cacomantis pyrrhophanus 
Horsefield Bronze Cuckoo 

Chrysococcyx basalis 
Boobook Owl 

Ninox novaescelandiae 
Laughing Kookaburra 

Dacelo gigas 
Sacred Kingfisher 

Halcyon sancta 
Welcome Swallow 

Hirundo neoxena 
Tree Martin 

Petrochelidon nigricans 
Fairy Martin 

Petrochelidon aeriel 
Australian Pipit 

Anthus novaeseelandiae 
Black-faced Cuckoo-shrike 

Coracina novaehollandiae 
White-winged Triller 

Lalage sueurii 
Cinnamon Quail-thrush 

Cinclosoma cinnamomeum 
Chestnut-crowned Babbler 

Pomatostomus ruflceps 
White-browed Babbler 

Pomatostomus superciliosus 
Brown Songlark 

Cinclorhamphus cruralis 
Rufous Songlark 

Cinclarhamphus mathewst 
Superb Blue Wren 

Malurus cyaneus 
Blue-and-White Wren 

Malurus leuconotus 
Variegated (Purple-backed) Wren 

Malurus lamberti 
Weebill 

Smicrornis brevirostris 


May, 1972 


Flinders Ranges 


FCn|FCn F 


F |FCbr 
FC FC FC FG F 
F S F F 
Fbr| $ 
S 
F 
Ca 
F F 
C FC 
F 
F | FC 
F FC F 
[o C FC 


FC 


FC 


141 


Flinders Ranges W R 
Species to 


Striated Thornbill 
Acanthiza lineata 
Brown Thornbill 
Acanthiza pusilla 
Red-tailed Thornbill 
Acanthiza apicalis 
Chestnut-rumped Thornbill F 
Acanthiza uropygialis 
Yellow-rumped. Thornbill FC 
Acanthiza chrysorrhoa 
Whiteface 
Aphelocephala leucopsis 
Striated Grass-wren 
Amytornis striatus 
White-fronted Chat 
Ephianura albifrons 
Crimson Chat 
Epthianura tricolor 
Jacky Winter 
Microeca leucophaea 
Red-capped Robin 
Petroica goodenovii 
Hooded Robin 
Petroica cucullata 
Southern Yellow Robin 
Eopsaltria australis 
Grey Fantail F 
Rhipidura fuliginosa 
Willie Wagtail FC 
Rhipidura leucophrys 
Restless Flycatcher 
Seisura inquieta 
Golden Whistler 
Pachycephala pectoralis 
Rufous Whistler 
Pachycephala rufiventris 
Grey Shrike-thrush 
Colluricincla harmonica 
Shrike-tit 
Falcunculus frontatus 
Crested Bellbird 
Oreoica guiteralis 
Wedgebill 
Sphenostama cristatum 
Brown Treecreeper 
Climacteris picumnus 
Mistletoe Bird 
Dicaeum hirundinaceum 
Spotted Pardalote 
Pardalotus punctatus 
Yellow-rumped Pardalote FC 
Pardalatus xanthopygus 
Striated Pardalote FCn| FC FC |FCn|FCn F 
Pardalotus substriatus 
Grey-breasted Silvercye 
Zosterops lateralis 
Singing Honeyeater F F S 
Meliphaga virescens 
Fuscous Honeyeater F 
Meliphaga fusca 


142 Vict, Nat. Vol. 89 


FC 


Species 


Yellow-fronted Honeyeater 
Meliphaga plumula 
Yellow-faced Honeyeater 
Meliphaga chrysops 
While-plumed Honeyeater 
Meliphaga penicillata 
White-eared Honeyeater 
Meliphaga leucotis 
Yellow-tufted Honeyeater 
Meliphaga melanaps 
Brown-headed Honeyeater 
Melithreptus brevirostris 
White-naped Honeyeater 
Melithreptus lunatus 
New Holland Honeyeater 
Phylidonyris navachallandiae 
Eastern Spinebill 
Acanthorhynchus tenuirostris 
Noisy Miner 
Manorina melanocephala 
Yellow-throated Miner 
Manorina flavigula 
Spiny-cheeked Honeyeater 
Anthochaera rufogularis 
Red Wattlebird 
Anthochaera carunculata 
Zebra Finch 
Peophila guttata 
*House Sparrow 
Passer domesticus 
*Goldfinch 
Carduelis carduelis 
*Starling 
Sturnis. vulgaris 
*Indian Myna 
Acridotheres tristis 
Magpie Lark 
Grallina cyanoleuca 
White-winged. Chough 
Corcorax melanorhamphus 
Masked Wood-swallow 
Artamus personatus 
White-browed Wood-swallow 
Artamus superciliosus 
Black-faced Wood-swallow 
Artamus cinereus 
Dusky Wood-swallow 
Artamus cyanopterus 
Grey (Black-winged) Currawong 
Strepera versicolor 
Pied Butcherbird 
Cracticus nigrogularis 
Grey Butcherbird 
Cracticus torquatus 
Black-backed Magpie 
Gymnorhina tibicen 
White-backed Magpie 
Gymnorhina hypoleuca 
Australian Raven 
Corvus coronoides 


May, 1972 


Flinders Ranges 


Ww R 
L W PA to to 
to to & R M 
Ww A SF 
FC br m 
| FC F 
F F FC 
F 
F 
F 
F 
Sn 
F F 
F |FCbr 
FC | FC F 
F F 
FC br 
F F |FCn|| FC c 
FC FC || FC C 
FC 
F FC | FC 
F F 
FC 
FC 
F 
F br 
8 
S 
S S S 
Fn | Cn F FC C 
FCn| 8 j|FCn|| 5 C 
Cn, C Cc C [e 
143 


The Self-pollination of 
Prasophyllum beaugleholei W. H. Nicholls 
by Davin L. Jones 


[a this paper It will be established 
that Prasophyllum heaugleholer W. 
H. Nicholls is a self-pollinating 
species. This is probably the first re- 
port of autogamy in the genus Praso- 
phyllum, section Micranthum, al- 
though field observations suggest 
others may adopt the samc procedure 
e.g. Prasophyllum aureoviride H. M. 
R. Rupp. 

For those who may not. be familiar 
with the features of Prasophyllum 
beaugleholei it has.been well delinea- 
ted by Nicholls in Orchids of Australia 
158 (1969). Briefly it is a very slender, 
diminutive plant which appears aftér 
summer and autumn rains in N.S.W., 
Victoria and Tasmania. Ii grows in 
swampy situations or on well drained 
hillsides amongst tussocks of grass- 
The first flowers open when the plant 
is quite small, As they continue to 
open the peduncle clongates and by 
fruiting time may be 35 cm tall, The 
accompanying photograph by E. R, 
Rotherham superbly illustrates the 
Howers of the species and the charac- 
teristics of the inflorescence, 

| am indebted to Mr. Collin Wool- 
cock of Portland for my specimens 
of Prasophyllum beaugleholei. 1t. was 
while dissecting one cf these to draw 
that the writer first became convinced 
that the species is self-pollinating. I 
have since verified this process on 
specimens from Wulgulmerang in 
North eastern Victoria. 

My reasons for concluding that the 
species is self-pollinating are based 
on the following observations— 

1, The flowers are short lived, only 
lasting 2-3 days. In other species which 
are isect pollinated e.g. P, morrixii, 


144 


P despectans, each fiower may last 
up to ten davs depending on whether 
it is pollinated or not, 

2. The pollinia are granular without 
much coherence and the individual 
grains separate casily even while in 
bud. 

3. The attachment of the majority 
of the pollen grains ro the short 
caudicle is very weak, Only a few 
basal pollen grains are strongly at- 
tached and it seems as if the others 
are quite free or haphazardly joincd 
into small groups. 

4, The gland where the caudicle 
joins the rostellum appears to lack 
any cement. This cement or glue is 
essential to attach the pollinarium to 
the insect for cross-polhnation. 

5. All of the ovaries on plants 
studied have swollen and contain seed. 
Generally with insect pollinated 
species few jf any ovaries on each 
plant become fertilized. 

6. The final reason is a poor one 
but worth mentioning. No insect 
activity around the flowers has been 
observed by the author or reported 
previously. 

The mechanism adopted by the 
orchid can be seen from the accom- 
panying drawings. 

In the very carly bud the column 
is erect, and the anther, containing 
the pale pollen, is closed. The rostel- 
lum fics close to the anther and is 
inclined at an angle of about 60°. 
The stigma is quite small and dry, 
At this stage there is no indication of 
the method of pollination adopted 
by the species, 

The first signs that the species may 
be self-pollinating become evident in 


Vict, Nat Vol, £9 


the bud about two days before open- 
ing. The column is still erect and the 
anther closed. However the rostellum 
has moved away from the anther, 


Fig. 1. Sequence of Self-Pollination in 
Prasophyllum beaugleholei. 

(a) Columns taken from an early bud, 
front and side views. (20x) 


(b) Columns from a bud about 
days before anthesis. (20x) 


(c) Column from a flower just opened, 
side view. (20x) 

(d) Column from a flower opened for 
three days, side view, (20x) 

(e.f) Columns from flowers about 

three days after closing. (20x) 

(g) Pollinium showing granular con- 

struction, (20x) 


(h) Base of pollinarium showing attach- 
ment of basal grains to cavdide. 
(40x). 


two 


May, 1972 


and the caudicle and pollinia can be 
clearly seen. The pollinia are now 
quite orange and even at this early 
stage the individual grains are evident. 
They do not give the appearance of a 
coherent mass but rather a collection 
of individual grains rather poorly 
joined together. The stigma is beginn- 
ing to enlarge and appears moist but 
not sticky. 

In the open flower a number of 
further changes have taken place. The 
anther is now inclined forward and 
the anther sacs are open wide. The 
pollinia rest completely on the upper 
surface of the rostellum and the an- 
ther sacs are empty except for a few 
adhering grains. The rostellum has 
moved further down and is inclined 
at an angle of 45° or less. Any sem- 
blance of uniformity in the pollinia 
is rapidly being lost and the first few 
grains can be seen on the stigma. The 
stigma itself has enlarged greatly and 
is now obviously very sticky. 

The major act of pollination takes 
place over the 2-3 days while the 
flower is open. 

In the finished flower about 3 days 
after closing, the column is hardly 
recognizable. The stigma is swollen 
out of all proportion and almost 
completely hides the rostellum. Its 
surface is very distorted and sticky 
and the remains of any pollen grains 
are barely distinguishable. Only a 
few odd grains remain on the upper 
surface of the rostellum or adhering 
to the anther sacs. The ovary is be- 
ginning to swell and stick out from 
the flowering stem. 

This then is the method of self- 
pollination adopted by Prasophyllum 
beaugleholei. These observations are 
interesting and raise some important 
questions. 

The movement of the rostellum 
relative to the anther, and the open- 
ing of the anther case serves to bring 
the pollinia into a position directly 


145 


above the stigma. How does the pollen 
actually drop onto the stigma, or does 
the stigma grow to meet the pollen? 
Both methods have previously been 
reported in autogamous orchids. 

The incoherent nature of the 
pollinia and the narrow rostellum, 
both suggest that pollen "bubbles 
over" onto the stigma. As well a few 
grains can often be seen on the stigma 
when the flowers are open. On the 
other hand the rapid growth of the 
stigma suggests that it grows to meet 
the pollen grains still sitting on the 
rostellum. The grains that fall may 
only be strays that act as a catalyst 
for its growth. 

The question which self-pollinating 
orchids always raises in my mind is 

"Why do flowers bother to open at 


all?" 
: : AR : Prasophyllum | beaugleholei from Wul- 
The SIS appears to be hidden gulmerang. Note the swollen ovaries and 
somewhere in the realms of evolution. small opening of the flowers. 


Photo: by E. R. Rotherham 


F.N.C.V. PUBLICATIONS AVAILABLE FOR PURCHASE 
THE WILD FLOWERS OF THE WILSON'S PROMONTORY NATIONAL PARK, 
by J. Ros Garnet. 
Price $5.25, (discount to members); postage 20c. 


VICTORIAN TOADSTOOLS AND MUSHROOMS, by J. H. Willis. 


This describes 120 toadstool species and many other fungi. There are four 
coloured plates and 31 other illustrations. New edition. Price 90c. 


THE VEGETATION OF WYPERFELD NATIONAL PARK, by J. R. Garnet. 
Coloured frontispiece, 23 half-tone, 100 line drawings of plants and a map. 
Price $1.50. 


Address orders and inquiries to Sales Officer, F.N.C.V., National Herbarium, 
South Yarra, Victoria. 


Payments should include postage (15c on single copy). 


Flowers and Plants of Victoria in Colour 


Copies of this excellent book are still available, and of course would make a 
wonderful gift. They are obtainable from the F.N.C.V. Treasurer, Mr. D. McInnes. 


146 Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


Readers’ Nature Notes and Queries 


This note comes from Mr. A. Fel- 
lows of Alabama Hill, Charters 
Towers, North Queensland. 


A hubbub in a Portciana tree near my 
kitchen window resolved itself as an 
atack on a visiting Butcherbird by a 
very determined Peewit, As both birds 
normally pick up the scraps put Gut far 
them on à trav on top of a stepladder, 
the fracas seemed unusual, 

Tolerant of each ether amd several 
magpies— young and old — who also 
ate “regulars hese, such behaviour 
needed investigation. 

Despite my calls to them the chase 
through the foliage continued until at 
last the butcher-bird departed to a tele- 
phone post some distance away. After 
a few flute-like notes it flew further off. 
Meanwhile the Peewit, Cheeky by name 
and nature, had perched high in the tree 
giving vent to several "peewi-peewit" 
calls, bur not descending to the food 
tray. [ looked upwards and all was ex- 
plained, Until some weeks ago the pee- 
wils nest had been in a neighbour's tree 
nearly a quarter of a mile distant, Our 
last violent storm must have played 
havoc with all mud nests, E concluded at 
the time. All birds had been absent for 
some time after the storm but gradually 
returned. As 1 watered my fruil trees 
Cheeky would pick up half-wct grass and 
soft leaves, and fly far away with a full 
beak to her distant nest. But lately her 


returns had heen much euicker than’ 


usual; and even muddy waste had been 
transported at times, 1n the period when 
the bird was absent Following the last 
storm, the bird had evidently been seek- 
ing anather place ta build again. 

Then came the shorter trips with grass, 
and no wonder. The nest had been built 
in the tree ever the food-tray. Three 


smal] boughs that met. in a symmetrical 
triangle bad been the base, the mud and 
grass nest embracing the union uni- 
formly, while overhead about a foot 
higher, one huge fla! green sprav of 
leaves Iprmed a perfect “parasol” that 
would have. turned any heavy shower; 
and kept the hot sun off the nest toa. 

As F looked aloft, the pecwit's mate 
looked down and E realised the reason 
for Cheeky’s resentment of the butcher- 
bird's presence, 

When I first arrived al this place, to 
prepare foundation stamp-hales, the same 
bird had stayed around in the hope of 
setting something to eat. frequently 
sharing food with me 

Three well-prown chicks that Cheeky 
and mate had brought here last year are 
abseni at present, and may have affairs 
of their own elsewhere. 

Recently the peewit found an enor- 
mous grub, and after a tussle, devoured 
it. So the good work goes on, and what- 
ever the other birds think of the change 
when they return as nature's foods be- 
come scarcer, it will be interesting to 
Notice the result. Magpies will bring 
theiy pale-chested babies, butcher-birds 
their light brown and white babies also, 
and stay below the kitchen window 
looking up Tor morsels to be thrown out; 
and if the butcher-birds find nothing 
forthcoming, they give vent to lovely 
flutelike calls and peer down from higher 
vantage points as they get pieces thrown 
up to them on the rooftop, så beating 
the numerous Magpies waiting below, 

But whatever comes finds food of 
some kind, When & erest number of 
Magpies arrive at times, it seems as if the 
regulars have made it known to the 
others. The carolling at times is very 
lovely and now and then an older 
butcher-bird may do some mimicry 


Corrections 


Victorian Naitrelist, 88 (10) 


p. 297 —Rsd helid Pademelons (line 4): "Great, Doe" should read “Great 
g" 


p Aha 5s rr Spity Anteater, Cape Barren Island (line 3): 1728 should 


, 283 — Table J, Tuckyylossus sefosus, An "x" should appear [or this species 
in the Cape Barren Island column. 


Mny, 1972 


147 


The Field Naturalists Club of Victoria 


Secretary's Report 1971-72 


1971-72 has not been, T Feel, a par- 
Wcularly good year for Ihe Club. Cer- 
tainly, it has continued to operate, but 
the brunt of the work has fallen on a 
few mombers, and the Club has achieved 
little of note, However, we do have a 
number of keen new people on Council 
—as well às some very serious vacan- 
cies — and a Field Survey Group has 
been formed, to enable members to 
make a positive contribution to one of 
the many problems of thc day. 

The pressure of work on the Secre- 
tary is great. Since July I have spent 
some two or three evenings each weck 
on Club business — writing over fifty 
formal letters; compiling reports; mak- 
ing about one hundred “phone calls and 
probably receiving even more; 
making, collating and distributing some 
350 photo copies. Most of this is routine 
work, but it does not leave any time for 
tackling the important problems of the 
day. or even for such mundane tasks as 
establishing proper machinery and re- 
organizing the records; though these 
Ru greatly simplify the work of the 

u^. 

The most urgent problems facing the 
Club. as I see them, are;— 


n 


and 


|. The secretarial work required to min 
the Club is clearly more that can 
reasonably be expected of an 
Honorary Secrelary and Council. 
The “Registered Office’ (ie. the 
Library) is totally inadequate, with 
no space for storage of records or 
blocks (these are at present scat- 
tered in a number of different loca- 
Lions around Melbourne); and 
3. The running of the Club is lell to a 
few individuals, most members being 
content to come along and listen, or 
just to read the Naturalist. 

I feel that the Club must give urgent 
consideration to obtaining adequate 
office space, and appointing a paid past- 
time secretary. Most of the wark could 
readily be handled by a competent girl, 
but it would occupy her for at least 
three mornings a week. 

These proposals would substantially 
increase the running costs of the Club, 
but. unless these problems are overcome, 
we will have increasing difficulty main- 
taining our present activities, let alone 
making any worthwhile contribution to 
the challenges facing us today. 


R H. RIORDAN, 
Honorary Secretary. 


Meeting of Field Naturalists Clubs 


Al the recent meeting of the Western Victoria Field Naturalists Clubs Association 
at Ararat it was decided to call « further meeting io discuss the proposal that a 
State body be formed to ca-ordinate the activities of the various Clubs, This meet- 
ing is to be held in Bendigo on Saturday, 24th June, It is hoped that all Victorian 
Clubs will make every effort to attend this meeting, both to participate in the 
fonnal discussion and to meet members of other Clubs. The Bendigo Club is 
arranging a week-end programme of excursions, and further details will be 
circulated to all Clubs. 


Defeat of Motion Affecting Victorian Naturalist 


The outcome of the ‘Motion moved al the Annual Meeting; notice of which appeared 
in the Victoriam Naturalist for February, was defeated overwhelmingly. This means 
that the magazine will continue in its present form. 


148 Vicl. Nat. Vol, 89 


Country Club Report 
Latrobe Valley F.N.C, Camp-uut. 
January 1972 


During the Australia Day Werk- 
end the Bairnsdale and Latrobe Val- 
ley Field Naturalist Clubs combined 
in à camip-out at Howilt Plains. Mr, 
Alan Morrisan was the leader and it 
was due mainly tu his efforts that the 
weekend was so successful. There 
Were seventy-three people present, 
represenling six Field Naturalist Clubs 
Bairnsdale, Traralgon, Warragul, 
Victorian, Sule and Latrobe Valley. 
Mr. Morrison sct Up camp on Wed- 
nesdav and some members of the 
L.V.F.N.C. arrived an Friday, with 
the majority of people arriving on 
Saturday. 

Saturday afternoon was spent view- 
ing the “rock rivers’ and the land- 
scape, [rom a road zigzagging down 
the mountain to the headwaters of 
the McAlister River about 5 miles 
beyond Howitt Plains. 

On Sunday morning almost all 
cumpers set out for Mt. Howitt, The 
weather was perfect and the flowers 
were in full bloom, Everyone set their 
own pace, and the arrival of the 
thirsty travellers back at camp varied 
from between 4 p.m. and 6 p.m.; the 
leader driving the last vehicle. Every- 


ave said if was. worth the long walk 
to see the flowers and the views. 

Any spare time during the week- 
end was spent exploring the snow 
plain about the camp. Although 145 
species of plant were already on the 
L.V.F.N.C. list For the Mt, Howitt 
area, another 95 species were added 
over the weekend. Miss Jean Gal- 
braith's tent was the centre of much 
discussion, identification, and fellow- 
ship throughout the weekend. 

Before breaking camp on Monday 
the Bairnsdale Club were thanked for 
their part in the arrangements and 
Mr. Morrison was applauded for his 
leadership. It was unanimously agreed 
that the weekend had been inost 
enjoyable and rewarding. Tt was sug- 
gested that there should be another 
combined camp-out next year to à 
different area, 

The first twenty miles of the home- 
ward journey were slow due to many 
stops being made to inspect swamp 
areas or snow plains; photograph 
views; trek to lookout points, or just 
a general! reluctance to leave the area. 

Bon THOMPSON 
Publicity Officer L.V.F.N.C. 


Day Group Report 


Twenty-three members and a visitor 
from New Zealand attended 1he April 
meeting of the Group, It was very en- 
couraging to see the numbers and we 
hape more members and friends will 
attend fulure outings, Jt was decided 
future meetings will be held on the 3rd 
Thursday of the month and should the 
weather be unsuitable an alternative will 
be arranged by the Programme Commit- 
lec. This Committee met prior to the 
outing and a list of places to be visited 
was read out by the Secretary. Members 
were asked to give suggestions also, We 
look forward to some interesting excur- 
sions in the future. The meeting over, 


hay, 1972 


members lunched on the fawns of the 
Botanical Gardens in brilliant sunshine, 
after which a visit was made to observe 
a colony of fruit-bats which had flown 
in to 1he palm trees some days pre- 
viously, Some of the members photo- 
graphed this unusual observation, 
especially as they have not been secn 
there for about 18 yeats. The Native 
Plants Section of the Gardens were then 
visited and Mr. Fairhall described many 
of the flowers and planis which abound 
there, At 3.30 pm. members went their 
Various ways once again &greeing they 
had enjoyed a most pleasant and în- 
teresting afternoon. 


49 


Mammal Survey Group A.G.M, 
6 April, 1972 


Ac the meeting, attended by 18 
F.N,C.V. members and four visitors, 
ünder the acting chairmanship of Mr. 
H. F. J. Janssen, ihe following Group 
offize-bearers were elected, 

Chairman: Mr. H. Janssen, 29a Myrile 


Grove, Blackburn, Vic. 3130. Phone: 
B8 1080. 
Secretary! Mr. G, Douglas, c/- Post 


Office, Riddefls Creek, Vic 3431, Phone: 
059 28 5191. 

Records Officers Mr. B. Callanan, 29 
Reynands Street, Coburg, Vic, 3058. 

Équipement Officer; Mr, D. Barham, 14 
Finnigans Rood, Research, Vic 3095. 
Phone: 437 1791. 

^ motion that the committee have the 
power to co-opt was carried. A motion 
that a lelter be sent to the secretary 
of the Fisheries and Wildlife Depart- 
ment, io express the Group's desire n 
have a F, and W,D, research officer ap- 
Pointed to allend afl future meetings 
and survey camps was also carried. 

A vote of was cxpressed ta 
Mr, B, Callanan for his completed con- 
pilation of the Group's history since its 
Inception im 1960. ] 

Other main paints of the mecting were: 
(D Discussion on the probable con- 
usidn that may be caused in the Fuürure 


as a result of the formation of a new 
group, who have adopted a name 
similar to the F.N,C.V, Mammal Survey 
Group, The new group's name is the 
Mammal Survey Group of Victoria. (2) 
Discussion on the availability of the 
Group's equipment and records, which 
al present are not in the hands of the 
Group's newly elected committee; 

Following these discussions it Was re- 
solved that; (a) Investigations be made 
to determine the feasibility bt Joining 
tonces with the newly formed F.N.C V, 
Field Survey Group. (b) Other than (3) 
above, ne further action towards chang- 
ing the Group's name be laken until re- 
plies are on hand, lo the various letters 
writlen, regarding this Group's aud the 
Mammal Survey Group of Victoria's 
activities, t 

Future survey camp reconnaissance 
reports Were received for the Broadford, 
Momiagtob Peninsula, Mt. Disappoint- 
ment amd Mt. Baw Baw-Mt. Erica artas 

As equipment was not an hand, a fixed 
date Par the next survey camp could 
not be established. It was decided that 
interested members join the Field Survey 
Group camp om [4-16 April, as this 
would contribute to the investigation 
mentioned earlier. 


Geology Group 
Annual Report 1971-72 
An average of twenty members and 
visitors attended meetings throughout the 
year, the lowest allendance being filten, 
and the highest heing twenty-seven, The 


Office-Bearers for the year were as 
follis :—- 
Chatman: Mr, R, Dodds. 


Serrelary: Mr. T. Sault. 

Excursient Sreward: Mr, N. Wigmore. 

Progrumme Steward: Mr. L. Angioy. 

Most speakers were provided from 
withia the Group, Only two speakers 
were engaged from outside, These were 
Mr. G. Carlos (Geology of Bulla and 
Tullamarine) and Mr. C. Goodall (The 
Ballarat Goldficlds). Geological subjects 
were varied, often several short talks by 
different speakers, From. within the 
Group were Mr. E. Nimmorvol (The 
Geology of the Lysterield-Narre Warren 
area]; My. G. Lave (History of Nickel 
occurrences im W.A.), Mr. L- Angier 
(Bauxite Ore, History of Discovery anl 
Treaiment): Mr. R. Davidson (Coober 
Pedy and Andamooka Opal Fields); Mr. 
D, McInnis (Maribyrnong Terraces); 


150 


Mr. R. Dodds (Facets of the Lile and 
Work bt Early Geologists) — (Slide Pro- 
ject on Building Stones) — (Slide Project 
on Vplcanics]; Mr. T. Sault (Cerberiay 
Voalennies). 

Excueslons were held regularly cach 
month. excepl on two occasions. These 
were well nrzamized by Mr. Wigmore. 
Highlights were a week-end excursion to 
Creswick organized jointly by the Cres- 
wick Club and the Geology Group, and 
a visit to Mt. William lo locate and map 
the Aboriginal Chipping sites. Two Sur- 
veyors in the Group (Mr. N Wigmore 
and Miss L. Bennett) had charge of this 
operation, Other excursions were to 
Tullamarine and Bulla, Barfelil, Waurn 
Ponds, Lysterficld-Narre. Warren, Mati- 
byrnong Terraces and Sovereign Hill. 

The Groups contribulian to the 
Maure Show was a scale model of the 
Maribyrnang River, showing the Geo- 
logical and Physiological features in- 
cluding the River Tertaces, Although 
most members save valuable assistance 
m the project, Mr. McInnis was respon: 
sible for carrying most of the work 
through |n successful completion 


Vict, Nat. Vol. 89 


Maribyrnong Yalley Committee 


A “Maribyrnong Valley Committee” of the Victorian National Parks Association 
has recently been formed to take an active interest in conservation matters generally 
and in particular the yalleys of the Maribyrnong River and its tributaries. 

Activity has already commenced at the newly open “Organ Pipes” National 
Park near Calder Raceway with the clearing of rubbish from the area by members 
of the group under the direction of the ranger Mr. J, Lyale, to be followed by 
weed control measures in the near future. Other efforts at rehabilitation such as 
tree planting are envisaged al a later date and for this purpose and to promote the 
growing of Australian native plants in private gardens and public places in. the 
Western and northern suburbs it is proposed to form a local group of the Society 
for growing Australian Plants, . 

Members of the V.N.P.A. and S.G.A.P. wishing to join these groups and other 
individuals or organizations interested in conservation and/or cultivation of Aus- 
iraliam plants are invited to telephone Syd. Wheller on 338 2893 or call at Tulla- 
marine Plant Farm, or 'phone Don Marsh on 3794928 or Bab Osborne on 


319 6746. C. L, WHELLER, 


The Field Natüralists Club of Victoria Council 
1972 


President: 
Mr. T; SAULT, 118 Gordon Street, Balwyn 3103, Phone 802571 
(Week-ends) (059) 86 8188. 
Immediate Past President: 
Mr. E. ALLAN, 9 Mowbray Street, Bast Hawthorn 3123, Phone- 20 46651, 
Vice-Presidents: 
Mr. B. COOPER, 37 Bath Road, Burwood 3125. Phone: 29 7379. 
Seeretury: 
Ms. R. H, RIORDAN, 15 Regent Street, East Brighton 3187. Phone: 92 8579. 
Assist, Secretary: 
Mrs. MARGARET CORRICK.7 Glenluss Street, Balwyn 3103. Phone: 8579937 
Treasurer: 
Mr. H. BISHOP, Unit 6, 15-19 Argus Street, Cheltenham 3192, 
Assist. Treasurer; 
Mr. H. F. J. JANSSEN, 29A Myrtle Grove, Blackburn 3130. Phone: 88 £080. 


Editor: 
Mr. G. WARD, 54 St. James Road, Heidelberg 3084. Bus. Phone: 38 5121. 
Assist, Editor: 
Mr. G. DOUGLAS, "Knotanoll", Riddels Creek, Vic. 3431. Phone: (059) 28 5191- 
Librariun: 
Mr. P. KELLY, 260 The Boulevard, East Ivanhoe 3079, Phone: 49 5765, 
Assist. Librarian: 

Miss G. PIPER, Unit 4, 23 Broughton Road, Surrey Hills 3127. Phone: 89 898| 
Excursion Secretary; Miss M, ALLENDER, 19 Hawthorp Avenic, North Caulfield 
3161. Bus. Phone: 63 7030. 

Residual: 

Mr. J H. WILLIS, 102 Male Street, Brighton 3186 -Phane- 92 7761 
Mr. LEIGH WINSOR, Flat 8, 4 Rathmines Street. Falificld 3078. 

Bus, Phone: 51 1451, Exin. 2694, Extn. 2724* 

* Leave message. 

Mr. MICHAEL COULTHARD, 47 Westbrook Street, East Kew 3102 

Phone: 85 3787. f 
Mr, DAVID REEVES, Melvins Road, Riddells Creek, 3431. Phone; (059) 78 5312, 
Mr. DAVID BARHAM, 14 Finnigans Road, Research 3095, Phone; 437 1791, 
Subscription Secretary (not on Cound ^ 
Mr, D. E, McINNES, 129 Waverley Road, East Malvern 3415. Phone: 2|] 2427 


May, 1972 151 


Field Naturalists Club of Victoria 


" Established 1880 


OBJECTS: To stimulate interest in natural history and to preserve 
and protect Australian fauna and flora. e 
7 Patron: 
His Eepledey Major-General Sir ROHAN DELACOMBE, K.B.E, C.B. D SO, 


Key Office-Bearers, 1971-1972. 


President: 
Mr. T. SAULT 


Vice-President; Mt. B. COOPER 
iton. Secretary: Mr. R. H. RIORDAN, 15 Regent St,, East Brighton, 3187. — 92 8579) 


Treasurer: H. BISHOP. Address Correspondence to National Herbarium, The 
Domain, South Yatra. 


Subscription Secretary: Mr. D. E. McINNES, 129 Waverley Road, East Mal- 
vern, 3145 


Hon. Editor: Mr. G. M. WARD, 54 St. James Road, Heidelberg 3084. 


Hon. Librarian: Mr. P. KELLY, c/o National Herbarium. The Domain, South 
Yarra 3141. ` 


Hon. Excursion. Secretary; Miss: M, ALLENDER, 19 Hawthorn Avenue, Caulfield 
3161. (522749) 


Magazine Sales Officer: Mr. B. FUHRER, 25 Sunhill Av., North Ringwood, 3134. 


Group Secretaries: 
Botany: Mr. J. A. BAINES, 45 Eastgate Street, Oakleigh 3166 (57 6206). 


Day Group: Mrs. J. STRONG, 1160 Dandenong Road, Murrrumbeena. 
(56 2271) 


Entomology and Marine Biology; Mr. J. W: H. STRONG, Flat 11, “Palm Court", 
1160 Dandenong Rd.. Murrumbeena 3163. (56 2271). 


Field Survey: Mr, B. J. COOPER, 37 Bath Road, Burwood 3125. (29 7379) 
Geology: Mr. T. SAULT. ` 


Mammal Survey: Mr. G. F. DOUGLAS, "Knotanoll", Riddell's Creek 3431 
(054-285191) 


Microscopical: Mr. M. H. MEYER, 36 Milroy Street, East Brighton (96 3268). 


7 MEMBERSHIP 


Membership of the F.N.C.V. is open to any person interested im natural 
history. The Victorian Naturalist is distributed free to all members. the club's 
reference and lending library is available, and other activities are indicated in 
reports set out in the several preceding pages of this magazine. 


Rates of Subscriptions for 1972. 


Ordinary Members fem D- 643 € P eu» me deae de 02 cg pee $7.00 
Country Members — .. R Aj won aloe eque Qui ER 48 a $5.00 
Joint Members sm e " $2.00 
Junior Mambers ss s oy = $2.00 
lunior Members receiving: Vid. Neh. sv an $4.00 
Subscribers ita Viet. Not = _ — $5.00 
Affiliated Societies . £7.00 
life Membership [reducing ‘after 20. yanri 4 $140.00 


The cas! of individual copies of the Viet. Nat. will be a5 cents, 


All snbseriotions should be mode payable to the Field Watusolists Club of Victoria, and posted 
to. the Subscription Secretary. 


9 JENKIN BUXTON & CO. PTY. LTD.. PRINTERS, WEST MELBOURNE 


the 


C 
© 


toria 
natural 


VIC 


i2 


F.N.C.V. DIARY OF COMING EVENTS 
GENERAL MEETINGS 


Wednesday, 14 June—At National Herbarium, The Domain, South Yarra, 
commencing at 8 p.m. 


Subject for evening:—‘‘An introduction to Orchids”: Mr. Jack Hyett. 


New Members (April)— 
Ordinary: 
Miss Dorothy M. Bell, 17 Tower St., Mount Albert. 3127 
Miss Jeanne N. W. Freeman, 4 McArthur Ave, Rushall Park, Nth. Fitzroy, 3068 
Mr Martin Harris, 1 Campbell St., East Kew. 3102 
Mr Peter King, 35 Myrtle St., Springvale. 3171 
Dr Robert W. K. Rogers, 629 The Boulevard, Heidelberg. 3084 
Mr Terrence W. Swalwell, 356 Burwood Rd., Burwood. 3125 
(May)— 
Ordinary: 


Mr Clive M. Brownsea, 30 Gissing St., Blackburn South. 3130 
Mrs Dora Scott, Flat 16. Tahara Rd., Toorak. 3142 


Joint: 

Mr Graham C. Morris and Mrs Alicia A. Morris, 89 Yarrbat Ave, Balwyn. 3103 
Country: 

Mr Lloyd R, Lobbe, 55 Anderson St.. Dimboola. 3414 


GROUP MEETINGS 
(8 p.m. at National Herbarium unless otherwise stated.) 
Wednesday, 21 June — Microscopical Group: *Malaria and the Mosquito in Vic- 
toria" by Mr. P. Genery. 
DAY GROUP 


Thursday, 22 June — Field Survey Group. All meetings are held in Conference Room, 
National Museum, at 8 p.m. 


Friday, 23 June — Junior meeting in Hawthorn Town Hall at 8 p.m. 


Monday, 3 July — Marine Biology and Entomology Group meeting at Conference 
Room, National Museum, at 8 p.m. 


Wednesday, 5 July— Geology Group. 
Thursday, 6 July — Botany Group. 


Thursday, 6 July — Mammal Survey Group Meeting held in Arthur Rylah Institute, 
123 Brown St., Heidelberg at 8 p.m. 


Friday, 7 July — Junior Meeting at Preston in Rechabite Hall, 281 High St., 
at 8 p.m. 


Friday, 14 July — Montmorency and District Junior F.N.C. in Hall at Petrie Park 


at 8 p.m. 
SURVEY CAMPS 
15-16 July— Healesville/Toolangi area. (Details later.) 


F.N.C.V. EXCURSIONS 


Sunday, 18 June — Afternoon excursion to Sydenham Organ Pipes. The coach will 
leave from Batman Avenue at | p.m. Fare: $1.00. 


Saturday-Sunday, 24-25 June — Weekend Excursion to Bendigo. This excursion has 
been arranged to enable members to attend the “Meeting of Field Naturalists 
Clubs" mentioned on page 148 of the May Naturalist. Accommodation has been 
book at the Oval Motel on a bed and light breakfast basis (cooked breakfast 
SOc extra). Bring picnic meals for Saturday and Sunday. Cost for accommoda- 
tion and coach $11.00 to be paid to the Excursion Secretary, by 18 June. The 
coach will leave from Flinders St. outside Gas and Fuel Corporation at 9 a.m. 


Sunday, 27 August-Saturday, 2 September — Stawell. The Stawell F.N.C. are planning 
an itinerary for this excursion and will provide leaders on some of the day 
trips. one suggested excursion being to the slate quarry which provided slate for 
Parliament House. Other trips will be made to the Grampians. Accommodation 
has been booked at the London Motel, room only $4.70. Members going should 
pay accommodation individually, and the coach fare of $20.00 to the Excursion 
Secretary by the August General Meeting. Cheques to be made to Excursion 
Trust. 


154 Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


The 
Victorian Naturalist 


Editor: G. M. Ward 


Assistant Editor; G, Douglas 


Vol. 89, No. 6 7 lune, 1972 


CONTENTS 


Articles: 


Harmony Vale, Baron von Hügel, and an early Victorian Bird Collection. 
By N. A. Wakefield 


Notes on some Tortoises collected in Northern Australia. By John Cann 


Feature: 


Nature Notes from the Gold Coast. By Alex N. Burns |. 
Victorian Non-marine Molluscs. By Brian J. Smith 


Conservation: 


Submission to Minister for Forests, for Preservation of Mt. Cole Reserve 
Forest 


Field Naturalists Club of Victoria: 


Index to Volume 88 Victorian Naturalist 
(Removable centre pages) 


Diary of Coming Events 
Group Reports 
Proposed Excursion to New Zealand 


Front Cover: 


156 
165 


168 
169 


170 


154 
172 


John Wallis photographed the Black-headed Python which inhabits the North of 
Australia, and as far south as Newcastle waters and the tablelands of North Queens- 


land. It may exceed 9 feet in length. 


June, 1972 


155 


Harmony Vale, Baron von Hugel, and an 
early Victorian Bird Collection 
by N. A. WAKEFIELD* 


In the bird collection ol the 
Museum of Zoology at Cambridge 
University, England, there is a series 
of spectmens taken in 1874 by A, von 
Hiigel in the Dandenong Ranges of 
central Victoria. This information 
was communicated (1) by C. W. 
Benson, who for several years has 
been compiling a catalogue of the 
hirds in the Cambridge collection.. 

In subsequent correspondence Mr. 
Benson provided some bibliographical 
details of von Hügel, as well as a list 
of his Victorian bird specimens and 
their recorded data. "The purpose of 
this article is to place these matters 
on record, for they comprise a little 
niece of Australian bird history which 
has until now escaped Ihe attention of 
Incal ornithnlogists, 


Harmony Yale 


Acconlng to their labels, von 
Hügel collected most of the speci- 
mens in November 1874, at “Har- 
mony Vale, Dandenong Mts". This 
locality posed a problem, for 
Harmony Vale is not a current place 
name, und the Department of Lands 
and Survey in Melbourne had no 
record of it in their archives. 

Amongst von Hiigel's specimens 
were three of the Helmeted Honey- 
eater, and as this species used to live 
slong Olinda Creek (2) it seemed 
likely that Harmony Vale might hive 
been in that vicinity—aboul the 
north-easlern foothills of the Dande- 
nong Ranges. This was confirmed by 
an enquiry to a one-time resident of 
that district, Mrs, Christina Mawdes- 
ley, who made these comments (3): 


156 


When my mother, Sarah Jane 
McBWin, was a irl at Silvan (then South 
Wandin), on the Monbulk Road near 
Queens Road, they were neighbours with 
the Richardsons, who had settled earlier 
ou the lower slopes of Mount Dande- 
nmg, across the Olinda Creek, Richard- 
sons called their property Harmony Vale. 

{ have often heard Sarah Jane say 
that Baron Ferdinand von Mueller had 
36veral Limes stayed at the Richardson 
homestead when on collectina tours im 
the Dandenongs. 


When the list of von Hüpel's Vic- 
torian birds came to hand, it was 
noted that a Miss Richardson was the 
actual collector of some of the speci- 
mens, and in this connection Mrs. 
Mawdeslcy wrote the following (4): 


Sarah Anne Richardson (as described 
by my mother and aunts, her contem- 
poraries) was an attractive personality, 
with good features, and an abundance 
of red hair, They (the McEwins). knew 
the family around 1880-1890. l re- 
member sécing Sarah Anne in her old 
age, She and her sister, I should think 
then both in their seventies, walked 
across to beyond Parkers Road, Silvan, 
to sec us—a long walk, crossing at 
Stony Ford (where the dam ts now), 
climbing up to Silvan township and 
along the Monbulk Road about three 
miles further on. 

Sur'anne. as she was always called, 
had a keen intellect to go with the red 
hair. Baron von Mueller was said to 
have. thought highly of her; she helped 
him with his collections when he stayed 
at Harmony Vale, Her married name 
was Mrs. Bird. but the Birds passed on, 
SO years ago or morte leaving no 
descendants, 


Harmony Vale, then, was a name 
for part of the upper valley of Olinda 
Creck, Its position was at latitude 
37° 49' S., longitude 1459 22' E. 


* Monash Tescher? College, Clayton. Victoris, 


Vict Nat. Vol, 89 


Yon Hugel's Collection of Victorian 
Birds 


This list is essentially a transcript 
of a document sent to me by C. W. 
Benson (5). The vernacular names 
were not included in the document, 
and I have provided them to serve as 
headings for the data of each species. 
The catalogue number (Museum of 
Zoology, Cambridge University) is 
given, together with colleetion date; 
and in a few cases the sex or age is 
indicated. Most specimens — all 
those listed without qualification — 
were taken by von Hügel at Harmony 
Vale; others have the locality and/or 
collector indicated in parenthesis. 
The notes with quotation marks are 
from yon Hiigel’s labels. Comments 
made by Mr. Benson are in brackets, 
with the prefix C.W.B. Statements 
not qualified in any way are my own. 


Fan-tailed Cuckoo 


Cacomantis pyrrhophanus 
(Cuculidae) 


19/Cuc/1/d/15, Adult. 30 Oct. 
1874. 

"Not numerous. Shy and retiring. 
Note a prolonged tri, tri, tri, heard 
a long distance and not infrequently 
at night. Generally single but also 
seen in companies of 3-6." 


19/Cuc/1/d/16, Adult. 6 Nov. 
1874. 
19/Cuc/1/d/17, Immature. Now. 
1874. 
19/Cuc/1/d/21. Adult. | Nov. 
1874. 

Horsfield Bronze Cuckoo 

Chalcites: basalis (Cuculidae) 


19/Cuc/1/a/4. Nov. 1874. 


June, 1972 


Golden Branze Cuckoo 


Chalcites lucidus (Cucuhdae) 


19/ Cuc/7/c/ 13. 10 Nov. 1874. 
(Miss Richardson.) 


Sacred Kingfisher 


Halcyon sancta (Alcedinidae) 


25/A1c/8/ee/35. 15 Nov. 1874. 
(Coranderrk Native Mission 
Station, Barak Barak.) (6) 
"Generally seen in pairs on dead 
limbs o£ higli Eucalypti." 


25/ Alc/8/ee/36. 13 Nov. 1874. 
(Same locality as first specimen.) 
"Killed on overhanging bough of a 
dead gum-tree in water hole along 


the Yarra. First specimen seen 
near water. Generally found in 
woods." 


Dusky Wood-Swallow 


Artamus cyanopterus (Artamidae) 


27/Art/1/b/7. Adult. Nov, 1874, 
(Dandenong Range.) 


27/ Art/ 1/0/9. 
1874. 


Juvenile. Nay, 


[C.W.B.:—A specimen from von 
Hügel of A. superciliosus was also 
found with these two of .cyanap- 
terus, but it was. merely marked 
“Victoria, ‘Gaskell’. There were 
also two of A. leucorhynchus, but 
these bore no data at alt. 


Australian Magpie 
Gymnorhina tibicen 


27/Cra/2/a/15. 1 Nov, 1874. 
“Incubation time. Not numerous. 
Its melodious almost flutetike notes 
are chiefly to be heard at dawn and 
dus "v 


(Cracidae) 


157 


[C.W.B.:—We have four specimens 
of this species marked "Victoria 
1594" or “Murray River 1894", re- 
ceived from an A. T. Campbell of 
H. M. Customs, Victoria, on $ 
March 1895] (7) 


Pied Currawong 


Strepera graculina 


(Cracidae) 
27/Cra/3/b/3, S and 6. Nov. 1874. 


Grey Currawong 


Strepera versicolor (Cracidae) 


27/Cra/3/c/7. 5 Noy, 1874. 
"Numerous, but very shy, frequent- 
ing the tops of high trees in small 
companies of 3 to 8-12. birds. Note 
like an ungreased wheel — kiau, ki, 
kt kiau, ., ." 


Eastern Spinebill 


Acanthorhynchus tenuirostris 
(Meliphagidae) 


27/ Mel/1/b/16. 10 Nov. 1874, 


27/Mel/1/b/17. 3 Nov. 1874. 
"Not uncommon, chiefly about 
fruit trees and flowering Aster 
bushes,” 


27/Mel/1/b/18, 5 Nov. £874, 
{Dandenong Range.) 

"Not numerous, Found 
Peach and Aster bushes." 


about 


Red. Wattle-bird 


Anthachaera carunculata 
(Meliphagidae) 


27/ Mel/2/a/16. 9 Nov. 1874. 
(Miss Richardson.) 
“Not numerous.” 


27/Mel/2/a/17. Nov. 1874. 
Helmeted Honeyeater 
Meliphaga cassidix (Meliphagidae) 


158 


27/Mel/18/e/1. Female. Nav, 
1874. 
27/Mel/18/e/2. Male. Nov. 1874. 
27/Mel/18/ce/3, Female. Nov. 
1874. 


It was the discovery of thesc three 
specimens that stimulated Mr. Ben- 
son's. original communication, After 
discovering some specimens of Meli- 
phaga melanops (Yellow - tufted 
Honeyeater) and M. cassidix in the 
British Museum (Nat. Hist.}, he 
made these comments (1) about the 
Cambridge specimens: 


When I came across these three from 
Dandenong Mts, (ie, Harmony Vale] 
I thought they might be cassidix, but 
took them up to the B.M. to check this, 
and Dan Freeman (8) and I got in- 
terested in them. They seem to agree 
with your diagnoss (9) of M. rm. 
gippslandica, though apart from this 
they only differ from cassidix in being 
a little paler black above, the black 
central line on the chin and throat less 
pronounced, and yellowish white on 
inner rectrices. only extending, back for 
about 10 mm. as against 15 mm. In 
wing-length they seem intermediate be- 
tween cassidix and melanops.. 


These comments add another link 
in a chain of «evidence which will 
probably lead eventually to a revision 
of the taxonomic status of cassidix. 
T remarked on the situation several 
years ago (10) with the following ab- 
servation: 


It may be that our Helmeted Honey- 
eater is not a distinct species, but merely 
an extreme form of the widespread 
Yellow-tufted Honeyeater, 


Yellow-faced Honeyeater 
[ Meliphagidae) 
5 and 6, Nov. 


Meliphaga chrysaps 


27/Mel/18/£/4, 
1874. 


27/Mel/18/£/7. 29 Oct. 1374. 
"Stomach small frags Coleoptera. 


Vict, Mat. Vol, 89 


Not uncommon on fruit trees but 
now rare owing to the earliness of 
the season." i 


White-plumed Honeyeater 


Meliphaga penicillata 
(Meliphagidae) 


27/ Mel/18/bb/6. Nov. 1874, 
(Dandenong Range.) 


White-naped Honeyeater 

Melithreptus lunatus (Meliphagidae) 
27/Mel/20/f/7. 30 Oct. 1874. 
27/Mel/20/f/8 and 9. Nov. 1874. 


[C.W.B.:—No. 7  adult— olive 
above white below; chin and 
throat white, rest of head black, 
with a white band on the nape, 
The other two brownish olive 
above, tawny below; crown and 
sides of head brown, No, 8 has a 
narrow white band from behind 
the eye along the sides of the head; 
but. this is lacking in No. 9.] 


Noisy Friar-bird 


Philemon corniculaius 
(Meliphagidae) 


27/Mel/28/g/13. Female. 24 Oct. 
1874. ‘ 
(Tallarook; Dr. Bleasdale.) 


27/Mel/28/g/14. Male. 24 Oct. 
1874. 

(Tallarook; Dr. Bleasdale.) 
“Stomach elytra of beetles and 
seeds. Commion in pairs and small 
companies. Note garrulous and 
very striking.” 


Superb Lyrebird 


Menura novae-hollandiae 
(Menuridae) 


27/Men/1/b/3. male. 


Oct. 1874. 


fuvenile 


June, 1972 


Southern Yellow-Robin 
Eopsaltria australis (Muscicapidae) 
27/Mus/14/a/8. Nov. 1874. 


27/Mus/14/a/9, 4 Nov. 1874. 
“Abundant, habits much like the 
British Robin. Remarkably diffi- 
cult to skin owing to the feathers 
falling out.” 


Satin Flycatcher 


Myiagra cyanoleuca (Muscicapidae) 


27/Mus/33/g/2. Male. Nov. 1874. 


27/ Mus/ 33/g/3. Nov. 
1874. 


Female. 


Rose Robin 
Petroica rosea (Muscicapidae) 


27/Mus/41/j/2. No date. 


(Tree Fern Valley, Dandenong 
Range.) 

Rufous Fantail 

Rhipidura rufifrons (Muscicapidae) 


27/Mus/48/jj/2; Nov, 1874. 


Grey Shrike-Thrush 


Colluricincla harmonica 
(Muscicapidae, Pachycephalinae) 


27/ Mus(P)/ 1/5/16. 2 Nov. 1874. 
“Abundant, but not easily procured 
owing to its rather shy habits. Note 
tu-tu-tui, Local: Whistling Dick." 


Eastern Shrike-Tit 


Falcunculus frontatis 
(Muscicapidae, Pachycephalinae) 


27/Mus(P)/3/a/9. Male. Nov. 
1874, 


159 


27/Mus(P)/3/a/10, Male. 28 Oct. 
1874, 

“Scarce. Only specimen seen.” 
(11) 

27/ Mus(P)/3/a/11. Immature. 
Nov. 1874. 

[C.W.B.:—Perhaps a discoloured 
male; might have been in spirit.] 


Golden Whistler 


Pachycephala pectoralis 
(Muscicapidae, Pachycephalinae) 


27/Mus(P)/7/p/24. Male. Nov. 
1874. 


27/Mus(P)/7/p/27, Female. Nov. 
1874. 


27/Mus(P)/7/p/34, Nov. 1874. 


[C.W.B.:—Apparently a juvenile 
male of this species. Above, it is 
mostly with pale whitish shaft- 
streaks, though with a few olive 
adult feathers. Chest similar. Abdo- 
men plain tawny, lower abdomen 
white, throat yellowish white. Bill, 
legs and feet yellowish white.) 


Rufous Whistler 


Pachycephala rufiventris 
(Muscicapidae, Pachycephalinae) 


27/Mus(P)/7/u/6. Male. Nov. 
1874. 


Spotted Pardalote 


Pardalotus punctatus (Dicaeidae) 


27/Dica/5/c/9, 30 Oct. 1874, 
(Deep Creek, Harmony Vale.) 
“Scarce. Specimen killed on a 
young Acacia tree. Habits like the 
Coal Tit though much less active. 
Easily approached.” (12) 


[(C.W.B.:—There are also two 
specimens of P. sfridtus received 
from yon Hiigel, but without par- 
ticulars of any kind.] 


160 


Olive-backed Oriole 
Oriolus sagittatus (Oriolidae) 


27/0ri/1/s/17, 18 and 19. Novy. 
1874. 


Satin Bowerbird 


Ptilanorhynchus violaceus 
(Ptilonorhynchidae) 


27/Pti/6/a/7. Male. Nov. 1874. 
(Dandenong Ranges.) 


White-throated Treecreeper 
Climacteris leucophaea (Sittidae ?) 


27/Sit/1/c/9. Female. 26 Oct. 
1874. 

(Lillydale, Dandenong Ranges.) 
"Eggs nearly ready for exclusion. 
Common, chiefly about the larger 
eucalypti, Habits like C. familiaris. 


Note tui, tui and a trill" (13) 
27/Sit/1/c/10, Juvenile. 3 Nov. 
1874. 

(Dandenong Range.) 

"Caught by a dog at the foot of a 
white gum — old birds about.” 


Spotted Quail-Thrush 


Cinclosoma punctatum (Turdidae) 


27/Tur/14/d/10. Female. Nov. 
1874, 


27/Tur/14/d/11, Male. Nov. 
1874. 


27/Tur/14/d/12. Male. 3 Now. 
1874. 


27/Tur/14/d/13. Female Nov. 
1874. 

Chestnut Quail-Thrush 

Cinclosoma castanotum (Turdidae) 


27/Tut/14/b/1. Male Noy. 1874. 
(Dandenong Range.) 


Vict, Nat. Vel, 89 


As casianoluin is a semi-desert or 
mallee species, a request was made 
for a check of the identity of von 
Hiigel’s specimen, and the following 
description of it was provided (14): 


It is immediately distinguished from 
ihose of punclaium it having the back 
uniform, without any spots. The upper 
back is brown. ihe lower back .and 
scapulars maroon, the rump brown like 
ihe upper back. The upper chest is 
glossy black, like the chin and throat, 
whereas in all four of punctorum the 
upper chest is grey, with black (in 
males) on the chin and throat. 

The identification of von Hügel's 
castanetum is evidently correct, but 
it cannot be accepted that the speci- 
men was collected in the Dandenong 
Ranges or, in fact, in central Victoria. 


Eastern Whipbird 
Psophodes olivaceus (Turdidae) 


27/Tur/58/b/12. 7 Nov. 1874. 

"Noi numerous. Note ‘tuhip’, 
often heard, Procured with nest 
and 2 eggs whilst cutting scrub 
(mimosa) and heard but not. seen.” 


27/Tur/58/b/13. Nov. 1874. 


27/Tur/58/b/14. Nov. 1874. 
[C.-W.B.:—Apparently — immature, 
much duller than the first two, and 
bill brownish horn rather than black 
in calour, Seems fully grown.] 


Mountain Thrush 
Zoothera douma (Turdidae) 
27/Tur/70/f/17. Nov. 1874. 


27/Tur/70/f/18. 8 Nov, 1874. 
"Whilst scrub cutting. Very local 


and difficult to procure. Egg No. 
8.” (15) 

Grey-backed Silvereye 

Zostereps lateralis (Zosteropidae) 


June, 1972 


27T/Zos'll/aa/18 and 19. 
1874. 


27/Zos/11/2aa/20. 29 Oct, 1874. 

“Scarce. Said to be very common 
and do great harm ta the cherry 
trees during the fruit season. Local 


ELI 


‘white eye’. 


27/Zas/11/aa/21. Nov. 1874. 
[C.W.B,:—This specimen is surely 
a juvenile, perhaps not yet fully 
grown (wing 57 as against 61, 6T, 
63 mm. in the other three), More- 
over. no sign of the white eye-ring. 
One can note the same absence in 
recently fledged Z. zenegalensiy in 
Africa] 


Nov. 


Pilot-bird 


Pycnopiilus floccosus (Sylviidae) 


27/Syl/68/a/2, Nov, 1874, 


[C.W.8.:—Is this a rare bird? The 
British Museum (Nat. Hist.) has 
only one skin, We have another 
one received from a Capt. L, Har- 
rison, M.D., University of Sydney, 
received 1 May 1919, and marked 
"Mt. Wilson, 13 April 1906”,] 


White-browed Scrub-Wren 
Sericornis frontalis (Sylviidae) 


27/Syl/78/d/4. 1 Nov. 1874. 
(Fern-tree gully, near Harmony 
Vale, Dandenong Mts.) 
"Extremely numerous in low thick 
scrub, but se retiring and unobtru- 
sive in habit that it is difficult to 
procure specimens.” 


Southern Emu-Wren 


Stipiturus malachuris (Sylviidae) 
27/8yi/81/a/5. Female. Nov. 
1874. 


27/Syl/81/a/6. Male. Nov. 1874. 


161 


27/Syl/81/a/7, Female. Nov. 
1874, 

Brown Thornbill 

Acanthiza pusilla (Sylviidac) 


27/Syl/2/h/7. 28 Oct, 1874. 
"Abundant. Found in small flocks, 
chiefly on low trees where it flits 
about much after the fashion of the 
European Regulus.” 


27/8y|/2/h/8. Nov. 1874, 
(Dandenong Mts.) 
Blue Wren 


Malurus cyaneus (Sylviidac) 


27/Syl/48/d/10. Nov. 1874. 
Male. 
27/Syl/48/d/12. Male. 30 Oct. 
1874. 


“Common in low scrub where its 
wren-like song is offen heard. In 
habitat it is perhaps most like the 
whinchat." (16) 


27/Syl/48/d/13, Female. 3 Nov. 
1874. 
"Common in Tow scrub,” 


21/Syl/48/d/14. Female. 29 Oct. 
1874. 


Addendum (C.W.H., letter 28 Feb. 
1972): 


Welcome Swallow 


Hirundo tahitica neoxena 
(Hirundinidae) 
29 Oct. 1874. Male. 
(Richardson's Cottage, 
Vale.) 
"Not numerous. 
only by one. pait.” 


Harmony 


Vale frequented 


162 


Baron A. von Hngel —Biographical 


Sharpe (1906) provides these de- 
tails of von Hügel and the bird speci- 
mens which he donated to the British 
Museum (17): 


Hügel (Baron A, von) 


4 Gannets (Sula bassan) from the 
Bass Rock. Presented, (73.114, 1-4.) 

These were presented with the idea of 
forming a group of Bass Rock birds. 
Some of the specimens are in the great 
case in the Bird Gallery. 


35 specimens from various localities. 
T Sent. (73.2.3, 1-33; 7312,26, 13- 

) 

Very interesting specimens of Palae- 
arctic birds, including the skin of a 
Griffon Vulture (Gyps falvus). 


16 birds from Hampshire, Presented, 
(74.3.14, 28-43.) 


23 birds from New Zealand. 
sented, (80.5.3, 1-23.) 

The types of Phálacrocorük stewarti 
arc included in this donation (cf. Cat. 
B., xxvi. p. 386). 


Baron yon Hügel is the son of the 
celebrated Baron Carl von Hügel, who 
wtote the well-known work of travel, 
"Kaschmir und das Reich der Siek". 
1840-1848. 

The donations to the British Muscum 
were from his collection of British birds 
which the young Baron made before he 
went out tà the Fiji Islands and New 
Zealand. Some of the specimens which 
he pave to the Museum were of great 
intrinsic value. 


Pre- 


C. W, Benson (5) wrote these com» 
ments aboul von Hiigel and his Cam- 
bridge bird collection: 


Gadow (1910) gave an account of the 
collections here in Cambridge (18). 
With regard ta von Hügel, there is a 
bare entry that there is a collection 
made by him in Fiji There are indeed 
a good many specimens (? several 
hundreds) collected by von Hügel dur- 
ing May-August 1875. We also have a 
specimen of the rail Nesoclopeus 
peeciloptera collected by him there in 
July 1877, The date of receipt of this 
collection here is not clear, but ob- 
viously before 1910. 1 began to come 
across the specimens soon after I started 


Vict. Nal. Vol. 89 


cataloguing the collectians here in 1965. 
They had been dispersed and placed 
with their appropriate families But 1 
did not find the collection (19) which is 
the main subject of fhis leller until 
earlier this year, when, diunped together 
in one drawer | came across! 

(a) The specimens on the allached 
tist (19), 

(t) Some specimens collected far von 
Hügel by onc Cockerel) on the 
Richmond River in Queensland in 
as (no month ever given) 
(20), 

(c) Some specimens collected by von 
Hügel in New Zealand between 
late Dec. 1874 and April 1875. 

Some of ihe specimens in this drawer 

are marked as if they were received in 
1932, though at that time I have the im- 
pression that little interest was taken in 
the bitd collections here. Possibly these 
particular specimens were reotived on 
yon Hiigel’s death. Anyway, it does 
seem that he did a grand tour, first visit- 
ing Victoria, then New Zealand and then 
Fiji (where he may have stayed until 
July 1877, i.e. more than two years! I 
believe that von Hügel was a Fellow of 
some Cambridge College, though what 
his main interests were I do not know. 
I imagine that birds were only sub- 
sidiary, 

The dales recorded on von 

Hügel's Victorian bird specimens in- 
dicate the follawing itinerary: 


24 Oct, 1874. With a Dr. Bless- 
dale at Tallarook (37° 06° S., 145° 
Q6' E.), where specimens of Noisy 
Friar-bird were collected. 

26 Oct, At Lilydale (37° 46’ S., 
145° 23' E), where a White- 
throated Treccreeper was collected, 

28 Oct, to 10 Nov. Al Harmony 
Vale (379 49' S, 145° 22° E.), in 
which vicinity numerous specimens 
were collected. The “Dandenong 
Ranges" of some specimens may sig- 
nify excursions ta other parts of the 
mountains, The "Fern-tree gully" of 
L. Nav., for the White-hrowed Scrubs 
Wren, may indicate a visit to the 
present Fern Tree Gully, 6 miles 
S.-W. of Hatmony Vale. The speci- 


Jure, 1977 


(mens attributed to Miss Richardson 
are dated 9 Nov, and t0 Nov. 

13 to 13 Oct. At Caranderzk Mis- 
sion Station, near Healesville (379 
4Q' S, 145° 31° E), where Barak 
Barak provided specimens of Sacred 
Kingfisher. 


‘Harmony Vale" Today 


The original Richardson property 
is now part of a flower farm, The 
owner. Mr. Brian Tonkin, calls it 
Sylvan Vale. The farm is surrounded 
by a dense forest of Messmate 
(Eucalyptus abliqua), hut this species 
gives way to Common Peppermint 
(E. radiata) a little way down the 
valley. Near the farm, on a little flat 
by Olinda Creek, there is a stand of 
Manna Gum (E. viminalis), and that 
would have been the habitat of the 
Helmeted ^ Honeyeater when yon 
Hügel! was there. 

Mr. Tonkin, though not an ornis 
thologist, has been interested in the 
local birds for some thirty years, and 
he has not seen the Helmeted Honey- 
eater, Satin Bowerbird, Spotled 
Quail-Thrush or Southern Emu-Wren 
in the vicinity of his property. 

As lar as is known, the Bowerbird 
no longer visits the Dandenong 
Ranges, though it may be seen oc- 
casionally in the Healesville orea 15 
miles to the north-east. The Helmeted 
Honeyeater, Emu-Wren and Quail- 
Thrush are still to be found some six 
miles io the east, in the vicinity of 
Yellingbo (37° 49’ S, 145° 31° E). 
The rest of the species which von 
Hoge! collected durmg his fortnight 
at Harmony Vale are present-day 
vesidents of the Dandenong Ranges 
or else seasonal visitors there. The 
collection was by no means compre- 
hensive of the local avifauna but 
represents something like half (he 
species that would have been there at 
the time. 


163 


NOTES AND REFERENCES 


i, Letter, 16 July 1971. 1l. This note evidently applied to the 
2. See "The Camp Out at Olinda day of collection. 
Creek". Victorian Nat. 1; 110 12. C,W.B.:—The Coal Tit is Parus ater 
(Dec. 1884), of the palaearctic. 
3. Letter, 18 Aug. 1971. 13. GC.W.B.:—The C. familiaris ob- 
4. Letter, 29 Oct. 197]. viously means the  palaearctic 
5. Letter, 11 Sept, 1971. , Certhia familiaris. 
6. Barak Barak (or Berak) was the 14 C, W. Benson, letter 15 Nov. 1971. 


last of ihe Yarra Yarra tribe. He 
"m 15. C.W.B. notes that the whereabouts 
died at the Coranderrk aboriginal of "egg No. 8" is not known. 


station near Healesville in 1903, Mor E - cr 
aged about 85 years. See Victorian 16. C.W.B.:—The whinchat is the 


Nat. 76: 255 (Feb. 1960), palaearctic Saxicola rubetra. 

1, A, J. Campbell was the author of 17. See R. Bowler Sharpe: The History 
Nests and Eggs oj Australian Birds of the Collection Contained in the 
(Melbourne. 1901). Natural History Department of the 

8. D, J. Freeman, who was working at British Museum, vol 2, p. 389. 
the British Museum (Nat. Hist.). British Museum (London, 1906). 

9. Sce p. 177 in “The Yellow-tufted 18. H. Gadow: “The Ornithological 
Honeyeater, With a Description of Collections of the University of 
a New Subspecies” (N. A. Wake- Cambridge," Ihis 4, 9th ser.: 47-53 
field). Emu 58: 163-194 (July (1910). 

1958). 19. These references are to von Hügel's 

10, See “Helmeted Honeyealers". pp. Victorian collection and the assa- 
119-121 in Naturalists Diary (N. ciated data, 


A. Wakefield). Longmans (Mel- 20, This may refer to Richmond River. 
bourne, 1967), - New South Wales. 


F.N,C.V. PUBLICATIONS AVAILABLE FOR PURCHASE 


THE WILD FLOW ERS OF THE WILSON'S PROMONTORY NATIONAL PARK, 
by J. Ros Garnet. 


Price $5,25, (discount to members); postage 20c, 


VICTORIAN TOADSTOOLS AND MUSHROOMS, by J. H. Willis. 


This describes 120 toadstool species and many other fungi. There are four 
coloured plates and 31 other illustrations, New edition. Price 90c. 


THE VEGETATION OF WYPERFELD NATIONAL PARK, by J. R. Garnet. 
Coloured frontispiece, 23 half-tone, 100 line drawings of plants and a map. 
Price $1,50. 


Address orders and inquiries to Sales Officer, F.N.C.V., National Herbarium, 
South Yarra, Victoria. 


Payments should include postage (15c on single copy). 


Flowers and Plants of Victoria in Colour 


Copies of this excellent book are still available, and of course would make a 
wonderful gift. They are obtainable from the F.N.C.V. Treasurer, Mr. D. McInnes. 


164 Viet. Nat. Vol. 89 


Notes on some Tortoises collected in 
Northern Australia 


by JoHN CANN * 


After two hundred years of coloni- 
zation, the distribution of Australian 
Chelids is far from being determined, 
particularly in the northern regions. 
Unquestionably, the remoteness of 
northern Australia, and the lack of 
interest in this section of our fauna, 
are responsible for so little being 
known on distribution limits, especi- 
ally to interested students. 

In September 1971, the author en- 
deavoured to check for tortoises in 
waterways with visibility reasonably 
clear enough for skin diving and it 
was hoped that the fresh water turtle 
(Carettochelys insculpta) would be 
encountered. This species was first re- 
corded from Australia in 1969. 

This work was carried out with per- 
mits supplied by: Department of 
Fisheries and Fauna, West Australia; 
Northern Territory Administration, 
Primary Industries Branch; and De- 
partment of Interior, Animal Indus- 
tries Branch, Darwin, N.T. 

All tortoises lodged in the Austra- 
lian Museum, Sydney, are identified 
by (A.M.) “after mention”, followed 
by the registered museum number. 
Those still in the "author's collection” 
are identified by (A.C.) and speci- 
mens "released" by (R). 

The total collection from this trip, 
covering some 9,500 miles, will 
eventually be lodged in the Australian 
Museum collection. In the event of a 
new species, the type specimens will 
be forwarded to the Darwin Museum, 
Northern Territory. 

Our first river camp was at Daly 
River Mission, on the Daly River, ap- 
proximately one hundred miles south 
of Darwin. Unfortunately the river 


June, 1972 


was murky and visibility was restricted 
to approximately five feet. This made 
diving dangerous, because of snags, 
and a stick had to be waved in a circu- 
lar motion in front and head high, to 
avoid a sudden encounter with sharp 
branches and other hazards. Surpris- 
ingly enough, tortoises were soon 
sighted, and in one hour and two 
hundred yards swimming, the follow- 
ing specimens were collected: 

Two yellow-faced Emydura Sp. 1 
plate 1 (A.M. R31723, R31724). 
Length along carapace 102mm 
and 110mm. 

One Chelodina rugosa ( A.C.). 

One Emydura australis (A.C.) No. 


1. Head quite large. Carapace 
length 19.5cm. 
Two Elseya dentata (A.M. No. 


R31725). 

One specimen (R). 

From the Daly River Mission we 
drove to Clarevale, also on the Daly 
River, approximately 65 miles from 
the sea of Anson Bay. 

Once again the water was murky, 
caused by rain up river, and the 
chance to collect or sight Caretto- 
chelys insculpta seemed remote. Meet- 
ing a full-blooded aboriginal named 
Narbour raised our hopes, for he had 
lived by the river for many years, and 
when shown a photograph of C. in- 
sculpta he said he had often caught 
“Pig-nosed Turtle for food", Subse- 
quent checking of his fire place re- 
vealed bone remains of this species, 
plate 2 (A.M. No. R31717). 

The following morning Narbour ar- 
rived at our camp armed with fishing 


* 26 Yarra Rd.. Phillip Bay 2036 


165 


line and wallaby meat for bait. He 
quickly settled in the branches of an 
overhanging tree to fish and attempt 
to collect the $10 reward we had 
offered for the capture of a live 
Carettochelys insculpta. In half an 
hour he had caught a fine specimen, 
plates 3 and 4 (A.C.), and although 
we remained here for two more days, 
no further specimens were collected 
or caught, although every effort was 
made by Narbour and our party. 
Narbour was quite familiar with 
both long-necked and short-necked 


Plate 1 


tortoises, so when he stated he had 
seen C. insculpta basking on logs at 
times, is seems reasonable to assume 
this is a fact; and it is possible this 
species is nomadic in habit. Narbour 
knew nothing of the breeding habits of 
C. insculpta, but a police black-tracker 
of high intelligence gave us directions 
to a sand bar on the Daly River where 
the turtles came ashore to nest. The 
maze of roads along this river, to- 
gether with our time running out, pre- 
vented us from finding this area. Local 
enquiries made by the author indicate 


Plate 6 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


that this species. could be found in ihe 
following river systems: 

Daly, Darwin, Adelaide 
McKinlay Rivers. ; 

Jt therefore would appear C, iu- 
seulpla May ihabli all large water- 
Ways in the western side of Northern 
Australia. 

At the next camp, namely Edith 
Falls on the Edith. River Northern 
Territory, the water was quite clear, 
and at depths of up to thirty feet 
Elreva dentata could be collected — 
two to cach dive, These were all 
photographed then released with the 
exception of onc specimen (A.M, 
RS1728)7. Only one specimen of 
Emydura australis was encountered at 
this campy; it was collected (A.C.]. 

Our next stop was at Katherine, on 
the Katherine River, Northern Terri- 
lory, where one Elseya dentata was 
observed; and downstream from the 
lower river crossing, one specimen of 
Emydura australis was — collected 
(A.M. R31718). 

It had heen planned to check as 
many waterways as possible mm North 
West Australia, but time did not per- 
mit owing to the great distances be- 
tween them; thus only a token visit 
was possible to Ivanhoe Crossing on 
the Ord River in West Australia. 
Here one specimen of Emydura ans- 
traliy (A.C) was collected. Although 
il was 22.2 cm, carapace length, it had 
4 much smaller head than ihe (A,C.) 
No. 1 specimen collected at Daly 
River. One specimen of Chelodina 
rugosa was also sighted at this stop. 

From the Ord River, we drove non 
stop to Barroloola, Northern Terri- 
tory, a distance of approximately 
eight hundred and fifty miles, Diving 
for one hour at Batten Creek four 
specimens of Emydura Sp, 2 were 
collected, (A.C.) and (A.M. R31726 
& R31727). A dried specimen of 
Chelodina no\meguinere was also 
found on the bank of Batten Creek, 
{(A.C.}. Emyduris Sp, 2 are identical 


and 


Juno, 1972 


‘forming a secondary palate 


with specimens sent to the author in 
1969 from Setiement Creek region 
Nornrh West Queensland, Plate 5 
shows the variations in characleristics 
in this species, Superticially, the facial 
and carapace colour of this species 
are slmost identica] with Emydura 
australis, but a close examination of 
the roof of the mouth will distinguish 
between the two. In Emydura aus- 
tralis a horny sheath covering the 
upper jaw extends to the centre line 
In Eniv- 
dura Sp. 2 the horny sheath is con- 
fined to a narrow band along the edge 
of the upper jaw- 

On the sera trip, the Bellingen 
River, central coast of N.S.W, was 
checked for specimens. Four speci- 
mens were collected here and these 
were lodged at the Australian Museum 
(A.M. R31719, -20, -21, 22). The 
author has doubts as to the correct 
name of these specimens, therefore 
for the time being will refer ta them as 
Elseya latislernum, Dr. J, E, Gray 
published a paper in 1572 on the 
genus Chelymys, im which he de- 
scribed two tortoises one of which 
could he this oval-shaped E. fatister- 
uum. Yn his descriptions he named 
one Euchelymys suleifera. the other 
Elseva spinosa. Both were collected 
from Northern Australia and have 
since been declared synonymous with 
Elseya latisternum, which is why the 
author has placed them under this 
name until further work can be carried 
out on these specimens. If the Bellin- 
gen River specimens prove to be E. 
laiisternunt, there are certainly two 
distinc] farms of this species. 

It is the sincere wish of the author 
that students study these specimens at 
the. Australian Museum, Sydney, 

On future field trips they should re- 
member that diving for tortoises ts 
extremely effective, even in the shal- 
lows and along river banks. The 
favourable time 1s morning or eye- 


M7 


ning for study or collecting purposes. 
Possihly there are other rivers, apart 
from the Daly River, which nave at 
lease five species of Chelids in the 
same waterholc. 

It is also worth noting, that the 
author found the five species, Plate 
6, in the Daly River within a dis- 
fance of anly approximately two hun- 


dred yards. A systematic search of a 
larger stretch of the river could reveal 
more populations. This could also 
apply to many more Australian Rivers. 


Acknowledgements 


L would like: to thank Mr. Raymon 
Mascord for his assistance with this 
article. 


Nature Totes jrom the Gold Coast 


by ALEX. N. Buns 


Introductory. 


The area in which I nm living is 
one tbat is richly endowed with all 
kinds of interesting flora and fauna: 
Situated as it is, one can view the 
southern extremity of South Strad- 


broke Island a few miles to the north: . 


Tambotine Mountain embracing Eagle 
Heighis, North ‘Tamborine, and the 
southern end of the range to the west; 
Beechmont and Springbrook to the 
south-west; and fringing the coast it- 
self the portion of the Gold Coast 
from Main Beach (near Southport) 
to Palm Beach on the highway to 
Coolangatta, To the north-east and 
east, can be seen the ever changing 
Pacific ocean, Across the road from 
our garden is the Burleigh Heads 
Nationa! Park; a beautiful still un- 
spoiled area embracing much fine 
rain forest and some acres of cucalyp- 


lus forest, This park is a real sanc- 


tuary for many wonderful and in- 
teresting animats, birds, reptiles, and 
insects. As I write, in a small white 
barked eucalyptus tree some forty 


feet from the kitchen window, sleeps 


a half grown koala. At dusk, up to 
nine small rock wallabies will come 
down to be fed on bread and fresh 
fruit and vegetable scraps. These will 
be accompanied by a similar number 
of scrub turkeys who also come for 


143 


their share of the good things. So 
fame are these lovely creatures ihat 
they will take the food from one's 
hand, Daybreak brings the voices of 
the currawongs, kookaburras, butcher 
birds and many other “feathered 
friends" who frequent this area along 
with many other fine and interesting 
species of wild life. Flowers in the 
garden attract many interesting in- 
sects representing many Orders; these 
are a never ending source of interest 
and delight. Only a few days ago no 
less than three females of the Rich- 
mond Birdwing butterfly (Ornitkep- 
ters priamus richmondius) were ob- 
served attending flowers of a male 
Papaya to obtain the nectar so rich 
in the flowers of these plants. Car- 
penter and leaf cutting bees are always 
in evidence on sunny days, as well as 
many species of Coleoptera and 
Orthoptera. 

This initial note is mainly an in- 
traduction to the area from which my 
nature observations and notes for the 
future will be made, 

Situated 187 feet above sea level 
with a 180 degree view of the ocean, 
coastline, and land, it is placed in a 
wonderful position for natural history 
observations covering 4 great variety 
of terrain. 


Vict. Nat. Vol, 89 


Victorian Non-Marine Molluscs 


by Brian J, SMiTH* 


Victoria has only one native species 
of terrestrial slug, and even this is 
not considered a true slug by many 


experts, but a shellJess intermediate 
between a slug and a snail with most 
features more akin to the snail form. 


Family CYSTOPELTIDAE 
Cystopelta purpura Davies, 1912 


This is a shell-less mollusc with the 
tail and visceral mass separate at the 
posterior end, the tail extending well 
beyond the end of the visceral mass. 
The animal can grow up to 25 mm. 
long and is usually a mottled greeny 
grey in colour with dark blotches. 
It is usually confined to native bush- 
land and has a wide distribution 
throughout the*forest areas of central 
and eastern Victoria from a few 
metres above sea-level to the tops of 
the ranges. Closely related species 
occur in New South Wales and Tas- 
mania. 

The average size of animals in any 
particular population and the pre- 
dominent colour pattern can vary 
from place to place. Superficially 
there seems to be some ‘correlation 
between colour pattern und habitat, a 
light coloured specimen being found 
in the dryer sclerophyll areas near 
the tops of the ranges, a darker 
animal inhabiting the wetter fern 
gullies, but too little collecting and 
accurate habitat data recording has 
been carried out yet to prove this. 


June, 1972 


The animals are usually found under 
logs or litter in damp positions. How- 
ever several times they have also been 
found climbing the trunks of trees 
and even in a quiescent stage inside 
the rolled-up free bark hangings of 
eucalypts. 


Drawing by Miss R. Plant. 


Because of a superficial similarity 
to the Helicarion group of snails with 
fragile reduced shells, these animals 
have in the past been lumped with 
the Helicarionidae. However, ana- 
tomical studies have revealed many 
unusual features. that make such an 
association untenable and the relation- 
ships and systematic position of this 
unusual group of molluscs, endemic 
to south-eastern Australia, is still very 
much an enigma, 


4 Curator of Invertebrates, National Museum of 
Victoria. 


169 


Submission for Preservation of Mt. Cole Reserve Forest 


This iv a reprint of part of the fall Submission made by the Geelong F N.C. and rhe 
Western Victoria F.N.C.'y Association. 


Minister for Forests. 
Dear Sir, 


The Geelong Field Naturalists 
Club, in conjunction with the Western 
Field Naturalists Club's Association, 
wish to submit. this submission to you, 
for the preservation of Mt. Cole 
Reserve Forest, an aféa of approxi- 
mately 28,000 acres, situated between 
Beaufort and Ararat, in central 
western Victoria. 

The area of Reserve Forest already 
has two Scenic Reserves, that of Fern 
Tree Waterfalls Scenic Reserve with 
an area of 400 acres and the Victoria 
Mill Scenic Reserve with an area of 
80 acres, and both have been de- 
veloped by the Forests Commission 
and  allract many picnic parties, 
naturalists groups and bush walkers 
thraughout each year. 

Early in 1969, the Geelong Field 
Naturalists Club commenced a survey 
of the fauna and flora of this forest, 
embracing the three main mountain 
regions, namely Mt, Buangor, 3247 
ft; Ben Nevis, 2876 ft; and Mt. Cole, 
2591 ft. 

The survey tonk almost three years 
tà complete, and a detailed list of 
fauna and fiora is included in tliis 
submission. 

Apart from the importance of the 
permanent preservation of particular 
regions within the forest. we have 
seriously considered other aspects of 
management such as the priority for 
hardwood extraction, and the em- 
ployment of a local work force, so 
dependant on the forest for a liveli- 


170 


Belmont, Vic. 3216. 
24th March, 1972, 


hood, that the recommendations sub- 
mitted have been kept to a minimum. 


The recommendations are: 


1. The enlargement of existing 
Fern Tree Waterfall’s Scenic Reserve 
from 400 to 1200 acres. 

2, The existing Victoria Mill 
Scenic Reserve of 80 acres to remain 
as at present, 

3. The. establishment of a new 
Flora and Fauna Special Purposes Re- 
serve taking in the Ararat Reservoir 
reservation, Green Range and Mt. 
Bvangor, an area of 1500 acres. 

4, The establishment of a new 
Forest Park, in the areas known as 
The Glut and Lookout Hill, a total of 
2000 acres, 

5, The establishment of a new 
Scenic Reserve on the summit of Ben 
Nevis of 300 acres. 

6. The balance of 23,000 acres we 
recommend te continue to be managed 
as a hardwood forest as at present. 

The finding of several species of 
plants closely linked with Grampian 
species, and a magnificent endemic 
Grevillea sp. covering many acres, 
is sufficient guide for setting aside 
special reservations, 

The future of populations of local 
Grey Kangaroos amd two species of 
Wallaby, together with long standing 
herds of introduced deer, is seriously 
being endangered by continued plant- 
ing of pine plantations on adjoining 
Mt. Lonach, so much so that their 


Vicl, Nat, Vel, 89 


MOUNT COLE RESERVE FOREST 


APPROX. AREA 28000 ACRES 


( J ELMHURST GLENLOGIE (7) 
Highway 


SCALE OF MILES 


Loe 
SETTING] FERN TREE WATERFALLS SCENIC RESERVE 
INCREASE FROM 400 TO 1200 Acres 


VICTORIA MILL SCENIC RESERVE 
BO Acres (NO INCREASE) 


TEES 
PROPOSED NEW FOREST PARK 2000 Acres 
THE RESERVOIR’ 
LZ PROPOSED NEW FLORA FAUNA RESERVE — 1500 Adres 


"7 ‘BEN NEVIS’ 
Ki PROPOSED NEW SCENIC RESERVE 300 Acres 

REMAINDER OF MT. COLE FOREST 

FOR HARDWOOD. MANAGEMENT 23000 Acres 

_——____ MAJOR ROAD 

———— MINOR ROAD 


mark hacklaton 


i 


June, 1972 71 


dependance on Mt. Cole forest is of 
greater significance. 

Despite the suitability of areas of 
Mt. Cole forest for pine planting, we 
consider that such would seriously 
limit the value of this forest as the 
natural ecological unit, as- we Know it 
today. 

Not only would the planting of 
pines in this forest represent an un- 
natural intrusion, but the buffer zones 
of thinned and control-burned forest 
to protect pines, would also take a 
considerable share of valuable natural 
forest, 

The recent announcement by you, 
Sir, of a new Forest Park for nearby 
Mt. Langi Gheran is applauded and 
welcomed and we would like to point 
oui that despite the close proximity 
of Mt. Langi Gheran to the Mt. Cole 
Reserve Forest both differ greatly 
ceologically and each has an entirely 
different concept, and should have no 
bearing on any recommendation 
made in this submission. 

Listed herein are the full flora and 
fauna lists as completed by the survey, 
reasons for particular recommenda- 


tions, geological and forestry descrip- 


tions, and all bodies and organisations 
supporting this submission, conclud- 
ing with a brief outline of rhe history 
of this fine area, 


We acknowledge the assistance at 
all times of officers and staff of the 
Forests Commission during the 
survey. 

In submitting this application, we 
trust that the recommendations for 
preservation as detailed will meet with 
favourable consideration by your 
Forests Commission, and that de- 
cisions made will benefit in general 
the rightful owners of our forests, 
the people of Victoria. 


We are, Sir, 
Yours faithfully, 


JoHN R. WHEELER, 


President Geelong Field Naturalists 
Club and Convenor of Submission. 


Gorpon MCCARTHY, 


Secretary Geelong Ficld Naturalists 
Club. 


TouN HUNT, 
Vice-President Geelong Field 
Naturalists Club, Delegate of 


Western Victorian Field Naturalists 
Cluh's Association. 


Copies of the full Submission may be 
E E from the President of Geelong 


Field Naturalists Club of Victoria 


Field Survey Group — 25 Muy, 1972 

Mr L Winsor chaired the miceting, 
which was atlended by 18 members. 

The Secretary announced that the 
Group was trying to find a Speaker on 
botanical survey techniques for the 
June Meeting. In future, it is hoped to 
have @ Visiting speaker every second 
meeting. 

Dr B, Smith invited members to take 
part im the workdays held at regular 
intervals in the National Museum 
Several members agreed to allend. 

Details of the Mt, Disappointment 


72 


Survey Camp to be held over the Queen's 
Birthday weckend were discussed in 
detail, with Maps of the area being dis- 
tributed, 

Further results of the Batringo Camp 
Were then discussed. Dr Smith listed and 
briefly described the Non-marine Mol- 
lusca found on the camp, while Mr. 
Winsor reported on his study of the 
Flat Worms. 

During the last part of the evening, 
Mt Winsor described the procedures of 
fixing and preserving invertebrates, 
before the mecting adjourned lor coffee. 


Vict. Nal. Vol. 89 


Mammal Survey Group 


The May meeting was attended by 
seventeen members and six visitors, The 
Secretary informed the Group that replies 
had not yet been received to important 
queries in recent outward correspon- 
dence: 

Reporls were received from those 
members present’ who attended the 
FE.N.C.V, Field Survey Group camp in 
April, as part of investigations being 
made to detenmine. the feasibility of the 
two groups joining forces. These investi- 
gations will be taken a step further with 
the holding, for aur mutual benefit, of à 
joint camp by the two groups over the 
Queen's Birthday weekend, 10 to 12 
June. This survey camp will be on Mi 
Disappointment. It should be noted each 
group will be doing survey work on their 
own special interest, . 

It was decided at the meeting on 
4 May that those members who had the 
ability to do so would undertake a 
special study on a particular mammal. 
This could be done either as am indivi- 
dual study, or by a small number of 
members working together. The advan- 
tages of these studies are obviously 
many —it ts hoped they will result in 
production of field guides for use by 
the group; and eventually provide it 
with al least one specialist on each 
native mammal in Victoria. In order to 
avoid duplication of studies the Group 
Secretary is keeping a list of who has 
Undertaken to study each mammal. The 
mammals selected for study ta date 
8re— 

Platypus 

Ornithorhynchus anaiinis 

Long-nosed Bandicoot 

Perameles nasuta 
Short-nosed Bandicoot 

Isoodon. obesulus 
Feathertail Glider 

Acrobates pygmaeus 
Ringtail Possum 

Pseudocheirus peregrinas 
Tuan 

Phascogale tapoatafa 


Bush Rat 

Rarius fuscipes 
Swamp Rat 

Rattus lutreolus 
Swainson's Antechinus 

Antechinus swainsonii 
Echidna 

Tachyglossus aculeatu 

Enquiries about, or contributions sto 
these studies should be addressed to the 
Secretary, 

Subsequent to the April meeting the 
cominitiee was able to obtain à loan of 
the necessary equipment for a survey 
camp to be conducted at Mt. Hickey on 
6 and 7 May. Unfortunately the equip- 
ment was available for only a short 
period of time, ind notice of the date 
of the camp could not be given until 
4 May. With such short notice, a smaller 
number than might atherwise have been 
expected, were able to attend, Despite 
this the weekend survey was most suc- 
cessful. In all, eight native, and three 
introduced mammal species were identi- 
fied in the area. The messurement and 
weight of the twenty animals caplured 
were taken in the course of the survey, 
and post-mortem cxaminatians were 
made on two rats of the introduced 
species Ruus rattus. In addition endo 
ånd ecto parasites were collected from 
captured animals. A detailed report will 
be published later. 

The May meeting ol Ihe group 
adopted à programme for survey camps 
during the remuinder of the year. 


Calendar of Mammal Survey Group 
Camps for 1972 — 

10—12 June 

$—9 July 

29—30 Juiy 

26—27 August 

23—24 Septemher 

21—22 October 

18—19 November 

23 Dec.—2 Jan, 73. 


Club Improvement Committee 


Receptly, the Club Improvement Committee recommended to F.N,C.V. Council 
that a "Reporter" be appointed to write up items of general interest. to members, 
and make comments on cheb activities — particularly those of Council and the Club 
Improvement Activity. Council approved the recommendation, and subsequently 
appointed a club reporter. Below is the first of his reports, which will appear 


regularly. 


June, 1972 


173 


rom your Reporter 


The Club Improvement Committee 
has been quite busy, and will be for 4 
considerable period of lime. They have 
been given a ereat deal of work to do, 
Among the jobs they are doing is a 
complete review of the Memorandum 
and Articles of Association, and the 
By-Laws of the chub, with the object 
of recommending amendments ta them. 
This in itself is a major task, but in 
addition they are examining ways, lo 
improve the structure and performance 
of Council, and the club They are 
analysing the secretarial workload (o see 
how it may be better handled, the 
format of meetings, and excursions; and 
looking into the need far mare audio. 
visual aids at meetings, Other things 
being investigaled include a club equip- 
ment register. All this does not mean 
things will change completely, or 
immediately, but wherever change is 
recammended, and approved hy Council 
or a general meeting, it will be iraple- 
mented. 

it appears that various field naturalist 
clubs are looking for a State body to 
co-ordinate their activities, Could the 
FN.CYV. be such, a co-ordinating body 
— it certainly has the status — but has 
it the means? 

At present it probably does nol; 
although all that appears to he required 
is additional manpower The CLC 
(Club [mprovement Committee) is lpok- 
ing al the feasibility of employing a 
professional person, either full or part 
Time, to handle routine correspondence, 


and other tasks such as coordinating 
meelings. This could well prove to bc 
the answer. Also, hand in hand with this, 
is a search for a suitable office, with 
reasonable rental. 

Did you know that earlier this year 
à numbéc of Mammal Survey Group 
members broke away from F.N.C.V. and 
formed their own group called the 
‘Mammal Survey Group of Victoria? 
In spite of this the F.N.C.V. Mammal 
Survey Group is still strong and active, 
with an average of more than twenty 
people at cach mecting, Tt is hoped that 
Ihrough co-operation 4nd co-ordination 
much will be achieved by both groups. 

E heard a whisper that the Hon. Editor 
was running short of material for the 
Victorian Naturalist — yours pre needed, 

The Field Survey and the Mammal 
Survey groups informed me that they 
would like to see country members, and 
Affiliated clubs attend thejr survey camps. 
Interested. members and clubs should 
contact the respective Group Secretaries 
for details of future surveys. It is felt 
that with their lacal knowledge, country 
members, and district clubs could, by 
participating. in them, contribute. much 
to the activities of these groups. 

It is with dismay that L note that very 
few, and often as not, no volunteers 
answer the many requests for assistance 
in various tasks that are made at our 
general meetings. The load thus falls on 
the reliable Few, who are already over- 
worked. This ts a great pity. 


Proposed Excurston to New Zealand 


Sufficient interest was shown in this proposal to justify booking accommodation 
tentatively, but à greater number of excursionists will be required before this can he 
regarded as definite, If you are interested please make a frm booking as soon as 
possible in order that arrangements may be confirmed. The cost ranges from £582 
for twenty passengers to $554 for thirty or more. This includes return air fares, all 
main meals and accommodation in New Zcaland, and all travel specified in the 
itinerary. A deposit of $40 per person should be paid by the 19 June, Cheques ta 
he made payshle to Excursion Trust. 


ame excursion will be based on the following itinerary, but some details may be 
tered. 


Saturday, 6/1/73 — Melbourne[Wellingron, Stay at Sharella Motor Inn- 
Sunday, 7— Wellingtor/New Plymouthi- Travel north thraugh Wanganui and con- 
tinue on lo the Mount Egmont area. Stay at Moun! House, 


74 Vict. Nat, Vol. 89 


Monday, 8 — Coach available for local sightseeing. 


Tuesday, 9 — New Plymouth/Auckland, Continue north crossing Mt. Messenger; en 
route visit Waitomo Caves. Stay at De Bretts Hotel. 


Wednesday, J0 — Af Auckland. 


Thursday, 11 — Auckland|Kororua, Travel south through Hamilton and continue on 
to the thermal region. Stay at Brents Hotel, 


Friday, 12 — Ar Rotorua. Your tour includes a visit to a mode! Maot! Village and 
the Whakarewarewa Thermal Reserve, Also visit the famous trout springs. ln 
the evening attend a Maori Concert. 


Saturday, 13 — Rororua/National Park. Continue south through Wairakei and Taupa 
to the central National Park. Stay at Drumlin Lodge. 


Sunday, 14 — National Park/Wellingion, ‘Leaving the National Park. you continue 
southwards through beautiful beech forests and native bush until the country 
opens up into sheep and dairy farms. Continue on to Wellington, New Zealand's: 
capilal city. Stay at Sharella 'Motor Inn 


Monday, 15 — W'ellingronPicren|Nelson. Cross. the Cook Strait to the South Island 
by ferry to the small holiday centre of Picton, From there travel by coach tò 
Nelson. Stay at Nelson Hotel. 


Tuesday, 16 — Nelson]Greymouth. Travel south through the Buller Gorge down the 
West Coast to the old gold mining town of Greymiouth. Stay at Revingtans 
Hotel. 


Wednesday, 17 — Gréymourh]Fox Glacier, "The drive down the West Coast is one of 
the loveliest in New Zealand. The road climbs around the side of steep mountains 
and continues south through Hokitika lo Fox Glacier. Stay at Fox Glacier Motel, 


Thursday, 18 — Ai Fox Glacier. Today there is a guided excursion on the Glacier 
and a visit to tranquil Lake Matheson, 


Friday, 19 — Fox Glacier/Wanaka. Brom Fox Glacier the road climbs through 
impressive forests and mountain scenery to the Haast Pass and then drops down 
the cast side of the Southern Alps to Lake Wanaka. Stay at Wanaka Hotel 


Saturday, 20 — Lake Wanaka/Milford Sound. Continue south through the central 
Otago area unlil you reach Te Anau, gateway to Fiordland National Park 
From there the drive continues through the famous Homer Tunnel to Milford 
Sound, Stay at Johnstons Hostel, 


Sunday, 21 — Launch excursion on Milford Sound. 


Mandsy, 22 — Milford Sound/Queenstown. We retrace our steps as [ar as Te Anau 
and "uad swing north skirting Lake Wakatipu to Queenstown. Stay at View 
Motel. i 


Tuesday,- 13 — For part of the day you go sightseeing by coach 10 Coronet Peak 
and then tò Arrowtown, once a thriving goldmining town. Rest of the day at 
etsure. d f 


Wednesday. 24 — Queenstown} Mt, Cook. Continue north to Otematata and then intà 
the Mt. Cook National Park. Stay at Lake Tekapo Motor Inn. 


Thursday, 23— Day Excursion lo Mt. Cook. The whole day in the spectacular 
Mt, Cook Naiional Park, within its boundaries 17 peaks over 10,000 feet; 
including New Zealand's highest, ‘Mt, Cook, 


Friday, 26 — Mr. Cook/Christchurch, Continue across the colourful Canterbury 
males to Christchurch, premier city of the South Island. Stay at Avon Mator 
odge. . 


Saturday. 27— Time will be made available for duty free shopping before you 
return tö Australia by arr. 


June, 1972 l , 175 


Field Naturalists Club of Victoria 
Established 1880 


OBJECTS: To stimulate interest in natural history and to preserve 
and protect Australian fauna and flora. 


Patron: 
His Excellency Major-General Sir ROHAN DELACOMBE, K.B.E. C.B, D.S.O. 


Key Office-Bearers, 1971-1972. 
President: 
Mr. T. SAULT 
Vice-President: Mr, B. COOPER 
Hoa, Secretary; Mr. R. H. RIORDAN, 15 Regent St., East Brighton, 10187, — 92 8579) 


Treasurer: H, BISHOP. Address Correspondence to National Herbarium, The 
Domain, South Yarra. 


Subscription Secretary: Mr. D. E, McINNES, 129 Waverley Road, East Mal- 
vern, 3145 


Hon, Editor: Mr. G. M. WARD, 54 St. James Road, Heidelberg 3084. 


Hon. Librarian: Mr. P. KELLY, c/o National Herbarium. The Domin, South 
Yarra 3141. 


Hon. Excursion Secretary: Miss M. ALLENDER, 19 Hawthorn HAT Caulfield 
3161. , (522749). 


Magazine Sales Officer: Mr. B. FUHRER, 25 Sunhill Av., North Ringwood, 3134. 


Group Secretaries: 
Betany:-Mr. J, A. BAINES, 45 Eastgate Street, Oakleigh 3166 (57 6205), 
Dav Group: Mrs. J. STRONG, 1160 Dandenong Road, Murrrumbeena, 
/ (56 2271) 


Entomology and Marine Biology: Mr. J. W. H. STRONG, Flat 11, "Palm Court”, 
1160 Dandenong Rd., Murrumbeena 3163 (56 2271). 


Field Survey: Mr. B. J. COOPER, 3% Bath Road, Burwood 3125, (29 7379) 
Geology: Mr. T. SAULT. 


Mammal Survey: Mr. G. F. DOUGLAS, "Knotanoll", Riddell's Creek 3431 
(054-285191) 


Microscopical: Mr. M. H. MEYER, 36 Milroy Street, East Brighton (96 3268) 


MEMBERSHIP 


Membership of ibe F.N.C.V. is open to any person interested in natural 
history. The Victorian Nataralist is distributed free to all members, the club's 
reference and lending library is available, and other activities are indicated. in 
reports set out in the several preceding pages of this magazine. 


Rates of Subscriptions for 1972. 


Odinary Members ., m" ob Pu - ETT A. Se Ne A E 5 37.00 
Country Members ' Aue uude e M n dou » 2. X. LL. " 15.00 
Joint Members . 5 on 5 ft - : x J me OQ. . $2 Q0 
Junior Members (under 1a years) : M ua on -- AU S - F . $2.00 
"Junior, Members receiving Vict. Nat, CP S, "NUT à n:i $4400 
Subscribers fo Vict. Nat: Trans only). toon oa m o eri c mirl imacl - "n o0 80 
Overseas Subscribers n wet = i M M ae S S600 
Affiliated Societies ,. . Ü LL. xd 2. e M poo 1 4 : a . $700 
Tuppi n Members . de WW 4€ 0 MD MM. LR. OP rt UD, 

ife Membership [reducing affer 20. years) .. : 4n ; .. $140.00 


The cost of individual capies of the Vict. Nat. will be " cents Im cent — overseas requests), 
Full-titng Students befween 18 and 21 years pay at dunior Member rates. 


All subscriptions should be mede payable fo the Field. Naluralists Club of Victeria, and oosted 
to fhe Subscription Secretary 


e JENKIN BUXTON & CO. PTY. LTD.. PRINTERS, WEST MELBOURNE 


he 1 
victorian 


naturalist 


F.N.C.V. DIARY OF COMING EVENTS 
GENERAL MEETINGS 


Monday, 10 July — At National Herbarium, The Domain, South Yarra, commencing 
at 8 p.m. 


Subject for evening—'Reptiles and the need for Conservation’: 
Mr. P. A. Rawlinson, of La Trobe University. 


GROUP MEETINGS 
Botany Group 


Thursday, 13 July (not July 6 as published in June Naturalist): John Robin (La 
Trobe University): ‘Sherbrooke’. 


Thursday, 10 August: Members’ night (including display of 150 Alison Ashby wild- 
flower cards). 


Thursday, 20 July — Day Group, Burnley Horticultural College. Swan St. Includes 
guided tour of inspection. Meet at 11.30 a.m. inside grounds. B.Y.O. lunch. Take 
Wattle Park tram in Batman Ave. 

Friday, 28 July — Junior F.N.C. meeting in Hawthorn Town Hall at 8 p.m. 


Thursday, 3 August — Mammal Survey Group meeting in Arthur Rylah Institute. 
123 Brown St.. Heidelberg, at 8 p.m. 


Friday, 4 August — Junior F.N.C. meeting in Rechabite Hall, 281 High St., Preston 
at 8 p.m. 


Monday, 7 August — Marine Biology and Entomology Group meeting at Conference 
Room, National Museum at 8 p.m. Mr. H. B. Wilson, Senior Entomologist 
V.P.R.I. — ‘Pheromones” (Hormonal secretion and behavioural response in 
insects). 

Wednesday, 9 August — Geology Group Meeting. 


Friday, 11 August — Junior F.N.C. meeting in Hall at Petrie Park, Montmorency. 
at 8 p.m. 


F.N.C.V. EXCURSIONS 


Sunday, 16 July — Sovereign Hill, Ballarat. The coach will leave Batman Avenue at 
9.30 a.m. Fare $2.20, plus admission. Bring two meals. 


Sunday, 27 August - Saturday, 2 September — Stawell. 

26 December -1 January — Leongatha. Details will be published later. 

6-27 January, 1973 — New Zealand. See June Naturalist for details. 

Thursday, 27 July — Field Survey Group in the Library Conference Room. National 
Museum, at 8 p.m. Briefing for Cape Liptrap/Waratah Bay Survey. 


Survey Camps 
15-16 July — Murrindindi River. 


12-13 August — Cape Liptrap/Waratah Bay (more details from Secretary, Field 
Survey Group). 


178 Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


The 
Victorian Naturalist 


F Editor: G. M. Ward 


Assistant Editor: G. Douglas 


Vol. 89, No. 7 5 July, 1972 
CONTENTS 
Articles: 
" Beach Gravels. By E. C. F. Bird... a 0 a us us s. s. s. 180 
Eruption date of Tower Hill Volcano. By Edmond D. Gill .. — ..  .. 188 
A study of Environment .. ike n" ye ^ E. 2i a .. 193 
Notes on the European Rabbit Flea in Visions, By Rosamond 
Shepherd and John Edmonds ..  .. wf 4 AE IU oh .. 194 
Honeysuckle Creek No. 4 Aboriginal Shelter. DNA Aldo Massola .. .. 196 
An Aboriginal Axe-grinding Rock near Mt. Macedon. By Alan L. West .. 198 
Feature: , 
Reptiles of Victoria. By Hans Beste .. .. ©. .. .. o 0. "186 
“Overheard in the Bushes” .. .. wk we su. su. s. s. s. 203 
Field Naturalists Club of Victoria: 
General Meeting and Group Reports .. x ns hA e m 54. 200 
Diary of Coming Events ..  ..  .. .. ee .. .. s. o FB 
Western Victorian F.N.Cs. Association: 
Reports of individual Clubs 1971/72 .. — .. 0.3 s s ss s. 204 


i 


Front Cover: an 


This delightful photograph of the Sugar Glider (Petaurus breviceps) was taken by 
John Wallis. 


July, 1972 179 


Beach Gravels 


by E.C F Bio 


Beaches composed of pebbles and 
cobbles are quite rare on the coast of 
Australia, where most beaches. are 
sandy. By contrast, many of the 
beaches of south-east England consist 
of well-rounded - gravels, termed 
shingle, At seaside resorts such as 
Brighton or Eastbourne on the Sussex 
coast, shingle beaches are a surprise 


to Australian visitors who journey. 


down from London for a day by the 
sea, expecting the beach to be sandy. 
The reason for these pebble and 
cobble beaches is the abundance of 
Hint, a hard siliceous rock, in the 
Chalk formation which outcrops on 
the Sussex coast. Irregular nodules of 
flint released by erosion of the Chalk 
are gradually worn and rounded by 
wave action. Similar shingle beaches 
are found on other Chalk coasts, for 
example in northern France. 

Beach gravels are also common on 
coasts Where frost shattering or glacial 
action have produced stony drift de- 
posits that are worked upon by the 
sea, Pebbles and cobbles derived from 
glacial drift are common on the coasts 
of Scotland and Ireland, in British 
Columbia, and in the South Island of 
New Zealand, In some places the 
gravelly Material is carried down to 
the coast by rivers, then built into 
beaches by wave action. Pebbles 
washed down to the coast by the 
River Spey in Scotland are added to 
ihe shingle beach on either side of 


the river mouth, and some of the 
beach gravel which lines the shore of 
the Canterbury Bight in New Zealand 
has been delivered by rivers, notably 
lo Rakaia and Rangitala, in times of 
flood. 

Sandy beaches are formed where 
coastal cliff erosion yields sand-sized 
material, where rivers are delivering 
sandy loads to the coast, or where 
sand has been washed up from the sea 
floor. Beach gravels are more local- 
ised, and can usually be explained it 
terms of some local source of material 
of suitable size and hardness in the 
rocks that outcrop along the coast. 

In Victoria, beach gravels are fre- 
guently found on basait coasts, and 
on sectors where coastal rock outcrops 
include granitic rocks, ferruginows 
sandstone, er calerete layers which can 
he disintegrated by weathering or 
marine erosion into rock fragments 
that accumulate as beach material. 
They are not found where the coastal 
rock outcrops are homogeneous, as on 
the massive granites of Wilson's 
Promontory, or on the soft Tertiary 
sediments which form the cliffs of the 
Port Campbell -district, 

On basalt coasts, beach gravels are 
found where the rock outcrops in cliffs 
and shore platforms show closely- 
spaced joints and bedding planes. Near 
Flinders, polygonal columnar basalt 


“Reader in Geogiaphy, University of Melbourne 


Nove; There is gome contusion in the terms used to describe beach sediments coarser Ihia sand (i.e. 


having grain size diameters larger than 2 


On the Wentworth Scale the terms used arc 


ranules 


mm}. 
Gamm), pebbles (4.56mm). and cobbles (56256mm), bul others have defined these terms dificrenily. 
Gravel is a less specific term, which some have attempted to sestrict to a particular size rangs, but 


it i& convenient to use jt as a general term com 


sing granules, pebbles and cobbles as defined on che 


Weatwosth Scale. The British term shingle usually refers to well-rounded gravel, whereas the American 
lerm beach gravel can also include angular material. The latter term is more appropriate in Victoria, 
where beach sediments coarser than sand sre often poorly rounded. 


180 


Vict. Nat. Vol, 89 


Plate 1. 


Photo: Author 


exposed on the shore disintegrates to 
form angular blocks which, under the 
occasional effects of storm wave ac- 
tion, become rounded as cobbles and 
gradually worn down to pebble size 
(Plate 1). Similar features can be seen 
at many places in the Portland district 
and near Port Fairy, as well as at 
Cape Schanck and on the shores of 
Phillip Island. Often the larger cobbles 
have been thrown by strong wave ac- 
tion to the top of a ‘storm beach’, as 
on the western side of Cape Schanck 
(Plate 2). Some such beaches, above 


Plate 2. 


Photo: Author 


July, 1972 


the normal range of wave action, de- 
velop subaerial weathering features, 
such as pitting and flaking of cobble 
surfaces, and may be colonised and 
eventually covered by vegetation. 
Coastal outcrops of granitic rocks 
will also yield beach gravels if the 
pattern of jointing is sufficiently close. 
The massive granites on Wilson's 
Promontory do not yield beach gravel: 
instead they flake superficially to pro- 
duce fragments which are added to 
adjacent sandy beaches. On the west- 
ern side of Cape Woolamai the granite 


Plate 4. 


182 


Photo: 


Author 


Plate 3. 


Photo; Author 


is intricately jointed and yields gravel 
beaches, and similar features are seen 
in the cove cut in jointed granodiorite 
north of Safety Beach, Mount Martha 
(Plate 3), and on the granite shore 
north of Mornington. Weathering and 
disintegration of these rocks yields 
initially angular fragments, which 
gradually become rounded and re- 
duced to cobble and pebble size as 
they are incorporated in adjacent 
beaches. 

Dune calcarenites, produced by the 
partial lithification of superimposed 
coastal dunes of calcareous sand, have 
been trimmed back as cliffs, fronted 
by shore platforms, on several sectors 
of the Victorian coast. The finest ex- 
amples are on the coast near Warr- 
nambool, and again between Point 
Lonsdale and Cape Schanck. Within 
the dune formations exposed in such 
cliffs are layers of hard calcrete, and 
lithified structures preserving the 
shapes of roots and stems of ancient 
plants  (phyto-concretions). These 
more resistant elements weather out 
to form broken irregular fragments 
of calcareous rock, which can be 
rounded and accumulated by wave ac- 
tion in gravel beaches on sectors of 
the shore (Plate 4). 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


Layers of dark brown ferruginous 
stone are prominent in the Upper Ter- 
tiary Sandstones of central Victoria. 
On the Bellarine Peninsula, coastal 
outcrops of this material have dis- 
integrated to form beach gravels on 
the shore between Portarlington and 
St. Leonards. Similar features are seen 
on the east coast of Port Phillip Bay 
between Brighton and Beaumaris, at 
Mount Eliza (Plate 5), and near 
Mornington, as well as at Crib Point, 
Stony Point and Corinella on the 
shores of Westernport Bay. Each of 
these sectors is subject only to low or 
moderate wave energy, and the hard 
ferruginous gravels remain poorly 
sorted and angular to subangular. 

Other coastal outcrops which have 
yielded material to form local beach 
gravels include Tertiary limestones at 
Portland, Eocene conglomerates at 
Pebble Point near Princetown, well- 
jointed sectors of Jurassic arkose on 
the Otways coast, pyroclastic material 
near Airey's Inlet, and Palaeozoic 
metamorphic rocks in Gippsland, not- 
ably near Cape Liptrap and at Ship- 
wreck Cove near Mallacoota. 

Supply of gravels to the shore by 
river action is unusual in Victoria, be- 


Plate 5. 


Photo: Author 


July, 1972 


cause most rivers enter the sea by way 
of estuaries and lagoons that act as 
sediment traps for the coarser material 
carried downstream. On the steep 
coast of the Otway Ranges several 
streams bring down cobbles and 
pebbles of Jurassic arkose to the 
shore, and these accumulate as beach 
gravels (often mixed with, or over- 
lain by, sand) at their mouths. The 
pebble spit at the mouth of St Georges 
River includes material supplied in 
this way. 

Beaches fringing coastal lagoons are 
usually sandy, but there is an excep- 
tion to this along the northern shores 
of the Gippsland Lakes. On Banksia 
Peninsula (Plate 6) and Raymond 
Island near Paynesville, and on the 
northern shore of Lake King, beach 
gravels are extensive. The pebbles con- 
sist of various rock types, including 
quartzites, schists, gneisses, and crys- 
talline and volcanic igneous rocks, all 
of which can be matched with rock 
outcrops in their original source area, 
the highlands to the north. The gravels 
were brought down during Pleistocene 
times by rivers far larger and more 
powerful than those which now flow 
into the Gippsland Lakes, and spread 


Plate 7. 


184 


Photo: 


Author 


Plate 6. 


Photo: Author 


across aggrading valley floors. Subse- 
quent river incision has dissected 
these into terraces. A capping of 
water-worn and well-rounded fluvial 
gravel is exposed in the upper part of 
the river cliff bordering the Mitchell 
at Eagle Point Bluff (Plate 7), mark- 
ing a terrace about 70 feet above the 
present valley floor, and there are 
similar gravels interbedded with sands 
in younger river terraces at lower 
levels on the north side of Lake Vic- 
toria (exposed in cliff sections near 
Tannin Point) and on the north side 
of Lake King. 

The beach gravels on the present 
lake shores have been eroded out of 
these fluvial terrace deposits and 
spread along the shoreline by wave 
action. Locally they have been built 
into spits and cuspate forelands on the 
lake shore: Point Scott, on Raymond 
Island, is a fine example of a cuspate 
foreland with beach ridges marking 
stages in its growth (Plate 8). 

With the exception of these Gipps- 
land Lakes beaches, beach gravels on 
the Victorian coast can be related 
directly to local sources of resistant 
rock material that disintegrate on 
weathering and erosion into fragments 
of suitable size for wave working. 


Vict. Nat. Vol, 89 


They are restricted in comparison REFERENCES 

with sandy beach material, both cal- Bird, E. C. F. 1972, Coasts, ANU. 
careous and quartzose, that has ac- Paperback. " s Fe MM s 
cumulated on our coast in such large Steers, J. A., 1966, The English Coast, 
quantities during Quaternary times. Fontana Library. 


Plate 8. Photo: Author 


F.N.C.V. PUBLICATIONS AVAILABLE FOR PURCHASE 


THE WILD FLOWERS OF THE WILSON’S PROMONTORY NATIONAL PARK, 
by J. Ros Garnet. 


Price $5.25, (discount to members); postage 20c. 


VICTORIAN TOADSTOOLS AND MUSHROOMS, by J. H. Willis. 


This describes 120 toadstool species and many other fungi. There are four 
coloured plates and 31 other illustrations. New edition. Price 90c. 


THE VEGETATION OF WYPERFELD NATIONAL PARK, by J. R. Garnet. 
Coloured frontispiece, 23 half-tone, 100 line drawings of plants and a map. 
Price $1.50. 


Address orders and inquiries to Sales Officer, F.N.C.V., National Herbarium, 
South Yarra, Victoria. 


Payments should include postage (15c on single copy). 


July, 1972 185 


reptiles of victoria-6 


by Hans BESTE 


PLATE 11 


Leiolopisma mustelinum — Weasel Skink 


A common skink found also in suburban areas of Melbourne. 


Length: to 5 inches. 


Short, triangular head, distinct from body. Movable eyelids. Distinct ear- 
opening. Five fingers and five toes. Upper grey-brown. Narrow white line on 
each side of body from just in front of hind-legs, merging into a coppery stripe 
along each side of tail. Cream-coloured spots on head below eyelevel. Also 


spots along upper lip. Under white. 


Usual Habitat: under logs and debris. 


Best distinguishing features — a cream coloured spot just behind eye and 
others in front of ear-opening, if present. Movable eyelid separates family from 


Cryptoblepharus species. 


PLATE 12 


Delma frazeri — Fraser's Legless Lizard 
A snake like lizard with only rudimentary hindlegs. 
Length: to 18 inches. 


Oval head, distinct from body. Legs absent except for 
scale like hindlegs. Distinct ear opening distinguishes these 
lizards from snakes in the field. Normal sized scales 
around entire body. Colour olive to olive-grey on top and 
sides. Under creamish. Body scales in 16 rows. 


Usual Habitat: under logs, in triodea bushes 
(spinifex). 


Best distinguishing features — ear opening. Head 
shields. 


186 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


PLATE 11 


PLATE 12 


July, 1972 187 


Eruption Date of Tower Hill Volcano 


Western Victoria, Australia 


by EpMunp D. GirL* 


Abstract 

A radiocarbon date of 7,300 + 
150 years B.P. has been obtained for 
the shells of an Aboriginal midden 
within the Tower Hill Tuff at 
Warrnambool. 

DESCRIPTION OF VOLCANO 

One of the largest and latest vol- 
canic craters in Victoria is that of 
Tower Hill, which stands beside the 
Princes Highway between Warrnam- 
bool and Port Fairy, Western Vic- 
toria. The crater is 3.4 by 2.6 km., 
with its axis directed N.E. The Tower 
Hill Tuff is spread over the surround- 
ing countryside, greatly enriching it. 
Plant foods are plentiful in the tuff, 
it is young enough not to be leached, 
and is of such a texture as to facili- 
tate penetration by roots. As the vol- 
canic pipe has been punched through 
lime-rich rocks, there is no shortage 
of lime. 

The geomorphic features of the 
crater are very young. The rim is 
sharp, and the walls almost un- 
changed, although in some places 
there are shallow rills. The accumu- 
lation of hillwash at the base of the 
steep walls is not large. In the centre 
of the crater is a complex of over 20 
cones and craters. These show no ob- 
vious geomorphic modifications. How- 
ever, all these rocks are extremely 
porous, and so absorb rainwater 
rather than suffer erosion by it. 

A crater lake is present that varies 
greatly in extent. The surface appears 
to be a function of water table, and 
the extent a result of wetter or drier 


188 


years. The S.W. part that always has 
a lake has subsided a little along a 
fault, and so is the deepest area (Gill 
1967 and references). 

VOLCANO IN ERUPTION 

The eruption was a fierce one of 
the explosive type. The activity was 
more or less continuous as is shown 
by the thousands of uninterrupted 
layers of ash and lapilli. No soil was 
able to form, and not even the mobil- 
ization of the free lime, which would 
occur very quickly. No sign of vege- 
tation has been found between the 
layers. Long unsuccessful searches 
have been made for such materials, 
as they are ideal for radiocarbon 
dating, and would date a time of 
actual eruptive activity. By reason of 
their intense activity, such vents do 
not remain active for very long, so 
any radiocarbon date in the tuff se- 
quence provides a good idea of the 
time of eruption. 

Nevertheless, the geologic evidence 
is clear that the eruption did not 
simply phase out, as has happened 
with many basaltic eruptions on 
Mauna Loa, Hawaii, within historic 
times (I saw a two-day eruption in 
December 1969). At Tower Hill the 
seemingly innumerable layers of 
ejectamenta are succeeded (some- 
times with erosion between) by a con- 
glomerate. This consists of a mixture 
of tuff, lapilli, pieces of basalt, 
angular fragments of Miocene lime- 
stone, Lower Cretaceous arkose, and 


* Deputy Director, National Museum of Victoria. 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


such. The same kind of conglomerate 
Occurs on the central island, although 
the cones there are built of scoria and 
cinders. 
VOLCANO CLASSIFICATION 

When a volcanic pipe is opened up, 
the superheated gases (mostly steam) 
roar out at high pressure with 
frightening force. The molten mag- 
ma below coming into contact with 
ground water could provide the 
immense volumes of steam emitted. 
This steam often condenses in rain, 
which probably caused the erosion 
noted between the tuff/lapilli se- 
quence and the conglomerate. A 
simple explosive volcano consisting 
of a vent and a ring of tuff is called 
a maar, This type of landform was 
originally described in the Eifel dis- 
trict of Germany, where crater lakes 
lie below forested tuff rings. Profes- 
sor Martin Schwarzbach of the Uni- 
versity of Cologne kindly showed me 
this beautiful and scientifically in- 
teresting terrain. 


Such a volcanic pipe works well 
only when it is of restricted size, be- 
cause the larger it gets, the more its 
force is dissipated. So a maar does 
not normally exceed about 0.4 km. 
in diameter, and is not nested (i.e. 
does not contain a central complex of 
later cones). For this reason, the 
writer considers that Tower Hill 
should be classified as a nested caldera 
(for further comment see Ollier and 
Joyce 1967). My theory is that the 
country rock of Portland Limestone 
is like a slab of natural concrete 
(albeit weakened by joint planes) 
that stood firm while the friable 
marl below it (found in the tuff) was 
scooped out by the violent eruption. 
Then the roof of competent lime- 
stone collapsed, causing a temporary 
cessation of activity. Pressure built 
up again under this blockage of the 
volcanic pipe until the volcano erupted 
once more, resulting in the formation 
of the central complex of cones and 
craters. In the quarry across the road 


Plate 1. 


Photo: Alex Wilkins 


Aerial view of Tower Hill nested caldera. Parts of the outer rim are shown, and 


the central complex of cones and craters, 


July, 1972 


189 


from the exit of the Tower Hill 
tourist drive, numerous pieces of the 
Miocene marine marl have been seen, 
especially in the lower layers. On 
the other hand, the conglomerate is 
characterized by pieces of the marine 
limestone that forms the country 
rock. Moreover, the ejectamenta of 
the central complex are exceptionally 
rich in free lime. A sample of cinders 
from a quarry in one of the cones 
yielded 16% by weight of carbonates 
(Gill 1953, p. 83). These facts 
appear to fit the theory. 
AGE OF ERUPTION 

Since 1950, when radiocarbon dat- 
ing was invented, the writer has 
searched in vain for datable materials 
in the stratified ejectamenta; therefore 
dating thus far has had to be limited 
to samples from above and below the 
tuff. From above the tuff at Tower 
Hill beach, numerous samples have 
been dated up to 5120 years B.P. 
(Gill 1967, 1971). The eruption was 
some time before this, because at the 
site a few feet of deposits lie be- 
tween the horizon of the sample and 
an eroded surface of the tuff. Only 
one date has been obtained for a 
sample below the Tower Hill Tuff, 
viz., bones from Bushfield that gave 
an age of 6605 years B.P. (Gill 
1971). This date is not very satis- 
factory, however, because the bones 
yielded insufficient organic matter for 
dating, and the carbonate fraction 
was used. This is therefore expected 
to be a minimal date. Because bones 
of various ages have given radio- 
carbon dates on carbonate of a 
similar number of years, it is now 
suspected that a Mid-Holocene pedo- 
genic activity (that supplied the 
carbonate) is being dated rather than 
the bones themselves. Thus bones 
from a low energy lake deposit 
covered by a presumably Late Pleisto- 
cene parna dune gave a carbonate 
date of about 6435 years (there being 


190 


insufficient collagen for a date), while 
the accompanying shells dated about 
25,300 years. The site is at Lake 
Weeranganuck about five miles N.E. 
of Camperdown (Gill 1971, dates 61, 
101). The Ingram Trust has pro- 
vided funds to help sort out this 
problem. 

Last year, during a study of the 


coast at Warrnambool in Western 
Victoria, an Aboriginal midden was 
found in solidified but unstratified 


Tower Hill Tuff of the cliff top on 
the east side of Thunder Point. The 
cliff concerned forms the east side of 
the small embayment that includes 
Table Cave. More midden material 
remains for further tests. As insuffi- 
cient charcoal could be collected for 
a dating, solid unweathered marine 
midden shells were used for the assay. 
The result was 7300 + 150 years 
B.P. (GaK-2856). 

Dr. A. W. Beasley found in the 
matrix the typical Tower Hill Tuff 
heavy minerals such as hackly olivine 
grains. Some dune sand was mixed 
with the tuff. This unstratified tuff 
merges on the West side of Thunder 
Point into a stratified deposit con- 
tained in a sheltered hollow East of 
the Trigonometrical Station, but no 
middens were found there. Over the 
years the dating of this volcano has 


Plate 2 H 


Upper: Tower Hill Tuff mixed with 
sand forming top of cliff on East side 
of Thunder Point, Warrnambool. The 
overlying dune has been blown away. 
This soil contained the midden dated by 
radiocarbon, 


Lower: Close-up view of Tower Hill 
Tuff that contained fossil midden dated 
7,300 years. It overlies the calcrete of a 
terra rossa from which the topsoil was 
stripped before the tuff fell. Most of the 
hard pieces standing out from the tuff 
are pieces of calcrete, but some are 
midden shells. Scale; 3 ft. rule. 


photo: Author. 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


been gradually refined. The date re- 
ported here is the most accurate so 
far, but it is still hoped to discover 
suitable materials for assay from the 
stratified tuff. 
ABORIGINAL ACTIVITY 

Our site proves that Aboriginals 
collected shoreline molluscs for food 
about 7300 years ago, and ate them 
on the cliff top during the period of 
eruption. The prevailing winds that 
distributed the ash were south-wester- 
lies as at present, but Warrnambool 
is South-East of the volcano, so ash 
would fall there only intermittently. 
That is why the tuff is so thin at 
Warrnambool. This is the oldest 
coastal midden with marine shells re- 
ported from Victoria. Older ones are 
probably now under the sea, drowned 
by the advancing seas of the Flandrian 
Transgression. 

CHANGE IN PREVAILING WIND 
DIRECTION 

Many years ago (Gill 1950) it was 
noted that many volcanoes and lake- 
side dunes in Western Victoria had 
their sediments emplaced by West to 
North-West winds, whereas the pre- 
vailing winds now are from the S.W. 
On the limited information then 
available (before radiocarbon dating) 
it was thought that the time of differ- 
ent prevailing wind direction might 
be the Mid-Holocene. Tower Hill 
was then thought to be a couple of 


thousand years old. The new date for 
Tower Hill (which is oriented to the 
present prevailing winds) indicates 
that the time of changed direction is 
probably in the Late Pleistocene. This 
is supported by other evidence. For 
example, a date on charcoal from 
the base of the dune on the East and 
S.E. sides of Lake Colongulac near 
Camperdown (presuming W. and 
N.W. prevailing winds) has recently 
been obtained, viz., 20.100 years 
B.P. (Gill 1953, 1971). 


REFERENCES 


Cotton, C. A. 1968. Volcanic land- 
scapes. Encyclopedia of Geomor- 
phology, ed, R. W. Fairbridge. New 
York. Pp. 1193-1200. 

Gill, E. D., 1950. An hypothesis relative 
to the age of some Western District 
volcanoes. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 60: 
45-56. 

Gil, E. D. 1953. Geological evidence 
in Western Victoria relative to the 
antiquity of the Australian Aborigines. 
Mem. natl. Mus. Vict. 18: 25-92. 

Gil, E. D. 1967. Evolution of the 
Warrnambool-Port Fairy coast, W. 


Victoria. Landform Studies from 
Australia and New Guinea. A.N.U. 
Pp. 340-364. 


Gill, E. D., 1971. Applications of radio- 
carbon dating in Victoria, Australia 
(Roy. Soc. Vict. Research Medal 
Lecture). Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. 84: 
71-85. 

Ollier, C. D., and Joyce, B., 1967. Land- 
forms of the Newer Volcanic Province 
of Victoria. Landform Studies in Aus- 
tralia and New Guinea. A.N.U. Pp. 
315-339. 


Correction 


On page 133 Vol. 89(5) reference is made to a visit to Italowie Gorge. 
It is stated that “a large Macrozamia palm (sp. ?) grew on the cliff side." 
This para plant is well known and is actually a clump of the commercial date 

a 


palm Phoenix 


ctylifera. It is estimated at being about 40 years old and presumably 


has grown from a stone or stones which have either been washed down the creek, 
or discarded by some early travellers. Your reporter is quite right in assuming that 
it is not known from this locality, and in fact the nearest Macrozamias are those to 


be found in Palm Valley. 


192 


T. R. N. LOTHIAN, 
Director, Botanic Garden, 
Adelaide. 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


A Study of Enviroment 


A brief account af ( week-end course organised by the Environinent Studies 
Association of Victoria. 


This was a course on "Coastal 
Ecology and Environment” during the 
week-end of Friday 28 April, to Sun- 
day 30 April, 1972. 

About 60 people attended plus 
about 12 staff. Ages ranged from 16 
to beyond 60, but one third to a half 
were in iheir twenties. We were 
housed in the National Fitness Camp 
at Anglesea, with meals included; and 
attended to light camp duties such as 
serving at meals, washing up, prepar- 
ing vegetables. 

We hooked im between 8 and 9 
o'clock on Friday evening, paid the 
balance of our fees (total $10) and 
received our study Kits consisting of 
general mformation re aims and pro- 
cedure of the study. programme, 
locality, several maps, all clipped 
into a neat folder. We paid a modest 
$1.50 for these kits. They made us 
happily conscious that we were there 
to work, not for leisure. , 

At 9 p.m. the programme started 
as scheduled with the ESA president 
(Dr Malcolm Calder), telling us of 
the purpose of the week-end, and that 
we were to be divided into four 
groups, each with two leaders. A list 
of students in those respective groups 
was already pinned on the notice 
board, 

The four study groups were: Sand 
dune ecology—Planning coastal de- 
velopment (dealing with the holiday 
township)—Forest and heathland ecol- 
ogy—and Creek ecology. The study 
area was at Moge’s Creek, about 10 
miles west of Anglesea. It is an area 
that has not yet received much popu- 
lar use, but heavier use is expected in 
the future. 


July, 1972 


Ar 9 a.m, on Saturday, alter a briel 
explanation by the President of the 
day's plans, we set off in a dozen cars 
to four the study area. We got out at 
several relevant spots while one leader 
or another told us (he activities to be 
undertaken by his particular group. 
Thus we all saw typical sections of 
the whole study area and had an idea 
of the various ways it was to be 
studied. 

Lunch was brought to a shelter in 
our study area, so we did not have 
to waste time going back to Anglesea. 
After lunch we divided into our four 
groups and set to work. 

I was with the group on Sand dune 
ecology. Our leaders were Dr Mal- 
colm Calder of the Botany School, 
University of Melbourne, and Mr 
Alex Mitchell o£ the Soil Conservation 
Authority. We divided into two par- 
ties. One party made several plant 
transects of the dunes and in the other 
party we made a soil transect. 

We went in a line from the beach 
up the dunes and across ihe road to 
the heathland. We took soil samples 
at designated points along that line. 
Our hand-operated auger/bore could 
go to a depth of six feet, Presence 
or absence of calcium carbonate, soil 
colour, and acidity (Ph) were meas- 
ured and recorded at various depths 
at each bore, and any additional 
organic matter or minerals, plus im- 
mediately surrounding plants, insects, 
snails. and the like. The angles, 
height of dunes, and dislances were 
measured. All was recorded. 

At 9 am, on Sunday we returned 
to the job. The previous day we had 
more. or less found owt what the 


193 


natural environment consisted of. This 
day we were to assess man's impact 
on the area, possible future impact, 
and devise means of preserving at 
least part of the area from that future 
impact. 

Meantime, the other groups had 
been working at their projects. 

The group on Creek ecology tested 
the creek for salinity at various points, 
pollution, examined aquatic life, noted 
plants, birds and insects. Forest and 
heathland group made quadrats for 
planis, birds, insects, evidence of ani- 
mals. Both groups tricd to assess 
man's impact, Future impact, and how 
to control it, - 

In relation to a shire map of the 
area released for town development, 
and other maps of the surroundings, 
the Coastal development group sur- 
veyed existing houses, assessed fire 
hazards, and looked critically (and 
disapprovingly) al some of the see- 
tions allocated for development, 

After lunch, again brought out to 
our study area, a member from each 
group reported to the rest of us a 


summary of the findings and recom- 
mendations of hig particular group. A 
committee has been formed (consist- 
ing of a representative from each 
group) to collate the various findings 
and produce a co-ordinated report of 
the entire study. This report is to be 
sent to members with the next ESA 
Newsletter, 

We returned to Anglesea and had 
swept out our huts and departed by 
5.30 p.m. 

Tt was a very instructive and most 
stimulating week-end. Interest was 
high, and eagerness to do the job 
thoroughly on all aspects carried 
through to the collecting and classify- 
ing of litter! And there was some of 
the best organisation, planning and 
forethought which I have seen—over- 
all and in detail. 

The Environment Studies Associa- 
tion is planning more study week- 
ends. Information may be obtained 
from the Honorary Secretary: Mr J. 
M. Truram, 191 Royal Parade, Park- 
ville, 3052. 

M. J. Lester 


Notes on the European Rabbit Flea (Spilopsyllus 


cuniculi Dale) in Victoria 


by Rosamonp SHEPHERD” and Jon Enmonps* 


Myxoniatosis in south eastern Aus- 
tralia is largely dependent on mosquito 
vectors for its efficient spread. The 
European tabbit flea was. brought into 
Australia in 1960 by CSIRO in an 
attempt to reduce the dependence’ of 
myxomatosis on mosquitoes for trans- 
mission and to provide a vector which 
was thought to have other epidemio- 
logical advantages as well. 


194 


The flea was bred successfully by 
CSIRO Division of Animal Genetics 
(Sobey and Menzies 1969). Fleas 
supplied by the Division were first 
released in Victoria im the Werribee 
District, in August 1969, Later re- 
leases were made in the Mallee, 
Gippsland and North Central regions, 


~ *Keith Turnbull Research Station, Department of 


Crown Lands and Survey, Frankston. 


Viel. Nat Vol. 89 


These releases were purely experi- 
mental, They were designed to pro- 
vide information on, firstly, the estab- 
lishment and spread of the flea and, 
secondly, the flea-myxoma-rabbit re- 
lationship. This work is continuing 
but it is now clear that the flea will 
readily establish and slowly spread in 
widely different climatic and topo- 
graphical regions of Victoria. 

If we can establish the rabbit flea 
so readily in our wild rabbits why did 
it not become established with the 
original introductions of rabbits? It 
seems certain that rabbits which were 
sent to Australia carricd fleas in Eng- 
land. Sobey (personal communica- 
tion) has suggested that the care given 
to rabbits during the voyage from 
England may have included remoyal 
of fleas. However, it seems unlikely 
that the flea did not reach Australia 
on rabbits during the seventy years 
over which many attempts were made 
to introduce and establish rabbits, 

Presumably no rabbits which car- 
ried fleas on arrival in Australia con- 
tributed to the present wild rabbit 
population. 

The introduction of a non-indige- 
nous insect raises the question of the 
‘wisdom of (his sort of action, In this 
case the remarkable host specificity 
ot the rabbit flea reduces the possible 
risk to.a minimum. The flea can breed 
only after a blood meal from à preg- 
nant rabbit (Rathschild, 1964), not 
from other mammals. The flea can 
Jive on, but cannot breed on the Euro- 
pean hare, Lepus europaeus. Yt occurs 
as a straggler, generally a starved 


Strageler, on other animals. HM has 
been found on cats and foxes in Avs- 
tralia: on dogs, cals, foxes, martens, 
ermine and rats in the United King- 
dom. Native animals are unaltraclive 
to the flea (Sobey and Menzies, 
1969). 

It is expected thàt in Victoria the 
fie3 will eventually occur in all except 
the most isolated rabbit populations. 
lr spreads from a release site at a 
rate of about one mile per rabbit 
breeding season. Even with planned 
releases and other spread by man it 
is likely 10 fake many years to reach 
its final range. Clearly any observa- 
tions of flea occurrence on rabbits ar 
on other animals will be of interest. 

Almost every rabbit in ^Hea' areas 
carries fleas—up to several hundreds 
on pregnant does. Ji is likely that even 
the least observant rabbiter will see 
them especially as they tend to con- 
gregate on the head and ears. How- 
ever, when fleas are present in very 
small numbers they are usually seen 
only by experienced observers. Tt is 
especially important that observations 
of fleas should he reported and the 
feas identified. 

We expect to receive many reports 
of fleas. Many of these reports will 
be difficult to check because they will 
be made by untrained people. We 
would be very grateful to receive any 
reports from naturalists, particularly 
when fiea specimens are available. 

REFERENCES 
Rothschild, M, (1964) — Proc, R. Eni, 

Sos, Lond, (c) 29 |. 

Sobey, W. R & Menzies, W. (1969) — 

Aust. J. Sci. 31 404. 


F.N.C.V. CAR STICKERS 
F.N.C.V. Car Stickers are now available from) Mrs. Strong, Book Sales 


Officer, at a cost of 25c each. 


Car owners travelling in the country or interstate can identify other members 


quickly in this way. 
It also helps to advertise the Club. 


July, 1972 


195 


Honeysuckle Creek No. 4 Aboriginal Shelter 


by ALDO MAssoLa* 


Honeysnckle, or Devil's Creek, rises 
near the crest of the Victoria. Range, 
in the Western Grampians, a little 
more than 3 miles north-east of that 
peculiar cock formation known as the 
Chimney Pots. The creek rises in par- 
ticularly rough country, and at first. 
descends the western slopes of the 
Range im a northerly direction, then 
runs an erratic north-westerly course 
through heavily timbered and wild 
country, and finally loses itself in the 
desolate and swampy ground to the 
north of Ming Ming Swamp. 

It is on this remote creek's waler- 
shed that tbe latest reported shelter 
bearing Aboriginal paintings bas been 
discovered, ifs finder being the dedi- 
cated and well-known naturalist and 
Grampian "tramper', Mr. Ellis Tucker, 
- of Brit Brit: and he kindly consented 
to take a small group of ust to his 
new find. 

The ‘shelter’ is a large but shallow 
ovethang on the face of a huge sand- 
stone tor about 100 feet long and at 
least 50 fcet high. The floor is rocky. 
The ‘walls’ of the overhang were once 
extensively painted, at least judging by 
the traces that remain, but the paint- 
ings have been almost completely 
faded out by exposure to the elements 
and ruined by mineral stains caused 
by water seepage, and only à few 
motifs can be made our with any 
degree of certainty. All appear to 
having heen done in red ochre. 

The recognisable paintings are 
divided. into three panels, of which 
the one on the left covers a space of 
wall about 3 ft. high by 3 ft. 6 jn, 
wide, and the design consists of a 
human figure 12 in. high Ranked by 


196 


6 perpendicular strokes about 6 in. 
high. 

The central panel es 6 ft. 6 in. to 
the right of the previous, and 
measures 3 ft. 6 in: in height and 4 ft. 
in width and shows 2 human figures 
12 in. high, flanked by a group of 
what I have elsewhere called ‘broad 
arrows, ranging from 9 in. io 10 in. 
in length. 

The third panel is 3 ft. 9 in. to the 
right of the central one and covers a 
space about 3 ft. 6 in: high by about 
2 ft. wide, and consists of 5 broad 
arrows 9 jn. to 10 in. in length ren- 
dered perpendicularly in two lines, 
two broad arrows on the left and three 
on the right line. 

These broad arrows are not à new 
motif in the Grampians, they having 
first been recorded (and illustrated ) 
by me for the Shelter of the Camp of 
the Emu's Foot (Vier. Nat. 17, Nov, 
1960), where [ stated their meaning 
to be ‘a puzzle’ 

At this new shelter Mr. Tucker ad- 
vanced a very realistic theory regard- 
ing their significance. When he first 
discovered the shelter he became 
aware of the similarity of the broad 
arrows to the outline of swifts, a num- 
ber of which were then rushing 
through the air overhead, silhouetted 
against the sky. Swifts, he told us, 
generally fly around in the Grampians 
during late February and March when 
they herald the change of weather, 

Swifts and weather are associated 
by many bird observers. who have 
noticed that thunderstorms are often 


4/12 Wolseley Stz., Mont Albert, 3127 


tum McCann, of Stawell: G- K. Sith, my 
brother Divo. and myself, of Melbourne- 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


coincidental with the appearance of 
swifts; and this observation has earned 
them the name ‘thunder birds’. In my 
book, Bunjls Cave (Lansdowne 
Press, 1968), I have recorded that 
this belief in swift-storm association 
was also held by the Aborigines of 
the Western District. 

Using as an analogy the recorded 
fact that one of the totems of the 
Aborigines of Arnhem Land is the 
‘Monsoon Wind’, and that its symbol 
is a design representing the sail of a 
Macassar vessel, the prahus, which 
used to arrive in numbers in northern 
waters at monsoon time—the prahus 
and the wind being thus associated 
by the Aborigines—I am now tempted 
to impute to the swift the symbolism 
for thunder, rain, clouds, lightning; 
in other words, ‘storm’, which, in this 
part of Victoria, was a sub-totem or 
division of the Crow totem. If this is 
correct, then it may be legitimate to 
suppose that this shelter had some 
special significance to that sub-totem. 
When we eventually have enough in- 
formation to draw conclusions on the 
function of painted shelters and on 
the distribution of motifs in the Gram- 
pians, this theory must not be over- 
looked. 

This shelter has been named Honey- 
suckle Creek No. 4 with some mis- 
givings, since Mr. Tucker has ex- 
pressed a doubt that the previous 
three shelters bearing this name are 
on Honeysuckle Creek at all. He is of 
the opinion that they are on an un- 
named creek situated further south. 

Mr. Tucker had to drive back to 
Brit Brit that night, and he therefore 
was not with the rest of the party the 
next day at Stawell, where we pon- 
dered over and carefully examined 
the air survey photographs of the 
locality; but we found that the two 
creeks in question arise so close to 
each other, in such wild, broken and 
confused country (“it appears to have 
been the centre of a conflagration" 


July, 1972 


are the words I used in the paper 
reporting their discovery, Vict. Nat. 
84, July, 1967) that we could not 
decide whether the three shelters were 
on the watershed of one creek or of 
the other. Therefore, with the reserva- 
tion that Mr. Tucker might be right, 
we decided not to change the cata- 
logue numbers, especially since this 
would create confusion. However, 
future workers in the area, please take 
note. 

Shelter No. 4 is undoubtedly on the 
Honeysuckle Creek watershed, but 
much further down stream and about 
two and a half miles north-north-west 
of the others. 

The discovery of other shelters in 
the region should prove to be of the 
utmost interest, especially should they 
depict broad arrows, or swifts! 


Photo: Author 


Plate 1. Aboriginal shelter No. 4 at 
Honeysuckle Creek. (Note size of people 
in lower left.) 


197 


An Aboriginal Axe-grinding Rock near 


Mount Macedon, Victoria 


by ALAN L. WEsT* 


The most significant Aboriginal 
relic within the former territory of 
the Wurundjeri (the so-called Yarra 
tribe) is the diabase axe-stone ‘quarry’ 
at Mt. William, near Lancefield. ( For 
a description of this site by D. A. 
Casey, see the October 1971 issue of 
this journal) The purpose of this 
paper is to provide details of a sand- 
stone axe-grinding rock which was 
almost certainly used by the owners 
of the Mount William quarry to grind 
sharp edges on their axe blanks. 

The grinding rock is situated near 
Mount Macedon and some 18 miles 
south-west of the axe-stone quarry. 
This places the site within the boun- 
daries of the Kurnaje-berreing, a sub- 
group of the Wurundjeri, who owned 
and worked the axe-stone deposit (I). 
At the time of first European settle- 
ment this clan was headed by Billi- 
billeri, a man who was to become a 
respected figure for at least some 
officials. 

Mt. William diabase was of excel- 
lent quality for axe making. Pieces 
of the rock were chipped roughly to 
shape at the quarry site and then 
traded as blanks, in return for such 
items as reed spears and animal skins, 
to neighbouring and even distant 
tribes. Recipients would sometimes 
have to refine the shape of the blanks 
and then they would grind a sharp 
edge on the stones. In some areas this 
grinding was done on portable stones 
but in places where suitable fixed 
rocks were located these were used 
and were no doubt preferred. Axe- 
grinding rocks still exist in the Otway 
Forest, the Western District, Gipps- 
land and in north-central Victoria. 


198 


As the distribution of Mount William 
axe-blanks has yet to be established 
it is not being suggested that these 
distant grinding rocks were necessarily 
used to complete Mount William 
blanks. There seems little or no doubt, 
however, that the grinding rock near 
Mount Macedon was used for this 
purpose. Six small stone fragments 
were collected at the site and of these 
two have been identified as diabase 
by Dr. A. W. Beasley, Mineralogist, 
National Museum of Victoria. The 
other chips are of quartzite and im- 
pure vein quartz. 

The rock is now situated on farm 
land south of the Macedon range. It 
is on the margin of what was origi- 
nally an extensive swamp about 14 
miles long by + mile wide. The swamp 
has been drained and water from it 
now flows into the headwaters of Rid- 
dells Creek. The site is on the slightly 
rising ground which confines the 
swamp on its northern side. It is nine 
feet above the general level of the 
swamp and about 20 yards from its 
edge. The slope behind the rock is 
lightly covered with eucalypts, mainly 
peppermints (E. radiata) and candle- 
barks (E. rubida). 

William Blandowski, who was ap- 
pointed to assist in the formation of a 
Museum of Natural History in Mel- 
bourne, spent three months in Cen- 
tral Victoria in 1854 observing the 
natural history of the area and col- 
lecting specimens. During this period 
he not only observed the Mount Wil- 
liam quarry (later becoming the first 
man to write about it), but also made 


*Curator in National Museum 


Anthropology, 
of Victoria. 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


Plate 1. General view of the axe-grinding rock (ordovic 
Macedon, Victoria. In the middle ground the former swamp is evident, 
Photo 


Plate 2. Some of the smooth depressions on the rock surface caused by axe-grinding 
activity. Photo: A. L. West 


July, 1972 199 


notes about the 'sheltered places at 
the base of Mount Macedon'. He re- 
ported that in the middle of July this 
area became the resort of swarms of 
birds of every class (2). "The nata- 
tores (water birds) in particular," 
Blandowski wrote, "congregate in vast 
flocks on the swamp plains". This 
whole area would thus have been an 
attractive. place for Aborigines and 
the site of the axe-grinding rock 
which projects somewhat into the 
Bolobec swamp would have been a 
most desirable camping place. 

The rock (Plate I) measures 9 feet 
by 6 feet and outcrops about 6 inches 
above the ground. The long axis runs 
north and south and is slightly tilted 
beneath horizontal at the southern end. 
The dominant colour of the exposed 
surface is dark grey, while that of the 
smooth grinding depressions is gener- 
ally a lighter pink to yellowish grey. 

Thirty-one grinding hollows (Plate 
2) mark the surface. The shallowest 
is a depression of 3/16 in., whereas 


the deepest measures } in. In length 
the grooves vary from 4 in. to 14 in., 
but most are about 10 in. There is a 
variation in width from 24 in. to 54 in. 

This is the only axe-grinding rock 
known to exist in the former tribal 
territory of the Wurundjeri. Its im- 
portance arises out of this fact and 
also from its highly probable associa- 
tion with the well-known axe-stone 
quarry at nearby Mount William. 

Appreciation is expressed to Mr. 
R. Law-Smith, of 'Bolobek', Mace- 
don, for permission to visit and record 
the site and to Mr. D. A. Casey. 
whose assistance in the field and dis- 
cussion of the manuscript have been 
most helpful. 


REFERENCES 

(1) Howitt, A. W., 1904. The Native 
Tribes of South East Australia. p. 
72. 

(2) Blandowski, W., 1855. Personal Ob- 
servations made in an Excursion to 
the Central Parts of Victoria. Trans. 
Phil. Soc. of Vic, Vol. I, p. 61. 


Field Naturalists Club of Victoria 


General Meeting, 14 June 

The President, Mr. Tom Sault, took 
the chair at the June meeting of the 
Club, and welcomed about seventy mem- 
bers and visitors. He also announced the 
forthcoming marriage of two members, 
the Treasurer, Mr. Harry Bishop, and 
Mrs, E. Pedrana, and wished them well 
on behalf of the Club. 

The speaker for the evening was Mr. 
Jack Hyett, who gave an ‘Introduction 
to the Orchids. This was one of the 
series of ‘Introductions’ organised by 
Miss Lester, who introduced the speaker. 
The talk was designed to be informative 
to beginners in the subject, as well as to 
the more knowledgeable. It was illus- 
trated with a series of slides. 

Among correspondence received was 
a letter from the Port Phillip Authority 
requesting information from club mem- 


200 


bers about areas of the bay shoreline 
which they consider worthy of preserva- 
tion. Mr. Sault appealed to members 
for help in this, there being a particular 
need for well documented, factual infor- 
mation. 

A full list of correspondence was dis- 
played on the notice board, as well as 
copies of several letters. The notice board 
was introduced earlier in the year at 
the suggestion of the Club Improvement 
Committee, and is proving a valuable 
asset in keeping members informed of 
Club activities, It is available for use by 
kindred associations as well as for all 
Club groups. An innovation this month 
was the display of a copy of the minutes 
of the last Council meeting. These will 
be available regularly in order to keep 
members in touch with Club business. 

During general business a Club mem- 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


her, Mr Ralph, spoke on the use of the 
Polson 1080 Australian Paper Manu- 
Iacturérs' foresters in areas near Bulga 
Naliemal Park, Mr. Ralph reported that 
a cainpdign by local residents has met 
with only partial success, and suggested 
that the Clob should look More fully 
into the meny aspects of this. He said 
he felt thal there was a great need fm 
reliable information on the effect of 
1080 baiting on native fauna, On the 
brighter side, Mr, Ralph was happy to 
repam that plantings on one block ad- 
joining the park would be of Eucalyptus 
regnans, instead of pines, as originally 
proposed by A.P.M. 

In seplying to Mr. Ralph the president 
said that the Club had already had cor- 
respondence with A.P,M, and the Na- 
tional Parks Authority on the use of 
1080 jn this area. but promised to again 
raise the question in Council, 

"Mr. Sault also gave details of a pro- 
posal by the Fisheries and Wildhfe De 
partment for a 13,000-acre reserve on 
French Island The proposed urea is he- 
lieved to include 3 pelican rookery and 
also ane of the few habitats jn Victoria 
of the potoaroo. It was agreed Ihat the 
Glub should write to the Premier sup- 
postin the establishment of this reserve. 
ndividual members were also urged to 
Write to their own State Member in 
suppart 

Before closing the meeting the Fresi- 
dent said he regretted being unable to 
announce a speaker for the July meet- 
ing. He proposed the formation of a 
mall panel of members, not on Coun- 
cil, to take over the organization of 
programmes for eneral meetings. This 
would ease the Secretary's work toad 
aud assist Council 


Report of Botany Group for the Year 
1977, F,N.C V, 


Current Offire-Beurers:—í Held office 
throughout 1971. re-elected for 1972.) 
Chaieman} Mr, Karl Kleinecke. 
Secretary: Mr, Jamies A, Baines, 
Program Steward: Miss Marie Alleuder 
(1971 only). 


ANNUAL REPORT 
Meetings were held regularly cach 
month, with the exceptian of January, 
the average attendance being 20 mem 
bers (with a maximum of 32), 
in February, Mrs. ‘Margaret Corrick 
spoke on ‘The Hoiany of the Victoria 


July, 1972 


Range, Grampians’; in March, Mr, Alan 
Morrison spoke on ‘Uncommon Native 
Planis'; in April, Mr. Fred Woodman 
spoke ön his first visit to Kenya and 
second trip to South Africa, with em- 
phasis on botanical aspects, bul with 
cunsiderable coverage of wild game also; 
in May, Mr. Broce Fuhrer's theme was 
Victorian orchids; in Tune, Miss Helen 
Aston continued her explanations of bo 
tanical terms (begun at the November, 
(970, meeting); m Joly, Miss Laura 
White spoke on Proteaceae: in August, 
Mr. Neville Walters spoke on “The Role 
of Fungi’; in Sept, Mr. lan. Morrison 
showed many slides of Proteaceae (the 
Botany Group's theme in the club's an- 
nual nature show), in October, Miss 
Madge Lester spoke on ‘Coastal Plants’; 
m November, slides taken in the Flin- 
ders Ranges by Messrs. Tan and Alan 
Morrison, Mise Joan Forster und Miss 
M, Allender were shown December 
meeting was s members’ night, in which 
the topics dealt with Were: ‘Canberra 
Botanic Gardens (Mr Y, A. Baines), 
'Phyllodes and Cladodes" (Mrs. Phyllis 
Matches], ‘Simpson Desert and Central 
Australia! (Mr. Bill Corrick) and ‘King 
lslaud' (Mr Jan Cameron, who lived 
there for 16 years) Slides were shown at 
all these meetings, and a number of 
speakers had also prepared illustrative 
charts, 


Excursions were held as regularly ay 
transpart Irmilations would permit, some 
of the destinations being the Botanic 
Gardens, Seaford, ‘Blackburn Lake, 
Tecoma and Sherbrooke Forest, South 
Warrandyte (Mr. W. King's native gar- 
den}, Dixon's Creek and 'Mt Slide, Wes- 
tern Port. (Corinella area), Maranoa 
Gardens. 


Naiure Show: The groups exhibit 
was Very favourably commented upon, 
there being many genera and species dis- 
played. mainly wath live plants but sume 

ressed species of particular meresi 
rom the Herbarium collection, charts by 
Miss L. White on characters separating 
the various genera native to "Victoria, 
and a comprehensive chart prepared by 
Mr. J, Baines setting out the phylogeny 
of protsacedus genera throughout the 
world range of the family, chiefly of 
course jf Australia and southern Africa 


Exhibits: Every mectiug pave oppat- 
hunjties for examining and discussing in- 
teresting specimens from near and far— 
tor example, Mr. L, Fell showed a great 
number af plants he collected im the 
Flinders Ranges during the F.N.C.V. ex- 


201 


cursion, aid Mr, A, Morrison many 
unusual species gathered on fis Novih 
Queensland and inland trips, 

Victorian Naturalist: Only lwo reports 
of Botany Group activities appeared in 
the club’s jeurnal, as *t was misunder- 
stood that monthly group reporte were 
to be no longer published. However, 
Bulany Group reports will appear 
mantlily. 


Mammal Survey Group 


The group spent the long week-end 
far the Queen's Birthday, June 10-12, at 
Mt. Disappointment This was the third 
visit by the group ta the area. On this 
occasion Ihe camp was a joint alTair with 
members of the Field Survey Group. 
There were |Z M.S.G. members present. 
ot whom four also belong to F.S.G. In 
addition to other FSG, members, two 
M.S.CI. visitors and prospective members 
attended the camp. 

Spotlighting on the first night was 
spoilt by fog and rai, but even though 
hetter conditions prevailed on the Sun» 
day results were not particularly good. 
The only new animal reported for the 
area Was a bobuck possum, Treichosurus 
canis, spotted on Sunday avening. Six 
species Of native mammal Were seen by 
spotlight, but (he nuribers sighted were 
so few no pattern could be. discerned 
in their distribution, 

The trapping results were far better, 
On each of the lwo nights 80 1taps were 
set, and a total of BI anin were 
caupht—45 on the first night, and 36 on 
the second, There were no mew species 
iq the area caught in the traps. All the 
trap lines pruduced a large number ol 
bush rats, k. [useipes. Antichinws sheertit 
was also prevalent in the area, and ane 
specimen each of Antichinus swainsonii 
and house-mouse, M. thusculus, were 
caught, All animals taken in the traps 
were sexed, weighed, and measured be- 
fore being returned to the bush, 

After the success of weighing and 
measucing animals -at the Mt, Hickey 
camp in May the group purchased its 
own equipment for doing this. li was in 
use at Mt Disappointment, and will be 
at all future camps. The new four-way 
ballype trap tags produced hy equip- 
ment officer D. Barham were in use for 
the first time at Mt, Disappointment, 
and proved far easicr tp spot in the bush 
than the old fat Iriangular anes. 

The monthly mocting of the group at 
the Rylah Rescarch Centre, Heidelberg, 
was attended by 17 members. Seven 
members presented chance sighting re- 
poris. Dr, L, Winsor gave a short talk 


202 


on the symptoms and precautions to be 
Taken i Cases of ral-bite fever—wohich 
can be got from biles of erther R. raus 
or R, Juscipes There was discussion on 
methods of —mnacsihelising — attimals 
caughr in ihe bush rp enable them ta be 
handled mare readily, Mr. J. Seebeck, of 
Fisheries and Wildlife Department, gave 
Advice on this, and also om standard 
methods of measuring animals. 

The camp at the beginning af Tuly 
on ihe Morningiin Peninsula will be te- 
ported in nezi issue, The camp following 
that, on July 29-30, will be at Siberia. 
on the Muprrindimdi River near Siberia 
Gap. Camp site maps will be available nt 
Ihe grpup meeting on July 6 


Oy Group Report 
n — * 

Despite the inclement weather |9 mem- 
hers atténded the Maranoa Gardens, Mi, 
Fairhall, Leader for the day, gave a brief 
mstury of the gardens. They orginally 
grew from a private parden, and over 
the years enlarged to Y) acres, and Alis- 
Ulam and New Zealand nalive plants 
were raised there. The FANCY. have 
hid a hand over the years In the develop. 
ment of the gardens, and Mr A, Swaby, 
a Well Known member of the Club, has 
laken a leading part, 

The Gatdens now cover 7 acres and 
contain 2500 native plants nnd tices, 
most of them named, After lunch the 
group jlnspecled Melalewcos, Protens, 
Grevilleas, Hakeas, Hunksigs and num- 
erous pther plants which space will nat 

ermit listing. The highlight of the Gar- 

ens this time of the year rs a magnificent 
bush of Buckhavsia. This plarit betengs 
lo the Protea family and at first sgal 
resembles a Grevillen. ft is n tropical 
(lower having banana shaped inflores- 
cences of many creamy flowers, and is the 
only one of its gemis in the world. At 
the conclision af the inspection members 
discussed the various plants seen At 
about 3,30 p.m. members left for home 
and all agreed it had been a most imer- 
esling day despite the ram. We would 
welcome any country members. Visiting 
Melbourne t joi us if they are free on 
our outing day. 

June— 

Despite the heavy Fog in the morning 
L2 members met at the entrance to the 
Zoological Gardens atid Were welcomed 
by Mr. Fairhall: 

The sun broke throngh later m the 
morning and members took a pleasant 
stroll through the new Australian Fauna 
Section, Many mative trees and shrubs 


Vier, Nat, Vol. 89 


have heen planied with a view io pro- 
iecling the well cared for animals and 
birds living in the naturel environment. 
A Sol of work is going on improving the 
grounds generslly, and ji is a credit to 
the authorities, 

The Australian parrots are beautifully 
housed and the birds at the moment are 
in gorgeous plumuge. Lunch was par- 
taken of in Lhe sunshine, after which the 
Meeting was held. Mr Fairhall told mem- 
bers we hope to visit the Burnley Horti- 
cultural Gardens for our ouling in July, 
and Mrs Strong has written to the Prin- 
cipal tà obtain permission to view the 
various sections there. Mr, and Mrs, 
Surong will be away in July, but Mr. 
Fairhall will be in charge of arrange 
merits. 


Suggestions for places of interest co 

visit were asked for by Mr. Fairhall, 
and Mrs. Strong was able to add some 
more names to her list. Some of the 
putings will necessitate the use af cars, 
and enquiries will be made as ta the 
availability among the members. 
Lunch completed, members moved 
Wound and inspected various imported 
birds and animals and the mew baby 
hippopotamus. showed himself having à 
swim in the pool 

As il was nearing 3.30 p.m. members 
wended their way home after a most 
enjoyahle day, Country members will 
be very welcome tò join us if they are in 
Melboutne and free, on rhe third Thurs- 
day of the month. 


‘Overhoard m the Bushes ” 


This, the second article by the Club 
reporter, will in future, as for this 
issue, be entitled as above. The title 
was selected from many suggestions 
by the Club improvement committee, 
and originated from the honorary 
secretary, Mr. R. H. Riordan. 

Ar the June general meeting of the 
Club it was requested that these 
reports show the name of the author. 
So be it, However, as reporters will 
change, and his or her name is not as 
important as Ihe article itself, 1 have 
adopted the appropriate nam de 
plume, “Durran Durra", which 1 
understand to be Aboriginal for *mes- 
senger". 

The back page of the Victorian 
Nararaliss is not often read. Please 
do. You wil] note that there are some 
sighificant changes to the subscription 
rates, Two new rales have been intro- 
duced, one for fulltime students and 
the other ier supporting members. 
The benefits are purely financial, for 
both the students and the Club. Let 
«ws hope, however, that supporting 
memberships exceed student member- 
ships, or else the Club will be on 
the losing end financially. 

Supporting members receive no 


duly, 1972 


more privileges than olher members. 
However, with a smile on their faces 
ant pride in their hearts, they are 
really supporting the Club which can 
well do With additional funds. 

Not only did | read the back page 
of the Victorian Naturalist, but the 
front page as wel Tr stites, “Pubs 
lished by the F.N.C.V. in which is 
incorporated (he Microscopical Saciety 
of Victoria”. This leaves me somewhat 
at a Joss. Why the need to perpetually 
publish this fact of incorporation? 
Old pride? After incorporation the 
M.S.V. became the Microscopical 
Graup. 

Whilst on thé subject of groups, it 
was good to see the Mammal Survey 
Gruup again contributing 10 the Vic- 
toriqn Naturalist articles other than 
papers, in parlicular the calendar of 
coming survey camps. These calen- 
dars should likewise be published by 
the other groups, M takes very [itle 
effort, 

Js it really true that the Entomology 
and Marine Biology Groups have not 
had a field survey for over one year? 
And is it also true that they and the 
Microscopical Group have not pub- 
lished a paper for a long, long time? 


203 


If it is true, then soie achom is 
urgently needed. How about it? 

We also have a Geology Group. 
Also? Yes! The Council of Adult 
Education has one. Where do we fail 
the C.A.E, members? Perhaps they 
could not get in louch with the Group 
Secretary, His address, unlike the 
other Group Secretaries, is not pub- 
lished in the Victorian Naturalist. 
There are probably good reasons for 
this, and therefore behind his name I 
would like to see at least “C/- 
F.N.C,V. Registered Office". 

That brings me to another point. 
The address of the F.N.C.V. regis- 
tered office is not shown in the Vic- 
torian Naturalist, either. 

Mr. Leigh Winsor, organiser of this 
year's nature show being held at the 
Camberwell Civic Centre, 3rd to 5th 
September, is not very happy with 
progress. More and better co-opera- 


lion arid. participation is needed. With 
all the trouble Leigh has to go ta, as 
did Mr. Dan McInnes in the past, I 
ask mysclf, do we need it? 

Council has been approached by an 
organisation to co-administer a prop- 
erty which the organisation hopes to 
acquire for parabolic reflector testing. 
If agreement is reached this would 
involve Ihe restoration of some 80 to 
90 acres of river red gum near Wol- 
lert. Such agreement could be mutu- 
allv beneficial, 

Both the newly-formed Field Sur- 
yey Group and the C.LC, are seriously 
looking at field activity co-ordination. 
A, news sheet, or publication of some 
sort listing all present and future 
activity details of all affiliates und 
other bodies intcrested in natural his- 
tory, is being sought. 


—Durran Durra. 


WESTERN VICTORIAN F.N.Cs, ASSOCIATION 
Report of individual Clubs for year 1971/72 


ARARAT 


President: ‘Mr. Stan Kelly. Secretary! Miss Z. Banfield. 


Membership 15 adults. 


This year a determined effort was made to cradicate as much of the noxious 
weed baneseed as is possible. With the help of some of the teachers and primary 


school children a total of over 3,000 


lants was pulled. Again this yesr three 


trainloads of primary school children (300 children) from Croydon schools: were 
conducted on nature walks in McDonald Park. 


BALLARAT 
President: Mr. P. Fry. 


Secretary: ‘Mr. R, ‘Thomas. 


Membership 40 Meetings first Friday in month at School of Mines. Eveurstans 


Sunday after meeting each month. 


Interest is being taken in the preservation of local forests and a clase eye is 


being kept on areas marked for pine planting. Guest speakers have covered a wide 
range at topics, and excursions held to interesting localities including Sherbrooke 
Forest, Airey's Inlet, Lerderderg River. Mt. Beckworth and Bendigo Whipstick. A 
“specimen table" introduced at meetings has proved popular. Several members are 
compiling flora/fauna lists for certain areas and it is hoped these help in the 
conservation af our environment. 


BENDIGO 
Pres|dent* Mr, R, B. Allen. 
Membership 120, 


1971 was Bendigo’s "Year of the Whipstick". A printed report of this was 
compiled with the object of pressing for the area to become a Forest Park. Greater 


204 Vict, Nat, Vel, 89 


Secretary: Mr. P. Ellis; 


contact was made with Government and local government bodies with mutual 
improvement in co-operation for both. We joined W.V.F.N.C.A. and have enjoyed 
the excarsions and these have had a bearing on our thoughts and actions. We look 
forward to 1972 in the W.V.FN.C.A. and hope to reciprocate with the hosting of a 
week-end in the fature 


COLAC 


President: Mr. R. Missen Secretary: Mrs. G. Skinner. 


Membership 33 Junior Branch & Excursions. conducted. by Mr, Hodges to 
places of interest in the area. 


Diversity has been the keynote in our programme. Travel talks, birds, Victorian 
native orchids, native freshwater fish, New Guinea, Land Conservation Council of 
Victoria, opal mining, geology of the Otway coast are topics covered by speakers. 
Our job as caretakers of Wonga and Barongarook reserves continued. Bird counts 
at Lake Burrumbete by Monash University are three-monthly and assistance given 
by members of C.F.N.C. Congratulations to Mrs. L, Wheal on the 'M.B.E. award. 
The club lost a foundation member, Mrs W., Denny, late this year. 


CRESWICK 
President: Mr. S. Williams. Secretary: Mr. H. Barclay, 
Membership 30 


Club meetings attract almost full membership. Speakers included Mr. J. 
Clements (F. & W. Dept.) —European carp infestation and eradication, Mr. and ‘Mrs. 
L. Millar — Mr. Cole survey. Members presented prepared lectures and covered a 
wide and interesting range of topics. Excursions took place to Porcupine Ridge, 
Mt. Beckwith, and with the Native Orchid Society to dig up orchids prior to clearing 
to replant them in a forest reserve. A week-end campout with F,N:C.V. geology 
group showed us the highlights of the mining era and Mr. E. J. Semmens (a club 

oundation member) was presented with an Honorary Life Membership. 


W.V.F.N.C.A. week-ends have been attended and interest is maintained in the 
workings of the Association 


DoNA 6 


President: Mr. J. Falla. Secrelary: Mrs. R, Falla, 


The main project has ‘been the Mt. Jeffcott Reserve. Members have forwarded 
pressed plant specimens to the Melbourne Herbarium for identification. Five different 
orchids. have been found. Mr. J. Proctor spoke on the plants of St, Arnaud and 
led an excursion to the St. Arnaud hills in October. 


GEBLONG 
President: IMr, J, Wheeler, Secretary: Mr. G. McCarthy. 
Membership 467 


April saw 10th Birthday celebrations and a get-together of old and new mem- 
bers, This month, too, we played host to a W.V,F,N,C.A, week-end. An S,G.A,P. 
nature show in spring was very successful—2,548 people visited. The Otway Survey 
Group have conducted six campouts. One also to Steiglitz in the Brisbane Ranges. 
A mutton bird banding week-end was spent at Port Fairy. Another enjoyable 
week-end was spent at Labertouche. Monthly meetings and excursions were well 
attended, The Club has been active in conservation AY principally Mt. Cole 
and the Otways. A busy year is planned for 1972 and we hope to sce the fruitful 
autcome of some of our projects. 


HAMILTON 
No repart. 


July, 1972 205 


HORSHÁM 
President: Mr. C; Kroken Secretary: Miss S. Robertson. - 
Membership 47 Meetings fourth Thursday Horsham Technical School 


The Club again conducted am essay competition in the primary schools. We 
played host 1o W.V.F.N.C:A. in October, 1970. Excursions took place to Toolando 
Aboriginal Fish Traps, Dergholm, Laharum (Cave, proposed Mt. Zera Reserve. 
Speakers included Mr. N, Wakefield “Marsupial Evolution”, Mrs. N. Cross “A Field 
Nats Wandering around Australia", Mr. L. Jones “National Parks in USA", 
Mr. I, Smith “Work of the Forestry Commission in the Grampians", Mrs. Kroker 
“Noumea, New Hebrides, Fiji", taped commentary by Mrs. W, Pearce “Geological 
Features seen on a World Tour”, Mr. A. West "Aboriginal Sites of Victoria", Mr. E. 
Barber "Aspects of Field Naturalist Interest in the Portland District". A function 
arranged by the Wimmera National Council of Women to which we are affiliated 
saw funds go to the biological survey of Western Port. 


MARYBOROUGH 
President: Rev, E, Deutscher, — Secretary: Mrs. L, Courtney. 
Membership 66 adults and 10 juniors Meetings first Monday. 

The most pleasing aspect to report is the growing membership. Meetings, for 
which we have been fortunate in procuring good speakers, and excursions were 
well attended. Negotiations to have the Dalyenong leasehold declared a wildfiower 


reserve are nearly complete. Once again a natural history display was held during 
the Golden Wattle Festival, 


Mip-MURRAY 
President: Mrs, A, Fisher Secretary: Miss G. Willoughby. 
Membership 43 adults, 7 juniors Meetings third Friday, Wood Wood. 

Speakers at meetings included Mr, T, Henshall, Mr. F, J, C Rogers, 'Mr. J. H. 
Willis, Dr. L Stone, Mr. Tom Lowe, Mrs. P. Salau. A Club campout was held at 
Annuello. Two members, Mr. A. Fisher and Mrs. N. Macfarlane, are presideat 
and secretary respectively of W.V.F.N.C.A, far the second year. 

A small area at Boundary Bend is now a Flora Sanctuary. Two Special Purpose 
Reserves have been declared near and at the Wakool Junction. We hope saon to be 
able 10 report the purchase of 4,000 acres of mallee country (Wandown Faunal 


Reserve} principally as a mallee fowl refuge, Two members are still compiling a 
herbarium for the Club. i 


PORTLAND - 
President’ Mr. G. Baker Secretary: Miss J. Collishaw. 
Membership 35 Mecling: second Friday, Town Hall. 

Guest speakers at meetings were Mr. B, Hardy "Sea Shells of Portland Arca", 
Mrs. Woolcock “Orchids of W.A.", Miss L Watson “The Mammals of Australia". 
Mr. P. Roach “Balance in Nature", Mr. R. Pickard "Gemstones", Mr. C, Aslin 
“The Bent Wing Bat", Miss H, Aston "From Gibbers to Greenery”, Mr. G, Raynor 
and ‘Mr. N. Young ‘Bird Banding and Observation", Miss Poole “Orchids of 
Victoria" and Mr. J. Taylor "Land Conservation Council". Members give fiveaninule 
lectures on a variety of topics, 

Excursions were to Mt, Richmond, Mt, Clay, north bank of the Glenelg 
River, Casterton and Dergholm areas. Our member, Mr. Cliff Beuglehole, won the 
Natural History Medallion tor this year, 


ROBINVALE 
President; Mrs, K. Grose. — Secretary: Mrs. L. J, Arnott. 


Membership is small and excursions are the main activity. These included ones 
to Lake Benance, Tammit Station and the Wandown area, 


206 Vict, Nat. Val 89 


STAWELL 


President: Mr. I. McCann. Secretary: Mr. N, Bennett. 


Membership 22 adults and 5 juniors, Meetings fourth Monday, Stawell Technical 
School. Excursions one full and one half day per month. 


The Club has continued to be active in supporting conservation projects. Club 
members supported efforts to have the Deep Lead School Site of 4 acres reserved 
as an Endowment Plantation to be used for an arboretum, Once again slide nights 
at Halls Gap over Christmas were conducted, and we are to host Photoflora in 
March. r 


SUNRAYSIA 
No report. 


(Remainder will appear next month) 


NEW CONSERVATION SOCIETY 


The Lysterfield Conservation Sociely has recently been formed, primarily to 
oppose proposals to use 114 acres of the Lysterfield Catchment area for quarrying. 


Further details are obtainable from the Secretary — 
- Mr. A. Hill, 

Lot 24, Major Rd. 

Lysterfield 3156 


TO BE PUBLISHED SEPTEMBER 


BUTTERFLIES 
- OF AUSTRALIA 


by Dr. I. F. B. Common 
and Dr. D. F, Waterhouse 


480 pages, 27 colour plates, 14 half- 
tone plates, 25 text-figs, plus 364 
distribution maps 


This long awaited book, based on G, A. Waterhouse's famous What 
Butterfly Is Thaf?, will certainly be the recognised authoritative reference 
to the Australian butterflies for many years to come. 

Price $25.00 
POST FREE TO ALL ORDERS RECEIVED BEFORE PUBLICATION (AUST, & TERR. ONLY) 


Also we offer with each copy ordered before publication, one copy at half 
price (50c.) of A Label List of the Australian Butterflies. The labels 
contained in this may be cut out and used in naming a collection. It follows 
exactly the up-dated names and nomenclature in Butterflies of Australia. 


Australian Entomological Supplies 
14 Chisholm St., Greenwich, N.5.W., 2065 
Phone Sydney 43 3972 


July, 1972 207 


Field Naturalists Club of Victoria 


Established 1880 


OBJECTS: To stimulate interest in natural history and to preserve 
and protect Australian fauna and flora. 


Patron: 
His Excellency Major-General Sir ROHAN DELACOMBE, K.B.E, CB, D.S.O. 


„Key Office-Bearers, 1971-1972, 
President; 
D Mr. T. SAULT 
Vice-President: Mr. B. COOPER 
Hon, Secretary: Mr. R. H, RIORDAN, 15 Regent St., East Brighton, 3187. 92 8579) 


Treasurer: H. BISHOP. Address Correspondence to National Herbarium, The 
Domain, South Yarra. 


Subscription Secretary: Mr. D. E. MeIINNES, 129 Waverley Road, East Mal- 
vern, 3145 


Hon. Editor: Mr. G., M. WARD. 54 St. James Road, Heidelberg 3084. 


Hon. Librarian: Mr. P. KELLY, c/o National Herbarium, The Domain, South 
Yarra 3141. 


Hon, Excursion Secretary: Miss M. ALLENDER, I9 Hawthorn Avenue, Caulfield 
3161, (522749). 


Magazine Sales Officer: Mt. B. FUHRER, 25 Sunhill Av., North Ringwaod, 3134. 


Group Secretaries; 
Botany: Mr. J. A, BAINES, 45 Eastgate Street, Oakleigh 3166 (57 6206). 
Day Group: Mrs. J. STRONG, 1160 Dandenong Road, Murrrumbeena. 
(56 2271) 


Entomology and Marine Biology: Mr. J. W. H. STRONG, Flat 11, "Palm Court", 
1160 Dandenong Rd. Murrumbeena 3163 (56 2271). 


Field Survey: Mr. B. J. COOPER, 37 Bath Road, Burwood 3125. ga 7379) 
Geology: Mr. T. SAULT. - +. 


Mammal Survey; Mt. G. E: DOUGLAS, "Knolanoll", Riddell’s Creek 3431 
(054-285191) ue : 


Microscapicul; Mr. M. H. MEYER, 36 Milroy Street, East Brighton (96 3268). 


MEMBERSHIP 


Membership of the F.N.C.V. is open to any person interested in natural 
history. The Victorian Naturalist is distribnted free to all members, the club's 
reference and lending library is available, and other activities are indicated in 
reports set out in the ‘several preceding pages of this magazine. 


Rates of Subscriptions for |972. 


Ordinary Members - .. . s. 6 4 def see 4 i $ $ $ (S a 0700 
Counte- aan bers ie. ua Luo loe ele memo me memo e j j eo oe o M0 
Joint Members ,. «o 9 WP op ishi È " " " so 0 482500 
duniar Members (under 18 years] X 42-222 - 4: - , a $200 
Juaier Members receiving Vict. Nat... s so oe 4 lc 2 oh $4.00 
Subscribers to Vict. Nat. bird nly) E I mw Om Ct. v oM ox o h 35.00 
Overseas Subscribers EN - - - S C an o -| o 26 
AffiRated. Societies T » V À ; i € 36h s (8 0 RAD 
Supporting Members aK er e v n e =. 0510.00 
tile Membership (reducing after 20. years) T $140.00 


The cost of individual copies of the Vict. Nat. vill be 45 cents (62 centi — overteds FLA 
Full-time Students between 18 and 21 years pay at Junior Member rates, 


All subscriptions should be made payable fo dhe Field Neturaliste Club of Victoria, and posted 
to ihe Subscription Secretary. 


@ JENKIN, BUXTON & CO. PTY. LTD., PRINTERS, WEST MELBOURNE 


F.N.C.V. DIARY OF COMING EVENTS 
GENERAL MEETINGS 


Monday, 14 August — At National Herbarium, The Domain, South Yarra, com- 
mencing 8 p.m. 
1. Subject for evening — "Trees of Northern Australia": Dr. Alan Parkin. 
2. New Members: 
(July) 
Ordinary: 
Mr. Alan Crocombe, 9 Boongarry Ave., Blackburn 3130. 
Miss Joan M. Dixon, National Museum of Vic., Russell St., Melbourne 3000. 
Miss G. D. Riddiford, 88 Guildford Rd., Surrey Hills 3127. 
Mrs. Sheila Houghton, 4 Lorna St,, Cheltenham 3192. 
Miss Monica Ward, 12 Loller St., Brighton 3186. 
Country: 
i Mr. Robert G. Taaffe, 11 Boston Ave., Lockleys, Adelaide, S.A. 5032 
unior: 


Simon E. Townsend, 13 Parkstone Aye,, Pascoe Vale South 3044, 
( August) 
Ordinary: 
$ „Mr. Rodney G. Sullivan, 111 Asling St., Gardenvale 3185. 
oint: 


Mr. Geoffrey A. Comber ] , due, 
Mrs. Laurice A. Comber f 3 Cash Gve., East Oakleigh 3166 


Country: 
Mr. Robert C. Andrews, 8 The Angles, Yallourn 3538, 
Mr. Paul Kelly, Research Station, Rutherglen 3685. 


GROUP MEETINGS 


Thursday, 17 August — Day Group. Cheltenham Park, Meet 11.30 a.m. at entrance 
50 yards west of Cheltenham Railway Station. Bring your own lunch. 

Thursday, 24 August — Field Survey Group meeting. "Botanical Survey Techniques" 
and briefing for Gembrook survey camp. 

Monday, 4 September — Marine Biology and Entomology Group meeting in Con- 
ference Room, National Museum. at 8 p.m. 

Wednesday, 6 September — Geology Group meeting. 

Thursday, 7 September — Mammal Survey Group meeting in Arthur Rylah Institute, 
123 Brown St., Heidelberg. at 8 p.m. 

Thursday, eae 14: lan Cameron: ‘Some Aspects of the Native Flora of New 
Zealand’. 


JUNIOR MEETINGS 
Friday, 25 August — Hawthorn Town Hall. at 8 p.m. 
Friday, 1 September — Preston Rechabite Hall. 281 High Si.. at 8 p.m. 
Friday, 8 September — Montmorency and District, Scout Hall. Petrie Park, at 8 p.m. 


F.N.C.V. EXCURSIONS 


Survey Camps — 12-13 August. 1972. Cape Liptrap- Waratah Bay Area. 
9-10 September, 1972. Mortimer Park. Gembrook. 
Further details and map available from Secretary of F.S.G. 

Sunday, 13 August — Geology Group Excursion to Bacchus Marsh area. Leader 
Mr. Stan Rowe. Meeting place. Flinders St., opposite C.T.A. Building, 9.30 a.m. 

Sunday, 20 August — Geelong area. Subject: Fossils. This excursion will be led by 
Mr. K. Bell of the National Museum of Victoria who gave the recent intro- 
ductory talk on Fossils. The coach will leave Batman Avenue at 9.30 a.m.. 
Fare $1.80. Bring one meal and a snack. Members travelling by private car 
can meet near comfort station behind Geelong Town Hall. 

Sunday, 27 August - Saturday, 3 September — Stawell. This excursion will be led by 
the Stawell F.N.C. and the programme includes visits to Heatherlie Quarry and 
Warrenmang Slate Quarry, Mt. Zero, Wonderland, Deep Lead, Iron Bark 
Ranges, Fyans Creek, Wannon Valley and Jimmys Creek. Accommodation has 
been booked at the London Motel at $4.70 per person, room only. Coach fare 
of $20 should be paid to the Excursion Secretary by the August General Meeting, 
Cheques to be made out to Excursion Trust. The coach will leave from 
Flinders Street near Gas and Fuel Corporation at 9 a.m. Bring picnic lunch. 

6-27 January — New Zealand. There are still some vacancies on this excursion. 
The itinerary was published in the June Naturalist and the excursion secretary 
would like all bookings confirmed as soon as possible. 


210 Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


The 
Victorian Naturalisi 


Editor: G, M. Ward 


Assistant Editor: G. Douglas 


Vol. 89, No. 8 9 August, 1972 
CONTENTS 
Articles: 
Craggy Island, Bass Strait. By 'M. A. Marginson and S. Murray-Smith .. 212 
Further Notes on Kent Group Birds. By Jack Jones .. .. .. .. 223 
Seaside Rocks out of Place. By Edmund G. Gill .. T ri m .. 225 
A Naturalists Journey to the Flinders Ranges. By L. A. Fell .. je. .. 228 
Some Observations on the Den Litter of Foxes in Victoria. 
By Brian J. Coman ... a .. us ss ss ss ss s. 2M 
Conservation Council of Victoria - -0 x — m ads UH e 0234 
Features: 
Nature Notes from the Gold Coast. By Alex N. Burns... .. .. .. 227 
"Overheard in the Bushes" . La a a +. ets i: 3 . 235 
Letter to the Editor . 3 od I 4k "m "m " La “4 AE 236 


Field Naturalists Club of Victoria: 


Reports of Genera] Meeting and Groups  .. s5 ‘3 a 2 .. 237 
Latrobe Valley F.N.C.’s Report . .. .. .. .. 0. e .. 238 
Diary of Coming Events .. s .. we ss ss ss ss s. 210 


Fromt Cover: 


Wright Rock from the north. Note the seal colony on the right. (See pp. 212.) 
photo: S. Murray-Smith 


August, 1972 211 


Craggy Island, Bass Strait 


by M, A, Marernson and S. MunkRAvY-SMITH* 


The 'Bassian Isthmus’ ts a chain of 
islands, formerly mountain tops and 
plateaux, which runs across Bass Strait 
from Wilson's Promontory to the 
norh-eas| corner of Tasmania. A light 
aircraft flies out from the Promontory, 
over the shell-backed Hogans, then 
across ta the Kent Group some twenly 
miles south-east, and from the Kent 
Group to Flinders Island and so down 
through the Furneaux Group and 
across Banks Strait to Tasmania, This, 
loo, is the presumed migration route 
of the Tasmantan Aboriginals. 

The largest gap in the chain, and 
one which has caused some perturba- 
tion to the crossStrait canoeists who 
have recently been seeking pew ways 
of sel-immolation, is between the 
Kent Group and the northern end of 
Flinders Ísland. This is a gap of some 
thirty miles. of open sea, broken only 
by three small but—tor the early 
mariners in particular — dangerous 
obstacles: Wright Rock, Endeavour 
Reef aod Craggy Island. Inshore of 
Craggy Island, but set to the eastward, 
are two larger islands, the Sisters, 
which lie off the north-east point of 
Flinders Island. 

From the thousand-foot elevation of 
the hghthouse on Deal Island, the 
main island of the Kent Group, we 
have often seen the dramatic granite 
tors of Craggy Island gleaming 
through the haze, and an sdditional 
enticement has been the prominent 
white horn of Wright Rock, offen mis- 


*Botlt of thé University of Melbourne. We with tà thank Mr. 


Mr. and Mrs. Fred Armslrong. of Deal island: 

Willis and Mr. 

accompany thms article. 

Previous articles im this series are: 

Don Island in the Kent Groun 
ent 


(Vic. Nat. 
in the. Kent AE, LN 


Miss Joyce Wood, 
and for the 1nst-mei niona article above. 


212 


Group" (Vic, Nat, R6 (9), September 1969); 


taken in olden times for a sloop in 
sail, which lies on the line between 
the Kent Group and Craggy Island. 
On the morning of 6 January 1971 
we set off from West Cove in the Kent 
Group in the well-known 48-foot light- 
house supply vessel Marjorie Phyllis, 
skippered by our old friend and col- 
league in many Bass Strait trips, Frank 
Goold. As we steamed out of Murray 
Pass and turned south-eastwards we 
met a long and strong north-easterly 
swell: no white water but quite enough 
roll to make us all hang on tight and 
Some of us reach for our travel tablets. 
We set course direct for Wright 
Rock. some twelve miles from the 
Kent Group and two-thirds of the way 
to Craggy Island, our plan being to 
tur back at this point if the nature 
of the sea and the weather made it 
seem pointless to proceed to Craggy. 
Gradually Wright Rock (124 feet) 
rose up obt of ihe sea on our star- 
board bow, and as we came closer we 
saw that it consisted of an immense 
granite pinnacle rising out of massive 
foundations, stecp-to on the north- 
east side, along which we were to 
pass, but running out lo the south- 
west, for hundreds of yards, in as 
nasty a mess of concealed reefs amd 
boiling water as we had seem Frank 
fold us nonchalantly that, in his fishing 
days, he used to trai] his shark-lines 
out over those reefs as he fished 
round the rock. The Salling directions. 
speak of tide races, irregular depths 


Brian Stackhouse, ot Flinders e T 


Mr. Frank Goold. of Part Albert; end Mr. Jiin 
Rex Filon, of the Nalieaal Herbarium, Melbourne, for the identifications Which 


First Fpoting on a Bass Strait Island; An investigation of 
EI (E). Augus 19675; ' 
+ an 
(with Jack Jones), (Pic. Nat, B7 (12), December 1970), 
the University of Melbourne, very kindly drew the maps both for this article 


"Further Investiaanons in the 
“South West Island, and other investipalions 


Viel. Nat. Vol. 39 


and short seas, and succinctly com- 
ment: “If there is any swell at all, even 
in fine weather, the place should be 
given a wide berth".* 

Matthew Flinders discovered Wright 
Rock in the final stages of his voyage 
round Australia in the Znvestigator, 
on 31 May 1803. Returning to Port 
Jackson from Timor, with a ship go- 
ing to pieces under him and eighteen 
men of his small crew sick below 
(several "almost without hope"), he 
had experience of passing the rock at 
eleven o'clock at night, close enough 
“to hear the growling of the seals".' 
The earliest reference to the actual 
name that we have seen is in the log 
of the survey ship Beagle for 1842 
(“Wright’s Rocks”) .* (This too is the 
earliest reference we know for the 
name “Craggy Island".) And as we 
ourselves lay hove to and rolling hor- 
ribly in what seemed to all of us 
(except Frank Goold) quite alarm- 
ingly close proximity to the great ex- 
plosions of surf over the base of the 
rock, trying to organise one hand for 
ourselyes and one for our cameras, we 
saw Flinders’ colony of seals taking 
their pleasure at the same place on the 
rock, no doubt, that they did in his 
day. 

There were about forty seals on the 
north face of the rock, and more in 
the water: about four patriarchal 
wigs, with their clapmatches and the 
youngsters grouped around them. 
High up on the north side of the rock, 
sheltered from the prevailing winds 
by a slight overhang at the peak, we 
observed a patch of succulent plants 
with pink flowers. Through binoculars 
the patch appeared to be entirely com- 
posed of the Rounded Noon-flower 
(Disphyma blackii, previously D. aus- 
trale); the size of the patch was diffi- 
cult to estimate, but was probably 
about twenty feet square—not exten- 
sive compared with the area of Wright 
Rock itself, but a fine example of the 


August, 1972 


tenacity of this plant under most 
rigorous conditions. 

By now it was clear that the sea 
was behaving reasonably, that the 
weather was holding, and that a land- 
ing on Craggy might be feasible, so 
we pressed on. A new point of interest 
soon came abeam, this time on the 
port side: the long, ominous line of 
Endeavour Reef, with Beagle Rock 
standing out some three miles on the 
Craggy side of the reef. 

Endeavour Reef, which is about two 
and a half miles from Wright Rock, 
was discovered in 1817 by Captain 
Hammant of the Endeavour brig. As 
Hammant rather graphically put it, he 
"saw a reef with two small rocks on 
it, visible at the rebound of the sea 
. - . directly in the track recommended 
by some navigators for passing through 
the Strait."* As far as one could judge 
from a small ship giving the reef a 
reasonable berth, it consists of a con- 
siderable area, perhaps hundreds of 
acres in extent, of barely-covered 
rock: a horrible place to come to grief, 
but perhaps a fascinating place to ex- 
plore in a dead-low tide and a dead- 
calm sea, if you could ever find any- 
one silly enough to take you near it. 
Beagle Rock, which is just awash at 
high water (but was clearly visible as 
we passed), was charted by Lort 
Stokes in his famous Beagle expedi- 
tion in 1842.* 


CRAGGY ÍSLAND 


We had had plenty of warnings not 
to attempt a landing on Craggy Island. 
Bass Strait folk-lore, which is no more 
reliable than any other sort of folk- 
lore even though it has to be taken 
into account, had it that a landing on 
its toothed rocks could only be safely 
achieved on a very few days in the 
year. As we sailed from the Kent 
Group a fisherman who had just 
returned from potting around Craggy 
warned us that the swell would be un- 
manageable and that landing from our 


213 


dinghy would be out of the question. 
Frank Goold, in his usual imperturb- 
able way, agreed that we might as well 
go and have a look. 

As the island got closer it began to 
appear more likely that we might be 
able to use our twelve-foot aluminium 
dinghy, which had been impatiently 
yawing from side to side, on the end 
of its painter, all the way from the 
Kent Group. The north-west end of 
the island, with its deeply indented and 
eroded mini-coves and rock plat- 
forms, appeared to offer the only 


4^ 
LANDING ^ 4$ 


practicable landing place, and for- 
tunately the combination of easterly 
swell and low tide gave us a good 
chance here. The Marjorie hove to a 
few hundred yards from the shore, 
and our nine horse-power outboard 
was screwed onto the dinghy. The 
advance party of our group of eight 
soon managed to find a protected 
rock shelf on which it was possible 
to jump ashore, despite a slight wash. 
Although probably the easiest land- 
ing we had made on a Bass Strait 
island, it was clear to us that, but for 


Plate 1. Craggy Island from the air. The route of the main party is indicated. 


214 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


the flat sea and the easterly nature 
of the swell, a landing on Craggy 
would have been much more difficult. 
Craggy Island, Lat. 39° 41’, 
Long. 147° 41’, and perhaps two- 
thirds of a mile long and a third of 
a mile wide, has its modest place in 
history. It is easily visible from Flin- 
ders Island and was certainly well 
known to the itinerant sealers—many 
of them escaped or time-expired 
convicts—who roamed the Straits in 
the first half of last century, and who 
named the island “The Stacks". 


147°30°'E 
I 


Erith | | 
p KENT | 


E. GROUP 
Deal Island 
Dover | 


French explorers named Craggy 
"La Brioche" (actually a kind of bun 
or bread roll, made of two lumps of 
dough, the smaller surmounting the 
bigger).? Whether or not the island in 
those days supported a sizable seal 
population is impossible to say, but it 
certainly appears probable enough. 
George Augustus Robinson, the ‘Pro- 
tector, tells of the sealer John Day, 
with two of his mates (all resident on 
Deal Island), being wrecked on 
Craggy Island in February 1831. They 
had been on a stores trip to Launces- 


39°305 


BAS S§ | S X RIA 


VICTORIA 


Endeavour =: 
Reef 


WILSONS 
PROMONTORY 


HOGAN GROUP 


CURTIS 
GROUP * 


BASS 


¿Wright Rock 


* Beagle Rock 


CRAGGY iiu. 
ISLAND: 


Craggy Rock: 


FLINDERS 
ISLAND 


Figure 1. 


August, 1972 


215 


ton, and were cast away on their 
return voyage to the Kent Group, 
being rescued after making smoke.* 
A visitor to the Furneaux Group in 
the 1880s reported that "The half- 
castes still go sealing in the season 
to some of the small rocky islets off 
Clark Island and Craggy Island, 
known as the 'Stacks'."* In 1891 D. 
Le Souef reported that Craggy was a 
breeding ground for seals; however. 
we saw none there.’ Craggy has in all 
probability never been inhabited, 
though we have been told that Flinders 
Island farmers have attempted to run 
sheep there in the past!": certainly we 
saw no signs of a building. There has 
been some shakily-based gossip of 


Plate 2. 


The landing 
spot on Craggy 
Island, showing 
eroded rocks 
characteristic of 
the island. 


photo: 
S. Murray-Smith 


pirate loot on Craggy (the celebrated 
case of William Campbell and the San 
Francisco, in 1805''), but, though we 
looked hard, we found nary a doub- 
loon. 

To anyone who observes Craggy 
Island from abeam, it is obvious why 
the sealers called it “The Stacks". 
Essentially the island consists of four 
great eroded granite towers, descend- 
ing in height from the west to the 
east, linked by saddles and skirted 
by a talus of fallen rock and granite 
gravel. From the feet of the towers 
a glacis of vegetation sweeps down to 
the littoral zone and then to a spec- 
tacular tidal zone of water-smoothed 
granite slipping into the sea, set off by 


Plate 3. 


Cape Barren 


Geese taking 
off above a 
typical stretch 


of Craggy Is- 
land coastline. 


photo: 
S. Murray-Smith 


Vict. Nat, Vol. 89 


eroded, free-standing monoliths along 
the water's edge. One member of our 
party summed up the geological ‘feel’ 
of Craggy Island by calling it a 
“crumbly” island; certainly we all 
recognised a venerable character about 
the stone. 

For, although all the Bass Strait 
islands are beautiful in their own ways, 
there is a special feeling to Craggy 
that we sensed within minutes of land- 
ing—a feeling compounded of that 
sense of ‘age’ we have just referred 
to, of its isolation, its solitude (this is 
apparently the first report ever written 
on the island), the Wagnerian back- 
drop of the ‘stacks’ themselves, 
weirdly sculpted and imposing as you 
stand beneath them, the magnificent 
panorama southwards to the long 
north coast of Flinders Island, some 
twelve miles away, and of its sounds, 
smells and colours, subtly different to 
those of other islands we are familiar 
with. And here, in particular, we will 
not forget the characteristic sound of 
Craggy Island—the mewing of the 
Pacific gulls whose domain the island 
was. We saw no silver gulls at all, 
which was again a new experience 
for us. 

Our most immediate surprise, how- 
ever, was the nature of the rocky 
point on which we had landed. Im- 
mediately behind the granite outliers 
and protectors of the little cove we 
motored into lay an extraordinary 
tidal zone: a series of wave-cut rock 
platforms, prolific in marine life, 
deeply dissected and tessellated; need- 
ing some careful high-stepping to 
avoid cuts and scratches, but capable 
of providing many days of happy 
hunting to the marine biologist. The 
floor of these platforms was scooped 
out in sharp-edged, scallop-like, shal- 
low cavities, the origins of which 
would be interesting to learn. Cer- 
tainly we have seen nothing like them 
elsewhere. 


August, 1972 


The party assembled above high- 
water mark, changed into scrub-bash- 
ing clothes, cached its beer and sur- 
plus belongings and, splitting into 
several groups, set off to explore the 
island.* 

After leaving the tidal platform the 
main party (from now on ‘we’) entered 
a prolific and rank growth of the 
Coast Saltbush (Atriplex cinerea). 
growing over penguin runs and a 
friable and collapsible soil. Here and 
there in this dense and vigorous 
growth we found small patches of the 
Bower Spinach (Tetragonia implexi- 
coma) and of the Rounded Noon- 
flower (Disphyma blackii), with some 
Sea Celery (Apium prostratum), 
Variable Groundsel (Senecio lautus— 
the cut-leaf form, dissectifolius, which 
appears to be in synonymy with S. 
capillifolius) and the Beaded Glass- 
wort (Salicornia quinqueflora). 

At about the forty-foot level we 
came on a zone of mixed vegetation, 
which contained all those species men- 
tioned above, as well as the Seaberry 
Saltbush (Rhagodia baccata), Bul- 
bine Lily (Bulbine bulbosa) and a 
white-flowered hollyhock, subsequently 
identified as a Lavatera plebeia, the 
Native Hollyhock. Slightly higher, at 
50-60 feet, we encountered the Kar- 
kalla or Angled Noonflower (Carpo- 
brotus rossii), Blue Tussock-grass 
(Poa poiformis) and the Tall Daisy 
(Brachycome diversifolia, var. mari- 
tima). 

At the edge of the relatively flat 
littoral area there was a sudden cessa- 
tion of the saltbush, its dominant 
*The route of the main party is indicated on the 
accompanying map. is party was concerned 
with an attempt to investigate the principal 
areas of vegetation by means of a circular tour, 

Other parties ascended the two westernmost 
stacks, and entered a large onen-mouthed cave 
on the side of the main peak, On this peak 
(371 feet) a round bronze plaque was found, 
cemented to the base of a small cairn, and 
reading: 


HYDROGRAPHIC BRANCH 
TRIANGULATION STATION 


1945 
R. A. N. 


217 


Plate 4. 

Coated with yellow 
Island's third 'stack' here stands as a 
background for a dense colony of Vari- 
able Groundsel. 


lichen, 


Craggy 


photo: S. Murray-Smith 


place being taken by the Variable 
Groundsel, interspersed with Bower 
Spinach. Our general impression was 
that this type of vegetation continued 
up the slopes of the first 'stack', which 
was now before us. This impression 
was not contradicted when we later 
examined plants brought back from 
the ‘heights’ by the other two parties. 

Bearing now around the south of 
the island, we came to a small saddle, 
and noted here that the Poa became 
dominant. The extensive patches of 
this grass were characterized by their 
fine stems and marked blueish ap- 
pearance: the most pronounced tints 
we have seen in this grass—in the 
islands we have visited the ‘Blue’ 
Tussock-grass is rarely blue. Another 
feature of this grass was the squashed 
nature of the individual tussocks. We 
did not have to look far for the ex- 


218 


planation, for there was plentiful 
evidence of the presence of the Cape 
Barren Goose, and we disturbed about 
half a dozen individuals as we crested 
the rise. 

From this point, looking eastwards, 
the vista was dominated by the mas- 


sive eroded granite stacks of the 
island’s backbone. These tors are 
heavily encrusted with lime-green 


lichens (Caloplaca sp. (undescribed) ), 
our attention being drawn especially 
to a strikingly-eroded pinnacle outlier 
of the second highest stack. From this 
point the island’s stacks can be seen 
sweeping down to the sea, allowing a 
vegetation zone averaging some three 
hundred feet in breadth before reach- 
ing massive wind-eroded slabs of 
granite, covered with black and bril- 


liant-yellow lichens. Beyond these 
smooth, lichen-encrusted slabs there 
came the water-eroded tidal zone, 


Plate 5. 
A dramatic pinnacle standing out from 
Craggy Island's second-highest ‘stack’. 
photo: S. Murray-Smith 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


much as we had seen it at the landing 
point, and then the sea itself. 

We continued skirting the southern 
bastions of the two  westernmost 
stacks, and noted for the first time, 
at the height of about a hundred feet, 
the Austral Stonecrop (Crassula sie- 
berana), in small patches on the ex- 
posed rock surfaces. Somewhat fur- 
ther on, below the second stack, and 
at a height of a hundred to 150 feet, 
we found a large colony of the Native 
Hollyhock, all of a hundred feet by 
ten feet in dimensions. 

We now traversed up the slope to- 
wards the saddle between the second 
and third stack (counting from the 
west), with the object of switching 
to the north side of the island and 
making our way back to our landing 
place. On the way we had a fine view 
of the north side of Flinders Island, 
from Cape Frankland to the Sisters 
Islands. As we climbed well up into 
this second re-entrant we found our- 
selves over-viewing a great domain, 
many acres in extent, of the Variable 
Groundsel. These lush green bushes 
had taken complete charge of the 
whole valley below us, stretching from 
the island's divide down almost to the 
high tide mark before being replaced 
by low-flying succulents such as the 
Bower Spinach and the Noonflower. 

We were now between the Ground- 
sel domain and the foot of the decay- 
ing granite. The friable nature of the 
soil, mixed as it was with numerous 
fragments of flaked rock, made walk- 
ing difficult, and almost invariably we 
followed the penguin runs. As we 
entered the saddle from the southern 
side the Groundsel ceased abruptly, 
and was replaced by a pure stand of 
Native Hollyhock. Immediately be- 
yond the saddle, and again with 
striking abruptness, the Hollyhock 
was replaced by a large, thick-stemmed 
and woody thicket of Cape Leeuwin 
Wattle (Albizia lophantha), growing 
to six feet, by far the biggest plants 


August, 1972 


we had seen on the island, and ob- 
viously of considerable age. 

For us, in these eastern Bass Strait 
islands, this was a new botanical ex- 
perience: traversing, within a few 
hundred yards, three quite distinct 
and well-established domains. Cross- 
ing the ridge of Craggy Island and 
suddenly finding the little forest of 
Cape Wattles made us aware of a 
real divide, and of the remarkable 
difference the marginally more hos- 
pitable northern slopes of the island 
had made to the vegetation. It was 
a case of 'over the ridge and out of 
the wind’, with the difference (to us) 
that here on Craggy more benign con- 
ditions had nurtured different species, 
whereas on islands like Dover Island 
(in the Kent Group) the same condi- 
tions tended to give rise simply to a 
more lush growth of existing vegeta- 
tion. 

We struggled through the Cape 
Wattles some distance down the north- 
ern slope of the island, and after some 
fifty yards found the Native Holly- 
hock invading this otherwise pure 
stand. Finally the Wattle disappeared 
entirely, and the dominant vegetation, 
from half-way down the slope almost 
to its foot, comprised Native Holly- 
hock and a lushly growing form of 
the Seaberry Saltbush, the latter 
gradually becoming more prevalent. 
However, at about 75 feet, the Sea- 
berry Saltbush ceased, and was suc- 
ceeded by Coast Saltbush, still inter- 
spersed with Native Hollyhock. The 
final stage in the succession came 
about when the place of the Native 
Hollyhock was taken by the Variable 
Groundsel, about fifty feet above high 
water mark. 

Descending to the rocks immediately 
above the tidal zone we worked our 
way some distance east, towards the 
north-east point of the island. Time 
being short, and the vegetation show- 
ing no new features, we turned back 
along the rocks of the littoral zone, 


219 


Plate 6. hdc 
On the north side of Craggy Island a 


member of the party negotiates a 


flourishing stand of Native Hollyhock. 
In the background is a colony of the 
Cape Leeuwin Wattle, and the central of 


the island’s three saddles. 
photo: S. Murray-Smith 


making for our landing point. There 
were new delights on this milder 
northern shore of the island. We were 
fascinated by a series of rock pools, 
stained by some unknown agent to 
a mahogany-red colour. The life gen- 
erally in this littoral zone was prolific, 
and we saw many species of algae 
and some large crabs. We also sur- 


prised a large, immature bird, over 
two feet long and with brown and 


white mottled feathers, and a large. 
black, hooked beak, sheltering in à 
rock declivity. This has subsequently 
been identified as a young Pacific 
Gull (Larus pacificus). 

Another pleasure of our journey 
back along the rocks was to see the 
uninhibited way in which many plant 


220 


varieties, already familiar to us from 
the Kent Group, were here co-existing 
in small communities in the rock 
crevices. For instance, we saw mixed 
communities of the Bulbine Lily 
(flowering prolifically), Angled Noon- 
flower, Bower Spinach, Variable 
Groundsel, Shore Spleenwort (Asplen- 
obtusatum), Poa, within à 
small compass of a few 
square yards, and all obviously happy 


ium and 


relatively 


in their close association. In addition, 
we collected in these miniature gar- 
dens two small succulents: the Coast 
Sand-spurrey (Spergularia media) and 
the deliciously-named Glaucous (or 
Pale) Goose-foot ( Chenopodium 
glaucum) with its tiny lilac flowers 
Surrounding these little bowers, orange 
and yellow lichens made vivid splashes 
of colour on the rocks. 


Plate 7. 

One of Craggy Island's natural 'gar- 
dens’, with a number of plant species 
growing in unusually close association. 

photo: S. Murray-Smith 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


Rounding the west point of the 
island, and approaching our landing 
stage, we returned to the harsher 
milieu of the weather side, wading 
through the dense cover of Coast Salt- 
bush to return to our landing place. 
Here we re-embarked without inci- 
dent. The chief pleasure of our home- 
ward run was to see the play of even- 
ing light around the cliffs and crags 
of Deal Island as we made for the 
south end of Murray Pass and our 
home haven of West Cove. 


* * * 5* 


To the passer-by in the ocean liner 
or fishing vessel, as indeed to the 
explorers of long ago, the Bass Strait 
islands appear from a distance as 
‘much of a muchness. Our experi- 
ence, limited though it has been, is 
that intimate contact with these islands 
makes one aware of how different 
they are one from the other, and 
what infinite pleasures and profit 
must emerge as they are studied, as 
they progressively will be, in greater 
depth. Our brief reconnoitre of 
Craggy Island, for instance, intro- 
duced us to the Pacific Gull hege- 
mony, to the stands of the Cape 
Leeuwin Wattle (which, our other 
parties informed us, grows almost to 
the top of the island’s main peak), 
to the eroded rock structure of the 
island, and to the peculiar nature of 
the plant domains; with the larger 
plants, often highly specific and dif- 


photo: 
Julie Marginson 


August, 1972 


ferentiated; with the smaller plants, 
often cosily intermingled. All of these 
experiences were new to us. And even 
plants well known to us took a 
puzzlingly different form here. The 
Seaberry Saltbush, for instance, in- 
cluded a small-leafed form which was 
almost unrecognisable as Rhagodia 
(though we had seen similar on South 
West Island), while the Rounded 
Noon-flower we saw on Craggy Island 
had  characteristically small leaves 
which moved us to want to christen 
it "var. minima”. 

We are no experts in bird observing 
and no doubt a number of pelagic 
species we did not see are present on 
the island. We have mentioned the 
Cape Barren Geese and the Pacific 
Gulls; as well there were a number of 
Sooty Oyster Catchers, cormorants 
were observed near our landing point. 
about twelve albatross were seen on 
the way to Craggy Island, and the 
island itself was of course well colon- 
ised by penguins. Mutton-birds were 
also presumably in occupation. We 
also saw several quail, with their 
characteristic whirring noise, a pair 
of hawk-like birds over the main peak. 
and several birds of a starling or 
blackbird type. 

Lizards were prolific on the island, 
and we were particularly struck by 
the number of tiny turrets of spider 
(?) holes we saw. protruding a quar- 
ter to half an inch above the surface 
of the ground. 


Plate 8 
Mycenastrum 
corium — 
(see final foot- 
note). At Left: 
the fruiting 
body from un- 
derneath, with 
an indication of 
size, At right: 
the fruiting 
body from 
above. 


221 


REFERENCES: 


1. Matthew Flinders: A Voyage to 


Terra Australis (London, 1814), 
Vol. II, p. 271. 

2. Public Record Office, London: 
Adm/51/3559, log of Beagle, 18 May 
1842. 

3. Sailing Directions Victoria including 
Bass Strait (Melbourne, 1970), p. 
412. 

4. James Horsburgh: The India Direc- 
tory (London, 1852), Vol. I, p. 
102. 

5. J. Lort Stokes: Discoveries in Aus- 


tralia . . 
p. 419. 


. (London, 1846), VoL Il, 


6. Louis Freycinet: Voyage de Décou- 
vertes aux Terres Australes . . . 
Atlas (Paris, 1812). 


7. N. J. B. Plomley: Friendly Mission 
(Hobart, 1966), pp. 326-7, 338. 


Launceston Examiner, 28 May 1883. 


Victorian Naturalist, Vol. VII, No. 
9, 7 January 1891, p. 123. 


10. John Whinray, Flinders Island— per- 
sonal communication. 


11. Mercury, 28 September, 29 Septem- 
ber, 30 September 1944. 


APPENDIX 


Plants collected on Craggy Island 


Coast Saltbush 
Bower Spinach 
Rounded Noon-flower 
Sea Celery 

Variable Groundsel 
Beaded Glasswort 
Seaberry Saltbush 
Bulbine Lily 

Native Hollyhock 
Angled Noon-flower 
Blue Tussock-grass 
Tall Daisy 

Austral Stonecrop 
Cape Leeuwin Wattle 
Shore Spleenwort 
Coast Sand-spurrey 
Glaucous Goose-foot 


Atriplex cinerea 

Tetragonia implexicoma 

Disphyma Blackii (formerly D. australe) 
Apium prostratum 

Senecio lautus var. dissectifolius 
Salicornia quinqueflora 

Rhagodia baccata 

Bulbine bulbosa 

Lavatera plebeia 

Carpobrotus Rossii 

Poa poiformis 

Brachycome diversifolia var. maritima 
Crassula sieberana 

Albizia lophantha 

Asplenium obtusatum 

Spergularia media 

Chenopodium glaucum 


Lichens collected comprised Xanthoria ectanea (Ach.) Ras. ex. R. Filson; 
Teloschistes spinosus (Hook f. & Tayl.) J. Murray; Anaptychia pseudospeciosa f. 
tremulans (Müll. Arg.) Kurokawa; Lecanora aff. sulphurea (undescribed), and the 


widespread Caloplaca sp. (undescribed). 


The following correction to a previous article 
(with Jack Jones), published in the Victorian 
Naturalist for December 1970, should be noted: 


Mr. J. H. Willis informs us that the 
mentions we make (p. 349 ff.) of the Tree 
Hollyhock (Lavatera arborea) on South West 
Jsland are incorrect. The revised identification of 
this plant is that of a lilac-flowered and woolly 
variety of the Native Hollyhock, i.e. L. plebeia, 
var. fomentosa. This is an important distinction 
to us, as L. arborea is an introduced plant, and 
we were at a loss to account for its well-estab- 
lished presence on remote South West Island. 

We should also like to report our collec- 
üon of an unusual, brown, tough fungal growth 


222 


on Erith Island during the summer of 1970-71. 
Gathered on the northern slopes of the Vale of 
Erith, on the track from West Cove to Deep- 
water Cove, this has been identified as Mycenas- 
trum corium, the Leather Puffball. Typically, a 
plant of arid mallee country, it is unusual in 
such an environment. Our specimen measured 
about eight inches across the ‘dome’. 


In our article “Further Investigations in 
the Kent Group” in the Victorian Naturalist 
for September 1969, we reported the Tree Broom- 
heath (Monotoca elliptica) as new to Dover 
Island. In fact this plant was reported on Dover 
Island by Colin Garreau. in the Victorian 
Naturalist for December 1958 (p. 129). 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


Further Notes on Kent Group Birds 


by Jack Jones 


This contribution is an addition to 
the article published in the Victorian 
Naturalist 1970 (1) on birds of the 
Kent Group of Bass Strait islands, It 
has been compiled from information 
published and personal communica- 
lions received since then. It names 
new species, confirmed species and 
disputed species; and provides brief 
comment on occurrence of land 
species in the Group. 


Srecres RECORD 


All of the species named below as 
new or confirmed, except White Egret, 
Azure Kingfisher and Striated Parda- 
lote, are records of J. S. Whinray, 
made during one or both of two visits 
of u month each in November/ 
December 1970 (2) and 1971 (3). 
The White Egret and Azure Kingfisher 
are very old records, published 1855 
(4), of specimens shot by Mr. Belbin 
at Kent's Group, Bass Strait. The 
Striated Pardalote was identified by 
L. Abbott (Dept. of Zoology, Monash 
University) at a two-week's visit to 
Deal Island in March/April 1971 (5) 
concerned with occurrence of birds in 
the eucalypt forest and scrub, 

North-east Island was included on 
Whinrays 1971 visit. New records 
made there by him were Black Cor- 
morani. (confirming the species for the 
Kent Group) and Blackbird, Turdus 
merula, one bird of each species, and 
a tentative record of the Nankeen 
Kestrel, Falco cenchroides, one bird. 


New Species ` 


Species not previously named in 
published records known to me for the 
Kent Group are — 


August, 1972 


Caspian Tern, Hydroprogne caspia 

Banded Plover, Zonifer tricolor 

Austrahan Snipe, Gallinago hard- 
wickii 

White Egret, Egretta alba 

Azure Kingfisher, Alcyone ozureg 

Spine-tailed Swift, Hirundapus 
caudacutus 

Skylark, Alauda arvensix 


Confirmed Species 
Species mow recorded for which 
published records were not positive or 
for which  non-published records 
known to me were tentative are — 
Black Cormorant, Phalucrocorax 
carbo 
Australian Gannet, Sula surrator 
Green Rosella, Platycereus cale» 
donicus 
Horsfield Bronze-Cuckoo, Chalcites 
basalis 
Black-faced Cuckoo-Shrike, Caora- 
cina novae-hollandiae 
Striated Pardalote, Pardaloms 
Striatus 
White-naped Honeyeater, Meli- 
threptus lunatus 
Each of ihe series confirmed above 
was named as a Kent Group species 
in the Le Souéf/ Campbell articles (6) 
reporting their 1890 visit, but other 
than for the White-naped Honeyeater 
the reporting was in a manner causing 
doubt as to whether or not the species 
was actually seen (an aspect men- 
tioned in the 1970 article). A 3peci- 
men of the Honeyeater was collected 
at the 1890 visit (the Jocation of the 
skin appears to be unknown), but th& 
record remained in dispute. 


223 


Disputed Species 


The White-naped Honeyeater was 
seen by Whinray at close range during 
his 1970 visit, his description match- 
ing National Museum skins. He saw it 
again during the 1971 visir. Abbott, 
who knows the spectes well 3n its oc- 
currence in Victoria, saw it on Deal 
Island during his 1971 visit. 

Abbott's observations of Acanthi- 
*idac species mist netted by him at his 
visit to Deal Island has caused his 
comment (7) that the Thornbill oc- 
curring there, Usually identified as the 
Tasnianian, Acanthiza ewingi, occur- 
ring Flinders Island, King Island and 
Tasmania, is the Brown Thorabill, A. 
pusilla, also occurring King Island, 
Tasmania, mainland Australia; and 
the Scrub-Wren occurring there, 
usually identified as the Brown Scrub- 
Wren, Sericornis humilis, occurring 
King Island, Flinders Island and Tas- 
mania, is the White-browed Scrub- 
Wien, S. frontalis, also ocottring 
mainland Australia; but Abbott states 
'*,. dt is possible humilis is not a good 
species, in which case varjation of 
Sericornis over south-east Australia 
and Bass Strait is clinal . , . the Deal 
Island population is intermediate in 
many respects between the Victorian 
and Flinders Island populations”, 

Whinray has commented (3) on 
Abbott's assessment. of the Thornbill; 
“After examining the specimen which 
I obtained on Deal Island in Decem- 
ber 1971 I agree with his opinion. As 
well, I consider that the Brown Thorn- 
bill, and not Ewing's Thornbill, is the 
Species present on Erith and Dover 
Tslands.” 


LAND SPECIES IN KENT GROUP 


The real nature of occurrence of 
land (including shore) species of birds 
in Lhe Kent. Group, particularly for the 
"centre thrce"— Deal, Dover, Erith — 
of the five islands, will remain uncer- 
tain until it has been determined (a) 
which species are usual there in breed- 
ing occurrence as residenis and as 
migrants; and (b) the regular and 
"accidental" occurrence of other 
species — assessment by David 
Thomas (8) is that distance from the 
mainland and Tasmania is only mini- 
mal asa barrier preventing occurrence 
of various of possible species from the 
mainland and recorded in such occur- 
rence in Tasmania. 

The uncertainty is likely ta persist, 
as full-time residence in the Kent 
Group cf an experienced observer or 
a succession of such observers for a 
long-enough period appears unlikely, 


REFERENCES 


i. J. Jones: “The Birds of the Kent 
Group", Pict. Nuteralist, 87: 357-365, 

2. J.S. Whinray, “A List of Birds of the 
Major Kent's Group Islands", Tas 
Naturalist, no, 24° 2-3. 

3, J. S. Whinray, "Further Kent's Group 
Bird Records", Tas. Naturalist, ne 
29: 5.6. 

4, Papers and Proceedings of Royal 
Seciely of Van Dieman's. Lund, 3; 
157. (Noted by J. Abboti, and con- 
veyed by him in personal comment to 
J. Tones, July 1972.) 

5. I. Abbott: Personal comment to J 
Jones, July 1972. 

6, D, Le Souéf and A, J, Campbell, 
"Expedition of Field Naturalists’ 
Club ta Kent Group, Bass Strait", 
Vict. Naturalist, 7 122-191, 132-136. 


7. L Abbott: Leiler 6/4/72 to Dr. S. 
Murray-Smith. 
B. D. Thornas: Letters 20/2/71 and 


30/3/71 io J Jones 


Statewide Convention 


A Convention of Field Naturalists Clubs will be held at Bairnsdale from 
30 September-1 October, 1972: The venue will be announced taler, 


224 


Vict, Nat. Val. 89 


Seaside Rocks out of Place 


by Eomunp D. Grir* 


Nothing looks more conspicuous 
than à white rock among à multitude 
of black ones. Between Port Fairy and 
Cape Reamur in the Western District 
of Victoria (Australia) the shore plat- 
forms are of basalt, and the boulders 
are black. Well above high water 
level, boulders have been accumulated 
by sea action, and occasionally among 
the hundreds of dark boulders a white 
one appears. Such an exception is 
intriguing, and it was decided to find 
out the reason. 

The white boulders were found to 
owe their lack of colour to biologic 
^ncrustations, viz. the remains of 
marine animals and plants that secrete 
white calcium carbonate. The plants 
arc white calcareous algae. The ani- 
mals include two kinds of marine 
worms—Galeolaria, which lives in 
irregular white tubes that are a con- 
spicuous part of the life below mean 
sea level, and Spirorbis, which grows 
à minute smooth shell, coiled like a 
pearly nautilus. Barnacles are com- 
monly present, and if so, usually oc- 
cur in large numbers. Moluses also 
are generally present. All are species 
that live in the lower part of the tidal 
range. 


Origin of White Boulders 

Having discovered what makes the 
boulders white, it remains to explain 
from where they came. Galeolaria 
occurs no higher than mean sea level. 
Bird and Dent (1966) used it as à 
marker by which to measure coastal 
features. Because the life position of 
this genus is strictly zoned, we can 


Augusl, 1972 


aay with certainly that the white boul- 
ders had their origin al mean sea level 
or below. The barnacles, molluses and 
calcareous algae belong to the lower 
halt of the tidal range, and some of 
them to the lowest quarter of it. How- 
ever, T have found on such boulders 
none of the species that live only 
below low sea level, From this it ap- 
pears (hat the boulders had their 
origin between low sea level and mean 
sca level. 


The Sea as Weight-lifter 

The sea has a remarkable ability to 
lit heavy weights. By Archimedes’ 
principle, rocks weigh less in water 
than in am, but even so, the weights 
ihat storm waves can lift are almost 
incredihle. At Wick in Scotland in 
1872, for example, the end of the 
concrete breakwater weighing 1350 
ions was torn loose and deposited in 
the harbour. The Scots were not 
amused, and built a new solid end to 
ihe breakwater weighing 2600 tons 
(2640 metric tonnes), but five years 
later this suffered the same fate, On 
the coast between Port Fairy and Cape 
Reamur, the basalt lava flow is broken 
by numerous cooling joints, and so 
there are no really large boulders. The 
biggest boulder lifted by the sca ob- 
served by me in that area was cal- 
culaled to weigh on the order of 24 
tons. However, the white rocks are 
usually comparatively small, weighing 
within the range of 50 to 200 Ib (25- 
100 kg), 


*Deputy TXrecior, National Museum of Victoria. 


225 


A rocky coast can be divided into 
a series of zones parallel to the sea. 
One. is the zone from which boulders 
are stripped by marine quarrying, 
then hurled higher up the profile by 
storm waves. The second, higher zone 
is that in which the boulders are de- 
posited-—a very coarse sediment! 

It is significant that the white boul- 
ders have their origin between low sea 
level and mean sea level, because that 
is where the storm waves break. More- 
over, just below sea level is a rich 
biotic zone where boulders tend to be 
anchored by marine overgrowths. 


Telltale Boulders 


So the white boulders have a story 
to tell, and to read their story is to 
increase our understanding of the 
coastline — that fascinating place 
where rock, sea and atmosphere meet. 
White boulders are tot common on 
the aeolianite coast around Warrnam- 


bool in Western "Victoria, because 
these soluble rocks create their plat- 
forms in a different way (Gill 1972). 
However, they are not uncommon on 
the Otway Coast of Victoria, for ex- 
ample, and on the South Coast of 
New South Wales, An interesting in- 
vestigation would be to gather data 
on (1) the encrusting organisms— 
their species, the weight of mineral 
they add to the rock, and the extent 
to which they protect the rock from 
abrasion; and (2) the size, weight and 


' lithology of these boulders that the sea 


has painted white, then heaved ashore, 


REFERENCES 


Bird, E. C F,, and Dent, O. F., 1966. 
Shore platforms on the South Coast of 
New South Wales. Aust. Geogr. 10: 
71-80, 

Gill, E. D., 1972. The relationship of 
present shore platforms to past sea 
levels, Boreas 1: 1-25. 


F.N.C.V. PUBLICATIONS AVAILABLE FOR PURCHASE 


THE WILD FLOWERS OF THE WILSON'S PROMONTORY NATIONAL PARK, 


by J. Ros Garnet. 


Price $5.25, (discount to members); postage 20c, 


VICTORIAN TOADSTOOLS AND MUSHROOMS, by J. H. Willis, 


This describes 120 toadstool species and many otber fungi, There are four 
coloured plates and 31 other illustrations. New edition, Price De. 


THE VEGETATION OF WYPERFELD NATIONAL PARK, by J. R, Garnet, 
Colaured frontispiece, 23 half-tone, 100 line drawings of plants and a map. 


Price $1.50. 


Address orders and inquiries to Sales Officer, F.N,C.V., National Herbarium, 


South Yarra, Victoria. 


Payments shonld include postage (15c on single copy). 


Flowers and Plants of Victoria in Colour 


Copies of this excellent book are still available. and of course Would make a 
wonderful gifi; They are obtainable from ihe F,N.C.V. Treasurer, Mr. D. McInnes. 


226 


Vict Nat, Vol. a9 


Nature Motes from the Gold Coast 


by ALEX. N_ BURNS 


Since the previous Nature Notes, 
the advent of exceptionally -cold 
weather for this time of year has 
caused severa) marked changes from 
normal behaviour in a number of the 
fauna creatures which inhabit this 
area. Colder nights have caused the 
koalas to disappear from the lower 
areas and seek feeding and resting 
trees on higher ground, This has been 
especially noticeable in the Burleigh 
National Park where the bears have 
congregated on and near the top of 
the ridge that runs from north-west 1o 
South-east across the centre of the 
area. On the other hand the rock 
wallabies are coming closer to civiliza- 
tion, seeking food and scraps from 
residents and visitors each day from 
about 4 p.m. until dusk, Often five or 
more of these small anitnals come to 
the edges of the roads bordering the 
park. 

Many spiders are stil! active in the 
bush and gardens; and unusually 
Plentiful at present are the large 
Golden Web Spinners (Nephila spp.), 
whose webs, each with its occupant 
{females only) are distributed in the 
More open parts of the rain forest and 
along its borders. Some of these webs 
are of long standing—one observed a 
few days ago held the crumpled wings 
of no less than three (two male and 
one female) Richmond Birdwing but- 
terflies (Ornithoptera priamus rich- 
mondius [Gray]. The supporting 
strands to this web extended for fully 
20 feet. 

Late specimens of the Blue Tiger 
bulterly (Danaus hamata hamata 
[Macl.]) are still plentiful and in good 


August, 1972 


condition; normally this species has 
disappeared by the end of May, as also 
has the Eastern Brown Crow (Euploea 
tulliolus tulliolus [Fab.]), many speci- 
mens of which are still i evidence. 

In the eucalyptus forest especially 
on high ground, the Mount Morgan or 
Queensland Silver. Wattle (Acacia 
podalyriaefalia) is st present in full 
bloom, some exceptionally fine speci- 
mens are to be seen, and on sunny 
days the air is fragrant with perfume 
from them. Many specimens of the 
Paper bark (Melaleuca leucadendron) 
are still flowering profusely. The 
flowering season has lasted since last 
January, thus providing à copinus 
supply of nectar for the honey feeding 
Lorikeets which are in numbers every- 
where; the Rainbow lorikeet being by 
far the most plentiful. 

On the lagoons at the Currumbin 
Bird Sanctuary the number of wild 
ducks is much less than usual for this 
time of year. This is accounted for 
because of the amount of rain since 
the beginning of the year. As the dry 
season approaches and the smaller 
lagoons dry up, the birds concentrate 
on the larger areas of water, One par- 
ticular lagoon under observation nor- 
mally has about 500 birds on it in 
June; to date not more than 300 birds 
have appeared. 

One of the most perfect examples 
of insect camouflage is. present on 
the native holly bushes | (Hereroden- 
dron sp.) in the rain forest; these are 
half grown larvae of the Common 
Aeroplane butterfly (Neptis shepherdi 
zheplerdi Moore). These larvae feed 
on the terminal branches of the wild 


227 


holly, and in so doing cause the 
partly eaten leaves to wither and. dey, 
curling in the process These are 
greyish-brown if colour, and When not 
feeding, the butterfly larvae rest am 
these dry leaves. So closely da the 
Jarval colours match the dry leaves 
that it is almost impossible to see 
them unless one looks very closely, 
The anterior end of these lurvae is 
“humped” and much larger than the 
posterior end, and each extremity bears 


two short darker coloured appendages 
which add considerably in completing 
a perfect camouflage. The butterflies 
from these larvae should appear on the 
wing about the end of August. Now 
that the shortest day is past we can 
expect eatly spécies ot some of the 
native orchids to appear in bloom by 
the middle of July. Plants of some 
interesting epiphytal species are al- 
ready under observation. 


A Naturalist's Journey to the Flinders Ranges 


An Ecological Discussion 
by L. A. Perr 


A Ficld Naturalist, preparatory to 
making a journey into a personally 
unknown climatic, geological and eco- 
logical region, is usually well rewarded 
for making a prior study of such im- 
ponderables. as rainfall, temperature 
and the like. For this reason, an iso- 
hyet map of ihe area was obtained, 
and also some general knowledge of 
the geology and soils. The isohyet map 
of the Flinders Range for instance, 
beginmng east of Spencer's Gulf, is 
one of the most interesting in Aus- 
tralia. It consists of a huge cone run- 
ning north and south with the 10 in. 
line to the west of and south of 
Arkaroola, the northern tip. On the 
escarpment at the head of the gulf, 
the rainfall drops from 20 in. to 8 in. 
just west. of Port Augusta, in about 30 
miles; and at the extreme northern end 
of the range drops to about 6 in. near 
Arkaroola. This rainfall pattern is the 
teasan for the change in the ecology 
of plants and animals seen on the 
journey, The area is bounded by rhe 
parallels of latitude 33° to 30°; and 
as a comparison Kalgoorlie is 31.5° 
and Broken Hill 32°. 


228 


South Australia being a dry State 
withoul any high country, is floris- 
tically poer compared with the other 
States, but im many cases the flora 
there provides an interesting link be- 
tween the east and West Australia, By 
checking against Black's flora with the 
principal genera, one can define some 
of the specific relationships between 
cast and west. One of the most fruit- 
ful observations in a journey from 
north to south is to compare the Nora 
with that of other States in the same 
latitude and rainfall areas. 

As might be expected the isohyet 
lines, rather than the geology, deter- 
mine the boundaries of the various 
plant types. D. A. Herbert in the Aust. 
J. of Science concludes *, . , that the 
distribution of eucalypts is primarily 
affected by rainfall, temperature varia- 
tion, and soil". , . . In WA for ex- 
ample, the 20in. isohyet determines 
almost exactly the eastern limits of 
the Jarah (E. diversicolor}, and in 
all States the Mulga (Acacte aneura 
complex) belt in general, is inside the 
iO in. isohyet. Of course, the soils 
themselves are modified by the 


Vict, Nat. Vai 89 


amount of rain, when and how it falls, 
and the temperatures experienced. 

In locking at this landscape it has 
always to be remembered that it has 
been infiuenced by man's interference 
for at least 120 years, during which 
time it has been mined, grazed by live- 
stock, and largely deauded of its tim- 
ber and natural flora, Compared. with 
WA and the eastern States Few traces 
of wild fires were seen—most af the 
damage having been done by stocking 
wilh sheep and ill-advised allenipts at 
cultivation in low rainfall areas, Out- 
side the wheat paddocks there does 
pot appear to be much soil erosion by 
zither wind or water. 

Following the low price of wool, 
some of this iland has been given ta 
the nation for National Parks, and If 
woo] remains unpayable, more of it 
will be abandoned. The questions here 
are who will assume responsibility for 
its Management, and what will fill the 
gap left by the removal of domesti- 
cated grazing animals? The country- 
side is plentifully stocked with exotic 
weeds; will they fill the gap, spreading 
out of control? In many places in the 
lower rainfall country, responding to 
tne changed environment, mulga and 
the larger Fremophilay are dead or 
dying, Why? Is it hecausc of drought, 
2razing, insect attack, fungus disease? 
Can this tendency be reversed? 

In far western Queensland the tate 
Henry Lamont noted that a matore 
mulga grew 2 ft, in the SQ years 
during which he watched it. How will 
mining and tourist developments affect 
these areas; for both of them defile 
what they pass over. On the answers to 
questions like these depends the eco- 
logical future of the Flinders Range. 

It is fairly obvious that eucalypt 
and acacia are the two genera most 
prominent among the trees and taller 
shrubs, but it was surprising to find 
Chenopodiaceae and Azoiaceae (suc- 
culents) sa well represented on the 
ground. This was due (o the heavy and 


August, 1972 


widesoread rainfall for ihat season; 
for iu places the ground was carpeted 
with these interesting plants many of 
which were in flower. Twenty-three: 
species were collected from the 
Aroona dam. northwards. Similarly, 
many of the dry country grasses 
(Poaceae) were seen in flower but not 
collected, 


EUCALYPTS. 


In “Evolution in Euculypis", 1960, 
J. D. Pryor states: 

“fram ihis pattern M is apparent that 

very many species are highly adapted 

to the site Which they occupy and that 

they must have been produced by an 

effective nnd Jong process of selection”. 
He also states that the eucalypt is 
extremely sensitive lo tls natural en- 
vironmen!, If the above remarks are 
borne tn mind, tt makes il easier to 
follow the eucalypt pattern in the 
Flinders Range. Black lists around 50 
eucalypts for SA, of which about 9 
are endemic. Of these 50, some 16 are 
found in the Flinders Range, and a 
further 10 are common to both SA 
and WA dry country areas. 

In Austraha, E, camaldulensis js 
the dominant tree over most river 
systems, und over most of the clay 
plain country with a better than 20 in. 
rainfall; and this paltern is repeated in 
SA. The further north, the more this 
tree is confined to the run of valleys 
with gravelly creek beds where mois- 
ture is available. At Arkaroola, E. 
obtusa. grows in the creek beds as a 
non-tvpical upright bushy trec resem- 
bling E. tereticornis. Further north, 
E, camaldulensis is found in the sircam 
beds with E. imicrotheca (coolabah? 
eccupying the drier alluvial banks 
above. Furthee north the interesting 
mallee E. gillii grows on the dry ridges 
out of the creek beds, displaying all 
the characteristics of a survival dry 
country plant wilh coriaceous and 
brownish grey leaves with a twisted 
trunk. Remembering Prior's statement, 
why should this hush grow only in this 


229 


area and adjacent NSW? Due enst of 
Port Augusta on the escarpment in an 
IS83n. rainfall, grows E. cladocatyx 
(sugar gum). The fact that this tree 
has been widely planted for shelter 
all over temperate Australia seems to 
refute Prior's conclusions im part. 
Many eucalypts grow well outside 
their. natural range (es. E. pauci- 
flora), but the reasons for this do riot 
seem to have been satisfactorily estab- 
lished, 


AÅ CACHAS 1 


Few acacias in the Range are spec- 
taculàr when in flower, but they pro- 
vide an interesting group ecalogically. 
Of the ninety acacias found in SA, 
twenty-five are also Found in WA; the 
balance being endemic or found also 
in the eastern States. Two of the 
acaclas A. ligulata and A. iteaphylla 
are found through the whole length 
of the Range, from an 18 in. rainfall 
east of Port Augusta to a 6 in, rainfall 
around Arkaroola. They both adjust 
to the climatic change by adjusting 
habits of growth and variations in 
width and thickness of the phyllodes, 
Many of the hot country acacias are 
shy seeders with poor germination. 
A. gracilifolia 1s in a class by itself, as 
for some ecological reason it is found 
only in the Mowbray reserve area, It. 
may be a relict, and although first 
determined in 1900, was then lost for 
50 years. Both it and A. teaphylla are 
beautiful garden shrubs. 


Cassin, EREMOPAILA 


These are prominent and often 
beautiful flowering shrubs usually 
from hot dry climates and tolerant of 
low rainfall. All over Australia where 
the climate is suitable, eremophilas 
are found often as the last surviving 
plant after continuous over stocking 
erosion: In the harsh climate of the 
Victoria Desert in WA there are 
numerous bushy eremephilas with 
thick sticky inedible leaves. There are 
about forty species in SA in or north 
of the Flinders Range, and it is 
noticeable that the small tree forms 
are mostly dead or dying due no doubt 
to some interference with their en- 
vironment. In WA, Templetonia retusa 
is looked on as à coastal or limcstone 
area plant, so it was interesting to see 
it growing in the central Flinders 
Range on hillsides. 

Very few native animals were seen, 
and birds were scarce. This is often 
a function of water supply as mich as 
feed; but many of these are nomadic, 
so that in any particular district their 
numbers vary. The mining companies 
usually forbid their employces to 
shoot or to take guns into the areas. 

Tt appears that a definite plan for 
the management of this region is a 
matter of urgency. Conditions are 
rapidly changing, and the ecology of 
the whole area is in a state of stress, 

Thanks are due to Mr. Court of the 
National Herbarium for help with de- 
terminations of plant species. 


Notice to Contributors 


It is important that material submitted for publication should preferably be 
typewritten on foolscap or quarto sheets at double spacing, and with a 2.5-3 cm 
(1^) margin on the left. No underlining of words should appear unless abso- 


Jutely necessary. 


Where dates occur, the day should precede the month, e.g. 15 May 1972 nnt 


May 15 1972, 


230 


Viel Nak Vol. 89 


Some Observations on the Den Litter of Foxes 
(Vulpus vulpus L.) in Victoria 


hy Brian J. CoMAN* 


Analysis of Fox den litler has been 
used, as an aid in food habits investi- 
gations, by a number of workers. Er- 
rington (1937), Scott and Klimstra 
(1955) and Lund (1962) arc amongst 
some who have collected and recorded 
food items found in the immediate 
vicinity of dens. 

Although the method has many 
limitatioris, it is of some use jn Lhe 
determination of fox food habits dur- 
ing the denning season. The main 
criticisms of using such data stem 
from the fact that large carcases, be- 
cause they are less likely to be eaten 
entire, comprise a disproportionately 
large percentage of the estimated food. 
Lund (1962) has shown that smaller 
prey species, especially small rodents 
and insects, are seldom found amongst 
food remains at the den but are quite 
important in dietary analyses based on 
the examination of facces and stomach 
contents, 

Since early 1968 the author has 
been engaged in a survey of food 
habils of the fox in Victoria, The 
investigation has been centred mainly 
on stomach contents analysis, but 
from time to time, it has been possible 
to record food remains found in rhe 
vicinity of breeding dens. These den 
litter records do not include any ex- 
amination o! faecal material but are 
based solely on the identification, in 
situ, of carcases and olher uneaten 
material, All dens mentioned were 
active when visited and many were 
subsequently dug out and the cubs 
taken, 

From the list of food items, it 
would appear that smaller manimals, 


August, 1972 


birds and sheep remains are common 
foods. The importance of sheep fe- 
mains and small mamma! carcases 
compares favourably with the findings 
of Mackintosh (1963) which were 
based on the analysis of stomach ¢on- 
tents. The major discrepancy lies in 
the apparent high dietary intake of 
birds. suggested from the den litter 
observations. Most food habits studies 
based on the ather methods of analysis 
suggest that birds are a minor item of 
diet. 

Such a conflicting result could be 
explained in a number of ways. Many 
people are of the opinion that foxes 
will often kill birds or remove bird 
carcases without utilising them for 
food. The careases might then simply 
be carned to the den and used as a 
“plaything” by the cubs. A further 
possibility is that foxes avoid ingesting 
feathers wheit eating from larger bird 
carcases. In the absence of feathers 
from stomach contents (or faeces], 
bird remains would be difficult ta 
distinguish, It should be stressed that 
the presence of bird carcases near a 
den does not necessarily imply that 
the birds were killed by foxes. 

Although the data from these den 
studies arc limited, there is some pre- 
sumptive evidence of the opportunistic 
nature of the fox's feeding. The den 
examined at Tandara (Dec. 1968) was 
situated in a paddock of wheat sttibble 
adjacent to a large swamp. Numerous 
waterbirds and quail (Coturnix pec- 


“Vermin and Noxious Weeds Destruction Board, 
Department of Crown Lands and Survey. Keith 
onte Research Station, Frankston. Victoria 


231 


toralis) were seen in the immediate 1971) were in a well-known nesting 
vicinity. Again, the dens examined at area of the white cockatoo (Cacatua 
Sutton Grange (Nov. 1970, Dec. galerita). 


Plate 1 


Food remains 
and faeces col- 
lected from a 
den at Tandara, 
Victoria (Dec. 
1968). Flattened 
grass is in cubs’ 
"play area". 


LITERATURE CITED 


Errington, P. L., 1937. Food habits of | Mackintosh, D. L., 1963. Food of the 
Iowa red foxes during a drought sum- fox in the Canberra district, CSIRO 
mer. Ecology 18 (1): 53-61. Wildl. Res. 8: 1-20. 

Lund, Hj. Munthe-Kaas, 1962. The red a : 
fox in Norway. 2. The feeding habits Scott, T. G., and Klimstra, W. D., 1955. 


of the red fox in Norway. Papers of Red foxes and a declining prey popu- 
Norwegian State Game Research In- lation. Southern Illinois Univ. Monogr. 
stitute. Ser. No. 1, 123 pp. 


Foop REMAINS AT DENS OF THE Fox (Vulpes vulpes L.) IN VICTORIA. 


Date and Food Hem Minimum 
Location À Number 
Sept. 1968 Rabbit (Oryctolagus cuniculus) 1 
Redesdale 
Sept. 1968 Mouse (Mus musculus) 1 
Kyneton 
Oct. 1968 Hare (Lepus europeaus) 1 
Shepparton Ibis (Threskiornis spinicollis) I 
Dec. 1968 Black Duck (Anas superciliosa) 1 
Tandara Grey Teal (Anas gibberifrons) 1 
Blue Crane (Notophoyx novae-hollandiae) 1 
Unidentified bird—possibly snipe (Gallinago hardwickii) 1 
Quail (Coturnix pectoralis) 1 
Sheep 1 
Rabbit 1 
Blue-Tongue Lizard (Tiliqua scincoides) ] 


232 Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


(continued) 


Nov. 1969 
Kyneton 


Nov. 1970 
Patchewollock 


Nov. 1970 
Sutton Grange 


Sutton Grange 


Sutton Grange 


Sutton Grange 


Sutton Grange 


Sutton Grange 


Nov. 1970 
Kyneton 


Oct. 1971 
Gisborne 


Oct. 1971 
Sutton Grange 


Dec. 1971 
Sutton Grange 


August, 1972 


Sheep 
Mouse 
Rabbit 


Rabbit 
Unidentified bird 


Sheep 


Sheep 
Rabbit 
Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita) 


Rabbit 
Cockatoo 


Rabbit 
Magpie (Gymnorhina hypoleuca) 


Sheep 

Rabbit 
Household bones 
Magpie 


Rabbit 

Sheep 

Rat (Rattus rattus) 
Magpie 
Unidentified bird 


Rabbit 
“Crow” (Corvus spp.) 
Magpie 


Rabbit 


Brush-tail Possum (Trichosurus vulpecula) 
Rabbit 


Rabbit 

Brush-tail Possum 

Sheep (bones) 

Magpie 

Cockatoo 

Hawk (possibly Falco berigora) 


Conservation Council of Victoria 


In an effort to make its work better known among its member organisations the 
Conservation Council of Victoria commenced publication of a newsletter, Conserva- 
tion News, in June. The limited funds available to C.C.V. prevent it being distributed 
to individual members of the bodies in C.C. V. So that F.N.C.V. members will know 
what C.C.V. is daing the last meeting of our council decided an extract of their 


newslétler should appear in the Mierorinm Naturalis, 


In the first issue of Conservation 
News it was reported that the long 
awaited Western Port Regional Survey 
conducted by C.C.V. was almost com- 
plete, and the report on it would be 
presented to the Western Port 
Regional Planning Authority before 
the end of June, The report is to be 
published, and will be available to the 
public, 

The C.C.V. has also produced a 
policy statement on the Alpine Region 
of North-Eastern Victoria, It advo- 
cates that wilderness areas in the 
region be kept in their primitive state, 
and that land uses which could damage 
the environment of country over 
4000 feet above sea level be banned. 
They are im addition taking action to 
see that an ecological survey will be 
made of the Dartmouth Dam site on 
the Mitta Mitta river. 

In conjunction with the V.N.P.A., 
the National Parks Authority, and 
Mr. D. Goode, the C.C.V. has pre- 
sented to the Parliamentary Public 
Works Committec evidence on the 
proposed site of the Mitchell River 
Dam, and the risk it presents to the 
Mitchell River Gorge, adjacent to 
Glenaladale National Park. 


tives of C.C.V. have discussed with 
the Chief Secretary the need to amend 
the Aboriginal Relics Preservation Act 
to protect sites before their legal 
declaration. 

The council has been collecting 
written submissions on areas in Port 
Phillip Bay which should be mariaged 
for their conservation by the Port 
Philip Authority. These were pre- 
sented at the end of June, The presi- 
dent of C.C.V. has urged on the 
Minister of Forests and the F.C.V. the 
use of marginal farmlands for pine 
plantations instead of crown land, 
which usually carries native flora sup- 
porting native fauna, 

Fear was expressed in Conservation 
News that pressure on municipal 
councils may, through their infiuence 
on M.M.B.W., defeat the conservation 
aspects of the new plan for the future 
growth of Melbourne. 

The C.C.V, has recently heard sub- 
missions on the need for extra pro- 
tection of Victorian wetlands, and the 
Viking-Razor wilderness, These were 
put forward respectively by the Field 
and Game Association and the Federa- 
tion of Victorian Walking Clubs. They 
have also been discussing the desirable 


In association with Dr. Elder of the limits on Melbourne's population 
Anthropological Society representa- growth, 
Notice to Country Clubs 


It is proposed that the names and addresses of the Presidents and Secretaries of all 
ENC's should appear in the Wicrorian Naturalist. It would therefore be appreciated 
if these could be lodged with the F.N-C.V, Secretary when convenient, 


234 


Vict, Nat, Vol. &9 


“Overheard "n the Bushes ” 


“Gee, isn't it cold." "J hope it won'i 
cam before we finish." These were 
much uttered comments at the com- 
bined FSG and MSG camp at Mt, 
Disappointment which I attended re- 
cently. The fact ís, it was indeed cold. 
Very cold. The maximum tempera- 
ture on Sunday reached only 40" F. 
Brr, .. , . and not only did it rain, but 
we had sleet also. 

These are the conditions under 
which these hardy field Nats operate 
in winter. The weather being neither 
pleasant nor helpful in their survey 
activities. The nature of their task is 
further impaired by the lack of com- 
prehensive equipment. 

"What we need is a trailer." These 
were thc words of the Assist. Editor, 
Mr. Graeme Douglas, commenting on 
the equipment and species handling 
task. I gave this much thought. The 
work bemg done by these groups not 
only deserves a trailer, but equally 
important, it deserves thanks. Thanks 
that T felt could best be expressed and 
would be best appreciated by the 
donation of funds towards a trailer. 

As a result of this, I am launching 
the: 

“DURRAN DunRA SURVEY TRAILER 
APPEAL" 

In order to give all members the 
opportunity of showing their appre- 
ciatian by contributing towards this 
appeal, the trailer has been dis- 
assembled, financially, into five $50 
components and one component that 
is open for contributions of $1 
upwards. 

All contributions will be acknow- 
ledged in this column. Contributions 
of $50 and over will be further ack- 
nowledged on a plaque to be fixed ta 
the trailer 


August, 1972 


You will now ask “Well, what docs 
this trailer jook like?” Not knowing 
whether you meat financially or 
physically L will show you both, first 
financially; 

Axle, Wheels, Tyres and 


Tubes .. $50 
Mainframe and Drawbar 

Fittings sess $50 
Subframe and —Cabimet 

Fittings $50 


Overhead Canvas Cover $50 


Electrica] Wing and 
Special Fittings $50 

Equipment to fill the 
Cubiners SOpen 


Physically it consists of a normal 
looking box trailer with a canvas top, 
However the canvas top can be raised 
and extended to give averhead shelter. 
Further, in place of the normal sides, 
each side will consist of equipment 
compartments with exlending tops to 
form à work table around the trailer. 
The central portion of the trailer will 
be used to hause either specimens or 
larger equipment. Thus the Groups 
can operate effectively, efficiently and 
under cover — even if it snows, which 
no doubt, nex! camp I attend, it will. 


Please address all contributions to: 
“DURRAN DuRRA SURVEY TRAILER 
- APPEAL", 
C/- G.P.O. Box 5169 AA, 
MELBOURNE, Vic., 3001, 
or to the Treasürer at the next General 
Meeting, wwho will pass them on to me. 
Needless to sav, I thank you for 
your support. E 


DURRAN DURRA. 


235 


Letter to the Editor, 


Dear Sir, 


In common with many other members to whom 1 have spoken, I feel it is 
very unsatisfactory to have unsigned articles. 

While none of us are likely to doubt the authenticity of these reports, in 
principle.sost people are very suspicious of the reliability of unsigned articles, 

Of course the reporter will change from time to time, but. surely, the signa- 
ture can also change. If a contributor has given of his best he ought to be 
proud to sign his or her name, and be available to answer any coinments. 


Yours, 
L. M. M. BEADNELL 


Although there may be a sound basis in part for the comments made, T think one 
should not be too kasty in condemning the use of a pseudonym. After all, the late’ 
Crosbie Morrison, as editor of Wild Life, accepted the credibility of such contributors 
as "Scrutanius"', "Safelight", and “The Bookworm”; an excellent guide on bushcraft 
appeared bearing the author's name as "Wontolla"; and even Thomas Alexander 
Btowne preferred the name of Rolf Boldrewood for his writings. [Ed.] 


Request for Intormation 


Bell-Miners (Manorina melanophrys), 


The Bell-Miner Mapping Survey of the Victorian Ornithological Research 
Group is interested in mapping colonies of these birds in the Melbourne 
metropolitan area, and is also requiring information on colonies away from 
the Melbourne area. We are particularly interested in finding out the history 
of colanies — when they originated (if known) and whether they are static, 
decreasing or increasing. It is fairly apparent that over the years there have 
been fluctuations in numbers in some areas. Any general notes on the species 
would also be appreciated. Survey forms are available from Frank Noelker, 
10 Kathleen Street, Blackburn 3130. 

» Ellen M. McCulloch (Mrs.), Survey Convenor, 6 Bullen Avenue, Mitcham, 

je. 3132. 


Bendigo Meeting of Field Naturalists Clubs 


Following a long discussion, the meeting of Field Naturalists Clubs held at Bendigo 
on fune 24 decided to ask the F.N.C.V. to organise a Convention to be held early 
next year, A Steering Committee was set up to plan for the Convention and work 
out an acceptable proposal for machinery for improved co-operation between Clubs, 

Any suggestions, particularly relating to date and location of the Convention, 
would be welcomed by the Committee. 

R. H. RIORDAN, 
Honorary Secrétary F N.C,V, 
For Steering Committee. 


CORRECTION 


On page 202 of the June Naturalist in the Report of the Day Group's May 
visit to Maranoa, Buckhausia should be Buckinghamia celsissima. 


236 Vict. Nar. Vol, 89 


Field Naturalists Club of Victoria 


General Mecting July, 1972 

The Reuse, Mr. Tom Sault, took 
the chair at the July meeting of the Club 
and welcomed about sixty members and 
visitors 

The guest speaker Far the evening was 
Mr- Peter Rawlinson, lecturer in Zoology 
at Latrobe University. who spoke on 
“Reptiles and ihe Need for Gonserva- 
on™. The talk was illustrated with an 
excellent series of slides of Victorian 
repliles, 1n moving a vote of thanks to 
the speaker, Mr. Saull said that he felt 
the Club should press for legislation to 
protect the Stale's reptiles. 

Among the exhibits was à colourful 
tray pf stones which Mrs. M, North ha 
collected from th= mouth of the Rakai 
River in New Zesland. Several members 
alsa displayed specimens of garden 
grown native plants, Mr. Ross Garnet 
drew members atlention to a recent ap- 
plication lor a mining exploration licence 
covering, à large area of the Grampians, 
and displayed a map of the area. 

The President announced that the Club 
Librarian, Mr Peter Kelly, had tendered 
his resignation after seven years’ service. 
Mr. Sault paid tribute to the large 
amount of time which Mr. Kelly had 

ut in m the manning nf the library. 

is would greaily facilitate the work 
Of his successor, Mr. Sault appealed for 
a voluntecr tò take on the job, A vote 
pf thanks lo Mr; Kelly was passed with 
acclamation. 

A brief report af the State meeting of 
Naturalists’ Clubs at Bendigo on 24 lune 
was given by the Secretary. The Steer- 
ing Committee formed at the meeting 
wil hald its Brst meeting shortly, This 
Committee is to further examine pro- 

osals for co-ordination and co-operation 

etween clubs. Tt is hoped to hold a 
State-wide Convention carly in 1973. 

During General Business Mr. Barry 
Cooper, Vice-President and Convenor of 
the newly formed Field Survey Group, 
spoke about staff shoriages al the 
National Museum of Victoria. 1t was 
resolved to write to the Chief Secretary 
urging that the Government. appoint 
more staff, particularly to the Curatorial 
positians. During discussion it was 
suggested that Club members should 
consider donating their collections to 
the Museum, Unless they were actively 


August, 1972 


workmg on them: Many tare and in- 
i@resliog specimens were reliined by 
Private collectors, (hus depriving stu- 
dents amd others of access lw material 
mat represented in the Museum 
collections. 


Mammal Survey Group 

On the weekend of July 1-2 eight 
members of the group carried aut a sur 
vey on ihe Mornington Peninsula. They, 
and one visitor, camped by Main Creek, 
a litle aver two miles inland from Cape 
Schank, Despite rain falling during thc 
time the spot lighting parties were at 
work a large number of animals were 
seen. The majority were Ringtail pos- 
sums, Psevdocheires peregrinus, Trap- 
ping results were also above average. In 
all three native species were seen by spot- 
light, and three more, plus two intro- 
duced species were caught in the 80 traps 
used. A total of 30 animals was 
trapped. As at the last two camps all 
captured animals were weighed, sexed, 
and measured before being returned tp 
the bush. A detailed report will be in- 
cluded in a paper to be prepared about 
the area. 

At the monthly meeting of the group 
on Thursday July 6 colour slides of 
several native maminals were shown, and 
six members presented chance sighting 
reports. Full reports were presented on 
the camps at Mt. Disappointment and 
Main Creck, and details were given of 
access lo the following camp at Silerta. 
There was also'à report of 4 camp at 
Rogslynne Reservoir, near Gisborne, 
carried oul using group equipment by 
two members working with the Macedon 
Range Conservation Society. Possible 
sites for future camps were mentioned. 
The need lo correlate various grids which 
different groups are using was discussed, 
and Mr. R. Warneke of F.W.D. said he 
would take this up with L.C.C. The 
fhecting was attended by 15 members 
and four visitors. 


Field Survey Group 
Meeting — Thursday. June 22, 1972: 
Mr, L. Winsor chaired the mectine, 


which was altended ty 14 members, The 
major part of the evening was taken mp 


by the briefing for the ensuing Murtin- 
dindr River Camp. Later on Miss Barra- 
237 


cleugh spoke on the breed vegetation 
types fouad in the central highlands af 
Victoria, typically exemplified by the 
ML. Erica arta. The results of the MI. 
Disappointment survey were — alsu 
discussed. 


Survéy Camj Reports: 


1, Mr. Disappointment — fuse 10-12. 
A joint camp with the Mammal Survey 
Group was held over the Queen's Birth- 
day weekend. This was-.the first camp 
using the grid system, Eight localities 
were chosen to provide a full coverage 
of the various geographica] features in 
the region. Although weather made col- 
lecting difficult many specimens of in- 
vertebrates and plante were collected, 
and & bird list compiled. Non-marine 
foluscs, insects, and spiders gathered 
during the survey were lodged with the 
National Museum, after their tentative 
identification. Flatworms, millipedes and 
ceatipode were retained by members for 
detailed study, 

2. Murrindindi River—July 15-16. 
The second survey done working to the 
Slate prid system, was held in the Mur- 
rindindi River area, North of Heales- 
ville, Despite adverse weather conditions 


the camp was very successful — 25 
localities, including farmland areas, were 
visited, A feature of the camp was the 
diviston of the group into two working 
parties, This enabled collecting to be 
done at a larger number of localities. 
The tamp was attended hy 11 members, 

Details of specimens collecled at both 
camps will be published later. 

While the group has a number of 
people willing fo collect and identify 
botanical specimens there is a paucity of 
people suMcient)y interested in inverte- 

rales to undertake detailed studies of 
various animals. Mr. L. Winsor is study- 
ing fiatwonns with zespect to their 
identification, habits, and distribution. 
Mc. A, Brooks is making detailed studies 
af frog populations, Mr. B. Cooper is 
collecting millipedes for study purposes. 
The group would like people prepared to 
carry out work on freshwater life, pat- 
ticularly crustacea and spiders to join 
its. ranks. Close association. with the 
Curators of invertebrates and insects at 
the National Museum results in expert 
knowledge and advice berng available to 
members of the group, whose work is 
helping io increase sod augment Lhe 
museum's collections. 


Latrobe Valley Naturalists’ Report 
(to June, 1972) 


President — Mr. T. Moretti. 


Members have enjoyed a busy and in- 
teresting half year, beginning wilh à 
week-end at Mt. Howitt in January ut 
which all five Gippsland clubs, as well 
as FEN.CV,, participated. 

The club organised a successful screort- 
ing of Photoflora in Morwell in March. 
About one tenth of the slides shown 
came from Gippsland with Latrobe 
Valley members well represented 

fo April, Editor 'Mrs. L. Padfeld 
brought out the 100th issue of the La- 
trobe Valley Naturalist, a jeairnal that 
serves all Gippsland clubs All aspects 
of natural history sre covered in its 
pages, as well as excursión réports, and 
personal items. Talks have bcen given 
to the club by authoritative speakers 
dealing with many subjects, and, when 
possible, the monthly excursion has been 
ted by that speaker. There is also an 
ERE DEREN of speakers between local 
clubs. 


238 


Hon, Secretary — Mr, S, Belgraver. 


A memorial caim has been erected on 
a high paint north of Tyers in memor 
of the Iate Jim Peterson, a staunch clu 
member who was an active conserva- 
lionist, Rocks were collected and work 
done an the cairn by fellow members. 
Several parties attended the dedication 
of a picnic area at Yellingbo com- 
memorating ove bird man, the late 
Frank Jones. 

The club arboretum, an extensive 
arca. round the shores of the S EC. 
cooling pond on the Midland Highway, 
is nearing maturity. 1t contains a good 
seleclion of nalive trees. 

Observers attended the Western Natur- 
nlists Association week-ends recently at 
both Ararat and Bendigo, and much en- 
joyed meeting people with simular inter- 
ests from all over Victoris. Naturalists 
from other clubs are assured of a warm 
welcome when visiting Gippsland. 

E. LYNDON, 
for Hon. Secretarv. 


Vict, Nat, Vol. 89 


Nature Show 
1972 
at 
Camberwell Civic Centre 


Sunday 3 September 
1.30 to 9.00 p.m. 


Monday 4 September 
10 a.m. to 9.00 p.m. 


Tuesday 5 September 
10 a.m. to 9.00 p.m. 


ADMISSION: Adults 50c., Children 20c. 


TO BE PUBLISHED SEPTEMBER 


BUTTERFLIES 
OF AUSTRALIA 


by Dr. |. F. B. Common 
and Dr. D. F. Waterhouse 


480 pages, 27 colour plates, 14 half- 
tone plates, 25 text-figs. plus 364 
distribution maps 


This long awaited book, based on G. A. Waterhouse's famous What 
Butterfly Is That?, will certainly be the recognised authoritative reference 
to the Australian butterflies for many years to come. 

Price $25.00 
POST FREE TO ALL ORDERS RECEIVED BEFORE PUBLICATION (AUST. & TERR. ONLY) 
Also we offer with each copy ordered before publication, one copy at half 
price (50c.) of A Label List of the Australian Butterflies. The labels 


contained in this may be cut out and used in naming a collection. It follows 
exactly the up-dated names and nomenclature in Butterflies of Australia. 


Australian Entomological Supplies 
14 Chisholm St., Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065 
Phone Sydney 43 3972 


August, 1972 


239 


Field Naturalists Club of Victoria 


Established 1880 


OBJECTS: To stimulate interest in natural history and to preserve 
and protect Australian fauna and flora. 


Patron: 
His Excellency Major-General Sir ROHAN DELACOMBE, K.B.E., C.B, D. SO. 


Key Office-Bearers, 1971-1972. 
President: 
Mr. T. SAULT 


Vice-President; Mr. B. COOPER 
Hon, Secretary, Mr, R. H, RIORDAN, 15 Regent St., East Brighton, 3187. 92 8579) 


Treasurer; H. BISHOP, Address Correspondence to National Herbarium, The 
Dornain, South Yarra.. 


Subscription Secretary: Mr. D. E McINNES, 129 Waverley Road, East Mal- 
vern, 3145 


Hon, Editor: Mr. G. M. WARD, 54 St. James Road, Heidelberg 3084. 


Hon, Librarian: Mr. P. KELLY, c/à National Herbarium. The Domain, South 
Yarra 3141. 


Hon. Excursion Secretary; Miss M. ALLENDER, 19 Hawthorn Avenue, Caulfield 
3161. (52 2749). 


Magazine Sales Officer: Mr. B. FUHRER, 23 Sunhil! Av., North Ringwood, 3134. 


Group Secretaries: 
Bolany: Mr. J. A, BAINES, 45 Eastgate Street, Oakleigh 3166 (57 6206). 


Day Group: Mrs. J. STRONG, 1160 Dandenong Road, Murrrumbeena. 
(56 2271) 


Entomology aid Marine Biology: Mr. J. W. H. STRONG, Flat 11, “Palm Court”, 
1160. Dandenong Rd., Murrumbeena 3163 (56 2271). 


Field Survéy: Mr. B. J. COOPER, 37 Bath Road, Burwood 3125. (29 7379) 
Geology: Mr. T. SAULT. 


Mammal EA Mr. G. F. DOUGLAS, “Knotanoll”, Riddell's Creek 3431 
(054-285191) 


Microscopical: Mr. M. H. MEYER, 36 Milroy Street, East Brighton (96 3268). 


MEMBERSHIP 


Membership of the F.N.C.V. is open to any person interested in natural 
history. The Victorian Naturalist is distributed free to all members, the club's 
reference and lending library is available, and other activities are indicated in 
reports set out in the several preceding pages of this magazine. 

Rates of Subscriptions for 1972. 
Ordinary Members .. Ju dc oe 2$ r 
Country, Members 
Joint Members .. 
Junior Members (under 18 years) 
Junior Members receiving Vict. Nat 
Subscribers 1o Viet. Nai. Must, only) 
Overseas Subscribers 
Affiliated Societies — . x] " 
Supporting M&mbers . m 
Lite Membership (reducing afier 20° years) ate 


Te 
Sstenenhas 
2588288885 


The cost of individual ceples ot the Viet, Nat. will be 45 fet yese cents overseas requests), 
Full-time Students between 18 and 2! yeats pay at Junior Member rates. 


All. subscriptions should be made payable to the Field Naturalists’ Club èt Victoria, and posted 
Ic the Subscription Secretary. 


@ JENKIN, BUXTON & CO. PTY. LTD.,. PRINTERS, WEST MELBOURNE 


the _ < 
victorian 


naturalist 


F.N.C.V. DIARY OF COMING EVENTS 
GENERAL MEETINGS 


Monday, 11. September — At National Herbarium, The Domain, South Yarra, com- 
mencing 8 p.m. 


Subject for evening — "The Natural History of the Murray River tract between 
Mildura and Renmark”: Edmund D. Gill. 


New Members: 
Ordinary: 
Mr. F. A. Wilkinson, 4/75 Wellington Rd., Clayton 3165. 
Mr. Walter A. Dey. 3 Dorothy St., Pascoe Vale North 3044. 
Miss Rosalie Strother, 14 Hollywood Grove, Carnegie 3163. 
Mrs, Mary E, Wilson, 940 Burke Rd., Balwyn 3103. 
Mr. Mark Benjamin, 1 Freeman St., Caulfield 3162. 


Joint: 


Mrs. Pearl Whitta and 


l ; s , 
Susan and Julian Wana [ 6 Hastings St., Hampton 3188. 

l 

j 


Mr. Dennett Meier and 


Mrs Toscé- Meier 73 Grey St., East Melbourne 3002. 


Country: 
Mr. B. Walters, P.O. Box 71, Corryong 3707. 


GROUP MEETINGS 


Thursday, 21 September — Day Group: Monash University. Meet 11.30 a.m. at bus 
terminus. Bring lunch. Inspection of Native Plants in and around Campus. 
Mr. J. Cranwell, Curator, will act as guide. 


Thursday, 28 September — Field Survey Group. 
Monday, 2 October — Marine Biology and Entomology Group. 
Wednesday, 4 October — Geology Group. 


Thursday, 5 October — M.S.G. — F.N.C.V. meeting in Arthur Rylah Institute, 123 
Brown Street, Heidelberg. 

Thursday, October 12: Botany Group: Dr. Greta Weste (Botany School, University 
of Melbourne): ‘The Invasion of Victorian Forests by Phytophthora cinnamomi'. 


Wednesday, 18 October — Microscopical Group. 


JUNIOR MEETINGS 
Friday, 29 September — Hawthorn Town Hall at 8 p.m. 
Friday, 6 October — Preston Rechabite Hall, 281 High Street, at 8 p.m. 
Friday, 13 October — Montmorency and District, Scout Hall, Petrie Park, at 8 p.m. 


F.N.C.V. EXCURSIONS 


Sunday, 17 September — Cardinia Creek. Leader: Mr. D. McInnes. The coach will 
leave Batman Avenue at 9.30 a.m. Fare $1.70 — bring one meal and a snack. 


Saturday, 30 September-Sunday, 1 October — Bairnsdale. A Convention of Field 
Naturalist Clubs will be held this week-end and we hope as many club members as 
possible will attend. Delegates from the clubs will hold a meeting but otherwise 
the week-end will provide an opportunity for members of the various Field 
Naturalist Clubs to enjoy a combined excursion. A bus has been chartered and 
motel accommodation booked on a bed and breakfast basis. Inclusive cost $15. 
Leave at 8.15 a.m. from Flinders Street. 


Tuesday, 26 December- Monday, 1 January — Leongatha. This excursion will be 
led by members of the Latrobe Valley F.N.C. who are preparing an interesting 
week's programme. Motel accommodation has been booked and a coach char- 
tered for this excursion. The coach fare ($20.00) should be paid to the Excursion 
Secretary by the end of November, cheques being made out to Excursion Trust. 


6 io 27 January — New Zealand. This excursion is filling up, but a few seats remain 
at time of publishing. The itinerary was published in the June Naturalist. 


242 Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


The 
Victorian Naturalist 


Editor: G. M. Ward 


Assistant Editor: G. Douglas 


Vol. 89, No. 9 6 September, 1972 
CONTENTS 
Articles: 
F.N.C.V. Second Expedition to King Island. By Elizabeth K. Turner .. 246 
The Wildlife of Westernport, By W. Davis ..  .. .. .. .. .. 255 
The Pollination of Prasophyllum alpinum. By David L. Jones . ..  .. 260 
A Visit to East Sister Island. By J. S. Whinray .. ... .. .. 4. 264 
Features: 
Victorian Non-marine Molluscs — No. 9. By Brian J. Smith .. zi .. 244 
Nature Notes from the Gold Coast. By A. N. Burns ho 4M oi my — 258 
Personal: 


Vale — William Giles . A, e jas " al JJ pi 35 s. 289 


Field Naturalists Club of Victoria: 


General Meeting and Group Reports . .. c... s. s. s. 268 
Front Cover: - 


The New Holland Mouse (Pseudomys novaehollandiae) photographed in 
its habitat by Hans Beste. 


September, 1972. 243 


Victorian Non-Marine Molluscs — No. 9 


by Brian J. SMrTU * 


The common, high spired, non- 
operculate freshwater snails can be 
easily divided into two groups. Those 
which show left-handed coiling (sinis- 
tral) belong to the family Planorbidae, 
while those which show right-handed 
coiling (dextral) belong to the family 
Lymnaeidac. The direction of coiling 
is easily determined by holding the 
shell upright with the aperture facing 
you—planorbids have the aperture to 
the left of the spire, lymnaeids to the 
right. 
FAMILY LYMNAEIDAE 

There are two species of right- 
handed, non-operculate snails with 
high spires to be found in freshwater 
localities in Victoria. One is of ex- 
treme importance as it is the inter- 
mediate host of the sheep liver fluke. 


Lymnaea tomentosa, Ptr. 1855 

This is the smaller of our two species 
of lymnaeid and is found commonly 
in ponds and streams all over the 
State. It has an extremely thin, fragile, 
almost transparent shell with aperture 
and body whorl approximately half 
the total shell length. An average 
length is about 8-12 mm. Apart from 
the direction of coiling of the shell. 
the lymnaeids also differ from the 
other freshwater snails in having a 
large fleshy body with wide flat ten- 
tacles. Another feature is that when 
the snail crawls its mantle is often ex- 
panded into lateral folds which are 
extended back over the sides of the 
shell. 

This species is the intermediate host 
for the sheep liver fluke and as such is 


*Curator of Invertebrates, National Museum of 
Victoria. 


Figure 1 


(a) Lymnaea tomentosa x 6. 


(b) Lymnaea lessoni x 2. 


(Drawing by Miss Rhyllis Plant) 


244 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


of great economic importance. It can 
spread very quickly into flooded 
pasture, where it is easily picked up 
by sheep, thus enabling the fluke to 
complete its life cycle, Apart from 
Victoria, this species is found in New 
South Wales, southern South Aus- 
tralia, Tasmania and New Zealand. 


Lymnaea lessoni, Desh, 1830 
This is a much longer; more bul- 
bous species than the previous one, 
and usually has a pale fawn or buff, 


greatly enlarged with a wide aperture. 
while the spire is very short. Shells 
can grow as big as 25-30 mm in length, 
The animal is usually pale in colour, 
and very soft and fleshy. This species 
is not an intermediate host of the liver 
fluke. 

This species can be found in small 
ponds in central, northern and eastern 
Victoria. It also occurs over most of 
Australia except the southern part of 
Western Australia and in Tasmania. 
However, it is not common, and ap- 
pears to have a very discontinuous 


opaque shell. The body whorl is distribution. 


Malacological Society of Australia 
Victorian Branch 


FLORENCE MURRAY MEMORIAL FUND 
First Annual Award 


In 1970 the Victorian Branch of the Malacological Society of Australia estab- 
lished a Fund to perpetuate the memory of the late Miss F. V. (Fay) Murray in 
recognition of her contribution to both the Society and to the science of 
malacology. 

Applications are now invited for the first Award under this Fund which will 
be in the form of a grant of up to $75 in cash or in such other manner as the 
Trustees may decide, 

Any person irrespective of age, amateur or professional, who is genuinely 
engaged in the study of molluscs, may apply. Preference will normally be given 
to an applicant engaged in the study of the molluscs of South Eastern Australia 
and more particularly in studies on reproduction as it was this branch of mala- 
cology in which Miss Murray specialised. : 

Applications giving relevent details of studies being undertaken and the 
purpose for which the grant is required, together with the names of two referees, 
should be addressed to: 


The Trustees, 

Florence Murray Memorial Fund, 
C/- Mr. R. C, Robertson, 

40 Jasper Road, 

MOORABBIN, Victoria, 3189, 


Applications will close on 30th September, 1972, All applicants will be advised 
of the Trustees decision in writing. The decision of Ihe Trustees shail be final. 


September, 1972 245 


F.N.C.V. Second Expedition to King Island 
Easter, 1972 


by ELIZABETH K. TURNER 


Llltosirations by Author) 


In contrast to the P,N.C,V. expedi- 
tion to King Island in November, 
1887, when 27 men left Melbourne by 
steamer at 9,25 p.m. and arrived off 
Yellow Rock Beach, King Island, at 
9.30 next morning, and camped near 
the estuary of Yellow Rock River; 
this year's F.N.C.V. expedition of 36 
persons left Tullamarine Airport at 
6.45 p.m. on Thursday, 30 March, by 
Fokker-Friendship plane and arrived 
one hour ‘later at Currie, King Island. 
Here they were met by a fleet of cars 
driven by local Field Naturalists and 
conveyed to the new motel over-look- 
ing the golf links on the coastal sand 


dunes and the rocks of Admiral 
Beach, with Fitzmaurice Bay and 


Cataraque Point at its southern end, 
This is an area where many people 
were ship-wrecked and drowned. A 
sinall map of King Island shows 57 
“wrecks in which more than 700 per- 


sons perished within the last 150 years 
—surely it lives up to its name of the 
Marine Graveyard of Bass. Strait! 

Initially it was difficult to orientate 
oneself 1o the idea that 55 miles north 
of the island lies Cape Otway, and 
33 miles south lies Cape Grim, Tas- 
mania—King Island occupying the 
middle 40 miles. 

When the sea level dropped in the 
Pleistocene Age, King Island was 
joined to Australia by à Jand bridge, 
and is thought io have separated from 
it about 11,000 years Before Present. 

The island is an “inclined plateau 
of subdued relief", covered by Old 
dunes and surrounded hy a rim of 
coastal sand dunes of the Holocene 
Period. The western flank of the 
plateau is buried beneath a broad belt 
of duncs 2-3 miles wide, on which 
the motel is built. 


We Visit A Forest Ann FERN GULLY AND THE East Coast As FAR NORTH 
As Sea ELEPHANT RIVER. 


On Good Friday, a school bus and 
some private cars conveyed the party 
east to Pegarah to the Tasmanian 
Foresiry Cormtission Plantations, 
where there are 2470 acres of forest, 
mostly Pinus radiata. There were 
stacks of green-stained logs which had 
been treated with copper chrome ar- 
senale. We were pleased to learn that 
there were also 734 acres of Eucalypt 
forest. The native species, E, viminalis, 
E. ovate and E. globulus, seemed 1o 
have frybridized in many instances, 
and E. obliqua has becn introduced. 

Along the track were stands of tall 
Leptospernum scoparium which forms 


246 


the most common vegetation of the 
island. Also, there were bushes of 
Acacia verticillata, A. mucronata and 
A, melanoxylon, interspersed with tall, 
green, pointed bushes of Phebalium 
squameum (Satin wood) and pink- 
tipped Eleocarpus cyaneas (the Bluc- 
berry). We were surprised by the 
height of the Monotoca scoparia 
(Prickly Broom Heath). one being at 
least 23 feet high. The party descended 
downhill through a largely Pomaderris 
apetala forest to see a large nesl of 
White-breasted Sea Eagles in an E. 
yiminalis. 


Vict. Nai, Vol. 89 


Plate 1 


Currie 
Harbour. 


In the fern gully were soft (Cyathea 
australis) and hard (Dicksonia antarc- 


tica) tree ferns and some Austral 
Mulberry (Hedycarya augustifolia). 
The large, fallen tree trunks, now 


covered with moss and filmy fern, 
Hymenophyllum cupressiforme, sug- 
gested the presence of a former exten- 
sive eucalypt forest. There were fine 
clumps of Hard Water Fern (Blech- 
num procerum) and the Shield Hares- 
foot Fern (Rumohra adiantiformis). 


Plate 2 


Currie 
Coastline and 
Lighthouse 
from Motel. 


September, 1972 


In the soft, leafy floor of the gully 
there were many small diggings made 
by echidnas in search of food, but no 
animal was seen. A very large Cordi- 


ceps (Vegetable Caterpillar) was 
found. 

Indigenous Tasmanian birds seen 
here were the Green Rosella, the 
Yellow-throated Honeyeater, the 
Strong-billed Honeyeater, the Brown 


Scrub Wren, the Dusky Robin and 


many Ewing's Thornbills. 


We lunched on a small log bridge 
over Yates Creek and then proceeded 
east to the coast just north of Nara- 
coopa where we had a fine view over 
Bass Strait and Sea Elephant Bay 
from Pegarah Hill. Devastation has 
been caused by the Rutile mine which 
has poured silt into the Fraser River, 
completely blocking its flow and kill- 
ing much of the surrounding vegeta- 


We then travelled north to the 
Eldorado Creek where Professor Bald- 
win Spencer and other Field Natural- 
ists had camped in 1887. Here there 
were extensive rolling sand dunes 
covered by short, heathy scrub. Mr. 
Paul Barnett introduced us to several 
orchids; amongst these were Parsons 
Bands (Eriochilus cucullatus) which 
grew in abundance in many places and 


tion. Orthocercus | strictum, the Horned 
845; 
STR 
Arr Figure 1 
LAKE MARTHA 
GNON SAE IN MILES 
xs ipie is 
E. e alle slat ak 
NEW NENA !. N. 
ensis mas S 
es 
WHISTLE 
O COUNCELLOR 
l. 
T .RuriLE: MINE ja 
T NARRCOOPR JS 
D c 
æ 
vt 
uv 
T CITY OF 
MEL BOUR 
v e 
€ Bor? 
E HER 
o 
A 
Location 
Map of 
King Island. 


GTO«€« Pr 


248 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


Plate 3 


Remains of 
E. globulus 
forest, King 
Island. 


Orchid. Here also was Sprengelia in- 
carnata (Swamp Heath), Personia 
juniperia (Prickly Geebung), Phyllo- 
glossium drummondii (the Pygmy 
Club Moss), Pultenea juniperina, Lo- 
belia elata. Casuarina monalithera, the 
seeds of Patersonia fragilis, Leucopo- 
gon ericoides and the dwarf Bauera 
rubioides. There were dry clay pans 
where the Tassel Cord Rush (Restio 
tetraphyllus) was growing, and near- 
by the Acacia suaveolens. Here we 
also saw and photographed a beautiful 
green Tasmanian White-lipped snake. 

Further north, to the mouth of the 
Sea Elephant River, the tide was high, 
covering the remnants of the wrecks 
of the Kalahone 1879, the Bruthen. 


1898 and the Europa 1867. Black 
Swans and Cormorants were plentiful 
on the estuary, and we saw several 
Pademelons and a Californian Quail. 
On the sand dunes grew the Pig Face 
(Carpobrotus rossii) and a peculiar, 
sickly-sweet odour pervaded the ti- 
tree swamps—this was due to a black 
fungus on the stems. 

In the evening, the King Island 
Field Naturalists and the Victorian 
party enjoyed a meal and a conversa- 
zione at the local Chinese cafe in 
Currie. Jim Patterson, President of 
King Island Field Naturalists, in wel- 
coming the F.N.C.V., said he thought 
that 85 years was too long a period 
between visits to the island. 


NoRTHWARD TO THE WICKHAM LIGHTHOUSE, 
THE LAGOONS AND THE Nook. 


Easter Saturday was spent in the 
northern part of the island, beginning 
with the Wickham lighthouse which, 
at a height of 280 feet, is said to be 
one of the tallest in the Southern 
Hemisphere. Breakers far out on the 
Navarin and Harbinger Reefs were 
the scenes of some of the most dis- 
astrous shipwrecks—in 1835 the Neva, 
conveying convicts to Sydney, foun- 
dered with the loss of 219 lives, and 


September, 1972 


later, the Loch Leven in 1871. There 
are two headstones below the light- 
house. and one marks the grave of the 
Captain of the Loch Leven. Specimens 
of black, crystalline tourmaline, feld- 
spar and mica were obtained from 
the granite rocks facing the beach. 
We then drove to Egg Lagoon, now 
drained, and met Max McGarvie in 
his Land Rover. He guided us along 
sandy tracks to Lake Martha Lavinia 


249 


—named after a schooner wrecked 
nearby in 1871. The waters of this 
lake were pale-brown, like weak tea, 
but tasted fresh; and there was a 
good stretch of clean white sand at 
the eastern. end. We had lunch at 
Pennys Lagoon and were then con- 
veyed, mostly by Land Rover, over 
the bracken-covered sand dunes, from 
whence we walked in single file into 
the Nook. This is an area of 3800 
acres of almost virgin bush, now set 
aside as a Reserve. Here the Leptos- 


250 


Plate 4 


Shipwrecked 
mariners’ 
graves near 
Wickham 
Light. 


perma scoparium grew 20 to 30 feet 
high and there were some tall Euca- 
lypts in one of which we saw another 
White-breasted Sea Eagle’s nest at 
about 20 feet elevation. Below were 
the discarded remnants of mutton 
bird, penguin and blue-tongue lizard. 
Along the greyish, stagnant water of 
the swamp were fine stands of the 
King Fern (Todea barbara), the Coral 
Fern (Gleichenia microphylla), Fish- 
bone (Blechnum nudum), Ground 
Ferns and Blechnum procerum (the 


Plate 5 


Eastern shore 
of Lake Martha, 
Lavinia. 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


Hard Water Fern). The sharp edges 
of the Gahnia ieaves made the nar- 
row tracks difficult at times. Covering 
the swampy ground were mosses, Sala- 
ginella and lilac flowering Mazus 
pumillo and a minute Solaria. The 
Brush Bronzewing, Pallid Cuckoos, 
Swamp Harrier, Black Swans and 
Musk Duck were seen during the day, 
and a dead Copperhead snake was 


found on the beach at Martha Lavinia. 

In the evening at Currie, Max Mc- 
Garvie showed transparencies of King 
Island’s natural features, and Jim 
Patterson had some recent photos of 
Lake Pedder in S. W. Tasmania, soon 
to be inundated by water from the 
Serpentine for the Tasmanian Hydro- 
electric scheme, with the loss of at 
least 53 endemic species. 


THREE ALTERNATIVES: 


Yarra Creek Gorge — City of Melbourne Beach — Mutton-Birding. 


On Easter Sunday the F.N.C.V. 
party split into three groups—14 had 
an adventurous 6-hour descent of 
Yarra Creek Gorge where the walls 
are sometimes almost 250 feet high. 
No new species were found, but many 
unusual ferns were listed. 

18 members went to City of Mel- 
bourne Bay, so-called from the wreck 
of the steamer of that name on its way 
from Melbourne to Tasmania in 1853. 
Here rock hounds found quartzites of 
varying colour, pink slate and multi- 
coloured conglomerates containing 
phorphynoids and iron stains, and 
heavy bags of stones were brought 
up from the beach. 

Four members joined Jim Patterson 
and his family and, with other locals. 
went mutton-birding near Bold Head. 
Here there is a vast rookery of more 
than 60 acres and it was impossible 
not to fall into some of the burrows 


in which the chicks, still covered with 
blue-grey down, waited hungrily for 
their parents to return from the sea. 
Wearing a leather glove, the arm was 
plunged into the burrow, often to 
shoulder length and the bird with- 
drawn and quickly despatched and the 
head removed. Immediately orange- 
coloured oil poured from the crop 
which bulged with about 2-4 ounces. 
This was collected in a drum and is 
used for treating saddles and harness. 
Later, the bird was skinned with its 
thick layer of fat, and the cleaned bird 
opened out like a kipper and roasted 
over a fire built of driftwood on the 
beach. Grilled mutton-bird seems to 
be an acquired taste, but the visitors 
found it at least acceptable. 

In the evening, F.N.C.V. members 
provided entertainment with a viewing 
of slides in the School Hall. 


Grassy AND THE ScHEELITE MINES. 


On Easter Monday our school bus 
took us eastward 16 or so miles to 
Grassy, where a new breakwater, con- 
structed of overburden from the mine, 
has extended out into the sea to con- 
nect with Grassy Island, formerly a 
Penguin and Prion rookery. Rats 
quickly decimated the bird population 
and we saw two penguins only, deter- 


September, 1972 


minedly trying to find a home midst 
rocks and stones from the mine. 

A young English geologist, Phillip 
Phee, conducted us over the mine, 
patiently answered questions, and by 
use of his hammer, provided rock 
samples. Scheelite, a mineral com- 
posed of tungsten, calcium and oxy- 
gen, was first discovered on the beach 


251 


at Grassy in 1911. Since then the mine 
seems to have flourished during the 
later stages of the two world wars, 
and collapsed between them, until the 
last few years when eventually King 
Island Scheelite N.L. was taken over 
by Peko-Wallsend, and appears to be 
operating successfully. selling ore con- 
centrates containing about 73 per cent 
tungsten oxide to West Germany for 
making such things as alloy steels, 
cutting tools, and electric filaments. 


252 


Plate 6 


The main 
street of 
Currie. 


We inspected the open-cut over No. 1 
ore-body which has been found to 
extend out into the sea and will later 
be mined there. We were told that the 
rocks in the No. 1 ore-body were 
middle to upper Cambrian, intruded 
by Upper Devonian granite stock, 
bearing tin and tungsten. We were 
shown samples of the scheelite rock 
fluorescing under ultra-violet light and 
later, on the new breakwater, we were 
able to obtain rock samples. 


Plate 7 


A young 
Short-tailed 
Shearwater 
(Mutton Bird). 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


Plate 8 


No. | Ore 
body — 
Grassy 
scheelite 
mine. 


After lunch by the wayside near 
Mt. Stanley, 550 feet, the highest point 
in the island, Mr. Paul Barnett led 
us into a fern gully where we saw 
Aristotelia pedunculata, a member of 
the Eleocarpus family which is repre- 
sented in Tasmania but not in Vic- 
toria. A television aerial has recently 
been erected on Mt. Stanley and King 
Islanders can now obtain their pro- 
grams from Launceston. 

From the S.E. end of King Island, 
the islands of the Hunter Group and 
Three Hummock Island were clearly 
visible. Numerous other rocks and 
outlying reefs a mile or more from the 
shoreline were visible because of 
breakers, and it was not difficult to 
realize why the water around King 
Island should prove so treacherous 
to shipping. 

Our return party of 34 members 
almost filled the Fokker-Friendship 


airplane which took 50 minutes to 
convey us from King Island to Tulla- 
marine. 


CONCLUSION 


The first sentence of the 1887 ex- 
pedition report, published in the Vic- 
torian Naturalist, Vol, IV, No. 9, 
January, 1888, seems appropriate to 
conclude a report of the 1972 excur- 
sion . . , “It is a matter for congratu- 
lation to all concerned that the expedi- 
tion was a complete success". 

Appended is a list of 54 species of 
birds observed during the visit, 31 
March to 3 April, 1972, supplied by 
Miss D. Dawson. 

A complete list of Birds of King 
Island by R. H. Green and A. M. 
McGarvie is available from the records 
of the Queen Victoria Museum, Laun- 
ceston, No. 40. 


In order that the account of this visit may be of some value to other intend- 
ing visitors, a list of plants has been supplied by Mr. Ian Cameron, former President 
of the F.N.C.V. of King Island and now a member of the Melbourne Club. This list 
will be published in the October issue of the Victorian Naturalist. 


September, 1972 


253 


APPENDIX 


BIRDS OBSERVED AT KING ISLAND, 31 MARCH To 3 APRIL, 1972 


Brush Bronzewing 

Little Pied Cormorant 

Black Cormorant 

Australian Gannet 

Silver Gull 

Pacific Gull 

Spur-wing Plover 

White-faced Heron 

Black Swan 

White-breasted Sea Eagles 
White-breasted Sea Eagles’ Nests 

Brown Hawk 

Nankeen Kestrel 

Green Rosella* 

Fantail Cuckoo 

Welcome Swallow 

Grey Fantail 

Dusky Robin* 

Golden Whistler 

Grey Shrike Thrush 

White-fronted Chat 

Tasmanian Thornbill (ewingii) * 

Brown Thornbill 

Blue Wren 

Silvereye 

Strong-billed Honeyeater* 

Yellow-throated Honeyeater* 

Crescent Honeyeater 

Yellow-winged Honeyeater 


Pipit 

White-backed Magpie (introduced from 
Victoria) 

Double-banded Dotterel 

Musk Duck 

Swamp Harrier 

Spine-tail Swift 

Pallid Cuckoo 

Flame Robin 

Olive Whistler 

Black Currawong* 

Little Raven 

Brown Scrub Wren* 

Eastern Swamphen 

Crested Tern 

Short-tailed Shearwater 

Ground Thrush 

Little Penguin 

White-breasted Cormorant 


Introduced foreign species 
Blackbird 

House Sparrow 

Goldfinch 

Starling 

Pheasant 

Californian Quail 
Greenfinch 

Skylark 


* Tasmanian endemic species. 


F.N.C.V. PUBLICATIONS AVAILABLE FOR PURCHASE 
THE WILD FLOWERS OF THE WILSON'S PROMONTORY NATIONAL PARK, 


by J. Ros Garnet. 


Price $5.25, (discount to members); postage 20c. 


VICTORIAN TOADSTOOLS AND MUSHROOMS, by J. H. Willis. 


This describes 120 toadstool species and many other fungi. There are four 
coloured plates and 31 other illustrations. New edition. Price 90c. 


THE VEGETATION OF WYPERFELD NATIONAL PARK, by J. R. Garnet. 
Coloured frontispiece, 23 half-tone, 100 line drawings of plants and a map. 


Price $1.50. 


Address orders and inquiries to Sales Officer, F.N.C.V., National Herbarium, 


South Yarra, Victoria. 


Payments should include postage (15c on single copy). 


254 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


. The Wildlife of Westernport 
by W, Davis 


The following is part of an address delivered on the subject a! Westernport by 
Mr. W. Davis. 


Before mentioning the features of 
this giant wildlife nursery we must bear 
in mind that Westernport is the largest 
estuarine ecosystem existing atong the 
Victorian coastline. It has a very de- 
licate ecological balance about which 
little is known. Ecology is the study of 
ihe intricate relationships existing 
between all living things and the en- 
vironment. Living things, of course, 
include mankind, Man, whether he 
likes it ax not, is part of nature’s social 
union, subject to nature's laws, part 
of a huge global ecosystem. Man, for 
the first time in his relatively short 
history has the capacity per media of 
his technology to alter or destroy his 
own environment, This must result in 
the eventual breakdown of the life 
support systems of space ship earth — 
Clean am, clean walter and uncom- 
raminated food. 

Returning to Westernport, we find 
that the mudflats, mangroves and salt- 
marshes teem with minute animal and 
-plant life. Microscopic diatoms and 
alga provide the beginning of a basic 
food chain which supports juvenile 
fish, crustacea, wading birds, water- 
tow, penguins and seals, Most of our 
commercially important species of fish, 
shell fish and crustacea, as well as game 
fish start their lives at the very meeting 
point between land and sea in esturine 
ecosystems. Many of them spend most 
of their life cycles in these waters. 
Vietoria has few such fish nurseries, 
and nene of the size of Westernport. 
Destruction of marshlands in San Fran- 
cisco Bay, U.S.A., caused such dire 


September, 1972 


depletion of fish and wildlife tat autho- 
ritiés had to embark on a most expen- 
sive program to restore them, 

Cleser ta home at Myall lakes in 
New South Wales it has been esti- 
mated that ninety per cent of common 
fish caught between Stockton Bight and 
Kempsey commenced their life cycle 
within the lake system, It is therefore 
obvious that Westernport i$ of vital 
importance to the fishing industry and 
thus to Melbourne man, the final re- 
cipient of the food chain started in the 
mangroves. 

The diversity of fish species inhabit- 
ing the bay is well known, Several 
species of shell fish previously un- 
known 1o science were recently dis- 
covered, Great potential exists for 
further such discoveries. Many streams 
draining into the bay between Hastings 
and Tooradin contain a rare species ot 
Native Trout. 

Victoria's only species of Mangrove, 
commonly called the White Mangrove 
enjoys its greatest development in the 
sheltered North Western corner of 
Westernport. Twelve and a half miles 
of this foreshore are now zoned indus- 
trial. The species ts almost extinct in 
polluted Port Phillip Bay. A small sur- 
viving pockei at Barwon Heads may 
also suffer similar fate. Westernport 
could well become the Western range 
limit of this fascinating mangrove — 
saltmarsh—mudflat association, These 
plant cóimunities are purticularly 
sensitive to oil, chemical and therminal 
pollution. 


255 


Other botanical features worthy ot 
special mention are the magnificent 
stands of Banksigs and other typical 
coastal plant habitats at Sandy Point 
and Hans fuler. This vast area is onc 
af the few viable conservation units 
left On the Mornmgton peninsula. It 
is que mile from the 17,000 acres al- 
loned to industry, Native plants are 
abundant throughout the Westernport. 
Several orchids, namely the Duck 
Orchid, Scented Leak ` Orchid and 
Onien Orchid are common, although 
rare elsewhere. 

The region alsa carries many faş- 
Cinaling marsupials. Sandy Point sup- 
ports tremendous populations of Black 
Tailed Wallabies, Ringtail and. Brush- 
tailed Possums, The tiny New Hol- 
land Mouse was thought extmet in 
Victoria until recently rediscovered at 
Tyabb, almost at the centre af the ares 
proposed for industry, Primitive Quail 
Tsland has large numbers of Echidnas, 
This wildlife sanctuary adjoins the in- 
dustrial estate. French Island has ex- 
cellent habitat for Potoroos, and many 
commumbves of this marsupial occur 
there. Phillip Island ts world famous 
for its Koalas, Mutton Birds, Scals, 
and unique evening Penguin parades. 
lt ts only nine miles tram the breeding 
burrows of Penguins and Mution Birds 
and the Seal colony on Seal Rocks to 
industrial areas! As industry expands, 
ship traffic must increase, and so the 
ffrreat of ail spillage grows. 

Considerable research in the region 
has been directed towards the avi- 
fauna. The Victorian Ornithological 
Research Group has had four survey 
and bird banding leams active since 
1962, Combined with work by other 
observers, a total list of over 220 species 
has been compiled. The exact status 
of most of these s known and docu- 
mented. The mangroves and marshes 
provide haven and home for shy 
C:akes, Rails, Bitterns and Snipe. 
The .adjoming mudflats are feeding 


256 


grounds for Ihts, Spoonhills, Egrrts, 
Herons and migratory wading Birds. 
Swans, Pelicuns and Cormorants feed 
offshore. Terns, Gulls, Gannets and 
Albatross ply the bay waters. Four 
Major breeding rookeries of Ibis, 
Spoonbill and Cormorants are Known 
to exist. The Rhyll swamp on Phillip 
Island is seven miles from industry! 
Little Heifer swamp on French Island 
last year Supported over 1,000 breed- 
ing pairs of This, our greatest allies in 
agricultural pest control, This and 
numerous other swamps are a mere five 
miles from industry, and directly in the 
path of any development thal may be 
considered for the area. Two breeding 
colonies of Pelicans, an endangered 
species, are known. French Island has 
the last remaining primitive areas of 
swamps, marsh and heathlands close ta 
Melbourne. Mich is ye! to be learnt 
of its natural history. 

The unigue Man-made  Coolart 
Lagoon is less Ihan two miles from the 
new industrial boundaries. The pre- 
servation of this bird sanctuary is im- 
perative and presents a real challenge 
lo planners. Olher species rarely seen 
near the city, yet occurring at Western- 
port, include the King Quail, Blue 
Billed Duck, Southern -Emii Wren, 
Royal Spoonbill, Brush Bronze Wing, 
Eastern Curlew and Green Shank, 

It is inconceivable that this varied 
array of flora and fauna, and indeed 
the whole ecosystem should be threa- 
tened, If industrial development fs not 
immediately frozen, this will happen. 
The fracturing of just one link in the 
food chain could result in the col- 
lapse of the web of life in this area. 
Without doubt the greatest initial 
threat is water pollution, Hydraulic 
equalibrium studies carried out by 
Monash University indicate ihe bay is 
lremendously pollution prone.  Eff- 
luenr discharged aj the Northern in- 
dustrial zone would travel no more than 
four or five miles un the ebb tide before 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


being returned almost to the point of 
discharge on the flow tide. On this 
basis it 38 estimated ir would take six 
weeks for the pollutants to reach the 
open sea. Even experts can only pon- 
der the effect on the wildlife of à 
stagnant industrial soup, or accidental 
oil spillage- 

H is also worthy of note that man- 
proves act as important accumulators 
of fine sediments and ihus form a 
natural barrier against storms, thereby 
assisting in the stabilising of tidal flaws, 
It may well be that the removal of this 
natural barrier at Westernporn will 
cause silling up of ihe deep water 
channel eventually reducing its useful- 
ness for shipping. 

Towards the end cf 1971 three cru- 
cial events occurred, each having a pro- 
found effect on the region and its 
natural resources. On 29 October 
the announcement of a complete 
environmental- study costing one mil- 
lion dollars, and taking two to five years 
to complete, was greeted with great 
enthusiasm. This is indeed a first for 
Australia, and it appeared that some 
sanity had prevailed in government 
thinking. However it saon became ap- 
parent that development would not be 
curtailed during the survey period. 
Confirmation of these fears came on 
the 17 November when ihe Western- 
port Regional Planning Authority 
granted a permit tö the Independent Oil 
Company for yet another refinery, be- 
fore the environmental study had even 
begun. 

On Friday 10 December the com- 
plete hypocrisy of the government! was 
exposed when the Authority calmly an- 
nounced il Was zoning 17,000 acres or 
27 square miles to heavy industry and 
port Instillations. Consider this area 


— Jarger than the entire City of Altona, 
and almost the size of the City of Sun- 
shine. There was only passing refer- 
ence to French Island, although weeks 
earlier on 18 November the Minis 
ster for Local Government was quoted 
in Ihe Age as saying, “The government 
believes there i$ a case Tor developing 
part of French Island às an industrial 
estate while preserving the remainder." 

To my mind, those af us who pass 
through life with an active interest in 
natural history, occupy a privileged 
position, We are the custodians of our 
wildlife heritage. I consider this posi- 
lion of privilege carries a very real 
moral obligation to protect the crea- 
tures we profess to love. They cannot 
withstand the impact of man and his 
technology atone, They have few allies. 
lt is up to us as naturalists to ensure 
if possible, that not one more species 
disappears from (his earth. We must 
adjust our priorines accordingly. We 
must redefine progress in more humane 
terms and nol in lerts of gross national 
product. We most abolish as soon as 
possible, our bulldozer mentality of 
rapid exploitation of our environment 
for short term economic gain, at the 
expense of irreplaceable natural re- 
sources. It is indeed appalling to think 
On the crimes against the environment 
that are perpetrated in the convenient 
name of progress. Westernport may 
yet be one of them, 

] should like to close by restating the 
position of the Save Westernpart Coali- 
tion, and hopefully of all naturalists 
We hereby call on the government to 
implement an immediate freeze on any 
further development at Westernport 
umil the environmental study is conr 
plete, no matter how long this takes; 
and the results made public. 


Flowers and Plants of Victoria in Colour 
Copies of this excellent book are stil! available, and af course would make a 
wonderful gift They are obtainable from the T-N.C.V, Treasurer, Mr. D. McInnes, 


September, 1972 


257 


Nature Votes irem the Geld Coast 


by 


A. N. BugNs 


The whole of July up to the 22nd 
has been fine, dry, and sunny, with 
nightly temperatures from 4 to 5 de- 
grees below the normal average for the 
month, Despite these conditions, many 
plants and insects are already showing 
indications that spring is well on the 
way, Native epiphytal Orchids grow- 
ig in (he garden are showing flower 
spikes and even buds; this applies parti- 
cularly ta the Northern Rock Lily 
(Dendrobium fusiforme), the Golden 
Orchid (Dendrobium undulatum), and 
the large terrestrial Swamp Orchid 


which used to be under the name of 


Phains grandifolius. Last year some of 
the flower spikes of the latter set sced 
capsules, and from these, in the last 
three or fout. weeks numerous small 
seedlings are appearing in the Cys- 
bidium pals and boxes. These are 
situated from 25 to 40 feet away. Rock 
Lily Orchids (Dendrobiiun speciosa) 
both in the garden and in their natural 
haunts are showing flower spikes up to 
3 inches in length. The coming season 
promises well for a shaw ol wild 
flowers, At present, the Sarsaparilla 
(Hardenbergia monophylla) is in full 
flower making a finc display in some 
of the open forest areas: and several 
of the Bottle Brushes (Cullistemon 
spp.) are in full bloom, To these 
flowers, and also to the orange-apricot 
flowers of the Browallia in gardens, are 
attracted at least two species of Honey- 
ealers.  Currawongs are becoming 
active, and may be heard in the morn- 
ings and iate afletnoons as they con- 
gregate in the areas where they nest. 
Magpies and Butcher birds, too, are 
engaging in nesting activitics, Each 
Spring, in à group of large Box trees 


253 


(Tristania conferta) growing in a gully 
at a bend of the road facing the Bur- 
leigh National Park, several pairs of 
Crows nest and produce young. The 
last week their raucous "carking" has 
been heard, so they wil! be round for 
some weeks to come, [s it usual for 
Crows to nest within 300 yards of the 
open ocean? 

The last week has brought an abund- 
ance of Firefiies (small beetles be- 
longing to the Coleopterous family 
Lampyridae in the rain forest arcas. 
These beautiful little creatures fly only 
from actual dusk until about 8 pm. A 
few specimens occur in thé fringes of 
the rain forest, but as one penetrates 
to à depth of 50 feet or more, so the 
numbers increase, but only in localised 
patches. The production of light with- 
nut heal is indeed interesting; the pro- 
cess involved, I believe, being due to 
the oxidation of a substance Luciferin 
to Luciferase, The light emitted by 
these bettles is flashed intermittently 
only. but in fairly regular rhythm. 
Adult short horned Grasshoppers 
(Acridiidae-Orthoptera) are still pre- 
sent in gardens, but are far more 
numerous amongst the low bushland 
skirting the actual seashore, Nearing 
the end of July these insects are finished 
and the young nymphs do not normally 
appear in numbers until September. 
The common rai forest Jumper an! 
(Pronzyrmecia nigrocincta) is now en- 
Iarging the entrances to its nests and 
lowering the perimeters, a sure indica- 
tion of the approach of warmer and 
drier weather, This -weck several 
freshly emerged specimens of the 
Green Awl Skipper Butterfly (Hasora 
discolor mastusia Fruhs.) have ap- 


Viel, Nat, Val. 89 


peared visiting the flowers of the Lan- 
tana and garden orange flowered Budd- 
leyia. These large and pretty skippers 
are usually one of the first spring but- 
terflies to appear. Their larvae feed 


on Match Box Bean, a rain forest 
climber which has pendulous rosettes 
of lemon coloured pea-shaped flowers: 
each rosette being suspended by a long 
thin stem. 


Vale — William Giles 


The death of William Giles, natura- 
list and orchardist of Springside, under 
the lea of Mt. Canobolas near Orange, 
N.S.W., has removed one of the most 
colourful and knowledgeable plant 
lovers of the central-west of N.S.W. 
from the scene of life. Right through- 
out his life "Bill" Giles, as he was uni- 
versally known, showed keen interest in 
all forms of plant life, and the experi- 
ments he conducted at Springside, 
particularly with the genus Eucalyptus 
were of inestimable value to land- 
owners and gardeners in the really cold 
areas of this State. His spirit of co- 
operation with fellow workers was well 
to the fore throughout his life. Al- 
though he published few notes on 
natural history, his methodical notes 
and records on the germination, growth 
and distribution of plants of the sub- 
alpine areas of this State, coloured and 
enriched the works of many writers 
throughout Australia. 

I well remember his words of wis- 
dom on the testing and growing of 
Eucalyptus spp. on the formerly bare 
and windswept hillside at Springside. 
He said ". . . unless a species is able to 
withstand conditions here without cod- 
dling, it is of little use to landowners 
of the cold and almost treeless farm- 
lands of the State's highlands". That 
he was able to successfully test and 
acclimatise so many plants on his windy 
hillside was a tribute to his courage and 
the unerring plant sense that was in- 
built in his nature. 

One of the early members and sup- 
porters of Burrendong Arboretum, his 
yearly donations of plants, cuttings and 


September, 1972 


seeds will be sadly missed in the years 
ahead as well as his sage advice and 
comments on plans and layout of the 
giant scheme. Besides becoming some- 
what of an authority of the genus 
Eucalyptus in the central-west, William 
Giles was keenly interested in the ter- 
restial orchids of the area. He, ably 
assisted by his sister. Madge, and bro- 
ther, Fred, was responsible for many 
new records for the areas stretching 
from Wellington to the Blue Moun- 
tains. He also first brought to my 
notice the presence of a Prostanthera, 
still unnamed, from Devil's Hole, Mt. 
Canobolas. It would be a fitting tri- 
bute to his work and life if, during the 
current revision of the genus this 
species was named in his honour. 
William Giles was born at Springside 
on 19 July 1901 and died at his home 
there on 10 June 1972, just over a 
month short of his 71st birthday. For 
the last twenty years of his life, "Bill" 
Giles bore with great courage and 
fortitude an affiliction that would have 
written finish to the life of many a 
stronger man. Cremation took place on 
Tuesday 13 June at Orange Crema- 
torium. The service was attended by 
relatives, friends and a wide circle of 
naturalists from the central-west and 
Blue Mountains of N.S.W. Many 
members of Bathurst Field Naturalists’ 
Society made the journey to pay hom- 
age to one who had contributed so 
much to the Society of which he had 
been a member since its inception. 


G. W. ALTHOFER, 
Director, Burrendong Arboretum. 


259 


The Pollination of Prasophyllum alpinum R.Br. 


by Davip L. JONES” 


Prasophyllum alpinum, as its name 
suggests, Is a highland orchid not oc- 
curring below 4500' altitude. It is 
found in the grassy  sub-alpine 
meadows of Tasmania, Victoria and 
south-eastern N.S.W., flowering from 
January to March and is often locally 
abundant. It is not an especially con- 
spicuous species, growing as it does 
in grassy and having slender 
spikes of green to reddish flowers. 
Plants do, however, possess a very 
pleasant and easily distinguishable 
fragrance which readily diffuses into 
the air on a warm day. 


areas 


Plate 1 
Prasophyllum alpinum from Rocky Plain. 
Photo: E. R 


Rotherham 


260 


Nothing has so far been reported 
on the pollination of Prasophyllum 
alpinum, although its abundance plus 
the large number of swollen ovaries 
one sees after flowering testify to a 
very efficient mechanism. Insect at- 
traction is by means of the perfume 
and rewards are provided in the form 
of copious nectar exuded from the 
callus plate of the labellum. Massing 
of flowers along the spike also con- 
tributes to the pollination process but 
only at close range. 

I have extensively 
species over a number of years in 
Victoria, in areas such as the Baw 
Baws, Bogong High Plains and alpine 
meadows to the west of Wulgul- 
merang. In the early stages the large 
number of swollen ovaries after 
anthesis led me to conclude that the 
species was self pollinating. My views 
were changed later, however, follow- 
ing further research on the Bogong 
High Plains which showed pollen on 
the stigmas of flowers with intact 
anthers. This pollen could only have 
been deposited by insect action; how- 
ever it was not until recently that I 
was able to observe the pollination 
process in the field. 

The venue was Rocky Plain near 
Wulgulmerang in late January 1972. 
The temperature was in the low 80's 
with little wind and the Prasophyllums 
were in abundance. In the company 
of John Fanning, I was checking the 
variability of the species when a large 
colourful Ichneumon wasp was ob- 
served working a spike of the orchid. 
Closer examination revealed a bunch 
of bright yellow pollinaria hanging 


studied the 


*2 Kathleen Close, Bayswater, Vic 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


near the mouthparts. The insect was 
kept under observation for a while, 
but neatly avoided capture. Its ap- 
pearance injected extra enthusiasm 
into the morning and the next two 
hours were spent actively studying all 
leek-orchids in the area. 
specimens of the pollinator were seen, 
three of which. were captured. As well, 
five other insects were seen feeding 
on the nectar of the flowers. These 
included a small brilliant green 
Chrysomelid Beetle (Edusella trideris). 
two Dipierans and a Honey Bee, None 
was considered to be of any import- 
ance in the pollination of Prasophyl- 
lum alpinum, although the Honey Bee 
was observed to pick up a pollinarium 
on the mouthparts. A surprising dis- 
covery was the presence of Black 
Jumper ants (Myrmecia pilosula) on 
the inflorescences of fhe orchid. 


Figure 1 


(a) longitudinal section of flower 
Sx indicated scale 1 

(b) column and labellum from side 
7x indicated scale 

(c) labellum from front 
7x indicated scala 

(d) column from side 
JOx indicated scale 

(8) column from below 
10x indicated scale 

(f) pollinarium 
10x indicated scale 

(g) Pterocarmus promissorius- 
4x indicated scale 


September, 1972 


Six more. 


These were quite common and fed 
avidly on the nectar secreted by the 
labellum. Pollinaria were picked up 
on the jaws. but were wiped off on 
various parts of the plant. A second 
reddish species of ant about i" long 
was also observed to feed on the 
nectar. 

All three specimens of the pollina- 
tor were identified by Dr E. F, Riek 
of CSIRO as males of the Ichneumon 
Wasp (Prerocormus. — promissorius). 
family Ichneumonidae, subfamily 
Tehneumoninae. This ts a very com- 
mon insect that is widespread through- 
out Australia. It is about $^ long and 
is black with handsome stripes of 
white and orange. Fhe females para- 
sitize the larva of Noctuid and other 
moths, It is a very hardy insect that 
may be abundant during summer in 
sub-alpine regions, Liitle is known of 


261 


the feeding babits bur it would seem 
that the males àt least are attracted 
to nectar secreted by flowers. 

The insects’ behaviour on the inflor- 
escences was interesting and illustrated 
the method ot attraction employed by 
the orchid. Flight Io the flowers wax 
into the wind as if following a per- 
fume trail, The insect usually landed 
on the lowest flowers and worked up 
the spike in a spiral manner, Only 
a few flowers on each spike were 
examined in detail and it appears that 
these Were at the most attractive stage. 
The insect worked the spike head 
uppermost and probed along the label- 
lum to the base of the attractive 
Rowers, spending quite a time in each. 
Pollinaria were picked up on the 
mouthparts aml the underside of the 
head. When, the orchids were arow- 
ing in groups the wasp flew from 
spike to spike, working each sys- 
tematically before flying to the next 
No deposition of pollen was observed: 
however, this could not be easily seen 
because of the ventral siting of the 
pollinaria. 

It was. quite noticeable that the 
insects’ activity increased during lulls 
in the breeze, 1n these quiet spells 
the temperature seemed to climb quite 
rapidly and the perfume of the orchids 
became very obvious, 

Prasophylvim alpinum impresses 
me with its very efficient pollination 
mechanism; in fact, apart from Ruto- 
gamous species jt is one of the most 
efficient Australian orchids studied. 
To gain a quantitative measure of this 
efficiency, [60 Rowers, randomly 
sampled from Rocky Plain, were ex- 
amined miscroscopically Of these & 
per cent had the pollinarium removed 
from the anther sac, while 77 per cent 
had been pollinated, Comparable 
figures for many other species of 
Prasaphyllum ace less than 20 per 
cent. 

The microscopic study also pro- 


262 


vided some valuable details about the 
mechanics of the orchids’ pollination, 
Of the 120 flowers pollinated, only 15 
per cent had a whole pollinarium de- 
posited on the stigma, The remaindet 
(some 85 per cent) had only a few 
grains adhering to the stigma indi 
cating that a pollingrium had made 
contact with the stigma but had then 
been withdrawn by the insect, leaving 
some grains behind. This reveals the 
key to the insect's efficiency, for it is 
large relative ta the flower and thus 
cannot penetrate to any depth, except 
with its mouthparts, While Ihe insect 
js seeking nectar the pollinaria hang 
in a perfect position to brush the 
stigma of the flower being visited, 
Examinalion of pollinatia altached to 
the insect showed many to be in a 
State nf disorder consistent with the 
above results. 

The development of the ovary in 
this species is very interesting, and led 
me to believe for some time that the 
oichid was self pollifating. For à 
period after anthests virlually every 
ovary swells aad appears as if it will 
produce seed. About three weeks alter 
flowering, however, it is noticcable 
that some ovaries are shiny, swollen, 
and jurgid, while others are dull and 
not as swollen. The latter are flat 
when squeezed and are the ovaries of 
unfertilized flowers. The turgid ovaries 
are rigid and arise from flowers that 
have been pollinated. The early 
growth of the ovaries of infertile 
flowers is probably the result of hor- 
monal levels wilhin the plant. Growth 
of fertile ovaries is maintained by hor- 
mones produced as a result of the 
development of fertilized embryos and 
ihese outstrip the sterile ovaries after 
about two weeks. 

Am experiment was set up to verify 
the various. findings and to test the 
Telative efficiency of deposition of the 


whole pollinarium compared with a 


few grains. Flowers of potted plants 


Vict. Nat, Vol. 89 


weré variously treated to give all pos- 
sible combinations. Treatments and 
results are presented in the accom- 
panying Table. Without exception 
they verify and add to those obtained 
in the field. The experiment shows 
that flowers of Prasophyllum alpinum 
are self-fertile and will mature seeds 
if pollinated with their own pollen. 
Most. significantly, ovaries of flowers 
pollinated by a whole pollinarium pro- 
duced approximately twice the quan- 
tity of seed (as measured by weight) 
than ovaries of flowers pollinated by 
a few grains. This is probably an 


expected result, because it shows that 
more embryos are fertilized in each 
ovary if more pollen grains. are avail- 
able. It does indicate, however, that 
the orchid has not based its efficiency 
on whole pollinium deposition as have 
many other species, but rather has 
spread its resources widely. This re- 
duces. the effectiveness of each ovary, 
for it is not producing viahle seeds 
at its maximum capacity; however, it 
does ensure a spread of the genetic 
resources of the pollen and may ac- 
count. for the amazing floral variation 
found in the species. 


TABLE 1 
If ovary Jf swollen | Average weight 
Treatment swollen in first after 21 af seed 

days days praduced 
Anther intact, stigma unpollinated + — nil 
Pollinia removed, stigma unpollinated + — nil 
Pollinia removed, stigma pollinated :— 
by (i) whole pollinarium T + 6.4 mgm 
pollen (1i) pollinarium brushed on + + 2,9 mgm 
by 
other (i) whole pollinarium E + 3.7 mem 
flowers (i) pollinarium brushed on + + 31 mgm 
pollen 


- Letter to **Durran. Durra" 


In the July issue of the Victorian 
Naturglist, an article appeared in "Over- 
heard in the Bushes" under the nom-de- 
plume of Durran Durra. Among other 
things a question was posed, "Is it 
really true that the Entomology and 
Marine Biology Groups have not had 
a field survey for over one year?" 
The inference here is that at one time 
this Group held field surveys, This is 
incorrect. The Marine Biology and 
Entomology Group has never since its 


re-inception in the 1950's, conducted 
a field survey. Surely it is important 
that any article appearing in our Jour- 
nal should be factually correct, and 
even more important if it is an article 
written by someone using a nom-de- 
plume, 
J. STRONG, 
Hon, Secretary, 
Marine Biology and 
Entomology Group. 


Notice to Country Clubs 


It is proposed that the names and addresses of the Presidents and Secretaries of all 
F.N.C.’s should appear in the Victorian Naturalist, It would therefore be appreciated 
if these could be lodged with the F.N.C.V. Secretary when convenient. 


Seplamber, 1972 


263 


A Visit to East Sister Island, Tasmania 
by J. S. WriNRAYT 


The Furneaux Group is situated in 
the south eastern part of Bass Strait 
and East Sister is the northernmost 
island of the Group. It lies about five 
miles north east of the North Point of 
Flinders Island and is about 1,000 
acres in area. The main part of East 
Sister is a high granite ridge which is 
two and a half miles long and has a 
summit 615 feet high. A sloping point 
juts out for about three-quarters of a 
mile from the north western side of 
the main ridge (see Figure 1), The 
landing place, sheepyards, shearing 
shed and hut are situated on this point. 
Only sheep are grazed on the island 
which is leased from ihe Tasmanian 
Lands Department. The pasture of 
the island is maintained by periodic 
burning. I saw most of the island. be- 
fore and just after the burn of Feb- 


l-banding place, sheepyards and buildings. 
east north east of the landing plače. 


264 


ruary 1967 when about eighty per cent 
of the main ridge was burned black. 
The most recent firing was in the late 
Summer of 19721. AIL my sightings 
and collections mentioned below were 
made during a visit on 7 December 
1966, 


PLANTS 


l landed on the western side of the 
sloping point at the landing place near 
the yards and buildings (see Figure 1). 
Collecting started just in from high 
water level. The shrubs here were the 
coastal species White Correa Correa 
alba, Coast Everlasting Helichrysum 
paralium, Boobialla Myoporiun in- 
sulare, Seaberry Saltbush Rhagodia 
baccata and Coast Beardheath Leuco- 
pogon parviflorus. Many native and 


Flinders Fsland, Tasmania, 7255. 


Figure I 


Locality plan 
of East Sister 


2-Rise Island. 


Vict. Nat, Vol, 89 


introduced herbs were lound here 
amongst the fairly open semb. Some 
of the native herbs were Prickly Spear- 
grass Stipa teretifolia. Angled Lobelia 
Lobetla alaia, Coast Colobanth Celo- 
hanthus apétalus, Knobby Clubrush 
Scirpus nodosus and Kidney Weed 
Dichundra repens. The introduced 
species included Buckshorn Plantain 
*Plantego cordnopus, and the grasses 
Soft Brome *Bromus mollis, Giant 
Brome *Bromus diandras and Silvery 
Hairgrass * Aira caryophyllea. 

Three native herbs were then found 
in crevices of the coastal granite at 
the landing place. They were Sea 
Celery Apium prostrate, Beaded 
Glasswort Salicornia quinqueflora and 
Coast Goosefoot Chenopodium glau- 
cum ssp. ambiguum. Three other 
native herbs grew in damp crevices a 
few yards in from the coast. They 
were Waterbuttons Cotula coronepi- 
folia, Coast Cotula Cotula vulguris var 
uustralosica and à Clubrush Scirpus 
antarcticus. 

The plants noticed in the sheepyards 
just in from the landing place were 
mainly introduced weeds. They îm- 
cluded Common Orache *Atriplex 
hastota, New Zealand Spinach Teira- 
gonia tetragonoides, Toad Rush Juncus 
Aufonims, Searle! Pimpernel * A nagallis 
arvensir, Sti? Ryegrass *Loltum lalia- 
ceum and Smallfiower Mallow *Maive 
paviliflera, 

From the sheepyards | walked 
through the pasture ta the small rise 
east north east of Ihe landing place (see 
Figure |), Species noticed in the 
pasture were Climbing Lignum Aueh- 
lenbeckia adpressa, Jersey Cudweed 
Gnaphalium letea-albyn, Hates Tail 
*Luguras  uvatus, Rats-tail Fescue 
"TV ulpia myuras and Fireweed Ground- 
sel Senecio lineartfolius. 

The granite outcrops at the summit 
of the small rise were surrounded by 
shrubs. Three of these were the same 


September, 1972 


as those found earlier àl (he coast and 
were Coast Everlasting Helinhrysunr 
paralium, Boolnalla Myeporuin in- 
sulare and Coast Beardheath Letico- 
pogon parviflorus. The other shrubs 
were Coast Teatree Leprospermun 
laevigatum, Dusty Daisybush Olearia 
phlogopappa, Sea Box Alyxia buxi- 
folia, Dogwood Pomaderris aperala: 
Green Common Correa Correa reflexa, 
Spicy Everlasting Helichrysum: arge- 
phyllum and the heath Cyathodes juni- 
pering var, oxycedrus, OF the latter 
Species the Spicy Everlasting does not 
occur further south in Tasmania than 
on the Bass Strait islands. Tt was 
flowering and my collection was the 
fifth or sixth locality cecord of this 
species for Tasmania. The herbs re- 
corded in this serub patch were Short- 
hair Plimegrass Dichelachne crinita. 
Coast Swordsedge Lepidosperma gla- 
dian, Tussock Grass Pos labil- 
Jurdieri and Scrub Neltle Urtice incisa. 

From this rise I could sce a large 
patch of Coast Daisybush Olearia axil- 
laris on the southern side of the point 
near where it joined the main ridge. 
As well, all the north western side of 
the main ridge could be seen from here. 
Right along this side were patches of 
tall Drooping Sheoke Casverina stricta 
surrounded by low scrub, Tussock 
Grass grew between the patches, The 
vegetation of south eastern vide of the 
main ridge was quite different from 
this. When approaching the island I 
could see from the boat about two- 
thirds of the sopth castern side, WW had 
no shrubs or trees and seemed to carry 
Tussock Grass or same other low vege- 
tation. 

The walk back to the coast was 
through a dilTerent part of the pasture. 
Species noticed in if were Spear Grass 
Stipa compacra, Sqvirrel-tail Fescue 
"Kulpis bromeides, Rats-lail Fescue 
*Vulpía myuros, Winged Slender 
Thistle *Carduus tenuiflorus, Spear 


* An asterisk denotes introduced plant species, 


265 


Thistle Cirsium vulgare and Blown 
Grass Agrostis avenacea, 

Finally a different part of the coast 
was visited a little south east of the 
landing place, Here were found Sea 
Box Alyxia buxifolia, Large Quaking- 
grass *Briza maxima and, in a damp 
area, the small Swamp Cotula Cotula 
reptans. 

Altogether sixly-seven plant species 

ere recorded during my two hours on 
the island and a list is given as Appen- 
axl, j 


Fauna 


The Red-bellied Pademelon or "Wal- 
lahy"t Thylogale billardieri was te- 
corded for the island as carly as 1928?. 
Two specimens of this species from 
East Sister were lodged at the Aus- 
tralian Museum, Sydney, in October 
1929, They are AM M4782 and 
M4783 (skulls and skins)?, Two other 
specimens of this species from East 
Sister are held at the South Australian 
Museum, Adelaide. They are SAM 
M2870 (skull and skin) collected in 
October 1929 and M3553 (skull only} 
collected in January 1930". These seem 
to be the only mammal specimens from 
East Sister in Museum collections. 
Pademelons were common on the is- 
land at the time of my visit. 

Two smaller marsupial species were 
introduced to East Sister by the late 
Mr. George Blyth, a former lease- 
holder. The Brushtail Possum Tricho- 
surüs vulpecula was introduced. from 
Flinders Island in the 1920's and the 
White-footed Sminthopsis or “Shrew 
Mouse" Sminthopsis leucopus was 
introduced fram nearby West Sister Ts- 
jand in the 1920's or 1930's!, The pre- 
seni leascholder, Mr. A. E. Blyth. 
noticed that both these introduced 
species were present still when he paid 
his last visit to the island in December 
1966, 


{Names in Inverted commas ate local common 
names, 


266 


The House Mouse Mus musculus 
and the Feral Cat Felis catus are 
common on the island’, Three spare 
cats were shipped out fram Flinders 
[sland and released during my visit. 

Black Tiger Snakes or "Black 
Snakes Notechis ater and Whitelipped 
or "Green" Snakes Denisonia coro- 
noides occur om the island? but 1 saw 
none during my visit, However I col- 
lected a Bluctongue Lizard Tiliqua 
nigrolutea and lodged il at the National 
Museum of Victoria. As well, two 


‘White's Skinks Egernía whitil were secn 


in coastal scrub near the landing place. 
Other skink species should occur on 
the island. as five species have been 
collected on nearby West Sister ls- 
lands, 

There was no time for bird watching 
during my visit, However there are a 
number of small rookeries of the Short- 
tailed Shearwater or "Muttonbird" 
Puffinus tenuirostris on the island?, 


ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 


Miss M. A, Todd, National Her- 
barium of Victotsa, determined nine 
East Sister plant specimens (the difti- 
cult ones). Mr. A. E. Blyth supplied 
much useful information about the 
island. 


REFERENCES 

|. Information supplied by the present 
leaseholder. Mr. A. E. Blyth, Emita, 
Flinders Island, Tasmania. Mr. 
Blyth's brother. George. was the pre- 
vious Icaseholder of the island. 

2. Scott, Thomas. Accown! of the... 
Furneaux Islands . . . !828, Manu- 
script A606 held at the Mitchell 
Library, Sydney. 

3, Information supplied by Mr. B J. 
Marlow, Curator of Mammals, The 
Australian Muscum, Sydney. 

4. Information supplied by Mr. P. F, 
Aitken, Curator of Mammals, The 
Soulh Australian Museum, Adelaide, 

$. Vicrorinn Natwralist 89; (1) pp, 8-9. 
January 19732. 


Vict. Nat, Yol, 89 


APPENDIX | 


List of Plants of East Sister Island, 1966 


An asterisk marks an introduced species. Species lodged at the University of 
Tasmania Herbarium are marked h and those lodged at the National Herbarium 


of Victoria are marked m. 


Manocotyledons 
POACEAE 


h*Vulpia bromoides 
Squirrel-tail Fescue 
h* ¥ulpia myuros 
Rats-tail Fescue 
* Bromus diandrus 
Giant Brome 
“Bromus mollis 
Soft Brome 
*Briza maxima 
Large Quaking-grass 
m*Koeleria phleoides 
Annual Cats-tail 
hm Poa labillardieri 
Tussock Grass 
*Polypogon monspeliensis 
' Annual Beard-grass 
h Agrostis avenacea 
Blown Grass 
*Lagurus ovatus 
Hares Tail 
h Dichélachne crinita 
Short-hair Plume-grass 
m Stipa compacta 
Spear Grass 
Stipa teretifolia 
Prickly Spear-grass 
* Aira adr yaphyliea 
Silvery Hair-grass 
m*Lolium loliaceum 
Stiff Rye-grass 
h*Hordeum leporinum 
Barley-grass 


CYPERACEAE 
hm Scirpus antarcticus 

Clubrush 

Scirpus nodosus 
Knobby Clubrush 

Lepidosperma gladiatum 
Coast swordsedge 

JUNCACEAE 

h Juncus bufonius 

Toad Rush 

Dicotyledons 

CASUARINACEAE 


Casuarina stricta. 
Drooping Sheoke 


September, 1972 


h 


URTICACEAE 

Urtica incisa 
Scrub Nettle 

POLYGONACEAE 


Muehlenbeckia adpressa 
Climbing Lignum 
Rumex brownii 
Swamp Dock 


CHENOPODIACEAE 


h* Atriplex hastata 


Common Orache 
Rhagodia baccata 

Seaberry Saltbush 
Chenopodium glaucum ssp. 
ambiguum 

Coast Goose-foot 
Salicornia quinqueflora 

Beaded Glasswort 
AIZOACEAE 


Carpobrotus rossii 
Karkalla 
"TETRAGONIACEAE 


Tetragonia tetragonoides 
New Zealand Spinach 


CARYOPHYLLACEAE 


Colobanthus apetalus 
Coast Colobanth 


ROSACEAE 


Acaena anserinifolia 
Bidgee Widgee 
FABACEAE 


h* Melilotus indica 


King Island Melilot 
GERANIACEAE 


m*Geranium rotundifolium 


Roundleaf Cranes-bill 
OXALIDACEAE 


Oxalis corniculata 
Creeping Wood-sorrel 


RUTACEAE 


Correa alba 
White Correa 


h Correa reflexa 


Green Common Correa 


267 


RHAMNACEAE 


hm Pomaderris apetala 
Dogwood 


MALVACEAE 


m*Malva parviflora 
Smallflower Mallow 


MYRTACEAE 


Leptospermum laevigatune 
Coast Teatree 


APIACEAE 


h Daucus glochidiatus 
Austral Carrot 
Apium prostratum 
Sea Celery 


EPrACRIDACEAE 


Lcucopopon parviflorus 
Coast Beardheath 
Cyathodes juniperina yar. oxycedrus 


PRIMULACEAE 


*Anagallis arvertsis 
Scarlet Pimpernel 


GENTIANACEAE 


h*Centaurim ? pulchellum 
Centaury 


APOCYNACEAE 


Alyxia buxifolia 
Sea Box 


(CONVOLVULACEAE 


Dichondra repens 
Kidney Weed 


M YOPORACEAE 


Myoporum insulare 
Boobialla 


PLANTAGINACEAE 


Plantago varia 
Variable Plantain 
*Plantago coronopus 
Buckshorn Plantain 


LOBELIACEAE 


Lobelia alata 
Angled Lobelia 


ASTERACEAB 


Olearia phlogopappa 
Dusty Daisy-bush 
Olearia axillaris 
Coast Daisy-bush 
h Gnaphatium lutco-album 
Jersey Cudweed 
*Gnüuphalium candidissimum 
Silver Cudweed 
hm Gnaphalium purpureum 
Purple Cud weed 
hm Helichrysum argophyllum 
Spicy Everlasting 
Helichrysum paralium 
Coast Everlasting 
Cotulaà coronopifolia 
Waterbuttons 
h Cotula replans 
Swamp Cotula 
h Cotula vulgaris var. australasica 
Coast Cotula 
Senecio linearifolius 
Fireweed Groundsel 
h*Cirsiam vulgure 
Spear Thistle 
h*Carduus tenuiflorus 
Winged Slender Thistle 
hm* Hypochaeris glabra 
Smooth Cats-ear 
*Sonchus oleraceits 
Common Sow-thistle 


Field Naturalists Club of Victoria 
General Meeting, 14 August, 1972 


The President, Mr. Tom Sault, opened 
the meeting, and. then handed over the 
chair to Vice-President Mr. Barry Cooper, 
who is to leave shortly for five years’ 
study at Ohio State University, U.S.A. 
Mr. Sault said that the Club, and in parti- 
cular the Hawthorn Junior Group, would 
miss Barry's energy and enthusiasm, and 
wished him well on his new venture. 

Dr. Alan Parkin was the speaker for 
the evening: his topic was “The Trees of 
Northern Australia". Dr. Parkin spoke 


268 


from first-hand experience of work and 
extensive travel in the north, and showed 
an interesting series of his Own slidės, 
A vote of thanks was moved by Mr. Ros 
Garnet. 

The presentation of a certificate of 
Honorary Life Membership was made to 
Mr. Peter Kelly by the President, in re- 
cognition of his long term of service as 
Club Librarian. In reply, Mr. Kelly said 
he looked forward to enjoying continuing 
participation in club activities. 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


The need for protection for nalive rep- 
ules in Victoria was raised in General 
Business, and a motion was passed that 
the Club make representation to the Chief 
Secretary, urging the introduction ‘of the 
necessary legislation to bring this about, 

Preparations for this year’s Nature 
Show, to be held in the Camberwell Civic 
Centre, are well under way, and most 
Club groups will have exhibits. An ap: 
peal was made for helpers to attend 
during the hours the show is open, and 
also for setting up and cleaning up after- 
wards. Show dates this year were to be 
Sunday | to Tuesday 3 September. 

The Secretary spoke briefly about acti- 
vities of the Steering Committee advising 
on the formation of a naturalists’ State- 
wide co-ordinating body, He announced 
that a [urther full meeting of delegates 
and a social gathering would be held in 
Bairnsdale on 30 September. 

Mr. Ros Garnet reported an the work 


being done jn the new Organ Pipes 
National Park near Sydenham. The Man- 
agement Committee and volunteers are 
attempting weed crudicalion sod hope 
eventually tà replant the area with indi- 
genous species. Extra helpers would be 
very welcome at the week-end working 
bees. Mr. Garnet also announced that 
drainage of the Edithvale Swamp had 
commenced, in spite of reassurances that 
the area would be preserved as a valuable 
ħabitat for swamp birds, 

The notice arca at the back of the hall 
was again well filled A full list of Club 
correspondence, copies of notices and 
lelters and Council Minutes were on dis- 
play. The bookstall was also open. 

Among member's exhibiis on display 
were fossils (rom the Bacchus Marsh area, 
as well as several specimens of garden 
grown native plants, including a numbers 
of Acacias. 


Day Group Report 


July 

A sunny morning offset by chilly winds 
was the weather patletn as nineteen 
members and one visitor assembled in the 
drive of the Burnley Horticultural Col- 
lege. Two student guides, Linda and Sue, 
bath good “Field Nats” led us to a class- 
room that had been placed at our dis- 
posal, Large fruits of the North Ameri- 
can Osage Orange, Muclura pomifera, 
and same good cxamples of “bottle 
gardening" soon became points of in- 
lerest. After our gronup meeting and 
lunch, the Chairman introduced Mr. Wil- 
liam Nicholls from the College staff, 

Mr, Nicholls took charge from this 
point. His talk to members covered the 
history of the College, the scope of the 
courses, practical work of students both 


within the College grounds and at re- 
search stations ai Talura and Mildura, 
including wark on fruit blocks in these 
areas, Excellent slides accompanied the 
lalk. The last shown illustrated the magni- 
tude of the cut flower indusiry and were 
centred on earnation growing Mr 
Nicholls then showed members through 
the glasshouse displays and propagating 
rooms, Our Chairman thanked Mr. 
Nicholls for his informative talk and tn- 
teresting tour 

From then on we were free to inspect 
the 12 acres of well kept ornamental 
gardens including fairly recent plantings 
of Australian Native plants. These gar- 
dens are open to the public ut all times 
and the Day Group recommend them 
to other members of our Club. Stop 18 
en Tram Route No. 70, 


Marine Biology and Entomology Group, 
3 July, 1972 


The meeting was chaired by Mr. Con- 
dion, sixteen members berg in attend- 
ance. [n Mr. J. Strong's absence the 
minutes were taken by Mrs Zillah Lee, 
Mr. Peter Kelly reported finding 3 small 
sapling of wild cherry that appeared as 


September, 1972 


though chopped through by am axe, but 
which had actually been the work of a 
longicorn beetle, Mr. P. Kelly also ad- 
vised the meeting of his resignation fram 
the position of F.W.C.V. Librarian, Mr. 
Condion thanked Mr. Kelly on behalr 


269 


of the Group for his past services in this 
office. 

The speaker for tne meeting was Dr. 
Brian Smith, who delivered an interesting 
address on his observations of Western- 
port Bay; much of which consisted of 
aetial views [rom a plane chartered for 
this purpose, He explained the tide actu- 
ally observed by the use of float cards 
showing thai polluted water could build 
up im the northern area as a result of 
poor ebb flow, 

His pictures Showed extensive growth 
of Zostera (eel grass), which would be 
endangered by pollution, thereby result- 
ing in ecological upset to the bay, as 
Zostera was important tn providing neces- 


sary oxygen Dr Smith alsa expressed 
concern for the mangrove zone Which was 
showing Marked decline, Mr. Condron 
thanked Dr. Smith for this interesting 
address. 

Eahibits; Mr. D. Molnnes nad two 
Microscopes on the table; under one a 
sponge showing spicules, and the second 
showing how spicules build up the wall 
parts of a sponge. He explained that 
identification of a sponge is by the kind 
of spicules, and not the shape of the 
sponge as Silicous and calcarious spicules 
can be found in sponges of similar shapes. 

Mr. B. Condron — an Australian Ad- 
nviral butterfly larvae, Penesse tea, This 
was on an introduced stinging nettle, 


Marine Biology and Entomology Group; 
7 August, $972 


Fifeen members were in attendance 
at this mecting which. was chaired by 
Mr, Condion, Mr. Leigh Winsor gave a 
report on the forthcoming Nature Show, 
and dislributed notices giving the times 
that the show would open and close. A 
short discussion took place re an article 
in the July Norurolist under the nom-de- 
plume — “Durnin Durrah' The Secre- 
tary pointed out that a reference to Ihis 
group contained. inference, an incor- 
rect statement. The Secretary was to 
write to the Editor correcting this. 
Speaker for the evening was Mr. H. B. 
Wilson, Senior Entomologist, Plant Re- 
scarch Institute, his subject being Phero- 
momes. He oullined the history of the 
discovery af these hormonal secretions 
which were first written about in 1949. 
Glands were discovered jn female Gipsy 
moths. Thousands of these. moths were 
collected, and an extract made from the 
glands. This extract was used ta Attract 
males who would pick up the scent from 
half à mile away. Mr, Wilson went on to 
say that pheromones arc found in a wide 
range of insects, eg, trail pheromones 
are given oul by ants, so that they can 
follaw one another. A great deal more 
Werk is still to be done on this chemical. 
At the conclusion of this most interesting 
talk, a vote of thanks was moved by 
Mr. Peter Kelly 


Exhibits: Mr. R. Condion—a caler- 
pillar given to him by Mr. MeInnes was 
parasitized Diptera sp. emerging from it. 
The moth of the larva was of the family 
Anthelidae. 

Mr, McInnes showed, From a sycamore 
tree, a mass of black insect eggs om an 
old stocking. Mr. Wilson said thar these 
were probably eggs of a species of fly 
which was probably harmless, 

Mr. Winsor— a parasitic beetle Myo- 
typhles jansoni. Fam. Staphylinidae. the 
head of which he showed under his 
microscope. He explained that the tribe 
Amblyopinini includes beetles that are 
parasitic on mammals im South America 
and Australia.. Myotyphilus jansoni is the 
only Avusttahan species and has been 
found in the fur of native fanis sp in 
Tasmania and Victoria, 

Mr. J. Strong — a wasp Fam. Helo- 
vidac. Genus Mononachus, taken at 
Murrumboena, Vic, in March He ex- 
plained that therc was not much known 
about this family. Apparently the speci- 
fic name of tins ome was as yet to be 
decided. This insect has a very lang thin 
gaster, and does not look like a typical 
Wasp. IL is parasitic an a My Fam. Stra» 
liomyidae — Genus Pereoides. The adult 
wasps emerge from the fully grown lar- 
yae of the fly, 


Mammal Survey Group 


The camp at Siberia, by the Murrin- 
dindi River, over the weck-end of July 
29-30 was Allonded by 18 members of the 
group, A total of 10 species of wild mam- 


270 


mals wera trapped or sighted in the area, 
Trapping captured 22 animals of thice 
nalive species, while five wore seen by 
spotlight, and two others were seen in 


Viel. Nat. Vel. 39 


daylight, Eight of the J0 species found 
during this camp were nalive mammals 
— the two introduced spécies were rab- 
bits. and ferral cats, Strangely a large 
number of rabbits were spotlighted. 
Though cofnmon enough in farming coun- 
try ii is rare for the group to see them 
when spotlighting in the bush. . 

A report on the Siberia camp was given 
al the monthly meeting of the group at 
the Rylah Research Centre on Thursday, 
3 August, by its chairman, Mr. H. Jans- 
sen. As there were several visitors among 
the 21 people present he also gave a 
briel ouline of the groups working 
methods in the field. Nine members pre- 
sented chance sighting reports; Maps 
were handed out to those who said they 
would attend the camp al Cape Lipirap 


on August 26-27. There was discussion 
on means of cleaning skeletal material 
collected in the field. The secretary, 
Mr. G. F. Douglas, gave a brief talk on 
the statistical information derived from 
the first three camps at which standard 
measurements had been taken of all cap- 
tured animals. Only two spectes of 
animals have so far been caught in suf- 
ficient numbers to be of any statistical 
significance, These are the bush ral, 
Ratius fuscipes, and Antechinus stuanii. 
Statistical data has, however, already 
been collected on a total of 12 species, 
and is steadily growing in quantity. 

Camp sites for September and October 
will be on the Acheron Way and the Bel- 
lerine Peninsula respectively. 


Day Group Outing Report 


August— 


Lovely sunshine enticed 22 members to 
attend Cheltenham Park, After a short 
mecting lunch was pariaken of and our 
guide, Mr, Fairhall, with members, strol- 
led through the Park, which 1s a Nature 
Reserve, The Park is looking beautiful 
at this time of the year and many native 
plants are flowering. To name a few: 
Acacia spectabilis and A. normallis ex- 
celling, several species of Crewilea with 


G. rosmorinifalia and G. dallachiana 
most frequent. Payne’s Thryptomene 
prows in profusion near the War Memo- 
rials, Various Callistemons, Sunksias, 
Hakeas, and a big range of Correos were 
inspected. 

A few birds, such as Striated Thorn- 
bills, Wattle-birds, Tree-creepers were also 
noted. ; 

Members left the Park about 3.30 p.m. 
after enjoying a pleasant and interesting 
afternoon, 


BIOLOGICAL MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES 
9X, 40X, 40X water immersion. 9OX oil immersion 


EYEPIECES 


7X, 1OX, 15X SUBSTAGE CONDENSER $79.35 


MECHANICAL STAGE 


BINOCULAR HEAD 
SUBSTAGE LAMP 


$27.60 
$90.85 
$17.25 


GRIFFIN & GEORGE BEAM BALANCE 
2 mgm — 250gm $30,00 WEIGHTS $11.33 
8 dram plastic flip-top vial (ideal for field collecting) 


80c. per dozen 


PLASTIC PETRI DISHES 3%” diam. 


90c. per packet of 10 


Available from GENERY'S SCIENTIFIC EQUIPMENT SUPPLY 
183 Little Collins Street, Melbourne, 3000 


Phone: 62 2160 


Seplember, 1972 


27] 


Field Naturalists Club of Victoria 


Established 1880 


OBJECTS: To stimulate interest in natural history and to preserve 
and protect Australian fauna and flóra- 


Patron: 3 
His Excellency Mujor-General Sir ROHAN DELACOMBE, K.B.E., C.B., D.S.O. 


Key Office-Bearers, 1971-1972, 
President: 
Mr. T. SAULT 
Vice-President: Mr. B. COOPER " 
Hon. Secretary: Mr. R. H. RIORDAN, [5 Regent St., East Brighton, 3187. — 92 8579) © 


Treasurer: H. BISHOP. Address Correspondence to National Herbarium, The 
Domain, South Yarra. 


Subscription Secretary: Mr. D. E. MANNES, 129 Waverley Road, East Mal- 
vern, 3145 


Hon. Editor: Mr. G. M. WARD, 54 St. James Road, Heidelberg 3084, 


Hon. Librarian: My. P. KELLY, c/o National Herbarium. The Domain, South 
Yarra 3141. 


Hon. Excursion Secretary: Miss' M. ALLENDER, 19 Hawthorn Avenue, Caulficlá 
3161. (522749). 


Magazine Sales Officer: Mr. B. FUHRER, 25 Sunhill Av., North Ringwood, 3134 


Group Sceretaries: 
Botany: Mr. J. A, BATNES, 45 Eastgate Street, Oakleigh 3166 (57 6206), 


. Day Group: Mrs. J, STRONG, 1160 Dandenong Road, Murrrumbeena. 
(56 2271) 


Entamology and Marine Biology: Mr. J. W. H. STRONG, Flat 11, "Palm Court", 
1160 Dandenong Rd. Murrumbeena 3163 (56 2271). 


Field Survey: Mr. D. BARHAM, 14 Finnigans Rd., Research 3095. (437 1791). 
Geology: Mr. T. SAULT. 


Mammal Survey: Mr. G. F. DOUGLAS, "Knotanoll", Riddell's Creek 3431 
(054-285191) : : 


Microscopical: Mr. M. H, MEYER, 36 Milroy Street, East Brighton (96 3268), 


MEMBERSHIP 


Membership of the F.N.C.V. is open to any person interested in natural 
history. The Victorian Naturalist is distributed free to all members, the club's 
reference and lending library is available, and other aclivities are indicated in 
Teports set out in ihe several preceding pages of this magazine, 


Rates of Subscriptions for 1972, 


Ordinary Members -- 57.00 
Country Members 5 
Joint Members ..  .. ab ws 7.00 
Junior Members (under J years). .- $2.00 
Junior Members receiving Vict. Nat, 54.00 
Subscribers ta Vict. Nat, (Aust. only) 55.00 
Overseas Subscribers n = eel 56.00 
Affiliated Societies ALS $7.00 
Supporting Members 2 .. 0. =e = $10.00 
Life Membership (reducing after 20 years} ~- $140.00 


The cost of individual copies of the Vict. Mat, will be 4S cents (52 cents — overseas requests): 
Full-time Students befween IB and 21 years pay at Junior Member fates. 


AM subscriptions should be made payable ta the Field Naturalists Club of Victoria, and posted 
lo the Subscription Secretary: P. 


Gi) JENKIN, BUXTON A CO. PTY. LTD., PRINTERS. WEST MELBOURNE 


the ) 
victorian 


naturalist 


 ENCV. DIARY OF COMING EVENTS: ` v. 


GENERAL MEETINGS E 


+r 


Monday, 9- October — At National Herbarium,” The Domain, South _ Yarra, com- 
-  mencing 8 p.m. T = ‘ ` | 


B 


i "Subject for evening — “The Natural History of the Muriay River. tract between Q8 


Mildura and Renmark”: Edmund D, Gill, ~- - 


da New Members: F X ; 
- '" --- "at gs 
Ordinary: ~ x iG -p v 
Mrs, Esme W. Diianell, 36 Bronte Ave, Burwood: 3125, 
Mr- Arnold Iañ Dunlop, 222 Patterson Road, Moorabbin, 3189, 
Mr. Richard Forse, 44 Dunloe Ave., Box Hill Nortt. 3129, 
Miss Margaret Griffiths, 94 Doncaster Road, North Balwyn, 3104.. - 
Mr, Mart Hogel, 5 Buxton Road, Mitcham, 3132 i, ' 
4 Mrs. Margaret Hulskamp, 236 Old-Eltham Road, Lower Plenty, 3095. ! 
- Miss Lynne King-Smith, 26 Manoon Road, Clayton. 3165, B 
Miss Margaret A. MacEwan, 9 gan Re Grove, Camberwell, 3. 
Miss J. L Webb, 2/551 Toorak Road, Toorsk, fuz. 


Joint: | 1 ' H 


Dr. and Mrs. R, B. Jobns, 19 Kawarren Street, Worth Balwyn, 3104. 
” Mr- and Mrs. D. Moynihan, 25 Hume Street, Briar Hill, ae È 


Junior: 
‘Adrian Kelly, 9 Foden Street, Wir Brunswick, 3055. 
Country: 


Mr. Barry J. Cooper, Mhill High School, Mhill, 3418. 
Mr. Johni R, Curr, P.O, Box 471, Robinvale 


GROUP MEETINGS 


- (To. be held im "National Herbarium at 8 p. m. unless otherwise stated: ): 


- 


Thursday, 12 October — Botany ‘Group: Dr, Gretna West: “The Invasion of Victorian 
_forests by Phytophthora ciinamomi, . `- A e ] 
Thursday, 19 October — Day Group: Warringal Park, Heidelberg. Meet at 11.30 a.m." 
on east side of- Heidelberg Station: Bring lunch. Members. of Warringal Con- 
. -servation Group will join: us. "i : 
~ Thursday, 26 October — Field Survey, Vai meeting aj 8 p- m. in Conference Rr: - 

Nat, Mus. Vict. 


Wednesday, 1 November — Geology Group meeting. -> E 


Thursday, 2 November — M. S.G. (F.N.C. V) meeting in- Arthur Ryle Inst., 123 
Brown St., Heidelberg, at 8. 00 pm. 


.Monday, 6 November —Marine Biology and Entomology Group's meeting. 


Toupduy, 9 November — Botany Group meeting: Members Night, featuring King 
Islan 


Wednesday, 15 November —M itrdvcopieal Group MEG j 


D T " H 4 La 
JUNIOR MEETINGS | | pm 
Friday, 27 October — Hawthorn Town Hall at 8pm. ' ^ i G 
i Friday, 3 November — Preston Rechabite Hall, 281 High St., at 8 M m. 


: Friday, 10 November — Mpdterórecey: and District, Scout Hall, Petrie. Park at 8 p.m. 


` 
1 


274 T rl" Vict. Nat. Vol, 89 


0M 


o ud The 
Victorian. Naturalist: 


` Editor: 6. ,M. ‘Ward ^ 


Assistant Editor: G. Douglas, 


v 


Vol. 89, No, 10 g 7 E «i 74 October, 1972 
ro, ..+ CONTENTS 
` Articles: : ' & r ; BE 
Trees equal Birds. By: Victor Jacobse cr fut cw po REO Ll 279 
Plant List for King Island, Bass Strait». <. .. us te 287 
. Features: , i ` 
| Reptiles of Victoria — No. T .By Hans Beste . Me 75 s à “ke "216 


Victorian Non-marine Molluscs — Nó. 10. By Rhyllis J, Plant . .. .. 278 


Readers’ Nature Notes and Queries - dele RATER JL. . 284 

' Nature Notes from the Gold ‘Coast. By Alex N: Bürns. eos e 285 
Personal; > " p ‘ 

- Norman A. Wakefield, An Appreciation = 2 "os A 7 .. ' 285 


Field Naturalists Club of Victoria: 
Reports of General Meeting and Groups. Be 44 re a Te oma 300 
bo. 7 r 


Junior and Country Reports: ea) $ espt Ge © ate i tul 9" *. 301 


Front Cover: 


` 


The larva of the Banksia “Moth poses f for the ptistegrcier, Benke Clyne. 


October, 1972 et. 20m. 8H... -275 


reptiles of victoria-7 | " 


` 


- by Hans Besit 


Plate 13 


Cryptoblepharus boutoni — Wall Lizard. ' 
A small skink with several sub-species in Australia, also found overseas: 
ft t 


"Length: to 4 inches. 


^5. ' 


Depressed head. No:movable eyelids. Distinct ear-opening. Five fingers. 
and five toes. Black above, with a pair of pale dorso-lateral stripes from above 
the eye to the tail. A pale, less conspicuous stripe along vertabral line. Small 
' Spots between stripes and on sides. Underside — pale grey. 


' 
' 


` 


Habitat — Among leaf. litter, on walls, fences and òn tree trunks —a good 
climber. 


i 


Best distinguishing features — immovable: eyelids, dorso-lateral stripes, 


climbing habit. J 


- _ ° = Plate 14 B reed 


Gehyra variegata — House Gecko, Dtella. 


i 


A common gecko — widespread throughout Australia: 


Length: to 4 inches. . ; T 


& D 


-"Spade-shaped head. Distinct ear-opening. " Five fingers and 'five toes. 
Colour — variable, depending, on background. Basically creamy-buff with 
- chequered pattern of brown-grey lines and blotches on back and sides. Two 
distinct dark lines running through eye. Under: 'ereamish, Tail long, tapering 
toa point. 

Habitat — in diiis, under- debris, under bark and not 
too far from water. — RE 

Best distinguishing features — characteristic toe structure, 
Claw and enlarged sheath free and rising from distal pad. 


276 pa me Hh ^ Viet, Nat. Vol, 89 


October, 1972 27 


Victorian Non-Marine Molluscs — No. 10 
(by | 
Ruvr ris J, PLAN T 


Genus Limax 


The two species representing this 
genus in Victoria were originally intro- 
duced from Europe, and are our largest 
slugs. However, unlike most of the 
other species of introduced slugs these 
should not be considered as pests but 
could be called beneficial. This is be- 
cause they feed on decaying animal 
and vegetable matter, rather than on 
living plant material. 

Apart from their large size, the 
species can readily be separated from 
all other slugs by à keeled top to the 
tail. 

Limax flavus, Linne 1758. 

Commonly called the yellow slug, 
this species is a uniform yellowish- 
green in colour and produces a sticky 


yellow mucus. It grows up to 6 inches - 


(150 mm) in length and is found 
closely associated with man, being us- 
ually located on damp rotting refuse or 


decaying animal matter and sometimes , 


in houses. It is confined to very damp 


situations and is mainly found active 


on cool, wet nights, 

Limax maximus, Linne 1758. 

This species is called the great grey 
slug, and is dark grey in colour with 


black and white mottles on its body. I4 
glows to 4 length of 5-7 inches (150- 
180.mm) and, unlike L. flavus, ihe 
mucus is clear and not as sticky. L. 
maximus also lives in damp areas but. 
usually away from man in open areas 
of pasture or large gardens. . 

These anitnals appear to breed in late 
summer and autumn by laying clutches ' 
of 10-15 large transparent jelly-like 
eggs buried in the soil. The species ap- 
pears to overwinter either as eggs or 
juvenile individuals. 

Both -these species are successful 
world travellers, and have been re- 
corded from all the eastern States of. 
Australia, including Tasmania, They 
have also been recorded as introduc- 
tions into North and South America, . 
South Africa and New Zealand. 


* Assistant in Invertebrates, National Museum of 
Victoria. 


Limax Maxitnites. 


Fig. l: 
. (Drawing by the author) 


Back Copies ot the “Naturalist” 


(a) Miss Lorna Banfield has a complete set of the “Naturalist” for the last forty 
years, and would like to know of a library or other body which could make 


use of them. 


(b) Mr. Keith Hately, of Kiata, would like a copy of Volume 4, No. 68, of the 
“Naturalist”. For further information please contact the-Secretary. 


278 


Vict, Nat. Vol, 89 


Trees equal Birds 


by Victor JAcons 


‘The carolling of magpies filters per- 
sisténtly through dreamy thoughts, and 
heavy eyelids open in order to peer at 
the luminous figures of the bedside 
clock. Only 3 o'clock! 

Was I dreaming of magpics? .No. 
There they were again. The silvery 
landseape that excited Walter de la 


Mare often activates the. magpies into’ 


playing daytime. 

It is somewhat too early for me to 
rise, so I turn over, à 

At the dimmest of light. à "Quilp". 
"Quilp" 
Honeyeaters are about, and then at full 
dawn the cawing of a flock of Ravens 
reminds me that the bird table has no 
pudding on it, and what is more it will 
not have until those persistent callers 
Forget their feast of a week ago. Have 
you ever made'a bird pudding? If you 
care to try, here is a recipe, 

Render some mutton fat to liquid 
stale and while still hot add scraps of 
bread, cake, titbits of dried fruit, spare 
bird seed, cast-off honey, bacon rind, 
and mix well Turn into a hemi- 
spherical bowl and compress the mix- 
ture by applying pressure to a plate 
on the top. When firm, turn out in 
one picce and cither hang in à string 
bag or fix firmly on your bird post. 

We made them especially for the 
Grey Thrushes, and they continued to 
enjoy the delicacics even when the 
argumentative Starlings, gangster-like 
Mynahs and impudent House Spar- 
rows joined in. But when the Ravens 
came along, they had it all to them- 
selves, If you wish to feed the smal- 
ler birds by this method and keep the 
larger ones away as a local dentist did: 


October, 1972 


indicates that the White-eared . 


you ean make “mim bird puds". Fes- 
toon them along a rope away from 
other perching points, However, this 
morning there is no feed laid on and 


. after à cursory glance, the Ravens 


departed, 

It was now quite.light, and from the 
Sallow Wattle which overhangs a gri- 
velled path, a small flock of Yellow- 
tailed Thornbills dropped mechani- 
cally to seek out tiny titbits among 
the gravel. Their relations the Brown 
Thorobills and the Striated Thornbills, 
kept to the thick foliage of the 
eucalypis or sped directly across open 
spaces to regain the next sheltered 
spot, These two species are not usually 
here so early. 

Halfway down the block, beside the 
banks of the tiny dam, two Spotted 
Turtledoves kept a close attachment. 
They were originally attracted to the 
aviary next door by spilt seed, but 
often used the open spaces to work or 
rest as a pair. When they found the 
crumbs of bird pudding scattered by 
the vigorous attacks of -Starlings and 
Mynahs, they -awaited the manna 
from heaven, hut soon learned 3n the 
absence of the distributors of this 
heavenly largesse, to ascend to the 
land from whence it came. 

Back. al the orchard, a large bird 
was trying, to wrest free a piece of 
"Bird-scare". Rather late in the sea- 
son, T thought. It is a Red Wattle- 
bird which earlier had been “Hock- 
hocking” as it fed from the Golden 
Banksia nnd Bushy Yate. 

Two Kookaburras laugh from a 
Mahogany Gum. on the margin, They: 


. àte frequent visitors but not pets. We 


279 


noticed, during the harbecue season, 


that they were more frequent in their 


visits and no doubt could have been 
tamed. 

The garage at the south and higher 
end was being investigated by a pair of 
Welcame Swallows. This occurrence 
is a yearly event but as they cannot 
solve the problem of entry with the 
door shut they nest elsewhere. 

Breakfast time was here. From the 
study I could hear the squeaky call of 


a Grey Fantail. Its gyrations and an- , 


tics were watched until it settled in the 
green gloom hard against a window. 
Behind it, a much bolder combination 
of colours appeared as an Eastern 
Shrike-tit worked its way along the 
branches, hunting as it shredded the 
bark. 

Haltway down the block a drain- 
age ditch bisects the area, and long 


rank grass domes the narrow confines. 


A tremor of the vegetation was in- 
vestigated, and a brown, whirring 
rockel of a Stubble Quail shot away. 

In the little wood n pair of Scarlet 
Robins sat in the same tree. They are 
often seen here in the cool seasons, 
although usually are perched on the 
fences, Flame Robins are common on 
the next open hillside but they haven't 
Lan 


280 


yet been seen on the acre. This wood 
also holds a Golden Whistler whose 
black, white and yellow are vivid in 
the morning sun. He seems to prefer 
the obseurity of the wood, while his 
mate, that demure female with the 
chestnut  wing-patch moves alone 
throughout the. black and even up 
against the house windows. The north 
fence backs this little wood, and a 
Jacky Winter uses it as a, base From ` 
which to make forays into the open 
paddock, Here, too, a Bushy Sugar 
Gum in full flower holds a vociferous 
flock of Noisy Miners. 

Bird watching here, not always a 
full time job, is offen incidental to 
garden chores. While delegating some 
gazanias to a new compost heap the 
"whit-e-chu" of a Striated Pardalote 
was noted, Tt was most likely using 
thé nature strip trees as part of his 
roadside highway. Another more 
penetrating pardalote call impinged on 
the car as a Spotted Pardalote moved * 
down the block. We had been aware 
of the latter's proximity for some 
weeks. 

The Grevilléas magnetize the honey- 
eaters. Heavy bodied Noisy Miners ' 
and Red Wallle-birds sag the slender 
branches and make off. There is al- 


Piatc 1. 


Third 

generation 
magpre at 
fnod table, 


Plo. Authur. 


Viel Nat Vol, 89 


ways at least one of these plants in 
flower. Grevilleas var. Poorinda Con- 
stance and Porinda- Beauly, themselves 
usually carry the annual 
White-plumed Honeyeaters next. re- 


place the larger birds. Strangely 
enough the next sighting —a rarity 
for this area — was the Tawny- 


crowned Honcyeater! Tt was. not on a 
grevillea, but on Coryledon umbilicus. 
The piping call of a slender bird 
added yet another of this family, the 
Eastern Spinebill. A few momenls 
later, the White-eared Honcyeater, not 
herd since dawn, showed his bold 
colours. Our little favourites, the 
Brown-headed Honeyesters had not 
been seen for some time, A few 
months aga they visited the garden fre- 
"quontly each day. Did they come aut 
of the wood and return to it, or were 
they on a longer circuit which ins 
cluded our previlleas? When their ab- 
sence extended through September and 
October to November we presumed 
- that they were family raising and then 
in January, made the same assumption 
' because of‘ extended rains. The dry 
seuson delayed the usual heavy autumn 
flowering of their favourite plants. 

As | strolled along, a furry rte- 
solved itself as an Australian Ground 
Thrush, seen more commonly in the 
wood, and as yet but rarely in this 
garden, The chicken wire impeded 
progress, and while it struggled and 
‘finally found a gap | had a clear view 
of its half-moon patterns. 

Nearby, in the ofchard a Bronze 
Cuckoo called and appeared momen- 
tarily From a Bushy Yate to snaffle a 
large. hairy caterpillar from the fruit- 


ing trees. A couple of swings of its- 


beak rendered the prey immobile and 
digestible. The trilled note, which 
cuts across the mournful downward 
note of this caterpillar eater, comes 
fram the Fantail Cuckoo. which pre- 
fers to scan its arca from the post 
at the front of the block, We are 


October, 1972 


banner. , 


lucky this day, as a third cuckoo is 
heard. This, the largest of the three, 
is the Pallid Cuckoo, and by moving 
from ree cover to tree cover it is 
possible fo watch it also feeding on 
hairy caterpillars, and returning to the 
wire fence midway down the block, 

On going in to lunch, I heard u 
wren-like trilling amongst the Cassias 
and Grevilleas. A tiny brown wren 
with slender blue quill-hke tail dashed 
to the shelter of a Cullistenmon, sprang 
10 the bird (table, picked up a rninute 
crumb, and fled back to cover. The 
Superb Blue Wren has not bred here 
yet, nor is it particularly frequent or 
constant in its visits. 

A lack of Gslahs heading up the 
Bailey Road valley changed direction 
at the bottam of Longmeadow and 
flew over our more wooded area, using 
il aS a sort Of open tunnel. Our neigh- 
bour has a pet of this species about 
four years old whose wings, once 
shortened, have regrown. His usual 
flight is a centrifugal one, making an 
erratic circle with the Jones’ chimney 
as its centre, and the love of food and. 
company the restraining radius. As 
the wild birds approached, the tame 
one took off and had performed one 
hysterical circle when the other six 
joined in, and raucously went round 
and round till, tired of their fun, they 
made of leaving "cacky" in the lurch 
and perched on the garage ronf. 

Glimpsing a shadow J looked up to 
see n Brown Hawk fly downhill and 
pass under a Nankeen Kestrel which 
hung, wings slightly quivering. over 
the little pond. ' 

A Grey Butcher-bird which has 
adopted us, and has even been seen al 
the bird pudding, sat patiently on a 
post of the deck tennis court Ul he 
rspied food in the grass and swiftly 
trapped |t there. His carols make him 
à welcome Visitor — 

The tall Silver Wattle’ which pro- 
jects from the little wood had a: bird 


381 


atop its swaying branches. A Black- 
faced Cuckoo-shrike sat quietly there. 
J had seen them flying over this area, 
bot never perched in the trees until 
they had reached a height of about 
20 feet: 

Approaching the newly-dug fern 
trench, I heard the Spotted Pardulote 
again, and saw him clearly as he sat 
jn the bare willow. When he called, 
the whole body moved from the re- 
laxed horizontal position to a taut 
45 degrees. and the head feathers 
formed a distinct. crest. A rustle in 
the canopy of the trench itself an- 
nounced the female, She generally 
resembles her partner, bul her throat 
is creamy instead of a brilliant yellaw 
Almost certainly they have found the 
steep sides of the fern trench suitable 
for their nesting tunnel, 

A swarm of dors high in the sky, 
swished down and spent considerable 
time over the area. They were Spine- 
jailed Swifts, Diving im pursuit of 


food, extremely fast. sometimes below 
the level of the trees, the rush of air 
over their Wings is clearly audible, 
They quite ignored a Black-shouldered 


Kite which floated leisurely by, This 
latter species has been comnton in the 
locality recently. 

A flock of Silvereyes were feeding 
on a Jaden Cotoneaster. Their slender 
bills pecked tiny portions of the Nesh 
until they were able to swallow the 
diminished bulk of the berry, The 
smaller birds moved away in haste as 
a dozen Crimson Rosellas noisily 
swooped in to join the party. Hastily 
they scooped off a clawsful of npe 
fruit, dropping as much as they cram 
inta their beaks. They were restless 
and soon moved off. 

Two larger birds, sparrow-sized and 
heavily beaked, scemed familiar yel 
out of context. A look in the text- 
books identified them as Greenfinches; 
a new fecord for Longmeadow and 
my first sighling, Their close relative, 
the Goldfinch, appear on the block - 
as soon as seeds are available. A stroll 
towards the little wood proved the 
point, às a small flock of them flew 
from the drei grasses beside the 
drainage dich, and the flashes of red 
and gold enlivened their more sober 
plumage, As T turned up the slope, a 


‘Ground-feeding 
Turtle Dove, 


Pent ARNIN 


Vict. Nal, Val 89 


rustle of wings behind me indicated 
that the finches had settled again to 
feed. In a tangle of grass beside an 
unexpected fuchsia, a pair of Yellow- 
- faced Honeyeaters were busy;, but 
there was tio indication of a nest. 

On the pergola beside the little dam, 
a black and white Mudlark used its 
wings like a pump to produce a warn- 
ing call, and as if in answer, a large 
grey bird rose from the brimming dam, 
A White-faced Heron moved on, leav- 
ing but thtee of our newly acquired 
dozen goldfish. : 

Light is fading now, but the gleam 
of a Yellow-winged Honeyeater in the 
Bushy Yate is easily discerned, 

The Noisy Miners in those same 
Bushy Sugar Gums appeared to have 
been there all day. Their previously 
sharp cries seemed to have a “hic” 
like quality, as if the nectar imbibed 
had fermented and produced an alco- 
hotie slur, ' F 


. In the dusk, the Blackbirds were 
restless, and quit one roosting place 
for another, no better. Their lovely 
calls. from the static position became 
raucous, as the alarm call replaced 
theni. : 

Just after dark, the beam of the lan- 
tern traced a foggy path to the upper 
branches of a Mahogany Gum, The 
light illuminated a pair of Eastern 
Rosellas, which are newcomers as far 
as roosting is concerned. Diuting the 
fruit season they hid in the little wood 
and made raiding sallies into the 
archard; but dispersed at night. They 
had been roosting there about a month. 

The “day"* was nigh done, and bed- 
lime was near. Bird activity was nearly 
at zero, but hour afler hour a pair of 
Willy Wagtails called back and for- 
ward across the block im the moon- 
light. 


*'The day referred to has been over n perind beginning 9 years ago, when the area was a bare grazing 
paddock. Now, with the growth of trees, birds are numerous — Hence the title “Trees equal Birds.’ 


F.N.C.V. PUBLICATIONS AVAILABLE FOR PURCHASE 
THE WILD FLOWERS OF THE WILSON'S PROMONTORY NATIONAL PARK, 


by J, Ros Garnet, 


Price $5.25, (discount to members); postage 20c. 


VICTORIAN TOADSTOOLS AND MUSHROOMS, by J, H. Willis, 


This describes 120 toadstool species and many other fungi. There are four 
coloured plates and 31 other illustrations. New edition, Price 90c, 


THE VEGETATION OF WYPERFELD NATIONAL PARK, by J, R. Garnet. 
Coloured frontispiece, 23 half-tone, 100 line drawings of plants and a map. 


Price 51.50. 


Address orders and inquiries to Sales Officer, F.N.C.V., National Herbarium, 


South Yarra, Victoria. 


Payments should include postage (13c on single copy). 


October, 1972 


283 


Readers' Nature Notes and Queries 


Cydune Prelude 
From cur constant contributor tram 
Charters Towers, Mr. Alfred Fellows, 
comes this note. 


Herewith a little incident which may 
interest you regarding the recent cyclone 
that passed nearly over us here afler its 
devastating visit to Townsville, Five days 
previously, a number of the giant cactus 
blossoms which so accurately foretell our 
weather-changes here*, had opened one 
evening after a day of arid temperature. 
97 degrees on the dry bulb and 73 de- 
grees an the wet bulb and no moisture 
promised for the mext day. 

At ll a.m. next day we received. word 
that two inches of rain had fallen over- 
night just outside of aur immediate area, 
Later that day T examined the now shri- 
vcled bluums in case any more were due 
to open. Then an entirely new pheno- 
menon showed up. A second number of 
buds had rapidly developed and were duc 
to open very shortly before the plant had 
even discarded the older flowers, This 
was unprecedented to say the least. Very 
soon some buds showed their creamy- 
coloured interiors before sundown. Uns 
usual again and as if the flowers were 
desperate to open us quickly as possible, 
Meanwhile a light misty shower to the 
north-cast of this locality had persisted 
for four hours with a weak rainbow vis- 
thle until nearly sunset, A setting sun 
just peeped out between two clouds, the 
upper one with golden edges and the 
lower one with a bright red edgc to the 
horizon. After a quick snapshot af the 
ominous and strange contrast T ofce 
again looked to the north-east. 


“See Victorian Naturalis WS (3) p. 79- 


The last rays of Lhe setting sum had 
now cleared the clouds im the west and 
intensified the rainbow in the easterly 
direction, the secondary bow being equ- 
ally prominent. The sun having been so 
low caused the bow-arches 1o rise very 
high, One strange thing presented itself. 

Neither end of the bows “contacted” 
the countey-side as if some contrary con- 
ditions existed near ground level, Within 
the arches the bright whitish vapour was 
extremely prominent but outside of the 
bows was nearly black in cumpartsan. 
the contrast between interior and exterior 
being much greater than is usual Clear 
as the bows were, our view for over 
twenty miles in that direction was un- 
impaired and no rain was closer than 
that. Unknowingly we were jooking 
straight into the approaching front of 
the cyclone stil] far away but with an 
aunosphere already in Violent turmoil. 

Whereas the air had been arid a short 
time before, it now suddenly became 
very humid and by 9 p.m. only six de- 
grees were indicated as the difference 
between dry and wet bulbs. At this hour 
a quick look at the cactus flowers showed 
seven Wide open. Others opened soon 
afterwards. A gentle breeze soon became 
a strong wind, and by morning the blos- 
soms were Willing wrecks. After many 
hours of violence a quick look al the 
cactus plant showed some more flowers 
to soon open. That night the heaviest 
rain of the period fell, and now no more 
buds remain to give indications, but the 
shrivelled blooms remain to denote svhat 
camé and went at such short notice. 

So what at first seemed contradictory 
by its signs proved correct, and only 
one's inability to read all of the signs 
and all of the time is the dubious factor. 


Notice to Contributors 


It is important that material submitted for publication should preferably be 
typewritten on foolscap-or quarto sheets at double spacing, and with a 2.5-3 cm 
(L^) margin on the left No underlining of words should appear unless abso- 


lutely necessary. 


Where dates occur, the day should precede the month, e.g. 1$ May 1972 not 


May 15 1972. 


784 


Vict, Nat. Vol. 89 


Norman Arthur Wakefield 
(An Appreciation) 


The sudden death of Norman Wake- 
field is a tragic loss. In the field of 
popular nature writing, he was per- 
haps the most worthy successor to the 
late Crosbie Morrison. His widely 
read weekly articles in the daily press 
showed but one facet of his abundant 
knowledge. 

His scientific papers, with which 
most members will be familiar, have 
been paramount; particularly in re- 
Bard io mammals and fossiliferous 
bonc deposits. 

He was inspired by nature — and 
hts nature, was to inspire. Time and 
again as Editor, I had been guided and 
enlightened by him; his gentle yet 
forthright manner leaving me with no 
doubt. 


The typescripts of his many articles 
which it has been my privilege to 
publish, were so meticulously ar- 
ranged, that any editing on my part 
was barely necessary. 

There is no doubt that future is- 
sues of the Victorian Naturalist will 
be affected by his death. The thought 
of the many potential papers which 
undoubtedly would have come from 
him is saddening. Indeed, this tra- 
gedy has left a gap in the ranks of 
naturalists which shall never be quite 
closed. 

On behalf of the members of 
F.N.C.V. and its Council, T extend my 
sincerest sympathy to his wife, family 
and friends. , 
G. M, WARD. 


Nature Totes from the Gold Coast 


by 


A. N. BURNS 


The past month has provided a won- 
derful display of epiphytal orchid 
blooms; the most abundant and note- 
worthy being the Rock Lily (Dendro- 
binm speciosum) and the Ironbark 
Orchid (Dendrobium aemulum). Other 
natives which have flowered in the 
garden are the fragrant Pencil Orchid 
(Dendrobium ‘reretefolium) and the 
North Queensland Golden’ Orchid 
(Dendrobium undulatum). Two very 
large plants of the well-known Indian 
Orchid (Dendrobium nobile) which are 
growing on a large horizontal branch 
of a gum tree in the garden have over 
300 blooms, and another plant in a 
wooden box attached to a steel fence 


| October, 1972 


post has no less than 186 blooms, 4 
truly beautiful sight. 

The scarlet flowered Bolle Brush 
(Callistemon viminalis) is now at its 
best, and on a tree at the bottom of 
the garden a daily attraction is the 


‘presence of several Spine-billed Honey- 


eaters and small flocks of Silver Eyes. 
To my surprise à few days ago a male 
Mistletoe Bird was visiting the flower 
brushes, apparently getting nectar 
from them, At the last bend in the 
road. opposite the National Park, 
Crows and Currawongs are busy nest- 
ing; and in the rain forest in the Park, 
Scrub Turkeys are now laying eggs in 
the nesting mounds. One such mound 


285 


under observation has one male tur- 
key, and up to seven females asso- 
ciated with it. 

A local observer told me that he 
had watched a Goanna [these reptiles 
are very fond of eggs) in the vicinity 
of a Turkeys' mound, being pecked on 
the tail by a male Turkey. 

Koalas are now active in the white 
barked Eucalypty along the road bor- 
dering the Park. For the past week, 
a female with a small young one 
clinging to its back, has frequented 
two trees across the road; and two 
more, fully grown, have also been oh- 
Served in the sarne trees, As the wea- 
ther has been, and is still, very dry, 
diggings and the turning over of 
rocks and large stones by Echidnas is 
a common sight. These interesting 
animals may sometimes be scen am- 
bling along the edges of the road in 
the late afternoon. Any place where 
there is a little moisture is explored. 

Insect activity is rapidly increasing, 
especially among the butterflies, but in- 
dividuals arc not as plentiful as usual 
because of the very dry weather con- 
ditions, Several species of Skipper 
butterflies (Aesxperidac) have been 
noted; also a few examples of the Blue 
Triangle Papilio (Graphiun sarpedon 
choredon [Feld.]), the Large Greasy 
{Cressida cresside cressida — [Fab.]). 
Several species of small Lyeneinidae 
and Saivrinae are also about, A good 
fall of rain would increase the insect 
population many times within à week. 

The Wild Duck population al the 


Currumbin Sird Sanctuary lagoon at 
Flat Rack Creek has increased greatly 
in the past month, and in addition to 
these, the Ibises have trebled in num- 
ber, with numerous other water birds 
appearing. Egrets, Spoonbills, Herons, 
and Water Hens are among these, and 
on fhe udjacent flats, are numbers of 
Curlews. 

Today (16 September) a visit was 
made to Springbrook and Purling- 
brook, each betwecn 2,500 and 3,500 
feet above sea level; and twenly-six 
and twenty-three miles respectively by 
road from Burleigh Heads. This area 
has always appealed to the writer as 
a likely spot to find the “Cyril's 
Brown Butterfly" (Argynnina hobartia 
cyrila W. & L) but over the years it 
had not appeared. This day however 
two fine female specimens were noted, 
which were unusually large, as also 
are Specimens from near Sydney. This 
record is probably new as far as the 
northern distribution of this. butterfly 
is concerned. It had been recorded 
from Cunningham's Gap which is not 
many miles south-west from Purling- 
brook. 

On the rocky cliff faces of the 
gorges in this mountainous area many 
fine. clumps of the dainty pink Rock 
Lily Orchid (Dendrobium: kingianum) 
were noted in full flower. These plants 
are rigidly protected, and fortunately, 
most of them were growing on parts 
of the cliff face remote from would- 
be collectors. 


F.N.C.V. CAR STICKERS 
F.N.C.V. Car Stickers are now available from Mrs. Strong, Book Sales 


Officer, at a cost of 25c each, 


Car owners travelling in the country or interstate can identify other members 


quickly in this way. 
Tt.also helps to advertise the Club. 


286 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


Plant List, for King Island, Bass Strait 


The following list contains tbe 
names of 430 species of vascular 
plants, of which 55 are introduced 
species. Many plants not previously 
known to exist on King Island have 
been found since 1956 by members 
of the King Island Field Naturalists 
Club. Identifications have been made 
by Dr. Winifred Curtis, University of 
Tasmania, the National Herbarium, 
South Yarra, and our guide, philoso- 
pher and friend, Jim Willis. 


A. previous list of plants was pub- 
lished in the Victorian Naturalist, 
Vol. IV, No. 9, Jan., 1888, following 
the expedition of the F.N.C.V. to 
King Island in November, 1887. It is 
interesting to note that at that date, 
the total number of species recorded 
was 231, of which 16 were introduced 
"weeds". The discovery and redis- 
covery of so many species despite the 
ravages of fire berween 1890 and 1950 
is a tribute to the strength of the 
forces for survival. 


PTERIDOPHYTA (Ferns, Club Mosses) 


Ophioglossaceae 


Ophioplossum coriacewn — Austral Adder's Tongue, Yarra Ck.; uncommon. 


Osmundaceae 


Todea barbara — Austral King Fern. Ettrick R. 


Schizaeaceae 


Schizaea fistulosa — Narrow Comb Fern. Forestry Reserve, Pegarah: uñ- 


common, 


S. asperula — Rough Comb Fern.— Uncommon. 


Gleicheniaceae 


Gleichenia microphylla — Scrambling Coral Fern, Fairly common 
Sticherus tener — Silky Fan Fern, Forestry Reserve, Pegarah. 


Cyatheaceae 


Cyathea australis — Rough Tree Fern. Fairly common. 


Dicksoniaceae 


Dicksonia antarctica — Soft Tree Fern. Fairly common. 


Dennstaediaceae 


Hypolepis rugosula — Ruddy Ground Fern. 


H. australis — Austral Ground Fern. 
H. punctata — Downy Ground Fern. 


H. muelleri — Harsh Ground Fern. 


Peteridium esculentum — Austral Bracken. — Very common, 
Histiopteris incisa — Batswing Fern.— Common. 
Athyrium australe — Austral Lady Fern. 


Lindsayaceae 


Lindsaya linearis — Screw Fern, Heath lands: Common. 


Adiantaceae 


Adiantum aethiopicum — Common Maidenhair Fern. Sea! River. 
Pteris tremula — Tender Brake.— Grassy. 
Preris comans — Netted Brake. Grimes Ck. 


Pellaea falcata — Sickle Fern. East coast between Grimes and Cumberland 
Cks. in grove of Melaleuca ericifolia. 


October, 1972 287 


Grammitidaceae 
Ctenopteris heterophylla — Gypsy Fern. Rocky creek banks, Tynans and 
Seal River. 
Polypodiaceae 
Microsorium diversifolium — Kangaroo Fern. Seal River. 


Aspleneaceae 
Asplenium obtusatum — Shore Spleen-wort. Bold Head, New Year Is. 
A. flabbelifolium — Necklace Fern. Yarra Ck. 
A. bulbiferum — Mother Spleen-wort. 
Athyriaceae 
Athyrium australe — Austral Lady-fern. East coast. 


Aspidiaceae 
Lastriopsis shepherdii — Shiny Shield Fern. Yarra Ck. 
Rumohra adiantiformis — Shield Hare’s-foot Fern, Cumberland Ck. 
Polystichum proliferum — Mother Shield Fern. — Common. 


Thelypteridaceae 
Cyclosorus pennigerus — Lime Fern. Ettrick River, near limy springs. 
Blecknaceae 
Blechnum nudum — Fishbone Waterfern. Widespread — rivers, creeks, 
swamps. 


B. minus — Soft Waterfern. Widespread — rivers, creeks, swamps. 

B. procerum — Hard Waterfern. Hillsides. 

B. lanceolatum — Lance Waterfern, Ettrick River. 

B. patersonii — Strap Waterfern. East coast, small creek between Grimes and 
Cumberland. 


Hymenophyllaceae 
Hymenophyllum cupressiforme — Common Filmy Fern. Little Grassy River, 
City of Melbourne Bay Rd. 
Mecodium australe — Austral Filmy Fern. Jim Hall’s Gully. 
M. flabellatum — Grassy River. 


Lycopodiaceae 
Lycopodium deuterodensum — Bushy Club-moss, In tall scrub, Forestry 
Reserve, and elsewhere. 
L. laterale — Slender Club-moss. Penny Lagoon, Fraser Rd. 
L. carolinianum — Bog Club-moss. Penny Lagoon: very rare. 
Phylloglossum drummondii — Pigmy Club-moss. 


Selaginellaceae 
Selapinella uliginosa — Swamp Selaginella. Banks of creeks; poor heath 
lands. 


Psilotaceae 
Tmesipteris parva — Small Fork-fern. Grassy River. 


Azollaceae 
Azolla filiculoides — Pacific Azolla.— Widespread. 


288 Vict, Nat. Vol, 89 


SPERMATOPHYTA 


Potamogetonaceae 
Potamogeton pectinatus. 
P, tricarinatus — Floating Pondweed. 


Zannichelliaceae 
Cymodocea antarctica — Sea Nymph. 
Lepilaena preissii — Slender Water-mat. Margin of Big Lake. 


Juncaginaceae 
Triglochin striata — Streaked Arrow-grass. Creek flowing into Big Lake from 
N., and in Sea Elephant River. 
T. procera — Water Ribbons, 


Hydrocharitaceae 
Halophila oyalis — Sea Wrack. 


Gramineae 

*Briza minor — Lesser Quaking Grass. 
Microlaena stipaides —- Weeping Grass. 

*Dactylis glomerata — Cocksfoot. 

*Catapodium rigidum — Fern Grass, Hard Poa. 
Distichlis distichophylla — Australian Salt Grass. Sea Elephant River flats 

(subject to tidal flooding), and on Fraser Rd. 

Poa australis — Tussock Grass. — Grassy. 

*Sclerochloa dura — Hard Meadow Grass. 
Festuca littoralis — Coast Fescue. 

*F. arundinaceae — Tall Fescue. Ettrick River. 
Poa poiformis — Blue Tussock Grass. 

*P. pratensis — Kentucky Blue Grass. 

*Vulpia bromoides — Squirrel-tail Fescue, 

*V. megalura — Fox-tail Fescue, 

*Lolium perenne — Perennial Rye Grass. 

*Bromus diandrus — Great Brome. 

*Cynosurus echinatus — Rough Dogs-tail. 

*C. cristatus — Crested Dogs-tail. 

*Hordeum leporinum — Barley Grass. 

* Aira caryophyllea — Silvery Hair-grass. 

*Holcus lanatus — Yorkshire Fog. 

* Anthoxanthum odoratum — Sweet Vernal Grass. 

*Ammophila arenaria — Marram Grass. 

* Bromus unioloides — Prairie Grass. 
Dichelachne crinita — Long-hair Plume Grass. 
Agrostis rudis — Bent. Ettrick River. 

* A. stolonifera — Creeping Bent. Ettrick River mouth, 

* A, tenuis — Brown-top Bent. 
A. billardieri — Blown Grass. 
A. avenacea — Blown Grass. 

*Polypogon monspeliensis — Annual Beard Grass. Big Lake. 

*Lagurus ovatus — Hare's Tail. Grassy Golf Links. 
Echinopogon ovatus — Hedgehog-grass. 


October, 1972 l 289 


Zoisia macrantha — Prickly Couch. 
Agrostis venusta — Bent. 
Danthonia setacea — Bristly Wallaby Grass. 
D. pennicillata — Slender Wallaby Grass. 
Stipa teretifolia — Prickly Spear Grass. 
S. elatior — Spear Grass. 
S. ? flavescens. 
*Pennisetum clandestinum — Kikuyu Grass. 
*Stenotaphrum sécundatum — Buffalo Grass. 
Spinifex hirsutus — Hairy Spinifex. 
*Oryzopsis miliacea — Rice Millet. 


Cyperaceae 

Scirpus nodosus — Knobby Club Rush. Ettrick River. 
S. validus — River Club Rush. Big Lake. 
S. cernuus — Nodding Club Rush, Collyer Swamp. 
S. inundatus — Swamp Club Rush. 
S, merrillii — Salaisoi (Phillipines). 
Eleocharis acuta — Common Spike Rush. Pearshape Lagoon, Yarra Ck. 
Schoenus nitens — Shiny Bog Rush. 
S. maschalinus — Leafy Bog Rush. Collyer Swamp. 
Cladium junceum — Bare Twig Rush. 
Gahnia psittacorum — Grassy- 
G, trifida — Coast Saw-sedge. Ettrick River. 
Lepidosperma gladiatum — Coast Saw-sedge. 
Carex appressa — Tall Sedge.—Grassy. 

*C. divisa — Divided Sedge. 
C. fascicularis — Tassel Sedge. Collyer Swamp. 
C, pumila — Strand Sedge. 


Leminaceae 
Lemna trisulca — Ivy-leaf Duck-weed. 
L, minor — Common Duck-weed; 


Restionaceae 
Lepyrodia tasmanica — Branching Scale Rush. 
Restio tetraphyllus — Tassel Cord Rush. Near Ettrick River, 
R. monacephalus — Tas. only. 
Salorophus lateriflorus — Spreading Rope Rush. Off Fraser Rd. 


Centrolepidaceae 
Centrolepis strigosa — Hairy Centrolepis. 
C. fascicularis — Tufted Centrolepis. Upper part Ettrick River. 


Xyridaceae 
Xyris operculata — Tall Yellow-eye. Plains on Grassy Rd. 


Juncaceae 
Luzula campestris — Field Wood-rush. Yarra Ck. 
Juncus maratimus — Sea-rush. 
J. pauciflorus — Loose-flower Rush. 
J. pallidus — Pale Rush. 
J. planifolius — Broad-leaf Rush.— Grassy, 


290 Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


J, caespiticius — Grassy Rush, 
J. bufonius — Toad Rush. 
J. articulatus — Jointed Rush. 
*J. acutiflorus — Sharp-flower Rush. Pearshape Lagoon. 
J, filicavlis — Thread Rush. Yatra Ck. 
J. australis, 


Liliaceae 
Dianella laevis — Pale Flax-lily. 
D. caerulea — Paroo Lily. 
Drymophila cyanocarpa — Turquoise Berry. Lake Martha Lavinia. 
D. revoluta. 


lridaceae 
Patersonia fragilis — Short Purple-flag. 
* Sisyrinchium iridifolium — Striped Rush-leaf, Graham Rd., Grassy River. 


Orchidaceae 
Thelymitra aristata — Scented Sun-orchid. 
T. ixioides var. truncata — Dotted Sun-orchid. 
T. flexuosa — Twisted Sun-orchid. 
T. venosa — Veined Sun-orchid. 
T. grandiflora — Great Sun-orchid. 
T. retecta — Sun-orchid. 
T. media — 'Yall Sun-orchid. 
T. rubra — Salmon Sun-orchid. 
T. carnea — Pink Sun-orchid. 
Calochilus robertsonii — Purplish Beard-orchid. 
C. campestris — Copper Beard-orchid. 
C. paludosus — Red Beard-orchid. 
C. saprophiticus — Leafless Beard-orchid. 
Diuris pedunculata — Golden Moths. 
D. longifolia — Wallfiower Orchid. 
Microtis unifolia — Common Onion-orchid. 
Prasophyllum nigricans — Midge-orchid, 
P. archeri — Variable Midge-orchid. 
P. australe — Austral Leek-orchid, 
Chiloglottis cornuta — Green Bird-orchid. 
C. gunnii — Common Bird-orchid. 
C. reflexa — Autumn Bird-orchid. 
Acianthus reniformis — Gnat Orchid. 
A. caudatus — Mayfly Orchid. 
A. exsertus — Mosquito Orchid. 
Eriochilus cucullatus — Parson’s Bands. 
Lyperanthus nigricans — Red Beaks. El Dorado Ck. 
Burnettia cuneata — Burnettia. 
Caladenia menziesii — Hare Orchid. 
C. latifolia — Pink Fairies. 
C. carnea — Pink Fingers. Yarra Ck., Ettrick River. 
C. dilatata — Green-comb Spider-orchid, Lake M. Lavinia. 
Glossodia major — Wax-lip Orchid. 
Corybas dilatatus — Veined Helmet-orchid. 


October, 1972 291 


C. unguiculatus — Small Helmet-orchid. 
Cryptostylis subulata — Large Tongue-orchid.— Grassy. 
Pterostylis barbata — Bearded Greenhood. 
P. cucullata — Leafy Greenhood. 
P. pedunculata — Maroon-hood. Yarra Ck., Mt. Stanley. 
P. nuians — Nodding-Green-hood.— Grassy, Yarra Ck. 
P. longifolia — Tall Green-hood. Yarra Ck. 
P. vittata — Banded Green-hood. 
P. foliata — Slender Green-hood. Tynàns, Mt. Stanley. 
P. nana — Dwarf Green-hood. 
Gastrodia sesamoides — Cinnamon Bells. 
Sarcochilus australis — Gunn's Orchid. 
Orthaceras sirictus — Horned Orchid. 

Casuarinaceae 


Casuarina monilifera. Formerly C. distyla: common, 
Urticaceae 
Urtica incisa — Scrub Nettle. — Grassy. 
Australina pusilla — Smooth Nettle. Ettrick River. 
Parietaria debilis. 
Proteaceae 
Persoonia juniperina — Prickly Geebung. Mt, Stanley. 
Banksia marginata — Silver Banksia.— Common 
B. integrifolia — Coast Banksia. — ? extinct. 


Polygonaceae 
Muehlenbeckia adpressa — Climbing Lignum. 
Polygonum hydropiper. Sea Elephant River at bridge, Fraser Rd. 


Chenopodiaceae 
Atriplex billardieri — Glistening Salt-bush. 
A, cinerea — Coast Salt-bush. Near mouth Ettrick River. 
+A. hastata — Orache. Rough pasture, Pearshape — (Coastal Salt-bush, Tas.). 
Rhagodia baccata — Seaberry Salt-bush. Common on dunes, South Road 
(Climbing Salt-bush, Fas). 
Chenopodium glaucum — Pale Goosefoot. Whistler Point. 
Salicornia quinqueflora — Beaded Glasswort. 
Arthrocnemum arbusculum., Salt March — Sea Elephant River. 
Ficoideae 
Carpobrotus rossi — Angular Pigface. Common on dunes. 
Disphyma australe — Rounded Pigface. On dunes and among rocks. 
Tetragona implexicoma — Bower Spinach. Common on dunes. 
Caryophyllaceae 
*Cerastium glomeratum — Chick-weed. Councellor Is. 
Colobanthus apetalus — Tufted Colobanth. 
*Polycarpon tetraphyllum — Four-leaved. All Seed. 
Sagina apetala — Small Peariwort. 
S. procumbens — Spreading Pearlwort. Yarra Ck. 
*Silene oallica — Small-flowered Catchfly. ? City of Melbourne Bay. 
Scleranthus biflorus. 
Stellaria pungens — Prickly Star-wort. 


292 Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


S. multiflora — Many-flowered Star-wort. 
*S. media — Chick-weed. Counsellor Is. 


Ranunculaceae 
Clematis aristata — Clematis. — Grassy. 
C. microphylla — Small-leaved Clematis. Yellow Rock River. 
Ranunculus sessiflorus var pumilio. 
*R. muricatus — Sharp Crowfoot. 
R.rivularis. River Buttercup. Grassy River. 


Monimiaceae 
Atherosperma moschatum — Southern Sassafras. Fraser River in Dolmans' 
Farm, Pegarah. , 
Hedycarya angustifolia — Austral Mulberry.— Grassy. 


Winteraceae 
Drimys lanceolata — Mountain Pepper. Dolmans' Farm, Pegarah. 


Lauraceae 
Cassytha pubescens — Downy Dodder Laurel. On M. encifolia — Fraser Rd. 


Papaveraceae 
*Papaver aculeatum — Field Poppy. 


Fumariaceae 
*Fumaria officinalis — Fumitory. 


Cruciferae 

Cardamine heterophylla. 
Cakile edentula — Grassy beach. 
C. maratima — Sea Rocket. Grassy beach. 

*Capsella bursa-pastoris. 

* Brassica ? rapa. 
Hymenolobus pracumbens — Oval Shepherd's Purse. 
Lepidium foliosum — Leafy Peppercress. 
L. praetervisum — Peppercress, 
Rorippa islandica — Yellow Water-cress. Yarra Ck. 


Droseraceae 
Drosera binata — Forked Sundew. Little Grassy Ck. 
D. pygmaea — Tiny Sundew. Off Grassy Rd. 
D. auriculata — Tall Sundew.—Grassy. 
D. peltata. 


Baueraceae 
Bauera rubioides — Wiry Bauera.— Grassy. 


Crassluaceae 
Crassula helmsii — Swamp Stonecrop. Big Lake. 
C. macrantha — Rufous Stonecrop. 
C. sieberiana — Austral Stonecrop. 


Pittosporaceae 
Billardiera longiflora — Purple Appleberry. Lymwood. 
Pittosporum bicolour — Banyalla (Vic.). The Nook, Dolmans', Pegarah. 
Bursaria spinosa — Sweet Bursaria. Little Grassy River. 
Marianthus procumbens — White Marianth. On rocky Seal Rocks beach. 


October, 1972 293 


Rosaceae 
Acaena ovina — Sheep's Burr. 
A. anserinifolia — Bidgee Widgee. Grassy: common. 
Acaena anserinifolia — Bidgee Widgee. Grassy: common. 


Leguminosae 
Acacia melanoxylon — Blackwood.— Common. 
A. verniciflua. 
A. longifolia var. sophorae — Coast Wattle. East coast near Cable Station. 
A. mucronata. — Common. 
A. oxycedrus — Spike Acacia. 
A. verticillata — Prickly Moses.— Common. 
A. suavolens — Sweet Acacia, R. 2 m. from Fraser Rd, to Sea Elephant Rd. 
* Albizzia distachya — Cape Wattle. Native in W.A. — hedges and ornamental 
trees. 
Pultenaéa juniperina — Prickly Bush-pea, Ettrick River, Lymwood (Prickly 
Beauty, Tas.), 
P. dentata — Clustered Bush-pea (Button Pea, Tas). 
Aotus villosa, Fraser Rd. (Golden Pea, Tas.). 
Dillwynia glaberrima — Heathy Parrot-pea. 
Daviesia ulicifolia — Gorse Bitter Pea. Bold Head. 
Gompholobium huegetti — Pale Wedge-pea. Lake M. Lavinia Ck. — near 
Big Lake. 
Goodia lotifolia — Golden Tip. 
Kennedia prostrata — Running Postman.— Not found. 
*Melilotus indica — Sweet Melilot. 
Sphaerolobium vimineum—Leafless Globe-pea. Road to Sea Elephant River- 
Swainsonia lessertifolia — Purple Swainson-pea. Grassy: common. 
*Vicia sativa var. angustifolia — Vetch. 
Trifolium campestre — Hop Clover. 
T. repens — White Clover. 
T, glomeratum. 
T. subterraneum. 
T. fragiferum. 
*T. arvense — Hare's-foot Clover. — Grassy. 
* Lotus uliginosus. 
*L. corniculatus.— Grassy. 


Geraniaceae 
Geranium pilosum. Sand hills, Grassy. 
G. solanderi — Cut-leaf Cranesbill. Ettrick River. 
G. potentilloides. 
Pelargonium australe — Austral Storksbill. — Widespread. 


Oxalidaceae 
Oxalis corniculata — Yellow Wood-sorrel. Ettrick River, Red Hut Headland. 


Linaceae 
Linum marginale — Wild Flax.—Grassy. 


Rutaceae 
Correa alba — White Correa.—Not found. 
C. backhousiana. East coast. 


294 Viel, Nat. Vol. 89 


Zieria smithii — Sandfly Zieria. Grassy, Yarra Ck. 
Boronia variabilis. East coast. 

B. parviflora — Swamp Boronia. Tin Mine Rd. 
Phebalium squameum — Lance Wood.— Grassy. 


Polygalaceae 
Comesperma volubile — Love Creeper. Fraser Rd. 
C. calymega — Blue-spike Milk-wort. Lake M. Lavinia. 
C. retusum. El Dorado Ck. 


Euphorbiaceae 
Phyllanthus gunnii — Shrubby Spurge. Ettrick River. 
Amperea xiphoclada — Broom Spurge. Lake M. Lavinia. 
Beyeria leschenaultii. Currie, coast sand-hills. 


Stackhousiaceae 
Stackhousia monogyna — Candles. East coast. 
S. spathulata — Coast Stackhousia. 


Sapindaceae 
Dodonaea viscosa.—? synonymous. 


Rhamnaceae : 
Pomaderris apetala. Common in fern gullies. 
P,? elliptica.—Nat found. 
P. oraria. — Not found. 


Elaeocarpaceae 
Elaeocarpus reticulatus — Blue Oliveberry.— Grassy. 
Aristotelia peduncularis — Heart Berry. Mt. Stanley. 


Dillenaceae 
Hibbertia fasciculata — Bundled Guinea-fl. 
H. asterotricha — Trailing Guinea-fl, 
H. procumbens — Spreading Guinea-fl. 


Hypericaceae 
Hypericum japonicum — Matted St. John’s Wort. The Nook. 


Violaceae 
Viola hederacea — Ivy-leaf Violet. 


Thymelaeaceae 
Pimelea drupacea — Cherry Rice-flower. Forestry Reserve, Pegarah. 
P. curviflora. 
P. ligustrina — Tall Rice-flower. 
P. linifolia — Stender Rice-flower. Forestry Reserve, Pegarah. 
P. serpyllifolia — Thyme-leaf Rice-flower. Yellow Rock River, Ettrick River: 


common. 
P. axiflora — Tough Rice-flower. Mt. Stanley. 
Lythraceae 
Lythrum hyssopifolia — Small Loosestrife, 
Myrtaceae 


Eucalyptus globulus — Blue Gum.— Common. 
E. viminalis — Manna or Ribbony Gum.— Common. 
E. ovata — Swamp Gum. Lymwood. 


October, 1972 295 


Leptospermum laevigatum — Coast Tea-tree. Common — Currie, south-west, 
east coast. 

L.scoparium — Manuka.— Common. 

L, lanigerum — Woolly Tea-tree. Ettrick River, Pass River. 

Melaleuca ericifolia — Swamp Paperbark, — Common. 

M. squarrosa — Scented Paperback. — Common swamps, 

M. squamea.— Not found. 

Calytrix tetragona — Common Fringe-myrtle. Coastal sand-hills N.E. of 

Grassy, Seal Rocks, 

Onagraceae 

Epilobium billardierianum — Willowherb. Red Hut Headland. 

E. junceum — Hairy Willowherb. Stokes Point 
Haloragaceae 

Haloragis teucrioides. — Grassy. 

Myriophyllum amphibium — Broad-leaf Water-milfoil. Tin Creek. 

' M. propinquum — Water Milfoil. Collyer Swamp, Grassy Rd. 

Umbelliferae 

Hydrocotyle sibthorpioides. 

H. muscosa. 

H, hirta — Hairy Penny-wort, 

Daucus glochidiatus — Austral Carrot. 

Apium prostratum — Sea Celery, Sea Parsley. Grassy beach. 
Epacridaceae 

Epacris impressa — Common Heath. Fraser Rd. 

E, lanuginosa — Woolly-heath. 

E. obtusifolia — Blunt-leaf Heath. Lake M. Lavinia. 

Sprengelia incarnata — Pink Swamp-heath. Fraser Rd. 

Styphelia australis — Spike Beard-heath. Common — Grassy. 

S. parviflora — Coast Beard-heath, — Common. 

S. ericoides — Pink Beard-heath. 

S. oxycedrus. — Formerly Cyathodes. 

S. lanceolata, Not positive — S. W. of Grassy, 

Monotoca elliptica — Tree Broom-heath. — Grassy, Naracoopa. 
Primulaceae 

*Anagallis arvensis — Pimpernel, Ettrick River. 

Samolus repens — Creeping Brookweed. Sand-hills, near Petrif Forest. 
Loganiaceae 

Mitrasacme pilosa — Hairy Mitrewort. Ettrick Plain, S. of Grassy Rd. 
Oleaceae 

Notelaea ligustrina — Privet Mock-olive. Grassy Fern Gully, Seal Rocks. 
Gentianaceae 

Sebaea ovata. 

Centaurium australe -— Austral Centaury. Coast N. of Grassy: common. 


Apocynaceae. 
Alyxia buxifolia — Sea Box, Seal Rocks. 
Parsonsia brownii — Twining Silk-pod. Ridges Rd. 


296 Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


Convolwvulaceae 
Wilsonia ? backhousii. 


Boraginaceae 
Cynoglossum australe — Austral Houndstongue. Seal River. 
C. latifolium — Forest Houndstongue. Seal River, 
Myosotis australis. 
*M. scorpioides — Forget-me-not. Garden escape, Kentford Rd. 
*Lithospermum arvense. 


Labiatae 
Ajuga australis — Austral Bugle. — Common. 
Westringia brevifolia — Creeping Mint. 
*Mentha pulegium — Pennyroyal. Red Hut Headland. 
M. diemenica var. serpyllifolia — Creeping Mint. The Nook, edge of swamp. 
Prunella vulgaris — Selfheal. Kenttord Rd. 


Solanaceae 
Solanum laciniatum. 
S. nigrum — Black Nightshade. 
S. vescum,—Grassy, 
*Lycium ferocissimum-—— African Boxthorn. West coast: widespread in hedges. 


Scrophulariaceae 
Glossostigma elatinoides. 
Limosella aquatica. 
Mimulus repens — Creeping Monkey-flower. Sea Elephant River mouth, 
Mazus pumilio — Swamp Mazus. Lake M. Lavinia, The Nook. 
Veronica calycina — Cup Speedwell. 
Euphrasia collina — Purple Eyebright. 
*Pareniucellia latifolia. Root parasite, Grassy. 


Lentibulariaceae 
Utricularia lateriflora — Tiny Bladderwort. Alf. Buttons. 


Myoporaceae : 
Myoporum insulare — Boobialla. Common on coast. 


Plantaginaceae 
Plantago varia — Variable Plantain. 


Rubiaceae 
Galium australe — Tangled Bedstraw. Ettrick River, Yarra Ck. 
Coprosma quadrifida — Prickly Currant-bush.— Grassy. 


Caprifoliaceae 
Sambucus gaudichaudiana — White Elderberry. Ayton's Farm; Grassy. 


Campanulaceae 
Wahlenbergia gracilenta. 
W. consimilis — Bluebell. 
W. quadrifida. Yarra Ck. 
Lobelia alata — Angled Lobelia. Sand-hills, Ettrick River. 
Pratia puberula — Alpine Pratia. Gatden, Grassy. 


October, 1972 297 


Goodeniaceae 
Selliera radicans — Swampweed. Penny Lagoon. 
Scaevola microcarpa. 
S. calendulacea. 


Stylidiaceae 
Stylidium brachyphyllum, 'Yin Mine. 
S. graminifolium — Grass Triggerplant. Lake M. Lavinia. 


Compositate 

Bellis perenne —- Perennial Daisy.— Grassy. 
Brachicome diversifolia var, humilis — Tall Daisy. 
Calocephalus brownii — Cushion-bush.. Coast, south-west. 
Centipeda cunninghamii — Sneezeweed. Sea Elephant River (2 miles inland). 
C. australis. 
Craspedia uniflora — Billybuttons. 

* Achillea millefolium — Yarrow.— Grassy. 

*Aster subulatus. Big Lake, 
Gnaphalium indutum. 
G. japonicum — Common Cudweed. 
G. purpureum — Purple Cudweed. 
G. candidissimum — White Cudweed.— Grassy. 
G. luteo-album — Jersey Cudweed. Kentford Rd. 
G. involucratum — Cottony Cudweed, Sand-hills on Ettrick River. ? Syn. 

japonicum. 

Helychrysum dendroideum — Tree Everlasting.— Common. 
H. apiculatum — Common Everlasting. 
H. paralium — Coast Everlasting. — Common. 
Hypochoeris glabra — Smooth Cat's-ear. 
Lagenophora stipitata — Blue Bottle Daisy. The Nook. 
Omatticaria matricaroides — Rounded Camomile. Lymwood. 
Microseris scapigera — Yam.—Not found. 
Nablonium calyceroides. Big Lake; The Nook. Limy seepages. 
Olearia argophylla — Musk Daisy-bush. — Grassy. 
O. phlogopappa — Otway Daisy-bush. — Grassy. 
O. lirata — Snow Daisy-bush. Off Fraser Rd. 
O. ramulosa — Twiggy Daisy-bush. Red Hut Rd. 
O. lepidophylla. Common, exposed coastal hills. 
O. glutinosa — Sticky Daisy-bush. Naracoopa. Common oiher coastal sites, 
O. axillaris — Coast Daisy-bush. 

* Picris hieracoides — Hawkweed Picris. 
Podosperma angustifolium — Sticky Long-heads. 
Senecio lautus — Groundsel.— Common. 
S. linearifolius — Fireweed Groundsel.—Gragssy. 

*§, elegans — Purple Groundsel. Yellow Rock Beach; sand-hills, Currie. 
S. minimus — Shrubby Groundsel. Yarra Ck. mouth, City of Melb. Bay. 
S. spathulatus — Spoon Groundsel. 

S. odoratus — Scented Groundsel. 

S. quadridentatus — Cotton Fireweed. 
S. glomeratus — Rough Fireweed. 

S. hispidulus — Stiff Fireweed. 


298 Vict, Nat. Vol, 89 


*§. jacobaea — Ragwort. 


*Sohchus oleraceus —Sow-thistle, Counsellor Is, 


*Taraxicum ? spectabile — Dandelion. 


Senecio ? orarius, — Grassy. 


* Denotes introduced species. 


Check-List of the Bryophytes of King Island 


(Compiled from collections and records of I, Cameron, P. Barnett, A. Gardiner, 
J. H, Willis and a Few earlier investigators—most identifications confirmed by Willis). 


MossES 


Alphabetically arranged by genera — 


Acrocladium auriculatum 
(S. of Yarra Ck.) 
Acanthocladium extenuatum 
Amphidium cyathicarpuni 
Barbula torquata 
Bryum billardieri 
sp. (Ettrick R.) 


Camptochaete gracilis (Ettrick R.) 


ramulosa (S. of Yarra Ck.) 
' Campylopus bicalor 

introflexus 

torquatus 
Catagonium polituin 
Ceratodon purpureus 
Cratoneuropsis relaxa 
Dicranoloma  billardieri 


Distichophyllum microcarpum 


Ditrichum flexifolium 

Eriopus apiculatus 

Fissidens asplenioides 
lepiocladus 


Sematophyllum homomallum 
Sphagnum australe 
Thuidium furfurosum 
Tortella calycina 
Tortula muralis 

papillosa 

princeps 
Weissia controversa 
Zygodon 

menziesii 
Balantiopsis convexiuscula 


October, 1972 


rigidulus (Grassy R, tributary) 


Funaria 
hygrometrica 
Grimmia apocarpa 
pulvinata 
Gymnostomum calcareum 


Hypnodendron "arcuatum" (sens. lat.) 


Hypnum cupressiforme 


Hypopterygium rotulatum 
Lembophyllum clandestinum 
Lopidium concinnum 
Macromitrium eucalyptorum 
Philonotis tenuis 
Plagiothecium denticulatum 
Polyirichum juniperinum 
Ptychomnion aciculare 
Rhacopilum convolutaceum 
Rhizogonium distichum 
Rhynchostegium laxatum 

taxatum 

tenuifolium 


HeEpatics 


Cuspidatula monodon 
Hymenophytum flabellatum 
Kurzia hippuroides 
Lepidozia sp. 
Lophocolea semiteres 
Marchantia berteroana 
Plagiochila fasciculata 
Riccardia sp. 

Riccia fluitans 
Symphyogyna obovata 
Trichocolea mollissima 


299 


Field Naturalists Club of Victoria 


General Meeting 
1H Scpiember 


About seventy-five members and 
iriends were welcomed to the September 
meeting by the President, Mr. Tom Sault. 

Mr. Ros Garnet paid a tribute ta ihe 
life and wark of Miss Winifred Waddell 
who died in August, and members ob- 
served a moment of silence in her 
memory. Mr. Garnet also reported on 
a recent meeting in Maryborough with 
Mr. Alec Chisholm who sent a message 
of kind regards afd remembrance to 
club members, 

The guest speaker for the evening was 
Mr. A. f. Reid, and his topic was “An 
Introduction to Ecology and Ecological 
Methods". Mr. Reid. is the Education 
Officer of the Australian Conservation 
Foundation, and à lecturer at the Bur- 
wood Teachers’ College. AL the conclu- 
sion of his address Mr, Reid made an 
offer to help any group wishing ta wider- 


lake practical work in ecology, siating ' 


ihal requests should be inade 10 him 
through the ACF. A vole of thanks by 
the president was carried with acclama- 
tion, 

Mr. Roger Riordan, Club Secretary. 
was agaid responsible for a large display 
on the notice table at the back of the 
hall. Minutes of Council and General 
Meetings were on display. also a full list 
of correspondence, including several 
nolices Of meetings and seminars Ər- 
ganised bv kindred associations. Parr- 
cular attention was drawn 1a the seminar, 
“The Challenge of Westernport™, to be 
held al Monash University on October 
táth, Mr. Riordan was nominated to 
represent the Club in a deputation to the 
Minister for Forests to press tor the pre- 
servation of “Terrible Hollow", near 
Wannangalta, as a wilderness area, 

The President Welcomed and intro- 
duced to members Mr. Jon Martindale, 
the new Club Librarian The appoint- 
ment of Mr. Leigh Winsor as Vice- 
President in place of Mr, Barry Cooper, 
now averseas, was announced, and Dr. 
Brian Smith of the National Museum 
was Welcomed as a new Council member. 
Mr. Sault called far nominations to fill 
the Tast r&maining vacancy on Council. 

Mr. Meinnes spoke about the forth- 
canting meeting of Naturalists’ Clubs to 
be held in Bairnsdale on 301h September 
He urged city members to give the 


300 


gathering their fullest support, and to 
make sure that metropolitan groups were 
well represented. The Secretary read the 
pragramme for the week-end, which pro- 
mises to be an interesting one and in 
cludes a talk on the ihrealened Glenala- 
dale Nutiwnal Park, There will alsa be a 
guided tour tà the Park on Sunday, Ist 
October, Delegates to the business meet: 
ing will again discuss à proposal for 
Sinto wide co-ordination of Naturalists 
Clubs. 


Mr. Garnel expressed concern uyer the 
most recent proposals [or quarrying the 
Lysterfeld hills; he urged members to 
keep watch on these proposals, and Io be 
ready to make informed criticism and 
protest. 


Among exhibits displayed al the meei- 
jag were parden grown native plants 
fram several mentbcrs atid a collection 
of shells of the New Zealand Canaan 
Snail (genus Paryphanta) contributed by 
Mrs. M. North. 


Botany Group 
Id May 

Mr. Kar] Kleinecke presided as usual, 
and the speaker was the club president, 
Mr. Tom Sault, who spoke on "Sea- 
weeds", Jn the short time he has been 
studying these algae, he has acquired a 
good knowledge of the Port Phillip 
species, as well as many from the outer 
coast of the Mornington Peninsula, 
Aboul 60 pressed specimens were on ex- 
hibit, and drawihgs of plant parts of 
many genera — the Greens (Chloro- 
phyceae), Browns (Phiwophyceae) and 
Role Mhodaghi star, all being repre- 
sented. 


& Sune 

Mr, Bruce Fuhrer spoke ðn “Fong” 
He first referred to nitrogen-fixing bac- 
teria, and rhizomorphs (fungi supplying 
nutrients to particular plants), then to 
the antibiotic: funcions of certain fungi 
such as Penicillium. He reviewed the 
range of these flowerless planis From 
macrofungi down to Tower fungi such as 
moulds, then dealt successively wath the 
galled fungi, polypores, coral fungi, Gas- 
teromycetes (pulfballs and easth-stars) 
and Ascomycetes. His excellent slides of 
fungi were Varied occasionally by fine 
oho oF flowering plants as "visual inter- 
udes", 


Vict. Nat. Vol, 89 


Montmorency Junior Field Naturalists’ 
Club 


Annual Report for 1971 


At the Annual Meeting, the following Office-bearers were elected:— 


President: 

Mr. R. DeGruchy. 
Vice-President: 

Mr. J, Pittard, 
Hon. Secretary: 

Mrs. L. Cookson. 
Hon. Treasurer: 

Mrs. J, Howard. 
Minute Secretary: 

Mrs. D. D'Alton, 
Committee: ` 
Mr. D. Clark, Mesdames B. Pittard, B. 

Woodburn and M. North. 


Speakers and their subjects were:— 


Junior President: 
Laurie Cookson. 


Junior Committee: . 

Margaret Howard, Judith Pryor, Gail 

D'Alton, Julie Cookson, Robert Callander 
and Peter Gillard. 


Mr, T. North. 


Auditor: 


The inaugural president of ihe Club, 
Mr, Ray Wilton, was elected as a Life 
Member. 

During the year, attendances of 60-70 
were maintained at monthly meetings, 


February — Mr. I. MORRISON — “Nature Walkabout”. 


— Mr. N. SHAW — "Fossils of the Melbourne Area" 


Marh .— Mr. W. DAVIS — “Film on Birds". 
Apri 

May — Mr, P.. KELLY — “Micro Fungi”. 
Sune — Mrs, L. DeCOSTA — “Birds of Prey”. 
July — Mr, P, RAWLINSON — “Reptiles”. 
August — Mr. W. DAVIS — "Glenburn Dam". 


September— Mr. E. ALLEN — "Sounds and Slides of Victorian Birds", 
October — Miss M. LESTER — "Gum Trees and Their Near Relations”. 
November— The BENNETT Family (all five) — Their “Round Australia” 


Excursion. 
December — Members' Night. 


At each meeting there has been quite 
a good showing of exhibits by the mem- 
bers, and it is noticeable that even the 
very young exhibitors are now willing to 
talk freely about their exhibits. AII ex- 
hibits tabled at a meeting are listed in the 
next month's issue of our “Club Notes", 
and as well, every member gets à copy of 


March 
Tune 


the excellent “Nature Notes — Ringwood 
Inspectorate". 

Considerable interest was shown in the 
various specimens set up each month 
under our two microscopes, and many of 
our young Naturalists have purchased 
books from the book table. 

' Parties averaging about 55 members, 
took part in excursions arranged for;— 


— “Water Birds” at Healesville Sanctuary, led by Mrs. Van Rompaey, 
— Zoological Gardens: Mrs, DeCosta and Mr. Atkinson. 


September— 19th — Glenburn Dam: Mr. Alan Reid and Mr. W, Davis. 


October 


At the Montmorency Horticultural 
Society's Flower Show on the 27 and 
28 March, our Club staged a Naturalist 
Exhibtion in one of the smaller rooms 
of the Petrie Park Hall. 


October, 1972 


— Maranoa Gardens: Mrs. Fisch and Mrs. W. Batchelor. 


Our Junior Club also provided an ex- 
hibit at the “Wildflower and Nature 
Show" conducted by the F.N.C.V. and 
S.G.A.P. in the Lower Melbourne Town 
Hall, late in September, 


301 


Maryborough Club Wants Box-ironbark Reservation 


“Submission Regitesting Appropriate Permanent Reservation of Maryborsugh's 
Bax-lronbar& State Forest.” 
{Price S1,30 posted, from Secretary, Mrs. L- Courtney. 
Catiick Street. Maryborough. 3465.) 


This is an attractive presentation of 
Maryborough Club's Submission 1o the 
Forests Commission and the Land Con- 
servation Council for the permanent 
reservation of about 25,000 acres of the 
local Box-Ironbark State Forest. IL has 


a pnnted cover and fronuspiece showing ` 


a typical bush landscape; two pages of 
printed nature photographs; à locality 
map; a census of 200 birds and 148 plant 
spectes, IL local trees; plus spiders, rep- 
tiles and mammals listed to date Two 
appendices cover the Maryborough Gold- 
fields story and Maryborough's splendid 
example of Aboriginal Rock Water 

Wells. 

The Submission has been supported by 
the City of Maryborough and the Shires 
of Tullaroop and Talbot-Clunes fin 
whose areas the 25,000 acres lie), as well 
as by many local organizations and 
several prominent naturalists. 

Originally a sheep and cattle run, thea 
a goldficlds town, Maryborough is now 
an industrial city with the unusual dis- 
tinction of having a higher percentage, 
of its population engaged in industrial 
employment than Melbourne. It is prob- 
ably unique, for ils size, in still having 
State Forest along nearly three-quarters 
of ils perimeter. 

The Submission presents the following 
points as the basis of the case for re- 
servation =- 

(1) ft js an area of ecological and histo- 
tical significance 

(2) ht fs & first-class example of a dry 
sclerophyll box-ironbark forest with a 
characteristic woodland formation of 
medium height eucalypls and an 
undefcover of acacias, various small 
shrubs and many wildflowers, Much 
of the soll is marginal for agricul- 
lural purposes. 

(3) No substantial permanent reservation 
of this type of country exists in Vic- 
toria, and because it is 30 -charac 
teristic of Victoria's northern gold- 
fields, and consequently so interwoven 
with the State's early history, it is 
um that this lack should he reme- 


302 


(4) The first gold tush in Victoria oc- 
curred in this area (at Amherst — 
originally called Daisy Hill — nine 
miles south-west of Maryborough) in 
1848, three years before the frst 
"officia" discovery of gold in Vic- 
toria at Clones. This spot will, no 
doubt, he recognised in future years 
as a place of considerable historical 
importance. 

(S) There 15 à strong scientific need to 
preserve native flora in its mative 
habitat to provide reservoirs of 
material for plant breeding. Plant 
bresding with our native flora has 
scarcely begun. New ar improved 
plants for fodder, (aod. drugs o1 gar- 
dening necessitate the bringing to- 
gether by selenatisis of species from 
different areas, Wilhout a substan 
tial reservation of goldfields flora for 
ihis purpose, the needs of science for 
plants from every type of piant com- 
munity cannot be met, 

(6) The area of 25,000 acres proposed in 
this Submission is regarded as the 
minimum required to conserve the 
greatest variety of Victorian gold- 
fields flora and fauna and to provide 
an adequate buffer zone between cul- 
tivated areas and roads For all wildlife 
and vegetation within it, 

(7) Quote from “Nature Conservation in 
Vittoria’, by Judith Frankenberg, 
M.Sc (V.N,P.A.). 


“Western Highlands Between Bendigo 
and Stawell 


The major plant communities of 
this area urgently need conservation 

These hills are distinct from the 
Grampians in the west and Mt. Mace- 
don Range in ihe easi, and reserves 
representative af the area are almost 
nonexistent, Large areas of at least 
20,000 tò 30.000 acres are needed ta 
tepresent this distinct environment 
adequalely. 

Historical features common in this 
area are the remnants of goldfields, 
once a centre of population ij Vic- 
toria. A reserve including an old 


Viet, Nal. Vol. B9 


goldfield of noie would be a great (b) the only known Aboriginal rock 
interest to tourists and, at the same water wells in Victoria, made by 
- man. 
lice nn eee "he C These, in addition to the features listed 
Th "which is the ibi t of thi in Appendix No, 1 (Maryborough Gold- 
& Arpa WHACK: )5 tHE SUDJEC 5 fields Story and Historical Tourist At- 
Submission includes— tractions) could provide a unique basis 
(a) the site of the first (unofficial) gold on which to build a reservation of the 
rush in Victoria in 1848, and type envisaged above. 


F.N.C.V. EXCURSIONS 


* Sunday, 8 October — Geology excursion to Sydenham “Organ Pipes". Leader: 
s R. Dodds, Meet opposite C.T.A. Building, Flinders St., at 9.30 a.m. 

14-15 October — F.S.G. Camp at Mt. Disappointment. (Return Camp.) 

Sunday, 15 October — Dromana-Red Hill area. Leader; Mr. T. Sault. The coach will 

leave Batman Avenue at 9.30 a.m. Fare $1.70 — bring two meals. 
Tuesday, 7 November — President's Picnic. Rushworth area. The coach will leave 
Batman Avenue at 8.30 a.m. Fare $2.40 — bring two meals. Note earlier time of 
departure. 
11-12 November — F.S.G. Camp at Stony Rises with M,S,G. members, 
Tuesday, 26 December- Monday, 1 January — Leongatha, 


Saturday, 6 January -Saturday, 27 January — New Zealand. The balance of payment 
for this excursion should be paid by Monday, 13 November. on numbers booked 
at present the tota] cost will be $557.00, and this amount, less the deposit already 
paid should be forwarded to the Excursion Secretary — all cheques to be made 
out to Excursion Trust. Itineraries are being prepared and the party will be 
accompanied by Mrs. J, Monahan who is now living in New Zealand. Any 
members who want to stay a few extra days in New Zealand after the tour ends 
should notify the Excursion Secretary as soon as possible. We have a group 
concession on the plane which allows a maximum period of 28 days in New 
Zealand, including the excursion, and anyone staying on the extra days musi pay 
for the additional accommodation in adyance and return from Christchurch, 


ENTOMOLOGICAL 
EQUIPMENT 


Butterfly nets, pins, store-boxes, etc. 


We are direct importers and manufacturers 
and specialise in Mail Orders 


(write for free price list) 
Australian Entomological Supplies 
14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N,S,W,, 2055 
Phone Sydney 43 3972 


October, 1972 303 


Field Naturalists Club of Victoria 


Established 1880 


OBJECTS: To stimulate interest in natural history and to preserve 
and protect Australian fauna and flora. 


Pairon: 
His Excellency Major-General Sir ROHAN DELACOMBE, K.B.E; C.B., D.S.O- 


Key Office-Bearers, 1971-1972. 


President: 
Mr. T. SAULT 


Vice-President: Mr. B. COOPER 
Hon. Secretary: Mr. R. H, RIORDAN, 15 Regent St., East Brighton, 3187, — 92 8579) 


Treasurer: H. BISHOP. Address Correspondence to National Herbarium, The | 
Domain, South Yarra. 


Subscription Secretary: Mr. D. E. McINNES, 129 Waverley Road, East Mal- 
vern, 3145 


Hon. Editor: Mr. G. M. WARD, 54 St. James Road, Heidelberg 3084. 


Hon. Librarian; Mr. P. KELLY, c/o National Herbarium. The Domain, South 
Yarra 3141. 


Hon. Excursion Secretary: Miss M. ALLENDER, 19 Hawthorn Avenue, Caulfield 
3161. (522749). ^ 


Magazine Sales Officer: Mr. B. FUHRER, 25 Sunhill Av., North Ringwood, 3134. 


Group Secretaries: 
Botany: Mr. J. A, BAINES, 45 Eastgate Street, Oakleigh 3166 (57 6206). 


Day Group: Mrs. J. STRONG, 1160 Dandenong Road, Murrrumbeena. 
(56 2271) 


Entomology and Marine Biology: Mr, J}. W. H: STRONG, Flat tL, “Palm Court", 
1160 Dandenong Rd., Murrumbeena 3163 (56 2271). 


Field Survey: Mr. D. BARHAM, 14 Finnigans Rd., Research 3095. (437 1791). 


Geology: Mr, T. SAULT, 


Mammal Survey; Mr. G, EF. DOUGLAS,-"Knotanoll", Riddell’s Creek 3431 
(054-28519]) 


Microscopical: Mr. M. H. MEYER, 36 Milroy Street, East Brighton (96 3268). 


MEMBERSHIP 


Membership of the F.N.C.V. is open to any person interested in natural 
history. The Victorian Naturalist is distributed free to all members, the club's 
reference and tending library is available, and other nctivilies are indicated in 
reports set out in the several preceding pages of this magazine. 


Rates of Subscriptions for (972, 


Ordinary Members . .. .. .. ye a Wd a bee ate - E 17.00 
Country Members... oeo meer dem eee $5.00 
Joint Members ., - TE A y 3 T - L oa ; 32,00 
Juniar Members (under ia years) oum PT MY Ww S- s a - - . $200 
Junior Members receiving Vict. Nat. 5 055] wt 8 E, iod. dno ch 14.00 
Subscribers to Vict. Nat. List. oniy) a a -* —! im 4 vh» ~ Ì RP o 15.00 
Overseas Subscribers 5 a a a 4 "7 È Jd x 4 3 14.00 
etlisted Societies .. Mee eR -R4- 24e Ro bh deb je] et RE a A aan 
Tapahia Members wl . le ele sleet c ae : eld . ioo 
Membership (reducing affer 20 years) .. .. X» k eo MA 0 


The cost of individual copies of the Vict. Mat, will be 45 md. (s2 cents — overseas requests). 
Full-time Students between 18 and 2) years pay at Junlór Member rates- 


AM subscriptions should be made payable to the Field Naturalisls Club of Vicloria, and posted 
to the Subscription Secretary. 


@ JENKIN, BUXTON & CO. PTY. LTD., PRINTERS, WEST MELBOURNE 


F.N.C.V. DIARY OF COMING EVENTS 
GENERAL MEETINGS 
Monday, 13 November — At National Herbarium, The Domain, South Yarra, com- 
mencing 8 p.m. 


Subject for evening — "Conservation Education": Mr. A. A. Strom, Natural 
History Medallionist for 1972. 


The presentation of the Medallion will be made by the Hon. W. A. Borthwick, 
Minister for Conservation. 


The list of New Members for this month will be given in the December issue. 


GROUP MEETINGS 
(8 p.m. at National Herbarium unless otherwise stated.) 


Wednesday, 15 November — Microscopical Group. 


Thursday, 16 November — Day Group outing: Ferry trip on Yarra. Meet at 11.15 a.m. 
at foot of steps at Princes Bridge. Ferry leaves 11.30 a.m.; bring lunch. Fare 
$1.50. 

There will be no meetings of the Group in December, or January 1973. 


Thursday, 23 November — Field Survey Group meeting in Conference Room, 
National Museum, at 8 p.m. 


Monday, 4 December — Marine Biology and Entomology Group meeting at 8 p.m. 
in Conference Room, National Museum. 


Wednesday, 6 December — Geology Group. 


Thursday, 7 December — Mammal Survey Group (F.N.C.V.) meeting in Arthur Rylah 
Institute, 123 Brown Street, Heidelberg, at 8 p.m. 


Thursday, 14 December — Botany Group. 


F.N.C.V. EXCURSIONS 


Sunday, 19 November — Phillip Island. Marine Biology and General. The coach will 
leave Batman Avenue at 9.30 a.m.; fare $2.40. Bring two meals. 


Sunday, 10 December — Corranderrk, Healesville. The club has been asked to help 
in a survey of this area and this excursion, led by Mr. P. Kelly will be on 
Entomology and General. The coach will leave Batman Avenue at 9.30 a.m.; 
fare $1.80. Bring two meals. 


Tuesday, 26 December- Monday, 1 January — Leongatha. Few bookings have been 
received for this excursion so it has been decided to run this as a private car 
trip and those already booked should pay the excursion secretary $4.00 for accom- 
modation deposit. 


Saturday, 6 January-Saturday, 27 January — New Zealand. Members are reminded 
that the balance of payment ($557.00 less deposit already paid) is due by Monday, 
13 November, and should be paid to the excursion secretary, all cheques being 
made out to Excursion Trust. Anyone planning to extend their stay should notify 
the excursion secretary by the same date. 

JUNIOR MEETINGS 
Friday, 24 November — Hawthorn Town Hall at 8 p.m. 
Friday, 1 December — Preston Rechabite Hall, 281 High Street, at 8 p.m. 


Friday, 8 December — Montmorency and District, Scout Hall, Petrie Park at 8 p.m. 


306 Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


The 
Victorian Naturalist 


Editor: G. M. Ward 


Assistant Editor: G. Douglas 


Vol. 89, No. 11 ` 4 October, 1972 


CONTENTS 


Articles: 
Dung Beetles on the Move (CSIRO) 


Report from National Seminar on Aboriginal Antiquities in Australia. 
By Alan L. West m 


Emerged Marine Shell Beds near Geelong. By' Edmund D. Gill... 
Ecology of Some Eucalypts of the Gippsland Lakes District. By L. A. Fell 


Features: 
Victorian Non-marine Molluscs — No. 11. By Brian J. Smith , 


Readers’ Nature Notes and Queries 


Personal: 
Allen Axel Strom — A.N.H. Medallionist .. de Jl. t 
A Tribute to the late H. C, E. Stewart 


Book Review: 


“Wilsons Promontory” 


Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria: 
General Meeting and Group Reports 
Diary of Coming Events 


Front Cover: 


328 


330 
306 


The photograph shows one of the Mason Wasps (Abispa ephippium?), constructing the entrance 
tube to one of the many cells contained in the fist-sized red clay nest. Paralysed caterpillars are 


placed and sealed in each cell, an egg having first been deposited by the wasp. 


Photo by Graham Pizzey. 


November, 1972 


307 


Dung Beetles on the Move 


Grateful acknowledgement is made (o the CSIRO for. permission to reproduce 
the following, which appeured in “Rural Research ian CSIRO" for March 1972. 


Since 1967 the csika Division of Entomology has been releasing dung beetles 
in Norther Australia, amd several species have become Well established. One, 
Onthephagus gazella, has spread spectacularly, and already it has apparently begun 
to control that menace to cattlemen in the north—the buffalo By: The beetles 
should improve soil fertility too. The Division has now begun liberating new species 
in the southern half of the continent that should help to reduce the bushfly nuisance. 


Dr. G. F. Bornemissza of the Csiro 
Division of Entomology first put. for- 
ward the idea of introducing dung 
beetles into Australia jn a scientific 
paper published in 1960 (see Rural 
Research 34), and in. 1963 (he present 
programme began under his leader- 
ship. He pointed out that in most of 
the warmer countries of the world 
dung beetles carry out ihe very im- 
portant task of clearing away the drop- 
pings of native animals, They achieve 
this by burying them in the ground 
while still fresh for use as food for 
themselves and their offspring. Here 
in Australia indigenous beetles do the 
same with thé pellet-like droppings of 
the native marsupials, but they cannot 
cope with the large wet dung pats of 
domestic sock introduced by Euro- 
pean Man, 

Cate and their close relatives 
evolved in Asia and Alrica, and with 
them evolved beetles that can use their 
dung, The csiko programme involves 
introducing the best of these into Aus- 
Iralia, and the Organization believes 
that they will’ have three beneficial 
effects, At least during the warmer 
months, they will: 

free pastures from dung accumula- 

tion, 

fertilize the soil, 

control pests, 

Cow pais often last for months or 
even years in Australia, so they cover 
considerable areas of ground and pre- 


308 


vent pasture growth, Termites have a 
major effecL in removing dung, but 
they take months to do so. Australia’s 
20 million-odd cattle each produce 
about 10 pats a day, so many hun- 
dreds of thousands of acres. of pasture 
must be lost annually for this reason. 
Dung beetles could prevent this loss, 

As everyone knows, most Aus- 
tralian soils lack fertility, Fresh dung 
contains nitrogen, which is lost into 
the atmosphere when the dung lies on 
the surface of the ground. In one ex- 
periment, Dr, Bornemissza, with Dr, 
C. H. Williams of the csreo Division 
of Plant Industry, showed that — by 
burying the droppings.of stock—dung 
beetles could considerably increase 
soil fertility. 

Two major Australian pests breed in 
cattle dung — the bushfly and the buf- 
falo fly (sce Rural Research 65). Dung 
beetles cannot always prevent these 
insects from laying eggs in the fresh 
droppings, but if they bury thess 
droppings before the flies have com- 
pleted their development then they 
will effect control. 

Dung also contains eggs of para- 
sitit worms, and rapid burial of pats 
would reduce the number of infective 
larvae reaching gtass blades and hence 
the gut of stock, 

Such are the expected results of the 
dung beetle iniroduction programme. 
Tt has already achieved same pro- 
gress towards these goals, 


Vict; Nat, Vol, 89 


Releases in the tropics 

In April 1967, Dr. Bornemissza and 
his group began releasing four species 
of dung beetles at selected sites, mainly 
in tropical Australia. They had selected 
the species from African and Asian 
beetles previously introduced into 
Hawaii to control horn fly (a close 
relative of the buffalo fly). In the 
three ensuing summers they liberated 
about 275,000 beetles, and one species, 
Onthophagus gazella, has made spec- 
tacular progress. Within two years 


adult breaks 
out of 

dung ball 
and digs p“ y 
its way to 


soil surface 


4^ 


larva 


it had colonized 400 kilometres of 
the northern Queensland coast around 
Townsville and penetrated 80 km in- 
land — closing the 80-km gaps be- 
tween release sites in the process. 
During the first year it proved its 
ability to make long-distance flights 
by crossing 7 km of water to colonize 
Magnetic Island, near Townsville (see 
Rural Research 70). A year later it 
reached Palm Island — a distance of 
30 km across the sea. 


adults pair off \ 
\ 
wv \ 


dry remains of crust 
soil casts 


tunnels filled with 
firmly packed soil SS 


dung balls 


Figure 1. The dung-burying process — why the beetles do it. 


November, 1972 


309 


Other species have not done so well, 
bul fewer beetles were released and 
they do not reproduce as fast as 
O, gazella, They certainly have not 
yet failed. 

As a back-up measure, the entomo- 
logists also introduced three dung-in- 
habiting histerid beetles from Hawaii 
and Fiji. and these again had African 
or Asian origins. Two have become 
established, Instead of burying the 
dung, these histerids altack the de- 
veloping larvae of flies within it. Thus 
they should reduce fly populations 
where the dung beetles do not bury 
the dung fast enough. 

Since their release in 1967, the in- 
troduced beetles have survived and 
fiourished during periods of both cx- 
ceptionally heavy ram and severe 
drought, Obviously therefore they can 
adapt most effectively to the climate of 
northern Australia. 


Less buffalo fly 
Already the Division of Entomology 
considers that at least some of the 
objects of the prosramme have been 
achieved in the colonized area sur- 
rounding Townsville. Dung disposal 
has proved much more rapid during 
the wet summer period, and between 
December and March the buffalo fiy 
nuisance does appear lo have abated. 
The numbers of other dung-breeding 
flies also appear much reduced. 
Beetle activity *lows down markedly 
in the dry, cool season between April 
and October, and so there still remains 
a dung disposal problem at this time. 
Mercifully, buffalo fly numbers too 
arc much reduced just then. 
Observations over several seasons 
show that, with tbe present beetles, 
bulfalo fly numbers may reach trouble- 
some levels at two periods; 
in spring, when temperalure and 
rainfall conditions have become 
suitable for fly reproduction, but 
the beetles have not yet become 
active enough to dispose of all dung, 


30 


m autumn, when temperatures have 

fallen low enough to inhibit beetle 

activity more than buffalo fly re- 
production 

It is hoped that it will be possible 
to find species to fill these gaps and 
Dr Bornemissza is now in Africa 
searching for them. 

In the meantime the Division of 
Entomology would encourage any ef- 
forts by interested people to help 
spread the beetles. They can be easily 
twapped — using a bucketful of sand 
with a cowpat on top, which is sunk 
so that the top of the bucket is flush 
with the soil surface — and trans- 
ferred from one property to another. 
Any farmer knowing another on whose 
property beetles have already become 
established, and who wishes ta in- 
treduce them on to his own, can ob- 
tain further information from the 
Division of Entomology, CSIRO, P.O. 
Box 109, Canberra City, A.C.T , 2601 
Beetles lor southern Australia 

Phase one of the programme — in- 
troducina the first dung beetles into 
tropical Australia — has been com- 
pleted, Phase two — introducing them 
inte the southern half — began early 
this summer, At Pretoria in South 
Afnca Dr. Bornemissza has set up a 
laboratory, which he is nosing as a 
base to search for suitable beetles, 
Australia needs species for aW its 
cattle-raising areas. and these cover 
such a wide range of climates, soils, 
and pasture types that a hundred or 
more different beetles may be re 
quired. Fortunately, there are some 
1,800 known species south of the 
Sahara to choose from. 

After one season's investigation Dr, 
Bornemissza had already senl hack 
eight dung beetles and two histerids 
(predatory on fly larvae) — now being 
bred up iñ large numbers in Canberra 
— and same were released earlier this 
summer, These should prove suitable 


Vick. Nal. Vol. 39 


for a variety of climates, with annual 
rainfalls varying berween 10 and 40 in. 
in temperate areas and 15 and 35 in. 
in the tropres, One species of histerid 
suitable for the very wet tropical areas 
was relessed around Daintree and 
Tully in 1968, but this has not thrived 
and possibly à rere suitable species 
tor this area will crap up later. 

Any introduction programme of this 
type will raise fears about intraducing 
diseases and about the effects of 
beetles on other endemic fauna. They 
must, of course, breed rapidty and re- 
spond well to handling, but they must 
also breed only in diumg, The beetles 
ga through a rigorous quarantine pro- 
cedure so that they cannot carry any 
disease m with them, and this pra- 
cedure is described in some detail here 
Since it ildsirates well the complicated 
precautions that must be taken before 
insecls can be released in Australia. 

Beetles of the selected species hav- 
ing been paired, the resulting eggs are 
extracted from the brood balls and 
surlace-sterilized’ in 3% formaldehyde 
solution. They are then packed in 
specially designed containers (sent 
from Australia) and air-freighted to 
Canberra, where Mr. P. Ferrar and his 
helpers wash them and place Ihem in 
hand-made dung balls of "clean" Ans- 
talian dung— a lengthy procedure 
since up io 1,500 eggs may arrive in 
a single batch, The ican rear the 
eggs through to adulis that never leave 
quarantine. They then collect the 
eves of this generation, cleanse and 
surface-steritize them, and place them 
iñ turn in "clean", hand-made dung 
balls. The edulls that emerge from 
these eggs are then used for mass 
breeding for field release. Thus the 
beetles must pass through one cam» 
plele géneration in quarantine before 
release for mass breeding. 


Slow starters 
A word of warning — ance released 
in the field the beetles appear to be 


November, 1972 


slaw stanterS During the first year or 
so, even when they are breeding well, 
little sign of the bectles may be visible 
at the release Sites. After a year or 
two, however, destruction of dung pats 
gradually becomes apparent, and sa 
lack of any sign of the beetles docs 
not mean that they have failed to be- 
come established. Almost inevitably 
those released in the south will take 
longer to prodnce results than Ihe very 
successful O, gazellr, since iemperate 
species breed more slowly. 
No risk 

What risk is there that the beetles 
themselves may became pests? Dr, 
Bornemissza and his colleagues are 
confident that this cannot happen, The 
adults feed exclusively by sucking 
fluids from Fresh dung — they cannot ' 
chew anything. They will not reduce 
reseeding within the pastures by bury- 
ing the sceds, since they remove all 
irregularities from the dung and leave 
them on the surface, While burying 
the dung the beetles should in fact 
help reseeding by creating loose, well- 
fertilized seed-beds. The larvae do 
have chewing jaws for feeding on the 
fibrous dung balls, but they die very 
quickly if these balls are opened and 
so they cannot break out and feed on 
other materials. 


Further reading 


Could dung-eating insects improve our 
pastures? G. F. Bornemissza, Jonsnal 
of the Australicn Institute. ef Agri- 
culmiral Science, 1960, 26, 54-4. 

An effect of dung beelle aclivity on plant 
vield. G. F. Bomemissza and C. H. 
Williams, Pedobiologia, 1970, 10, 1-7. 

Dung beetles, CSIRO Division of Emo- 
mology Annual Report, 1970/73, 80-2, 

Termites (Isopiera] associated with dung 
in Australia, P. Ferrar and J. A. Li 
Watson. Journal of the Australian En- 
totrologicnl Society, 1970, 9, 100-02. 

Insectary sludies On the control of dung 
breeding flies by the activity of the 
dung beetle, Orhiophagus gazella F. 
(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). G. F. Bar- 
nemissza, Jonina? of the Australian 
Emamalagical Society, 1970, 9, 31-41. 


3n 


National Seminar’ 


Aboriginal Antiquities in Australia 
Existing Legislation and its Implementation — Victoria May 1972 
by ALAN L- WEST 


An Act entitled the “Archaeological 
and Aboriginal Relics Preservation Act, 
1972" was quite recently passed by the 
Victorian Parliament and was given 
Royal assent earlier this month (May 
1972), It has yet to be proclaimed but 
we expect that this will happen very 
soon, The responsible Minister will be 


the Chief Secretary, Arrangements are 
in hand for the establishment of an 
Archaeological Relics Advisory Com- 
mittee, for the drafting of regulations, 
and for the provision of staff and fin- 
ance. We are hopeful that the legisla- 
tion will be operating by the end of this 
year. 


TM PLEMENTATION 


The Act will be implemented by the 
National Museum and the Director, 
from time to time, of the Museum wil 
be the Protector of Relics. The Dir- 
ector in his capacity as Protector will 
be the Chairman of the Advisory Com- 
mittee and will be required to discharge 
a number of functions as set out in 
Section 10. 

1. He will, through the appointed staff, 
keep a register of restricted areas 
(called "archaeological areas'), af 
relics, and of persons holding pri- 
vate collections. Relies are broadly 
defined as Victorian objects 'per- 
Jaining to the past occupation of the 
Aboriginal people . .. whether or 
not the relic existed prior to, . . 
occupation . . . by people of Euro- 
pean descent’. Handiwork made for 
the purpose of sale is excluded by 
definition as are human skeletal 
remains buried after the year 1834. 

2. The Protector shall seek for relics, 
arrange for their preservation and 
conduct research in respect of them. 
He may also enter into arrange- 
ments with the Minister and certain 
other persons regarding the general 
oversight and administration of re- 
stricted archaeological ateas. 


312 


3. A final and important obligation on 
the Protector shall be the develop- 
ment of a positive education pro- 
gramme to make available ‘to the 
public facts and information per- 
taining to relics and archaeological 
ateas'. Such publishing of informa- 
tion will not necessarily mean the 
disclosure of the location of relics. 
A further instrument having a part 

in the implementation will be the 

Archaeological Relics Advisory Com- 

mittee consisting of ten honorary mem- 

bers. The Director of the National 

Museum and a Museum archaeologist 

or anthropologist will take two places 

and there will be one representative 
each from the Anthropological Society 
of Victoria and the State section of the 

Nalional Trust of Australia, Of the re- 

mainder one shall be an Aboriginal 

nominated by the Minister of Abori- 
ginal Affairs, one shall be a member of 
the Institute of Aboriginal Studies and 
there will be one member each from 
the following government depart- 
ments: Lands, Aboriginal Affaiis, 

National Parks and the Forests Com- 

mission, 


*Held in Conberra, May, 1972, 


Viel. Nal. Vol. B9 


The Committee, as the name sug- 
gests, has advisory functions only but 
as well as considering matters referred 
to it by the Minister it may advise the 
Minister on all matters ir thinks neces- 
sary in relation to archacological relics 
and their preservation. 

A third vital administrative function 
will be vested in honorary wardens. 
These will be private individuals who 
have shown or are likely to show a kcen 
interest in the protection of relics. The 
functioning of these people in scat- 
tered arcas of the State where they live 


Will Undoubtedly be one of the chief 
strengths of the legislation, Wardens 
will he local guardians of relics. They 
will have power, when they suspect a 
breach of the Act, to impound relics; 
they will he able to demand names and 
addresses jn certain circumstances; they 
can require vandals or suspected van- 
dals and unauthorised persons to leave 
garelied archaeological areas and they 
are encouraged by the Act to seek oul 
the location of newly reported or un- 
reported relics. 


MAIN PROVISIONS 


Legal Protection o] All Relics 

The Act gives legal protection to all 
Aboriginal! relics whether they siland on 
privaie or Crown Land or are held in 
private collections. A person who wil- 
fully or negligently defaces or damages 
a relic shall be guilty of an offence 
against the Act, 

Related provisions state that it is not 
an offence far a person to possess port- 
able relics, or other relics which he 
possessed legally before the commence- 
ment of the Act, but no relics of any 
category shall be bought or sold with- 
out the permission of the Protector. 

Anyone who collects a portable relic 
defined as “a relic which because of 
its weight and size is capable of being 
lifted and removed by hand’ shall iden- 
(ify and safeguard it and shall report 
the find, in writing, to the Protector. 


Archaeological Areas 

The Act provides for the proclama- 
tion of special archaeological areas in 
which all relics shall be the property of 
and under the protection of the Crown. 
No one may enter such an area withe 
out authority. T expect that only a few 
sites where there are relies of more 
than ordinary scientific and/or his- 
torical importance will be declared to 
be archaeological areas, 

Certain consents are required before 


November, 1972 


land can be so proclaimed. In respect 
of Crown Land the consent of the re- 
sponsible Minisiée must be obtained 
and in the case of private land that of 
the owner or occupier. Should a pri- 
vate person withold consent when the 
preservation of a unique or ireplace- 
able relic is involved, the Minister may 
compulsorily acquire land and com- 
pensate the landholder, I anticipate 
thal action under this section will 
rarely, if ever, be necessary; a person 
served with a compulsory acquisition 
nolice bas a tight of appeal, 


Temporary Archaeological Areas 
Temporary archaeological areas can 
be created at short notice if this is 
necessary to protect a relic, The simple 
publishing of an Order in Council in 
the Government Gazette will bring this 
situation about. Within sik months 
these temporary areas must be pro- 
claimed as Archaeological Areas other- 
wise they revert ta thelr original status. 


Excavations 

An important clause places a coin- 
plete prohibition on. all archaeological 
excavation unless the consent of the 
Minister is first obtained. Th granting 
excavation. permits the Minister may 
impose whatever conditions he thinks 
are appropriate. Details of this permit 
system have yet to be spelled-out in the 


313 


regulations, but suitably qualified per- 
sons with a scientific interest in 
archaeology will, I am sure, experience 
no great inconvenience in following 
their professional interests. The casual 
digging into and plundering of archaeo- 
logical sites by unqualified people we 
hope will cease as a result of the edu- 
cation programme which will follow 
implementation of the Act. 
Miscellaneous 

The Act empowers the Minister to 
purchase land on which immovable 
relics are located and he may also pur- 


chase relics in order to preserve them. 

A person who discovers a relic has 
an obligation under the Act to report 
the find to the Protector or a Warden 
unless he has reasonable cause to be- 
lieve that it has already been reported. 

Should a relic be discovered in the 
course of any construction or excava- 
tion, the person in charge must forth- 
with report the find to the Protector 
who shall take whatever steps are 
necessary should he consider the relic 
worthy of preservation. 


Victorian Non-Marine Molluscs — No. 11 


BRIAN J. SMITH * 


The commonest and most wide- 
spread freshwater bivalve, known as 
the Little Basket Shell, belongs to the 
family Corbiculidae. 


Corbiculina angasi (Prime, 1864) 

This is a small, solid shell with umbos 
almost central and deep, regular con- 
centric striae. It is very variable in 
colour and pattern both internally and 
externally. Many specimens are pink 
to deep purple inside and vary from 
purple to a pale yellowy brown ex- 
ternally. Shells are usually covered by 
a straw-coloured epidermis. In many 
areas shells are frequently found 
covered with an earthy deposit. Aver- 
age size is 20-25 mm long. 

Like all freshwater bivalves the 
species feeds by creating currents of 
water across its gills and filtering out 
the small food particles out of the 
stream. Its method of reproduction is 
not known, but this is currently under 
study at a local university. 

These molluscs are usually found 
buried close to the surface of sandy 
mud in slow flowing rivers or creeks. 


314 


However they have been found in dams 
and lakes. They have also been found 
in main water reticulation pipes where 
they have caused trouble to authorities 
by blocking meters. 

This species has been recorded from 
all over Victoria and southern South 
Australia and New South Wales. 
Closely related species occur in most 
of the flowing freshwater in the eastern 
part of Australia and in many of the 
rivers of Northern Australia. 


‘Curator of Invertebrates, National Museum of 
Victoria. 


(Drawing by Miss Rhyllis Plant) 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


Emerged Marine Shell Beds near Geelong, Victoria, 
Australia, with Marine Shells Bored into Freshwater 
Limestone. 


by EpMUNb D. Gir * 


Wo better evidence of change tn the 
relationship of land and sea can be 
provided than marine boring shells in 
place in fassi) burrows that penetrate 
freshwater limestone, Such occur on 
Hovell Creek, 14.5 km (9 mi) north 
of Geelong. Victoria. 

When the Princes Highway between 
Melbourne and Geelong was being 
duplicated to provide a divided high- 
way between ihese cities in 1959, a 
new bridge was built over Howell 
Creek. Dr R. W. T Wilkins, then my 

‘assistant, drew attention to the occur- 
rence of these strata, We examined 
the site, which is shown in Figure 1. 
Information was obtained from the ex- 
cavation for the bridge, and from a 
pipeline excayation a little further up- 
stream between thé bridge and an old 
ford. Tutson (1931) noted that on the 
creek banks there “are some recent 
marine deposits, which possibly have 
heen uplifted. If so, they are older 
than those of the marshy belt. The 
question of uplift is Jeft open pending 
further examination." 


Stratigraphy 

The relationship of the beds is 
shown in Figure 2. The Lara Lime- 
sione underlies all this area as is shown 
in the Quarter Sheet of the Geological 
Survey of Victoria (1863), and in the 
more recent map (1963) published by 
that organization. Hovell Creek has 
cut a shallow valley in this formation, 
which is completely freshwater, It is 
discussed by Gill (1964) and Wilkinson 
(1971), Thus, the marine beds are 
emplaced on freshwater limestone in 
n valley cut by a freshwater stream, 


November, 1972 


The creek flaws into Corio Bay which 
is a branch of Port Phillip Bay. At the 
mouth of Corio Bay there is à bar of 
basalt, while Port Phillip Bay is almost 
closed by an aeolianite hay bar, There 
is therefore a high impedance to sea- 
water entering Corio Bay, and high 
tide at Geelong is 3 hours 10 minutes 
later than at Port Phillip Heads (Brad- 
ley 1949), A relatively higher sca level 
is therefore necessary for the sea to 
reach the Hovell Creek site. 

The top of the Lara Limestane is 
somewhat leached, and in it wete dis- 
covered burrows of the bormg mollusc 
Venerupis with paired shells still in 
place in the burrows. In the banks of 
the creek are outcrops of hard re- 
erystallized limestone. 

At the site examined, the Lara 
Limestone was overlain hy (I) a shell 
bed a little over a foot (0.3 m) thick 
containing mixed facies of estuarine 
and swamp shells, the latter apparently 
washed in from the nearby marshland. 
The matrix was brownish-grey fine 
sand and silt, with a small amount of 
Coarse sand and gravel. Above this 
hed was (2) another shell bed about 
4.5 feet (1.37 m) thick containing in- 
numerable — Velacumantuxs — susiralis 
shells and little else. An occasional 
Ostrea sintata, Macoma deltoidalis ar 
Anadara (rapezia was found, Above 
this bed was (3) a stratum with a dozen 
or more species of estuarine shells, in- 
cluding, Afviilus planularus, Norospi- 
sula, and Kapelysia rhytiphars. The 
top of this bed was disturbed by human 
activities, so it was mot possible to 
determine its original upper limit of 


“National Museum of Victoria 


M5 


ia 


is 
E y d 
= 
ali: 
LL 

: 


Ed FW. LIMESTONE 


[7] BASALT 


* 


[e] 
i 
g 
Oo 
37 
A 


SANDSTONE 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


316 


depasilion, This site was recorded in 
1961 (Gill et al.), and the radiocarbon 
date in 1966 (Gill et al.). 


Degree of Emergence 

The construction authority provided 
a bench mark which had been sur- 
veyed (rom a railway datum at the: 
Little River Railway Station (coping 
al Melbourne end of platform). Sur- 
veys made from the bench mark deter- 
mined the clevations histed below 
which are based on low water mark at 
Melbourne, Study of the cotidal lines 
(Bradley 1949) suggests that low water 
mark in Hobsons Bay would not be 


appreciably different from that in 
Corio Bay, 
Feet Metres 

Top of water in creek .. 2.6 
Top of Lara Limestone 4-1 1.27 
Top of mixed facies 

shell bed .. 523 157 
Top of Velacumantus 

shell bed . 57 297 


Age of Deposition 

At the time of study, if was inferred 
that the deposit was Holocene in age 
because of lack of compaction and 
lack of oxidization. Furthermore, the 
beds were comparable with others that 
had been dated mid-Holocene. Dr. T- 


A. Rafter of the Institute of Nuclear 
Science in New Zealand carried out a 
radiocarbon assay of marine shells 
from Hovell Creek, which gave an 
age of 5,620+ 90 yr. BP. (NZ-279). 
The sample was from the Melacse- 
manius horizon. In age the bed is 
comparable with numerous others re- 
corded along the coast of Victoria 
across a number of tectonic blocks of 
varying direction of movement (Gill 
and Hopley 1972), 


Interpretation 

There is no evidence of presently 
measurable movement since $,600 
years ago. As any lectonic. movement 
must be à very small component, and 
as similar emerged beds are found on 
all the harsts and basins along the 
coast of Victoria, these beds are best 
inlerpreted as a function. chiefly of 
eustatic change of sea level. 

Many authors haye described the 
lecionics of this area and the move- 
ments that have taken place in Upper 
Pliocene and Lower Pleistocene time 
(e.g. Bowler 1963). Movements were 
never rapid in the sense that they are 
in New Guinea and in parts of New 
Zealand, but in the Upper Pleistocene 
and since, they have been very slow. 


FORAMINIFERAL FAUNA 
Mr. A- C. Collins has kindly examined these microfossils (N.M.V, P21369), 


and reports as follows: 


“Sample 1. 


Sample 2. 


Sumple 3, 


November, 1972 


Upper bed (shell bed with varied fauna, above Velacumantus bed), 
Washings mostly angular quartz sand, poorly sorted. Some shell 
fragments and small mollusca. Foraminifera few, Ammonia sp. 
predominating, with rare specimens of two species of Elphidium. 
Middle bed (Velacumantus bed). Washings mostly quartz sand, 
poorty sorted, Shell fragments and small mollusca: Foraminifera 
more plentiful, Ammonia sp. predominating, more than 99% of 
specimens, Rare specimens of two species of Elphidiunt and 
Trichofyalus atf. tropicus Collins were also found. 

Lower bed {mixed facies, above Lara Limestone and below Fela- 
cumarntus bed). Washings mostly quartz sand with shell fragments 
and small mollusca, also three species of ostracoda, Foraminifera 
much more numerous, Ammonia still dominant, but Químque- 
loculita, Millonella, one species of Elphidiuny and Trichohyalus 
present in some numbers. 


317 


The ecological indication is estuarine conditions throughout, with salinity 
decreasing upward, as shown by decrease in numbers of both specimens and 
species, and increasing dominance of Ammonia from lower to upper beds. 
No indication of climatic conditions other than those existing at present. 


Species Present 

Quinqueloculina poeyana (d'Orbigny). This elongate and striate species is com- 
mon in the western and southern areas of Port Phillip. Specimens compare 
well with others from the. Caribbean, from whence it was described. 

Milionella labiosa (d'Orbigny). A common Victorian shallow-water species. 

Ammonia aoteanus (Finlay) is the species commonly found in both estuatine 
and fully marine conditions in Victoria. When present in dominant numbers 
it indicates brackish-water conditions. It corresponds well with published 
figures of the New Zealand species. 

Elphidium crispum (Linné) and other species of this genus common in shallow 
water in Corio Bay. 

Trichohyalus tropicus (Collins) was described from mangrove pools on the 
Barrier Reef, and later recorded by Albani from Port Hacking, N.S.W. The 
present form differs in some respects from the species as described, and may 
represent a cool-water modification. It has been found in recent shore sand 
from Altona Bay, Victoria, all records so far being from shallow and shel- 
tered waters where considerable variations in temperature and salinity can 
occur." 


Varied estuarine 


HOLOCENE 
fossils 


Velacumantus layer ESTUARINE BEDS 


c.5260 yr 


Estuarine and marsh shells 


Marine borers (Venerupis) 


FRESHWATER LARA LIMESTONE 


Figure 2. 


318 Vict, Nat. Vol. 89 


Eco.ocy 


A mare protected site can hardly be 
imagined, viz. 4 small valley running 
into an inner bay (Corio), fenced in by 
a basalt bar from an outer bay (Port 
Phillip), which in turn is protected 
from the open ocean by a bay bar 
(Nepean Peninsula). Protection is con- 
firmed by the sediments in the valley, 
which are of stillwater type. The fos- 
sils tell the same story, being of estua- 
rine type. So the shell beds eannot 
owe their supratidal position to a 
storm surge, or other high dynamics 
event. Anyway, if ihey did, they 
would hàve a different structure. The 
Hovell Creek deposits are the normal 
sediments of a quiet estuary, emplaced 
over a period of time yet to be deler- 
mined. 

To ascribe the emergence of the 
shell beds to 3 m of uplift in the past 
5,600 years is out of character with 
the very mild movements of the area. 


The major factor is believed io be 
glacio-eustatic change of sea level. 
Moreover, such an inlerpretation fits 
the pattern of emerged shell beds 
found all along the coast of Victoria. 

Jn adjacent Port Phillip Bay at Al- 
tona, there is clear stratigraphic evi- 
dence (Gill 1972 pp. 22-23) of advance 
of the sca followed by retreat al about 
this same time. If the beds were due 
to uplift, then there would be evi- 
dence of retreat only. My interpreta- 
tion as that during mid-Holocene times, 
the sea transgressed the valley of 
Hovell Creek, stripping the superficial 
sediments from the limestone, and 
establishing a platform into which 
Venerupis bored. The sea then re- 
treated, as is shown by evidence of 
decreasing salinity through the beds 
(Collins report), and the emergence 
of the marine strata. 


REFERENCES 


Bowler, J. M., 1963. Tertiary strati- 
graphy and sedimentation in the Gee- 
long-Maude area. Proc. R. Soc. Viet. 
76: 69-137, 

Bradley, J. E., 1949, Tides of Hobsan’s 
Bay ibid. 6i: 113-122, 

Gill, E, D., et al, 1961. ANZAAS Cam- 
mitlec for the investigation of Qua- 
ternary strandline changes. Aust, J. Sci. 
2A: NEU 

Gill, E: D., 1964, Rocks contiguous with 
the basaltic cuirass of Western Vic- 
toria. Proc. R. Soc. Vict. T7: 331-358. 

Gill, E. D, et al, 1966. Australasian 
research in Quaternary shorelines. 
Ausr. f. Sei 287 407-411. 


Gill, E. D,. 1972. The relationship of 
present shore platforms to present sea 
levels. Boreas i (1) = 1-25, 


Gill, E. D., and Hopley, D., 1972, Holo: 
cene sea levels in Eastern Australia. 
Mor. Geol. 12: 223-242. 


Jutson, J. T., 1931. Erosion and sedi- 
mentation in Port Phillip Bay, Vic- 
toria, ete, Proc. R. Soc. Vici, 43; 130: 
153. 

Wilkinson, H. E. 1972, The Duck 
Ponds fossil marsupial fauna, Hovell's 
Creek, Lara, Victoria, Australia. Mem. 
nain. Mus. Vict. 33: 41-45. 


Notice to Contributors 


It is importan: that material submitted for publication should preferably be 
typewritten on foolscap or quarto sheets at double spacing, and with a 2.5-3 em 
(1^) margin on the left. No underlining of words should appear unless abso- 


lutely necessary, 


Where dates occur, the day should precede the month, eg. I5 May 1972 not 


May 15 1972. 
Nisoainbar, 1972 


31? 


Ecology of Some Eucalypts of the 
Gippsland Lakes District 
100 years after Dr. Howitt 
by L. A. FELL 


- Dr. Howitt finished his long life as 
explorer, geologist, anthropologist and 
botanist, at Metung on ihe Gippsland 
Lakes. He had come to the province 
in 1860 and to the end of his life in 
1907 he roamed widely, making à 
worthwhile contribution to its botani- 
cal knowledge especially an the diffi- 
cult Eucalyptus. In October 1890 
Dr. Howitt lectured to the Royal 
Society of Victoria on the "Eucalypts 
of Gippsland”, Any discussion of the 
present status of those Eucalypts is 
complicated by taxonomic changes and 
lack of basic ecological information. 
In the more than 100 years since 
Howitt cate first to East Gippsland 
four complete ecosystems have been 
destroyed there, leaving almost no 
trace. The first consisted of the sub- 
tropical vegetation gullies formerly 
fringing the northern shores of the 
Lakes, These, the continuation of the 
warm east coast flora from further 
north, have been destroyed sn the 
writer's lifetime. Secondly the open 
woodland area east of the Mitchell 
River formerly carrying E. tereticoris 
and E. basistoana, of which, except in 
the skeletons of trees rung nearly 100 
years ago, not a trace remains. Thirdly 
that of the three alluvial systems on 
the Mitchell. Tambo, and Snowy river 
flats where again accurate record 
seems never to have been kept of the 
flora. Finally the 100-mile stretch of 
plains, east of Traralgon, on which E. 
tereticornis was the dominant eucalypt, 
does not contain even one adequate 
reserve characteristic of the system. 
Before they too disappear without 
a trace it is proposed to discuss in 


320 


some detail the past and present eco- 
logy of the principal eucalypts in thc 
locality between the Lakes shores and 
the Prince's Highway to the north. 
"This disirict geis from 23 ins. rain on 
the western cdge, to about 28 ins. at 
Lakes Enirance, but there are long 
harsh dry spells every few years, 
Geologically it is described as Tertiary 
with lowland soils on clay sediments. 
Winters are usually mild but heavy 
frosts occur in the valleys, Howitt 
was of the opinion that elevation, rain- 
fall and aspect have more to do with 
distribution than geological formations, 
Patton (1930) says "each individual 
{cucalypt) is present because of some 
particular set of conditions" and con- 
tinues “the habitat tg the sum of a 
large number of factors and all of 
these may not be known.” 

In the case under motice, rainfall, 
elevation and temperature are con- 
stants so that soil texture and fertility 
are the deciding factors in local dis- 
tribution in the absence of biological 
controls. This woodiand, rich in 
eucalypts, fulfils the dictum: of Pryor 
and Johnson (1971) that "although 
Australia has been subject fo vast 
changes . . . it still has as remnants, 
enough of the original eucalypt. papu- 
lation to enable onc to discern with 
Some confidence what the original 
stands were like and to sce clearly the 
patterns of variation associated with 
the range of habitats” In the de- 
signated locality there are still a few 
pre-settlement trees from 200 to pos- 
sibly 1.000 years old, but they are fail- 
ing rapidly and time is short to delimit 
their original range. Aids to this acti- 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


vity are the memories of old men. 
records of pioneers and old photos. 
Prior (1960) pointed out that "the 
majority of stands of eucalypts with a 
rainfall of more than 25 ins. do not 
contain only one species, but are fre- 
quently an intimate mixture on any 
one circumscribed site often no more 
than a few acres in extent. There are 
grounds for supposing . . . that such 
mixtures which are often repeated, 
frequently are not co-incidental 
that they are an ecological pattern 
which results because there is bio- 
logical benefit to the partners." Here 
in this unique ecosystem is an illustra- 
tion supporting Pryor. Nowhere else 
in Australia do E. sideroxylon, E. 
tereticornis, E. botryoides, E. pseudo 
globulus, E. cypellocarpa, E. bosis- 
toana, E. bauerana, E. polyanthemos 
and E. melliodora come together in 
a limited area right on the coast. 
The varieties listed above are treated 
in some detail in the descriptions fol- 
lowing: 


Eucalyptus tereticornis 

In most of the literature this euca- 
lypt is recorded vaguely as occurring 
east of Traralgon with no reference 
to its easterly extension limit. Ewart 
records it as growing on a wide variety 
of soils including sandy loam, gravel 
and alluvial soils, avoiding acid soils. 
In the writer's experience it is never 
found on poor or deep sands nor does 
it favour hillsides. Anderson (1956) 
suggests that in New South Wales it 
favours moderately rich and heavy 
soils which are often dry and subject 
to droughts. For some distance east of 
Traralgon the varieties camaldulensis/ 
tereticornis mix together and Ewart 
further states that seed of either tree 
sown in forest plantations may yield a 
mixture of both forms. In the area 
under discussion E. fereticornis is 
found usually as a tall open topped 
tree growing on clay, clay-gravel or 
good alluvial sites. 

This tree is mis-named the "forest" 
red gum. Over its range in East Gipps- 


- 


Not £o Scale. 


November, 1972 


Lakes 
Entrance 


321 


land it conforms to the description 
in the Natural Occurrence of the 
Eucalypt, 1953, “as a distinctive tree 
of particular topographic localities, not 
appearing in closed forest formations." 
On the plains country it adopts the 
typical open twisted appearance of E. 
camaldulensis as seen on the western 
plains. General vagueness as to the 
eastern limits of this tree is found even 
on the spot, as conversations on its 
boundaries with Forestry Officers at 
Bruthen and Nowa Nowa were inde- 
cisive. It extends to the rises on the 
north-east corner of the Tambo River 
flats above Bruthen. Whether it was 
dominant pre-settlement of the allu- 
vial flats seems now to be unknown. 
It certainly was on the Mitchell River 
flats. It extends to the mouth of the 


Tambo and where ever there is an area 
of heavy soil on the hills towards 
Lakes Entrance. 

To the north of Metung are some 
pre-settlement 


trees possibly up to 


322 


1,000 years old (Jacobs), but further 
along the coast it disappears just 
west of Lakes Entrance, not to re- 
appear for more than 100 miles away 
in southern New South Wales. The 
tree thus avoids the more heavily for- 
ested stretch of East Gippsland. Few 
signs of fire are seen on the remaining 
pre-settlement trees although Howitt 
says "the annual crop of grass . 

was more or less burnt off by the 
Aborigines annually". Many of the 
dead tereticornis towards the mouth of 
the Tambo River had been used by 
the Aboriginals for canoes, and ap- 
parently no other eucalypt in this area 
was so used. Its powers of regenera- 
tion are extremely high. even in grass, 
so it will never die out. In view of 
what Pryor and Johnson (1971) de- 
scribe as “clinical variation" or “geo- 
graphic races", the varying descrip- 
tions by botanists of varietal differ- 
ences and its variability in the field this 
writer doubts its validity as a species. 


Plate 1 


E. tereticornis 
(The furthest 
east tree of this 
species along 
the lakes-post 
settlement). 


Photo: Author 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


Eucalyptus bosistoana 

With E. tereticornis, once covered 
as an open forest some 40,000 acres 
round and east of Bairnsdale. In 1930 
Ewart described this tree as in rapid 
process of extinction and this is now 
virtually true of this locality. Odd 
trees are still alive at Bruthen, but all 
that remains towards the Tambo River 
mouth, where it was once numerous, 
are the trunks of long dead trees rung 
in pioneering days. It grows also in 
association with E. polvanthemos, but 
is such a poor regenerator it is doomed. 


Eucalyptus polyanthemos 

Found as individual trees or in 
small groups throughout this wood- 
land. Penfold and Willis say that it is 
found on poor dry stony and gravelly 
soils and poor class heavy soils. This 
is not so here, where it often occupies 
good loamy damp soils on gully hill- 
sides. It was never found on the heavy 
loams and clays along the Tambo 
River. Pryor and Johnson believe it 
merges with E. bauerana as they ap- 


Plate 2 


E. bauerana at 
Metung. the age 
of which is 
unknown. 


Photo: Author. 


November, 1972 


proach the coast. This is absolutely 
not the case here. The wood of poly- 
anthemos is almost dark red, that of 
bauerana a dull yellow; they grow on 
different sites and their habit of growth 
is not alike. A very valuable wood, 
but in short supply, while it is a poor 
regenerator. It grows in association 
with E. melliodora, E. Bosistoana and 
probably E. globoidea. 


Eucalyptus bauerana 

A medium sized umbrageous tree 
said by Ewart to grow on river flats 
and loamy soils. This tree grows with 
E. tereticornis on river bottom lands 
but it also grows on deep sands along 
the Lake verges in that district, where 
it associates with Pittosporum undula- 
tum. In leaf shape is closely re- 


sembles E. polyanthemos, but is easily 
distinguished by a competent observer 
in the field. A poor seeder and re- 
generator with a papery brittle in- 
floresence shedding its seed in the year 
it matures. 


323 


Eucalyptus melliodora 

Found in groups and scattered trees 
over the district where the soils are 
heavy, hard and dry. It never grows 
on poor sands and seldom on river 
loams where its place was formerly 
taken by E. bosistoana. North of Nun- 
gurner it grows as an almost pure 
stand but the trees are post-settlement. 
A decorative smallish tree needing 
plenty of room to spread. 


The "Blue Gum Complex" 

According to Willis (pers. comm.) 
E. pseudo-globulus (Blakely No. 353) 
is the common blue gum of coastal 
and near coastal East Gippsland, not 
E. maideni or E. st. johnii. Metung 
is its western limit, as it is the present 
western limit of E. botryoides. At the 
head of  Chinaman's Creek near 
Metung E. pseudo-globulus is mixed 
with E. botryoides on the shore and on 
the hilltop above with E. sideroxylon. 
Further east it grows on ridges with 
E. globoidea. 


Eucalyptus cypellocarpa 

Grows just east of Metung in damp 
gullies or on loamy hillsides. Visually 
it is extremely difficult to differentiate 
it from E. pseudo-globulus, but the 
buds and capsules are very different. 
Eucalyptus sideroxylon 

Apart from Airey's Inlet west of 
Geelong the only place in Victoria 
where this tree grows to the water's 
edge is between Metung and Nun- 
gurner. [t is not now reproducing 
itself. 


Eucalyptus botryoides 

A coastal eucalypt except on a few 
rich loams such as at Orbost. On the 
mainland does not now extend 
westerly beyond Metung. It associates 
with E. pseudo-globulus and E. vimi- 
nalis/racemosa type, but is not re- 
producing in the given area and will 
die out. It will grow on poor deep 


sands but must be within reach of the 
water table. 


Plate 3 


E. melliodora, 
post settlement 
at Metung. 


Photo: Author. 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


Hybrids 

Among the species quoted several 
hybrids have been recorded (Blakely 
177, 260, etc.) but most botanical de- 
terminations vary as to the parents. 
The original trees are now probably 
dead and it is unlikely they will recur. 

In the locality discussed no mention 
has been made of the Stringy bark 


group, nor the peppermints, nor the 
forms of E. viminalis. Nor has a rich 
diversity of sub-shrubs been yet com- 
mented on although these make an 
integral part of the ecology. Before 
this ecosystem is destroyed like the 
others, it might be possible at a later 
date to record it further. 


REFERENCES 


Anderson, R. H., 1956. The Trees of 
New South Wales. 

Blakely, W. F., 1955. 
Eucalypts. 2nd edition. 

Costermans, L. F., 1968. Trees of Vic- 
toria. 

Ewart, A. J., 1930. 
University Press. 
Howitt, A. W., 1890. Royal Society of 
Victoria. Trans. 1-2. Vol. 2, 1888- 

1890. 

Jacobs, M. R., 1955. *Growth Habits of 
the Eucalypt." Forestry and Timber 
Bureau, Canberra. 


A key to the 


Flora of Victoria. 


Plate 4 


E. pseudo- 
globulus; a 
young tree near 
Nyerimelang. 


Photo: Author. 


November, 1972 


Patton, R. T., 1930. “The Factors Con- 
trolling the Distribution of Trees in 
Victoria," Proc. Linn. Society of Vic- 
toria, 42: 154-210. 

Pryor and Johnson, 1971. A classification 
of the Eucalypts. A.N.U. 

Forestry and Timber Bureau, Canberra. 
The natural occurrence of the Euca- 
lypts, 1953. 

Willis, J. H., 1972. Pers. Comm. 

Galbraith, Miss J. —. 


Cane, W. —. 
Resources Survey. East Gippsland 
Region, 1954. 


Forestry Officers: Personal discussions at 
Bruthen and Nowa Nowa. 


Allen Axel Strom 


Australian Natural History 


Medallionist for 1972 


After considering dossiers of 23 
nominees, the Award Committee has 
named Allen Strom as winner of the 
Australian Natural History Medal- 
lion. Mr. Strom was nominated by the 
David G. Stead Memorial Wildlife 
Research Foundation of Australia, 
Sydney (of which he is president) and 
supported by the Victorian National 
Parks Association, the National Trust 
of Australia (New South Wales), the 
Federation of Victorian Walking 
Clubs, Goulburn Field Naturalist 
Society (N.S.W.), and Katoomba and 
District Wildlife Conservation Society. 

He had previously been nominated 
in 1968 by Illawarra Natural History 
Society and by Oatley Flora and 
Fauna Conservation Society, and back 
in 1959 by The Rangers’ League of 
New South Wales. This widespread 
support indicates the broad scope of 
Allen Strom's activities and recogni- 
tion of his sterling work for extension 
of knowledge of our Australian en- 
vironment and its conservation for all 
to enjoy — for ourselves and posterity. 

He is vice-president of the National 
Parks Association of New South Wales 
(was its foundation secretary), and has 
been a leading advocate of and tire- 
less worker for the acquisition of 
national parks and nature reserves; 
secretary of the Nature Conservation 
Council of N.S.W., adviser in con- 
servation to the N.S.W. Department of 
Education; chairman of the Education 
Committee of the Australian Conser- 
vation Foundation: editor of the 


326 


journal of the Gould League of 
N.S.W., and chairman of the Field 
Studies Centre Advisory Committee, 
Sydney. For many years he was chief 
guardian of Fauna and chairman of 
the Fauna Protection Panel. He was 
secretary of the Wildlife Preservation 
Society, and a council member of the 
Men of the Land Society, and of the 
National Trust of Australia (N.S.W.). 
He represented the Sydney Bush- 
walkers on the Federation of N.S.W. 
Bushwalking Clubs. 

Allen Strom's major interests were 
originally in geology and geomorpho- 
logy, then he became intensely inte- 
rested in the ecological relationships 
of flora and fauna. He has given in- 
numerable lectures to a wide variety 
of organizations, illustrated by his 
own photographs, and has written 
widely (often anonymously) in the 
furtherance of his aims. A diplomate 
in general science at Sydney Technical 
College (1943), he was a teacher in 
primary and secondary schools for 
25 years, and a lecturer at Sydney 
Teachers College for 15 years. Until 
very recently he lived at Gymea Bay, 
his present address being Scenic Road, 
Kilcare Heights, via Hardy's Bay, 
N.S.W. 2256, The medallion will be 
presented at the F.N.C.V. meeting on 
13 November, when Mr. Strom will 
give a talk on "Conservation Educa- 
tion". 

J. A. BAINES, 
Secretary, General Committee, 
Australian Natural History Medallion. 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


Readers' Nature Notes and Queries 


A Bird Note 


This note abouti Currumbin, Queens- 
land comes from Alex N. Hurns of 
Burleigh Heads, 


The big lagoon at the new develop- 
ment arca of the famous Currumbin Bird 
Sanctuary, has to me; always been a con- 
stant source of interest with regard to the 
behaviour of some of its feslhered in- 
habitants. These are many, in the main 
being several species al Wild Duck, some 
Muscovies (and hybrids!), Ibises, Water 
Hens, Herons, Egrets, and for a couple of 
years, one Jabiru, For the past two or 
ihree years there has been one Goose, 
and the masler of them all, a male Black 
Swan. My almost daily observations 
cenire largely on this Swan, which, at 
morning and afternoon. feeding time t3 
“first in", and drives off all other birds 
who come too close to. him. 

Two years ago we had some 60 Mus- 
covy ducklings being cared for by two 
mother ducks, each in a coop and yard 
with its complement of little ones At 
feeding time one morning, from out of 
the blue appeared a small gawky greyish 
creature, à gosling, apparently without any 
parents looking afler it. It was therefore 
placed in one of the Muscovy coops and 
was accepled by the mother and duck- 
lings. Very soon it grew ta abour threc- 
quarters the size of its foster mother who, 
by that time had become tired of her 
clutch, so she was returned lo the 
lagoon area. The ducklings were not dis- 
mayed and clustered round the gosling 
who seemed very happy with them all, 
In due course all Were “liberated” in the 
52 acre area with the lagoon, Imme- 
diately the black swan took a dislike to 
the gosling who was chased and bitten 


many times. This dislike has persisled 
to the present day, and the gàsbng, naw 
a fully grown goose i$ stl chased (some- 
times on the wing) by lhe swan, Con- 
versely, the swat has had, over the past 
three yeats, a constant friend and tom- 
panion in the being of a male Wood- 
duck, These two are always together, 
either on land or in the water, A year 
agn a female black swan was introduced 
io lhe lagoon, and was accepted only 
half-heartedly at first, but its presence 
completely changed the temperament of 
the male black swan. 

He attacked everything, man and ani- 
mal, who ventured within 30 ar 40 yards 
of the lagoon; if he was at the distant 
end and one approached ihe other end 
to feed the birds, he would swim rapidly 
down, come ashore, and aitack even 
those Who had fed him twice daily for 
almost three years 

This year he and his mate nested 
amongst some vegetation al the edge of 
the lagoon; eggs were laid, but one night 
nine inches of rain fell, and nest and eggs 
were washed away. Not ta be deterred, 
another nest and eggs soon appeared, 
only to meet a similar fate after à night 
pf torrential rain, Again anolher nesting 
site was selected, and more eggs were, 
laid. Good fortune prevailed and five 
cyenets were hatched, Within the first 
week two of these had perished, but the 
other three are well and growing fast, 
Unfortunately one of these had a foot 
bitten by one of the large cels that in- 
habit the lagoon. On account of this, the 
swans and cyznels were placed in à net- 
led area enclosing part of the lagaon. 
Throughout all these ordeals the tlle 
Wood-duck has stuck io its much larger 
companion. Today, twa black swans. 
three cygnets, and a litlle Wood-duck 
form one happy hbird-fsmily 


Back Copies of the “Naturalist” 


(a) Miss Lorna Banfield has a complete set of the “Naturalist” for the last forty 
years, and would like to know of § library ar other body which could make 


use of them, 


(b) Mr. Keith Hately, o£ Kiata, would like a copy of Volume 4, No. 68, of fhe 
“Naturalist, For further information please contact the Secretary- 


November, 1972 


327 


A Tribute to the late H. C. E. Stewart 


On the evening of 24 October 1972, 
Mr. Hugh Charles Euro Stewart died 
after a iong illness. Older members 
will remember bim as a very active 
member of the Club. He joined the 
Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria in 
January 1931. He was the first Secre- 
tary of the Botany Group, and was 
President (1944-1945). His interests 
were many; and although Botany was 
his subject, he found two insects new 
to science, both of which were named 
after him. A primitive native bee, 
(Paracolletes stewartii Raym.) de- 
scribed by Tarlton Rayment, and an 
Australian Opilionid, or Harvestman 
(Spinicrus stewartii) described by R. R. 
Forster, Director, Otago Museum, 
New Zealand. 

Hugh became an authority on Mt. 
Buffalo National Park. He spent his 
holidays there every year. The book- 
let, "Flower and Feather at Mt. Buf- 


book revievv 


falo National Park", was written by 
him, published and issued by the 
Public Relations and Betterment 
Board, through direction of the Rail- 
way Commissioners. About two mil- 
lion copics were distributed, 

Hugh Stewart was almost a founda- 
tion member of the Anthropological 
Society of Victoria, becoming clected 
at the second meeting; Professor 
Wood Jones was the founder, with 
Mr. H. R. Balfour, Mr, Stanley R. Mit- 
chell, Dr. R. Wishart and others, 
Hugh wasa member of the Historical 
Society and had a wide knowledge of 
Gippsland, He was born in Sale, over 
eighly-three years ago. Members may 


' be surprised to know that he was a 


good actor, performing in plays and 
play readings with the Playlovers* 
Society, of which he was the honorary 
treasurer, 

LYNETTE YOUNG. 


Wilsons Promontory 
by J. Ros GARNET 


Illustrated by Ronald Brooks. 
Price: 55 cents from F.N.C.V. Bookstall, or 65 cents from bookshops 

The Promontory, a huge granite headland of 160 square miles; 80 miles of 
coastline; and 150 miles south-east of Melbourne. 

As the second largest National Park in Victoria, it’s. à gem; and in this book, 
in a smooth and flowing style, Ros Garnet tells us so. 

Lively illustrated with black and white sketches that bear the charm of 
half-forgotten yesterday, it covers the history since the Promontory was first 


discovered by Bass, 


Who were the three F.N.C,V, members who in 1884 trecked for 120 miles 


through sand wastes and along bridle tracks to the lighthouse; and who per- 
suaded the Club and others to campaign For the area to be proclaimed as à 
National Park — what of the Boon-cor-ong tribe of Wamoom and their 
Dreamtime spirit, Loo-em, who lived on the mountain — and what is pudding 
granite? 
These and other questions are answered in this very fine publication. 
Davin J. LEE: 


328 Vict, Nat. Vol. 89 


Field Naturalists Club of Victoria 


General Meetiing 
9 October 

There was a large gaihenne at ihe 
October general meeting. The President, 
Mr, Tom Sault, welcomed some new 
members and visitars, including Muss 
Ellen Kniep, Assistant Secrctury ot the 
Field Naturalists’ Club of Western Aus: 
Talia. 

Mr. Ras Garnet. paid a. tribate to the 
life und. work of the late Norman Wake 
field, Club member for many years, and 
one time Editar of The Noéturalis. Meni- 
bers siood While the Sceretary read a 
leter from Mrs, Wakelield and then 
observed a moment of silence. 

The speaker [or the evening was Mr 
Edmund Gill, Depuiy Director of the 
National Museum, whose talk was en- 
titled, "rhe Natural History of the 
Murray River tract between Maldura and 
Renmark’ this interesting series of slides 
Were Mainly taken during the Museums 
research expeditions lo the site of the 
proposed Chowilla Dam 

The jist of the Club's correspondence, 
notices, and a copy of Council Minutes 
were on display as usual, The Secretary 
reported on the recent Conference of 
Field Naturalists’ Clubs at Bairnsdale, at 
which it had been decided 1o form a 
‘Viclarian Field Naturalists’ Clubs As- 
sociation’ Tt is proposed that this body 
will hold a convention in Shepparton on 
Labour Dav, 1973. 

Mr Taylor spoke sbout Lake Pedder, 
reminding members that although the 
Water is now ten feet aboye the normal 
winter level, it is not toa late (o drain it 
and save the lake and its surroundings. 

The Land Conservation Council's pub- 
lication an South-West Victoria was on 
display, and Mr. Garnet reminded mem» 
bers (hal anyone was entifled ta make 
submissions for the use of Crown Land 
in the study area. Mr, Sault said that 
Council was prepaíing à recommenda- 
tion and would welcome help from 
anyone having particular knowledge of 
the area. 

Field Survey Group Reports 
Angust 

Cape Liptrap Grid: Using Hear Gully 
camping réserve às 4 base, 10 (embers 
and friends divided into three groups and 
surveyed coastline, farmand forest lacali- 
ties, all representative of habitat types 
within this grid. Few non-marine mols 


November, 1972 


luscs were found, even in the areas in 
which limestone occured, On the: Sun- 
day, same members pf the Batany group 
joined us and assisted with the identifica- 
ton of ptam specimens. A new species 
ul teni was recorded for the area, 

The group was greatly assisted by in- 
formation supplied by Mrs. E. Lyndon 
of Lecngatha, and we seek such valu- 
able co-aperstion from other members 
in country areas, 


Se previ ber 


Gembrook Grid: This camp was at- 
tended by 12 members and friends wha 
suryeyed Tourteen localities am the sou- 
them hall of the Gembrook grid, A 
Teature of the camp Was the use of batani- 
cal survey techniques advocated by Dr 
Alan Bndeewater, Botany Department, 
Monash Universily. Invertebrate speci- 
mens Collected included. freshwater mus- 
sels and Peripatus leuckaeril, 


October 


Mr. Disappointment Grid: The second 
survey camp jn this grid was attended by 
|i members and friends. Emphasis was 
pluced on farm land localities, as the 
State forest had been previously sur- 
veyed. Many invertebrate specimens 
were collected, including freshwater mol- 
luses, leeches, flalworms and spiders. 
Information On speciés Of insects col- 
lected wil) be forwarded io Entomological 
Society of Victoria for inclusion in their 
gnd survey data 

Various members of the group are 
specialising on spiders (D. Barham), 
scorpions (A. Burns), freshwater crustacea 
(R. St. Clair), terrestia} Matworms (L.. 
Winsor), frogs (A, Brooks), and .non- 
marine molluscs (Dr. B. Smith, N.M.V ). 
lt i hoped to begi special botanical 
projects soon, 


Day Group Report 
October 


Twenty-one Members met at ihe Hej- 
delhezg station on a Warm, pleasant day. 
Members of the Warringal Conservation 
Society joined us and after holding our 
meeting and partaking of lunch, the pra- 
ject was explained to us, The area is pari 
of the Banyule River flats and the Yarra 
River fuod plain. It has been developed 
oyver s period of 12 months by a study 
group of the Society, following concern 
over the possible destruction of this 


329 


inique Wetlands complex hy recreational 
ovals. 

A plan has been evolved for the pre- 
servalion and conservational development 
of the Banyule River flats. Mrs. Holy- 
well, a member af the Saciety, lauk 
members tö her lovely home, refreshed 
them with cool drinks and showed them 
the area from her lounge and kitchen 
windows. Discussion took place with 
others members of the Society and 
F.N,C.V, members whe had previously 


visiled à swamp in the arca. 
The swamp has been built up. and it 
js heped to plant aqualic and native 


trees to provide an adequate breeding 
and feeding place for the number of 
birds in the area. 

A list of 150 birds has been made over 
a period in the area. Among those 
sighted by members were this, spoon- 
bills, catile egrets, while-faced herons. 
and swamp-hens Us the short Lime allotted 
Us. 

Space does not permit a full coverage 
of the project iv hand, and Mr. Fairhall 
assured the Society members that the 
F.N.C V. will give all help possible to 
assist in the wonderful project. It is 
hoped eventually to establish a nature 
reserve ofr sanctuary, and to have 4 
landscaped area With native trees and 
shrubs with botanical, educational, and 
reference value to all nature lovers 


Botany Group 
73 July 

Mr. John Robin spoke on "Sher- 
breuke", detailing the methods and re- 
sults of a group study of an area on a 
transect — south-west óf “Burnham 
Beeches”. He dealt with variations of 
soil, attitude, rainfall, temperature, light 
intensity and aspect, {hen proceeded to 
describe the ecology of the study area, 
showing slides of many species familiar 
to members on their various excursions 
io the Dandenongs. The study extended 
over a full year, so Seasonal changes were 
regularly observed. 


10 Angust 
This was a members! night. First, Mr, 
J, Baines spoke ow his exhibit dt 150 
wildflower cards — reproductions by (he 
South Australian Museurn of paintings in 


many paris of Australia by Miss Alison 
Ashby. Thess are published trom time 1o 
lime iñ sets of six, often with a theme 
(such as alpine plants, cushion plants, 
Tasmanian endemics, and many unusual 
species from Western Australia). Refer- 
ences Were also made to wther wild- 
flower painters such as Mrs, Fanny 
Charsley, Mrs. Els Rowan and Miss 
Margaret Stones. Mr. Alan Morrison 
showed and commented on slides from 
Northern Australia (Alligator River, 
Asnhem Land and the Gulf of Car- 
pentarta). Mr. T, Sault showed slides of 
å trip to the summit of Mt. Torbreck 
(Where a ski run has been proposed). 
One notable photograpl showed acres of 
Royal Grevillea (G. vicroriae) in flower. 
He knows this area ("back of Elldun") 


"well, having spent his boyhood there. 


I4 September 


Mr. Ian Cameron, a New Zealander 
from the South Island, who managed 
old mines in Western Australia and. for 
6 years, the schéclite mine on King 
fdand, spoke on the flora of his native 
couniry, using chacts and a wide sample 
of slides, many of which were taken by 
Professor Jóhr Salmon, author of “New 
Zealand Flowers and Plants in Colour’, 
OF the 4,000 species known, no fewer 
than about 2.500 are endemic to New 
Zealand, There are fo eucalypts (except 
plantations of Australian bluegums) and 
no acacias, banksias, hakeas, grevilleas, 
melaleueas or innumerable other genera 
common jn Australia. Bul there are 79 
species of Hebe wed Veronica}, 58 
species of Celmisia, 50 of Epilobium, 45 
af Ceprosma, 43 of Ranunculus, 39 of 
Aciphylla and 38 of Carmicheelia. There 
are about 800 species af mosses, includ- 
ing the King Moss (Dawsonie superbo), 
which grows to a height af two feet! 
There are 170 ferns and clubmosses (in- 
cluding the unique Kidney Fern and the 
national emblem, Silver Treefern or 
Ponga (Cyathea dealbora), The national 
floral emblem, Yellow Kowhai (Sophera 
microphylla, syn. Edwardsia jetraprerc) 
was among the slides shown. Three types 
of N.Z., forests were depicted: Poda- 
carps. heeches (Nothofagus spp, in high 
rainfall habitats} and kauri (Agathis 
spp. 


Flowers and Plants of Victoria in Colour 


Copies of this excellent book are sill available, and of course would make a 
wonderful rift, They arc obtainable from the F.N.C.V, Treasutez, Mr. D. McInnes, 


330 


Vict. Nat Val 89 


ce 
t 
: 


n 
ee = + 


t 
Mm 


victoria 


naturalist 


F.N.C.V. DIARY OF COMING EVENTS 
GENERAL MEETINGS 


Monday, 11 December — At National Herbarium, The Domain, South Yarra, com- 
mencing 8 p.m. 


Subject for evening — Movie Films. 


New Members: 


Ordinary: 
Miss Patricia Bingham, 224 Leicester St., Carlton, 3053. Botany and Marine. 
Mr. Peter Cox, 486 Lower Plenty Rd., Rosanna, 3084. Botany. 
Aita Haller, 70 Barry St., Reservoir, 3073. 
Miss Sylvia Shaw, 12 Jolimont Terrace, Jolimont, 3002. 
Mrs. W. I. Thompson, 39 Allison Rd., Box Hill North, 3129. Mammals and Fungi. 
Mr. E. A. Chesterfield, 59 Longview Rd., North Balwyn, 3104. 
Mr. B. M. Beattie, 57 Mills St., Hampton, 3188. 
Mr. Brian H. Groom, 631 Orrong Rd., Toorak, 3142. Botany. 
Miss Audrey Morwick, Flat 4, 312A Orrong Rd., North Caulfield, 3161. Mammal Survey 


and Botany. 
Miss Patricia A. Weeks, 4/31 312A Orrong Rd., North Caulfield, 3161. Botany and 
Geology. 
Junior: 
M. Satterly, 36 Holyrood Drive, Vermont, 3133. 
Country: 


Mrs. Audrey I. Wakefield, P.O. Box 37, Ferntree Gully, 3156. 


GROUP MEETINGS 
(8 p.m. at National Herbarium unless otherwise stated.) 


Thursday, 14 December — Botany Group. Speaker Mr. Rex Filson. As this will be 
the final meeting for the year the evening will conclude with supper. 


Wednesday, 17 January—Microscopical Group. 


Monday, 5 February—Marine Biology and Entomology Group. 8 p.m., at National 
Museum, Library Conference Room. 


Wednesday, 7 February—Geology Group. 
Thursday, 8 February—Botany Group. 


F.N.C.V. Excursions 


Tuesday, 26 December- Monday, 1 January — Leongatha. This will be a private car 
excursion and seats in cars have been arranged for members who have already 
booked; any additional members going must make their own arrangements. 
It is suggested car parties meet at the Dandenong Comfort Station at 10.15 a.m. 
and travel together, possibly meeting some of the L.T.F.N.C. members en route. 
Take a picnic lunch. Members are staying at the Leongatha Motel, but anyone 
who would like to camp should contact Mrs. Brewster, "Nerrena", R.S.D.. via 
Leongatha, as there is a good camping site on their property. A deposit of $3.00 
has been paid to the motel for those already booked and anyone who has not paid 
this amount to the excursion secretary should do so. 


Saturday, 6 January - Saturday, 27 January — New Zealand. Those going will receive 
full details. At time of writing a vacancy due to a cancellation exists. Anyone 
interested should contact excursion secretary immediately. 


There will not be a club day excursion in January. 


Saturday, 10 March-Monday, 12 March—Labour Day Week-end. There will be a 
combined excursion to Shepparton with other clubs. A bus has been chartered 
and accommodation booked for the week-end. The cost for the coach and bed 
and breakfast at the motel will be $24.00 per person. Further details next month. 


334 Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


The 
Victorian Naturalist 


Editor: G. M. Ward 


Assistant Editor: G, Douglas 


Vol. 89, No. 12 = 5 December, 1972 


CONTENTS 


Articles: 


A New Sarochilus species from Northern Queensland. By David L. Jones 344 


Ancient Soils at Diamond Bay. By E. C. F. Bird .. vw oa. x. wat 349 

The Hatching of Huntsman Spiderlings. By Leigh Winsor .. " .. 355 

Four Principles of Conservation, By Edmund D. Gill .. ... .. .. 356 
Features: 

Early Naturalists Writings —1 Y 45. [Reno aM qvo eh: xA .. 336 

Nature Notes from the Gold Coast. By Alex N. Burns .. Oe -. .. 347 

Victorian Non-marine Molluscs—No. 12. By Brian J. Smith .. — ..:- .. 348 


Field Naturalists Club of Victoria: 
Reports of General and Group Meetings iB oat 131 $85 Who cx 357 


Diary of Coming Events...  .. .. .. .. .. —.. e u 334 


Front Cover: 


Densey Clyne photographed the colourful and dramatic show produced by the 
male of the Mountain Grasshopper. 


December, 1972 335 


Early Naturalist's Writings — 1 


With the writings of earlier naturalists becoming rare. and because of this, libraries 
restricting them to the reference shelves; it would be appropriate to devote space in 
the Vieieriun Nuturalist lo some of these early works. 

It is proposed lö publish these from time to time, in the hope that both the 
nostalgie feeling of older members, and the effect of partial denial of the past to 
younger members may be eased and satisfied respectively. 

Jt seems appropriate te begin with an extraction from the Ficoran Naturalist, 
which covers the report by J. A, Kershaw in 1915, of an excursion to Wilson's 


Promontory, 


An Excursion to Wilson's Promoniory 


ON two previous occasions the Club 
has undertaken extended excursions 
to the National Park, the first during 
Christmas, 1905, before the whole of 
the Promontory had been permanently 
reserved, when the western coast as 
far south as Oberon Bay was visited; 
and the second during Christmas, 
1912, when ihe Vereker Range and 
the adjacent country was explored. 

On the present occasion, while 
necessarily covering much of the 
ground traversed on these earlier 
trips, some new localities which have 
been recently opened up by the Com- 
mittee of Management of the Park 
were visited. Our party of twelve con- 
sisted of the following:—Messrs. E. 
Allman. F. G. A. Barnard, J. Barr, 
W. Kernot, L. N. Kershaw, L. K, 
M'Nab, f. G. O'Donoghue, O. W. 
Rosenhain, J, Shephard, B. L. Stan- 
ton, H. Whitmore, and J. A. Ker- 
shaw {Icader), 

Leaving Melbourne by the 6.30 
am. train on Saturday, 26th Decem- 
ber, we reached Foster (110 miles), 
where fuoch had been provided, 
shortly after mid-day. Bennison, 
three miles fucther on, completed our 
railway journey, and here we were 
joined by some members of the Com- 
mittee of Management, who were also 
visiting the Park on their annual in- 
spection. Among the latier were two 
ef our members—viz, Prof. A, J, 


336 


Ewart, who represents the Club on 
the Committee of Management, and 
Dr. T. S. Hall, representing the Royal 
Society, Continuing our journey by 
horse tram for another mile and a 
half, we reached Port Franklin, a 
small fishing village on the Franklin 
River, where we found our molor- 
boat awaiting us. Transferring our 
baggage to the boat, we proceeded 
down the river, We Were fortunately 
able to leave on a rising tide, the 
exlensive mud-flats bordering the 
river to its mouth being still uncoy- 
ered, and, as usual, swarming with 
countless numbers of the small Man- 
grove Crab, Heloecius cordiformis, 
Here and there groups of birds, in- 
cluding Curlews, Blue Cranes, Hood- 
ed Dottrels, together with Pacific and 
Silver Gulls, wandered over the mud, 
while on the sand-banks at the mouth 
of the river were seen numbers of 
Black Swans, Pelicans, and Cormor- 
ants. The river, more especiaily on 
the western side, is margined with a 
thick growth of the Spurjous Man- 
grove, Avicenarla officinalis, whose 
green foliage is a pleasing contrast 
to the bare, muddy banks, Leaving 
the mouth of the river, we steered a 
course for Doughboy Island, where 
we landed and spent an hour or so 
waiting for the incoming tide to rise 
sufficiently to enable us to cross the 
shaliow sand-banks between the chan- 


Vict. Nat, Vol, £9 


nels. Our irip across had been a rather 
Wet One, as, besides some slight 
showers, we had been running against 
wind and tide, causing the spray to 
Accasionilly break over our boit, On 
the Island, however, this was. soon 
forgollen, und we spent the time at 
nur disposal on the short, sandy 
beach. or examining the features of 
the island. During a previous visil no 
less than 50 species of plants were 
noted, and we were unable to add to 
these on this trip. Among the thick 
growth of bracken on the sheltered 
(or eastern) side of the island is a 
fairly large Mutton-bird rockery, 
which is now being carefully pre- 
served, Here we saw several of the 
parent birds running quickly through 
the ferns or in their burrows. 

Continuing our journey, we reached 
the jetty at the south-west corner of 
the Inlet about 7 o'clock, and were 
soon busily occupied removing our 
bageage to the rest-house close by, 
While some assisted in preparing our 
evening meal, others erected one of 
the tents, and, generally, made every- 
thing comfortable for the night. 

On Sunday morning we were early 
astir, and, while our camp assistant 
prepared breakfast, we re-packed our 
helongings for removal to the Darby 
by pack-hurses. One of the first dis- 
coveries was a Koala perched in a 
gum-tree in front of the rest-house, 
close ta which a Boobook Ow] was 
observed the previous evening quietly 
surveying the unusual bustle. Our 
pack-horses arrived at 8 o'clock, as 
arranged, and then began the work 
of loading them with our bulky bag- 
gage, It ts useless for an inexperienced 
përson fo attempr to load a pack- 
horse. H he does he will soon find the 
packs dropping off one afler another, 
or the saddle working round under 
the horse. We were, however, very 
fortunate in having an energetic and 
experienced worker in our secretary, 


December, 1972 


Mr O'Donoghue, With the help of 
our camp assistant, Mr, O'Donoghue 
superintended the packing, while we 
afl assisled as far as possible. Our 
third horse had just been packed, and 
the straps tightened up, when he be- 
came restless. Al] attempts to quieten 
him proved useless, and he finally 
brought maiters lo a head by an erx- 
hibition of buckjumping that, while 
being creditable 1o him, was rather 
disastrous to us. When he had quite 
finished there was a circle of swags 
and packages all round him, while the 
pack-saddle was where the girth ought 
ic have been, It was finally decided 
that he was not suitahic, and we 
transferred the packs tò a spare riding 
horse. 

From the rest-house at the Vereker 
landing to the Darby (64 miles) is a 
well-defined track, winding for the 
first mile or so through the excellent 
banksia forest already described in 
the accounts of previous trips. Birds 
were numerous, among those seen be- 
ing the black and Sulphur-crested 
Cockatoons, King Parrot, Crimson Pat- 
rot, Black-faced Cuckoo-Shrike, Grey 
Bell-Magpie, Wattle-bird, and Bronze- 
wimg Pigeon. The -common Black- 
tailed Wallaby, Macrojias ualabalus, 
is plentiful here, and occasional 
Koalas are met with in the eucalypts. 
Passing through the gate in the boun- 
dary fence, the track passes outside 
the Park boundary, and crosses an 
expansive heathy fiat, devoid of tim- 
ber, but. from which excellent views 
of the ranges to the east and south 
can iisualMy be obtained, Unfortun- 
ately for us, a misty tain had been 
falling all the morning, and heavy 
mónntain mists obscured the tops of 
the hills, altogether spoiling our view: 
but still we could make oot Mount 
Vereker in the east and Mount 
Leonard and the Darby Saddle to the 
south. On our right were seen à row 
of rather picturesque low sand-hills, 


337 


once bare, but now covered with grass 
and short scrub, Earliey in the season 
this flat is bright with red, pink, and 
white Epacris and flowering shrubs of 
various kinds. Quail are common, and 
occasionally the rare Ground-Parrot, 
Pezoporus formosus, has been flushed 
bere. About threc miles from the 
Darby We entered what was orice a 
thickly-timbered cucalyptus forest, 
where, only a few years ago, native 
bears (Koalas), wallaby, and occa- 
sional introduced deer might be seen, 
but which is now only a mass of 
dead and bleached trees. Passing 
again into the Park, where the green 
trees throw a pleasant shade, and 
traversing the northern edge of the 
Darby swamp, we were joined by one 
nf the Park emus—a full-grown bird, 
which, together with its mate and four 
half-grown young birds, frequent this 
portion of the Park. This bird came 
close to our party, occasionally utter- 
ing its deep dmmming note and 
spreading out its long neck feathers, 
and accompanied us towards the 
Darby. A very fine view of the exten- 
sive Darby flat is obtained here, show- 
ing the ranger's and committee's cot- 
tages and the rest-house, clearly 
hacked by the steep scrub-covered 
sand-hills which separate the flat 
from the ocean beach, while ihe river 
is seen winding through the impene- 
trable tea-tree towards the foot of 
Mount Vereker, The tack leading 
southwards towards the lighthouse is 
seen winding round the steep hills on 
the western slope of Mount Leonard, 

Crossing the Darby River at its 
only brides, which really forms the 
entrance to the National Park, and 


from which can be seem Sheliback 


Island standing out clearly opposite 
the mouth of the river, a well-formed 
track winds along the.southern bank 
of the river to the Darby flat, where 
the second rest-house is situated, On 
the river Black Swans, Hlack Duck, 


338 


Waier-hens, Grebes, Cormorants, 
Nankeen Herons, and Blue Cranes 
make their home. The Black Duck, 
Water-hen, and Grebe breed here, and 
in the season mav be seen with their 
young brood on the water, while in 
the river are numerous eels, Anguillz 
austtalis(?), Topong, Pseudaphritis 
urvillei pnd minnows, or so-called 
Mountain Trout, Galaxias attenuatus. 

During the process of unpacking, 
séveral of the party refreshed theme 
selves by a swim in the river or the 
ocean, and, after a good lunch, it 
was decided tu pul in rhe rest of the 
day here and camp for the night, 
instead of pushing on fo the Tidal 
River, as originally intended. While 
some of the party elected to explore 
the immediate vicinity of the river, 
the remainder visited Tongue Point, 
a narrow, scrub-covered point jutting 
into the sca about three miles below 
the Darhy mouth. A well-defined 
track leads over the high hill separat- 
ing the Darby flat from the ocean, 
and winds in and out among low 
scrub, stunted eucalypts, and sheltered 
belts of sheoaks. All along this track 
were to be seen the recent tracks af 
emus, kangaroos, wallabies, and 
wambats—conclusive evidence that 
these animals, introduced info the 
Park by the Committee, are well 
eslablished. On the journey an occa- 
sional wallaby was seen, ami many 
native birds, including the small Emu- 
Wren, were noted. 

The excellent view usually ob- 
tained Irom Tongue Point, a favourite 
spot for tourists, was again marred 
to a great extent by the mists, but sunl 
good views of the numerous islands, 
such as the Glennie and Anser 
Groups, Norman and — Shellback 
Islands, were obtained. This point is 
well worth the walk if only to see the 
enormous weather-worn granite boul- 
ders, of all shapes aod sizes, which 
are scallered aboul in greal, confused 


Viet. Nat. Vol. 89 


masses all alang the shore-line. Near 
the end of the point, at the base, as 
jt were, of the tongue, the sea has 
almost cut jts way through and made 
an island of it, In the great fissure 
thus formed are stupendous granite 
boulders which have slipped down 
from the steep sides of the hill oppo- 
site, while other similar masses are 
apparently ready to slip down at any 
moment. Tbe point itself is thickly 
covered with short shrubs of various 
kinds, many of which were in flower. 
and duly noted by our botanists, The 
trip was greatly enjoyed, and camp 
was again reached about 7,30 pmi, 
where, after a refreshing tea and the 
usual enjoyable camp chat, all turned 
in to enjoy a well-earned rest. 


Monday, 28tk December, — An 
early start was made to re-pack our 
harses, which our previous experience 
enabled us to accomplish more 
readily, and we were again on the 


track. Passing through the gate of the - 


Park, we came upon a fine group of 
five or six emus, so tame that they 
would hardly move out of our way. 
The track led through a fine grove 
of banksias, B. serrara, thence over 
and around the slopes of some scrub- 
clad hills to the timbered slopes of 
Mount Leonard, which rowered up on 
our left to 1,860 feet. Here we met 
with our second. Koala, and from now 
on these animals, together with the 
Black-tailed Wallaby, were constantly 
being seen. The track, winding in and 
our along rne hill-sides, was in places 
so steep as to cause those leading our 
pack-horses some concern; but from 
the tops of these hills extensive and 
beauliful views of the coast-line and 
adjacent islands were obtained, and 
well repald our exertions. The track 
crosses hère and there small gullies, in 
some of which are numerous ferns, 
the King Fern, Todes, being common. 

After crossing Whisky Creek, a very 


December, 1972 


steep pineh, and an adjacent gully. 
we agxended a steep hill, from the 
summit of Which was obtained an ex- 
cellent view of the surrounding coun 
try, In front is Mount Oberon (1,968 
feet) and the Bad Saddle between it 
and the high peak overlooking Nol- 
man Point. On our left is Bishop 
Rock, an exceedingly steep granite 
point overlooking the undulating 
hummocky country between it and the 
sea, while on our right is a pretty 
view of Leonard and Norman Bays, 
with Norman Island, the Glenties 
and Anser Groups standing off the 
mainland, One track leads off to the 
right on to the beach at Norman Bay, 
the other to the left over the wndu- 
lating,  scrub-covered  sand-hills to 
the crossing over the Tidal River at 
the foothills, We followed the latter, 
and, crossing the Tidal River, mot 
without occasional sioppages to read- 
just our packs, We traversed an ex- 
tensive marsh to the foot of the nor- 
thern slope of Mount Oberon. Turn- 
ing eastward we followed the tele- 
graph line mio a well-timbered and 
sheltered valley. Here the telegraph 
line ascends steeply over another bad 
saddle on the eastern slope of Mount 
Oberon and descends ilo the marshy 
country behind Oberon Hay. Leaving 
the telegraph Jine, we entered the 
valley between the Wilson and Ram- 
say Ranges, and reached our camp, 
situated close by a beautifully clear, 
fern-bordered creek. 

The camp consisted of two large 
sleeping tents and à dining tent large 
enough to accammodate the whale 
party, Our surroundings were made 
as comfortable as many willing hands 
could make them, and we settled 
down to enjoy our stay. The clear 
running stream close by provided us 
with good walter, both for consump- 
tion and bathing, the latter being 
specially enjoyed, notwithstanding the 
presence of numerous Jeeches and oc- 


339 


casional scrubeticks. After fixing up 
the canip, the remainder of the day 
was devoted |a explnring our immedi- 
ate surroundings. 


Tuesday.—Early rising is the rule 
with our Club camps, and 5 o'clack 
a.m. was nol considered too early to 
start our day's operations, A morning 
dip, then breakfast and away, was our 
programme. This morning an carly 
stari was made for Sealers’ Cove, on 
the eastern coast. The track com- 
menced not far from our camp, where 
it followed up the very steep northern 
slope of the Oberon Range to what ts 
known as the Bad Saddle. It is here 
that the telegraph line, which con- 
nects Foster on the mainland with the 
lighthouse on the extreme southern- 
most point of the Promontory, crosses 
this range. The Sealers’ Cove track 
proper commences near this saddle, 
and winds about aloug and near the 
top of the Wilson Range to a saddle 
connecting Mounts Ramsay and Wil- 
son, from where it descends in a 
gradual and easy prade along the 
slopes of the hills inta Scalers’ Cove. 
This track was formed under the 
supervision of the Public Works De- 
pariment for the Committee of Man- 
ugement, and covers a distance of 
about seven miles, It is about 4 feet 
broad, and is consipucted for riding 
or walking. [t opens up some maenifi- 
cent fern gullies, both on the western 
and eastern slopes, some of the large 
Slender-stemmed Tree-ferns, Cyathea 
Cunninghamt, in the eastern gullies 
towering fully 50 feet high. The scen- 
ery along this track is all that can be 
desired. On the western side of the 
saddle it commands extensive views 
over the Tidal River valley and ad- 
jacent fills and the ocean beyond, 
with the islands standing out clearly, 
while From the easteru slopes are ob- 
tained beautiful views of the Wilson 
Range opposite. and Sealers’ Cove, 


340 


with the Cliffy Tsland group, in the 
distance. Numerous small streamlets 
cross the track, and well+sheltered 
camping places have been formed for 
Ihose desiring to pass the night among 
the hills. Iu places the track passes 
among ard under greal tree-ferns, 
blackwoods, and lilly-pillies, where 
the Lyre-birds, recently introduced, 
have already established themselves; 
or through dense growths of tall 
hazel, musk, and blanket-wood scrub, 
and along the old deserted tramway 
track, finally opening upon the broad 
sandy beach, immediately opposite .a 
long jetty running into deep water, on 
the southern side of which the Sealers’ 
Creek empties itself, 

The jetty, originally erected for the 
purpose of loading timber cut by a 
saw-mill then situated ocar the beach, 
has long been neglected and fallen 
inlo decay, but it is understood this 
is now ta be put Into good repair. 
fi will then be possible for parties to 
land here from the small coastal 
Steamers, and walk or ride through 
the Park to the mainland. Although, 
as a rule, the dense growth of the 
timber and undergrowth on the steep 
slopes of the hills on either side of 
the track would not permit of any 
divergence for collecting purposes, 
there were opportunities on the track 
itself for a certain amount of col. 
lectina and observation. Bird and 
plant life was observed as we passed 
along, while fallen timber, etc., was 
turned over in search of ground- 
frequenting animals. Birds were fairly 
numerous, but often difficult to recog- 
nize. Among those noted were the 
Coachwhip-bird, Prophades crepitans, 
Thickhead, Pachycephala olivacea, 
White-eared Honey-eater, Priloris leu- 
cotis, Ryfous Fantail, R&ipidura rufi- 
frens, White-shatted Fantail, R. albis- 
ceapa, Striated Tit, Acanthiza lineata, 
Yellow-rumped Tit, A. chrysorrhoa, 
White-eve, Zosterops coerulescens, 


Vitt Nat, Vol. 89 


Black Cockatoo, Calyptorhynchus 
funeteus, Sulphur-crested Cockatoo, 
Cacatua  galerila, and Gang-Gang 
Cockatoo, Culacephalon — galeatum. 
All along the track the common 
lizards Hinulia quoyi ond H. whiter 
were exceedingly numerous, and sev- 
eral Blue-tongued Lizards, Cyclodus, 
were Seen, 

The trip occupied the whole day. 
and was full of interest, and, notwith- 
standing the rather long walk, none 
regretted the undertaking. 


Wednesday.—lt was arranged to 
devote today tó a visit ta Oberon Bay 
via the western Bad Saddle. Untor- 
tunately, shortly after our early start 
a finc rain came on, and continued 
at intervals throughout the morning, 
The first part of our journey followed 
along the northern foot of Mount 
Oberon, where, at one time, a nat- 
tow cattle track could be followed. 
This had, however, become quite 
overgrown, and we had ro make a 
track for ourselves, in some places 
ihrough tangled masses of scrub and 
sword-grass reaching over our heads. 
The wet scrub and the falling rain 
soom saturated our clothes, while the 
heavy mists quite obscured the 
mountain tops, We, however, pushed 
on, and soon found ihe track leading 
wp the steep motuntuin side to the 
Bad Saddle. The long, steep climb was 
rather trying for some of the party, 
but, had the day been clear, the fine 
view tà be obtained would have quite 
repaid the exertion.’ Descending the 
mountain on the Oberon Bay side was 
much more easily accomplished, and 
we had a good view over the bay 
and af Mount Norgate (1,390 feet} 
while winding round the hillsides to 
the beach. Crossing Growler’s Creek 
al it mouth, we traversed the broad, 
clean, sandy beach to a small creek 
at its southern end, Following this 
up for a short distance, we entered 


December, 1972 


upon the well-known grassy Hab be- 
hind the sand-hills, the hame af scares 
of Koalas, to Fraser’s Creek, where 
we lynched on the exact spat where 
the Club's first party camped in De- 
cember, 1905, A light lunch and a 
hot cup of lea soon restored our 
spirils, notwithstanding the occasional 
light showers and our wet clothes. 
Numbers of Kowlas were seen, and 
numerous photographs taken, Atten- 
tion was drawn to the numbers of 
dead or dying guni-trees in the flat, 
nearly all of which had been quite 
or pariially depleted of their foliage 
within the last few years by the Koalas 
which frequent this sheltered locality. 

Owing to the slate of rhe wenther, 
it was decided to make an early start 
back to camp. As we reached the 
steep slopes of Oberon again the 
weather cleared considerably, so that 
a good view of the surrounding coun- 
try and islands was obtained. Descend- 
ing the mountain, we varied our 
course by following along Norman 
Bay ta the Tidal River, thence across 
country tà camp. 


Thursday,—Today seven members 
of the party visited Lilly-pilly Gully, 
situated among the hills near the 
head of the Tidal River; two others 
explored the Bad Saddle and part of 
ihe Sealers’ Cove track; while three 
elected to return to the Darby, and 
sô save à long walk on the following 
day. 

Lilly-pilly Gully, so named from 
the presence af numerous Lilly-pillies, 
Eugenia Smithli, was only recently 
explored by the Committee of Man- 
agement, with rhe result that a short 
bridle-track has been formed into it. 
This has made accessible what proves 
to be the most beautiful of the fern- 
gullies in the National Park. The 
growth of the ferns of various kinds 
i wonderful, the Polypodium cover- 
ing the ground and tree-trunks, while 


341 


enormous lilly-pillies and blackwoods 
are plentiful. The Siender-stemmed 
Tree-fern, Cyathea Cunningham, is 
common, growing to a height of 20 
or 30 feet. The gully should be of 
particular interest to the botanist, and 
is deserving of a more careful survey 
than we were able to give to it, It is 
in its wild state, and, so far, un- 
touched by bushfires. An enjoyable 
and interesting. day was spent here, 
and we returned to camp well satisfied 
with the trip, 


Fritlay.—We broke up camp at an 
early hour, and, packing our horses, 
relurned to the Darby in time for 
mid-day lunch. After a rest here we 
confined our journey io the Vereker 
rest-house, which was reached about 
6 o'clock, Our evening meal, as on 
a previous visit, was prolonged by a 
few speeches in which members took 
the opportunity to express their ap- 
pieciation of the valuable work done 
by the Committee of Management 
in opening up and stocking the Park, 
ànd the facilities afforded tourists for 
seeing its beauties. To show their ap- 
préciation m a practical manner, the 
members unanimously decided lo 
Subscribe five shillings each towards 
providing additional conveniences in 
the rest-houses, 


Saturday,— After an early break- 
fast, our belongings were packed up 
and taken aboard the motor-boat 
awaiting us, and a pleasant irip across 
the inlet terminated an enjoyable 
eight days’ camp in the National Park. 
From a collector's view, 1 am afraid 
that this irip will add little to our 
knowledge of the fauna and flora of 
the Park, In zoology, nothing desery- 
ing of special mention was obtained 
beyond what has: already been re- 
corded in the Nateralisr. 

I am indebted to Mr. Barnard for 
the Following notes on the botanical 


342 


features of the trip, He says: —"En- 
tering the Park at the Vereker land- 
ing, one could not help being struck 
by the unique effect created by the 
niühierous fine banksia trees, Banksia 
senata, which at a little distance 
have the appearance of a well-tended 
erchard, Their flowering spikes in 
many cases were from nine to twelve 
inches Jong and proportionately thick. 
When the seeds are ripe they form a 
favourite article of diet of the Black 
Cockatoos. Here and there were fine 
spikes of the Pink Spotted Orchid, 
Dipodium punctatum. At the Darby 
River we found a nice fringe of 
shrubs and plants along the hank, 
comprising many species, among 
which Swainsona lessertifolia was 
conspicuons by its dark purple 
flowers. The plants of the Promontory 
have been so well listed by the two 
previous Club excursions and the 
three special collecting trips organized 
hy the National Herbarium, the re- 
sults of which have appeared in the 
Naturalist, that there is no necessity 
to again refer (o the several species 
in detail. During the walk to Tongue 
Point several novelties to the new- 
comer were seen, such as T'/romosia 
petalocelyx, a shrub with pretty pink 
flowers, belonging to the nalural order 
Sterculiacez; the red-flowered variety 
of Correa speciosa, Correa alha, and 
Alyxia buxifolia. Kurzea cortfolia 
had been making a fine show, but was 
just over. During the walk to Tidal 
River the Wedding-bush, Ricinocar- 
pus pinifolius, was found in fruit, and 
the reason for tts generic name easily 
seen, for they resembled in miniature 
those of the well-known castor-oil 
tree. Large patches of Coral Fern 
were seen near the Tidal River, while 
in the moister parts the delicate purple 
flowers of the Bladderwort, Utricu- 
laria dichotoma, were fairly common. 
it had been anticipated (hat some 
plants ot shrubs would have oc- 


Vict. Nal. Vol. 89 


cured io sufficient abundance lo have 
piven colour to the landscape, but at 
the time of our visit half an acre or 
so of Hakea pusieniformis, with 
ereamy white flowers, was the only 
decided patch we came across. Farler 
in the season Paltenoca daplmoides 
and P. Muelleri, which occurred m 
abundance near the site of our camp, 
must have given a tinge of colour to 
that locality, During the trip to 
Sealers’ Cove, knowing that the list of 
ferns recorded could probably be aug- 
mented, 1 devoted some attention to 
those plants, and added Lomaría fluvi- 
atilis to the list, IL is quite probable 
other species will yet be found here, 
bur our time was too limited to allow 
us to leave ihe track. Many shady 
fern-glades were passed which one 
would have liked to have stopped 
and explored, but they had to be 
rapidly passed by. Many of the tree- 
ferns were clothed with Aspleniuem 
Hlaccidyn, a somewhat rare fern in 
the gullies nearer Melbourne. A 
search was made for seedlings of 
Cyathea — Cunninghumi, a tree-fern 
which most of us saw for the first 
lime in a state of nature: and, though 
full-grown specimens twenty to forty 
feet high were fairly abundant, and 
thousands of seedlings of Dicksonias 
and Alsophilas, the other two tree- 
ferns, could be seen alongside the 
track, only a solitary specimen which 
appeared to be a Cyathea was de- 
tected, Was it want of experience, or 
is the Cyathea a relic of past limes, 
for no Cyatheas were seen under 
fifteen to twenty feet high. The ab- 
sence of the Silver Wattle along the 
track, and, in fact, the few acacias 
recorded for the National Park. is one 
of its striking featitres tò one used to 
the mountain-sides nearer Melbourne, 
During the trip to Oberon Bay the 
Common Heath, Epacris impressa, 
was flowering freely, but nearly 
always stunted, and almost smothered 


by the adjacent vegetation. Trailing 
on the sand-hills along the coast, 
Lonis australis, with its pretty pink 
pea-shaped flowers Was conspicuous 
in several places. The fual day of our 
stay Was devoted to the upper Tidal 
River, where à track had recently 
been opened Into a tern gully, which 
proved ta be one of Nature's fairy- 
lands. Though we were unable to pet 
very far up the gully, some five-and- 
twenty species of ferns were noted, 
the feature of the gully being the won- 
derful growth of a Polypodium which 
seems to agree with P, scandens, but 
as that species and P. pustalatam are 
sa closely allied, and, in fact, seem to 
run into one another, it can only be 
provisionally recorded as new for the 
Park, However, Aspidium decompasi- 
fien Was found here, which has mot 
yet been recorded for the Park, and 
another record is the variety bipinnati- 
fida of Lomaria discolor. of which 
many fine plants were seen, The 
Polypodium not only grew on the tree- 
trunks up io twenty feet above the 
ground, but covered large areas of the 
ground fo fhe exclusion of other 
species. These additions bring the fern 
flora of the Park up to thirty-six 
specles, or just half the Victorian list; 
but no doubt other species could be 
added if more time were available.” 

The total cost of our eight days’ 
trip. which includes railway fare, hire 
of pack horses, tents, provisions, etc., 
and camp assistant, amounted to £2 
18s. 4d. per member, or at the rate 
of 7s. 34d. per day. 

In conclusion, I desire to express 
my thanks and those of the party to 
Mr. J, G. O'Donoghue, whose assist- 
ance and advice throughout the trip 
was greatly appreciated, and to 
Messrs. J. Shephard, J. Barr, T. G. 
O'Donoghve, OQ, W- Rosenhain, and 
B, L. Stanton for the loan of most of 
the photographs used to iliustrate this 
report.—J4s. A. KERSHAW. 


343 


A New Sarcochilus species from Northern Queensland 


by Davi L. Janes 


SARCOCHILUS SERRULATUS, D. L. Jones spec. nav. 


Planta epiphytica, staturae parvae vel mediae, foliis flaccidis tenuibus, ex affinitate 

S. olivacei a quo differt sic: marginibus foliorum distincte undulatis serrulatisque 

(haud integris); racemis clavatis floribus congestis; segmentis perianthii usque ad late 

spathulatis; lobis lateralibus labelli oblongis latisque; calcare prope basin fortiter 

dilatato, deinde apicem versus multo contracto; callo ciliato, callis lateralibus quam 
uno centrali paene altioribus; pede columnae curvato. 


Hotorvre: East Evelyn Tableland, North Queensland, at 980 metres — D. L, Jones, 
B. Gray & R. Collins, 31 July 1972 (MEL). Isoryees at MEL. BRIS. 


A small to medium sized pendulous 
epiphyte with à stem 1-2 cm long. 

Rools not numerous, slender about 
1.5 mm in diameter. 

Leaves 3-6, 2,5-10 x 0.8-2.0 cm, + 
Oblong, ovate, falcate, flaccid, deep 
green; the margins undulate and dis- 
tinetly serrulate; the tips unequally 
emarginate. 

Racemes 2-4. cm long, clavate; the 
peduncle either shorter or longer that 
the rhachis. 

Pedicels 4-5 mm long, straight or 
curved, subtended by a broad, obtuse 
bract + | mm long. 

Flowers 2-10, 12-15 mm in dia- 
mieter, brown with white and yellow 
markings. 

Dorsal sepal 5-6 x 5-6 mm orbicular 
with à hroadly acute apex, brown with 
a white base. 

Lateral sepals 5-7 x 3-4 mm, broadly 
and unequally spathulate with an 
acute to cuspidate tip, brown with a 
white base. 

Petals 5-6 x 2-3 mm, obovate, brown 
with à white base. 

Labellum + 4 mm long white with 
brown and yellowish markings; lateral 
lobes about 4 x 2 mm, oblong, slightly 
curved forward in the upper half; mid- 


344 


Jobe 1.0 x 1.5 mm, erect, oblong, emar- 
Binate, thick and fleshy; spur about 
3 mm long, + triangular, dilated at 
base, linear-obtuse in the distal half, 
callus at the proximal part grooved, 
ciliate. inclined backward, broader 
than tall; side calli not much higher 
than central one. 

Column 2.0 x 1.5 mm, fleshy; 
column foot 2.5 x 1.5 mm curved, 
fleshy. 

Stign 0.9-1.0 x 1.0-1.2 mm rhom- 
boidal, concave, 

Rostellum prominent, obtuse. 

Anther + 1.2 mm long, ridged, with 
a pointed rostrum. 

Pollinia 0,5 x 0.75 mm, orbicular, 

Stipe 0.75 mm long dilated towards 
apex. Retinaculum about 0.5 mm, 
obovate. 

Flowerlng Period: 

Usually August to October, but 
plants from very high elevations may 
[lower as late as January. 

Distribution: 

Confined to North Queensland, in 
the ranges surrounding and including 
the Atherton and Evelyn Tablelands 
and the ranges at the headwaters of 
the Mossman River, extending at least 
as far south as the Cardwell Ranges. 


Vick. Nat. Vol. 89 


(I) 


oS DES rier 
wur 
n uo 
5. 
Z X £ 
Plant — to indicated scale. Figure 1 


Peduncle with flowers removed — to indicated scale. 

Flower from front — to scale x 3, 

Flower from side — to scale x 3. 

Median — longitudinal section of column and labellum — to scale x 4. 
Labellum from above — to scale x 4. 

Labellum from side— to scale x 5, 

Column from side — to scale x 5. 

Column from front — to scale x 10. 

Dorsal sepal flattened out — to scale x 4. 

Lateral petal flattened out — to scale x 4. 


(1) Lateral sepal flattened out — to scale x 4. 
(m) Pollinarium — to scale x 15. 
(n) Anther cap from side — to scale x 10. 


December, 1972 345 


Discussion: 

The correct identity of this species 
lias in the past been confused with 
Sarochilus olivuceus Ldl. var. borealis, 
W. H. Nicholls. The wide disparity 
between the two species was first 
noticed by B. Gray of Atherton. This 
very observant and enthusiastic col- 
lector has been familiar with the new 
species for a number of years and 
brought the problem to my attention 
following a careful study of Ihe draw- 
ing accompanying the original descrip. 
tion of Sarachilus olivacens var. 
borealis. Upon checking the Holo- 
lype of the latter, which is situated at 
Melbourne Herbarium, I found that 
it was merely the North Queensland 
form of S. olivaceus, This form has 
been well illustrated by Dockrill.? 
Apart from their often smaller stature, 
plants of 5. olivaceus trom the tropics 
are identical with southern forms and 
it is doubtful tf the maintainance of 
var. borealis can be justified, 

Sarcochilus olivaceus and S, serru- 
latus have a large number of differences 
as shown in Table 1. S. serrudatus can 
readily be recognized by its brown 
flowers, with broad perianth segments, 
that are fairly crowded on the clavate 
peduncle. When not in flower it can 
be distinguished by its thin Aaccid 


leaves that have serrulate margins. The 
flowers of S, olivaceus may be brown or 
green with narrow segments, and are 
scattered along a slender peduncle. Its 
leaves ate thicker and have entire 
margins. $. falcatus R.Br, is the only 
other Australian species to have ser- 
rulate leaf margins, but its leaves are 
stiffly erect and much thicker than 
S.serrulatus. 

In the field 5, serrulatus is confined 
to the ranges and Tablelands, and does 
not seem to grow at less than 762 
metres (2,500 ft) altitude. It seems to 
prefer densely shaded humid areas 
around small watercourses and may 
grow with S. olivacens, 


Acknowledgements 
The author wishes to express his 
gratitude to B. Gray of Atherton for 
friendly hospitality and the supply ot 
information and specimens; also to 
J. H. Willis for preparation of the latin 
description, 


REFERENCES 

L Nicholls, W, H., Sarcochilus oli- 
vaceus, an interesting variety from 
North Queensland. N. Qd Nat. 8: | 
(1939), 

2. Dockrill, A. W., Australian Tndi- 
genous Orchids, 730 (1969). 

3. Nicholls, W. H., Australian Orchids, 
complète edn 124, PL 460 (1969), 


‘TABLE 1 


Contrasting characters 


S. olivaceus 


Leaf margins slightly undulate, entire 

Peduncle slender. the flowers evenly 
&paced . 

Perianth segments linear spathulate 

Lateral lobes of labellum triangular 
and narrow 

Spur slightly dilated near base, only 
shortly narrow towards apex 

Callus glabrous, the side calli almost 
twice as high as the central ons 

Column foot straight 


346 


S. serritlatns 


Leaf margins markedly wudulate, serrulate 

Peduncle clavate, the flowers crowded 

Perianth segments orbicular, broadly 
spathulate or obovate 

Lateral lobes of labellum oblong and 
broad 

Spur dilated near base narrowing 
considerably towards apex 

Callus ciliate, the side calli not much 
higher than the central ane 

Column foot curved 


Viel. Nat. Vol. 89 


Nature Petes from the Gold Coast 


by 


ALEX. N. BURNS. 


During the month of October I had 
to be absent from the Gold Coast 
from the middle almost to the end of 
the month, therefore my notes will 
cover observations for rhe latter part 
of September. and for 26 unti] 31 
October, 

The first Richmond Birdwing (Or- 
nithoptera prions’ richmondius), a 
female, was observed on 25 Septem- 
ber; this specimen frequented the 
garden for two days when it was joined 
by another female. The next day both 
were gone, Apparently the spring 
brood of this fine butterfly was poor; 
hecause normally, nearing the middle 
of August until early October, both 
males and females are seen almost 
daily. Other butterflies, usually plenti- 
ful, have also been quite scarce; this 
applies particularly to the Meadow 
Argus (Precis villida calybe [Godt.]) 
and the Australian Painted Lady 
(Vanessa cardui kershawi [MeCoy]) 
both of which normally appear in 
large numbers during ihe early part 
of October, Sa far only odd specimens 
of each species have been noted, 

Up to the time I left the Gold 
Coast {14 October) the big lagoon at 
Currumbin was teeming with bird 
life; a conservative estimate of wild 
ducks of several species would be 500, 
the Ibis population grew to about 100, 
and many other interesting birds such 
as Spoonbills, Coots, and Herons 
would make up another 100 or more 
individuals, 

Two days after my return the 
weather broke and torrential rain 
which delivered 2662 points (from 
the paupe at the Sanctuary) in 48 
heurs completely changed the entire 
natural history set up of the area, as 


December, 1972 


well as some small parts of (he area 
itself, The leve] of the big lagoon 
rose many feet covering a long stretch 
of the Pacific Highway, and many 
acres of adjacent Jand with up to 6 
fect of water. Almost immediately 
following thé cessation of this rain, 
ever! as the waters subsided, the bird 
life practically disappeared. Two days 
later, the wild duck population was 
down to about 30, all the fbises had 
gone, and of the other birds all that 
remained were less than a dozen 
Coots. The two Black Swans with the 
cygnets also remained together with 
less than. a dozen domestic Ducks. 

Although the other smaller Water 
Lily lagoons had been completely in- 
undated during the floods, very soon 
after the waters had subsided, the 
Water Lilies (mostly tbe blue Nym- 
phaea stellata) burst into fiower, 
many hundreds of flowers appearing 
almost at once, The Lotus Lilies also 
appeared to have received a "boost", 
in fact, this applied to all the different 
lypes of native, exotic and hybrid 
Water Lilies. 

Whilst the rains were "on", the 
Scrub Turkeys, Rock Wallabies, and 
Koalas in the Burleigh National Park 
apparently wisely, sought shelter; only 
one or two bedragsled and water- 
soaked turkeys turned up at the usual 
feeding spot. A couple of days finc 
weather soon brought about a return 
to normal, and the usual numbers 
appeared at feeding me. Even the 
Frilled Lizards appeared again in their 
usual “basking” spots amongst the 
rocks. The male scrub turkey who has 
no less than seven females at the 
nesting mound has taken over com- 
plete control at feeding time; the 


347 


females are driven off in all directions 
and slices of bread are even snatched 
from the wallabies. This behaviour is 
certainly not due to any shortage of 
food. 

The last couple of days has brought 
a return of specimens of the heautiful 
Regent Skipper Butterfly (Euschenan 
raffleaie rafflesia [Macl]}, and just 
after sunset numerous Hawk Moths 


(Sphingidae-Heteracera) appear at 
garden flowers, Amongst the latter are 
examples of the pretty Brush Tail 
species. (Macroglossum spp.7), An- 
other fine moth that has also appeared 
is the beautiful day flying Agaristid, 
Agarista agricola. Specimens of the 
beautiful insect have been noted al 
Burleigh and Currumbin. 


Victorian Non-Marine Molluses — No. 12 


Brea J. SMITH" 


Genus Helicarion 


This is a group of slug-like snaifs, 
helonging to the family Helicarionidae, 
which occur fairly commonly in all the 
eastern States of Australia. The genus 
is characterised by a relatively small, 
thin, fragile, almost transparent shell, 
associated with a large animal that, in 
some species, is too big to completely 
retract into the shell. The shell is. com- 
posed entirely of a horny material, con- 
chin, and it is thought by many that 
the group is well on the evolutionary 
way towards loss of the shell in favour 
ef greater mobility and flexibility. 
When crawling, the animal has two 
lateral folds of skin which are drawn 
up over the shell. The animal has à 
long tail which is flattened laterally into 
a sharply keeled structure and ter 
minated by a prominent mucus gland. 
The species are all fairly similar and 
there appears to be quite a deal of in- 
dividual variation in colour but there 
are probably only two species in Vic- 
toria. 


Helicarion cuvieri, Ferussay, 1823 

Shell nearly twice as long as wide 
and a vellowy-green in colour. Animal 
grey to buff with large mantle flaps. 
The animal appears to be fairly slow 
and sluggish in its movements. 


348 


This species is Fairly rare and seems 
te be confined to East Gippsland and 
southern: N.S.W. and Tasmania. Je 
may also occur on Wilson's Promon- 
tory. Average length of shell js 12- 
i5 mm. 


Heticarion niger (Quoy & Gaimard, 
1832) 


This is a smaller, darker and more 
active ani widespread species than the 
previous one. The shell is almost as 
broad as long and varies from a dark 
yellowy red to a deep rufus brown and 
in some specimens is extremely shiny. 
The animal grades from a mid grey to 
black. Average length of shell is &- 
12 mm. This species is widespread over 
the forest and coastal scrub areas of 
eastern Victoria and also occurs in 
southern N.S.W. and Tasmania. 


"Curator of Invertebrates, National Museum of 
Victoria, 


Fig. 1: Helicarion cuvieri. 
(Drawing by Miss Rhyllis Plant) 


Vict. Nat. Vol, 89 


Ancient Soils at Diamond Bay, 
Victoria 


by 


+ 


E. C. F. Biro’ 


ABSTRACT 


Ancient soils (termed palacosols) are present at several levels within the calcareous dunes and 
aeolian catcarenites of ihe Nepean Peninsula, The lowest (ic, oldest) palaeosol in the upper. 


unconsolidated 
33 


dune sands contains carbonaceous male E 
50 + 110 years B.P. This indicates a Holocene age for these unconsolidated dune sands, às distinct 


rial which gave a radiocirbon dale of 


from the underlying aeolian zalcarenites, which date from the Pleistocene. 


The Nepean Peninsula, extending 
from Cape Schanck westwards to the 
entrance to Port Phillip Bay (Fig. 1), 
consists of a number of superimposed 
calcareous dune formations. At the 
surfuce the dune sands are unconsoli- 
dated, partly stabilised by a cover of 
scrub vegetation and partly active, 
especially along the southern or ocean 
coast, where blowouts have developed 
and the prevailing westerly winds are 
driving sand inland. Near Sorrento 
the crests of these dunes rise more 
than 200 [cet above sea level, Be 
neath the modern dune topography, 
older dune formations have been lithi- 
fied by secondary carbonate deposi- 
tion ta form acolian calcarenites, and 
On the ocean coas| these have been 
exposed and cut back by marine 
erosion 1o form rugged cliffs at the 
back of broad shore platforms ex- 
posed at low tise, 


Aeolian calcarenites 

Cliff sections show much variation 
in rock type within the aeolian cal- 
carenjtes. There are outcrops of co- 
herent. sandstone (typically 50 to 90 
percent carbonate, the remainder 
mainly quartz) showing bedding char- 
acteristic of the internal structure of 
dunes, There are intervening tayers 
of white or brown calcrete, a sandy 
Jimestone formed by carbonate pre- 
cipitation at or near the surface of 
dune topography (typically over 80 


December, 1972 


per cent carbonate, the brawn colora- 
lion being due to iron oxide stain 
ing). Often the calcrete layers are 
overlain by ancient soils (termed 
palacosols) containing relics of a Fór- 
mer plant cover, chiefly root systems 
preserved in cylindrical — calcrete 
(termed rhizoconcretions). Palaeosols 
associated with aeolian calcarenite 
are generally 1 to 2 feet thick, and 
red, brown or yellow in colour due 
to the presence of iron oxides; they 
vary in texture from sandy silts to 
silty clays, and show little profile de- 
velopment. Frequently their contact 
with the underlying calcrete is irregü- 
lar, with downward protrusions 
known as soil pipes, These have been 
described, and their geomorphological 
consequences discussed, in a previous 
paper (Bird 1970). 

These soils, now interbedded with 
dune sands, must have formed on land 
surfaces during phases of topographic 
stability, when ihe dunes were colon- 
ised and fixed by a vegetation cover. 
The underlying calcrete is the result 
of subsoil precipitation of carbonates 
dissolved «and leached fram the soil 
by percolating rainwater, corrosive 
because of its dissolved atmospheric 
carbon dioxide, and further acidified 
by organic acids derived from plant 
humus produced under the vegetation 
cover. Upward movement of ground 
water containing dissolved carbonates 


“Reader an Geography, University of Melbourne. 


349 


derived from the underlying calcar- 
enile may also have contributed to 
calcrete formation, but this 3mplies a 
phase of arid climate, which is difi- 
cult to reconcile with the evidence 
of a considerable vegetation cover on 
the ancient dunes. 

The presence of silt and clay in 
the palaeosols raises a problem, for 
the soils have developed on caleareaus 
dunes, the nature of which can be de- 
duced from the underlying dune sand- 
stones. These are usually well-sorted 
fine ta medium quartz and carbonate 
sands, with very little silt and clay. 
In a discussion of this problem, Nevile 
(1970) concluded that the silt and 
clay fraction in the palaeosals was of 
extraneous origin, probably in the 
form of wind-borne accessions to soils 
developing on a vegetated and ropo- 
graphically stable dune landscape. 
Possible sources included volcanic 
ash generated by eruptions in western 
Victoria, or similar material winnowed 
from the weathered surface of the 
basalt plains, and delivered to this 
area by westerly winds, 

Typical features of aeolian cal- 


P MELBOURNE 


JS? 
"s 
fe ait y 


SAY y 
^ 
M, 


? 


GEELONG 


Bellarine 


Peninsula. 
o y 


X. 
S 
2 
E j 
PI %. 
eo 


Shay ck 
" TEX 
Dune calesieniie a E ww 
ee es 
c Shore pleifarms 


Figure 1 


350 


carenite are shown in Plate 1, à sec- 
tion in the cliffs on the shore of Dia- 
mond Hay. Near the base of the cliff 
is a massive calcrete layer (C), rela- 
lively resistant and protruding as a 
structura! ledge. Immediately above 
fhis is a red-brown sandy clay palae- 
osol (P), some five feet thick, and 
showing layering suggestive af slaw 
vertical accretion. Evidence of con- 
temporary vegetation is present in the 
form of calcateous rhizoconcretions, 
Underlying dune sandstone is exposed 
in the adjacent cliff, where the cal- 
crete and palaeoso| horizons risé to a 
higher level, and it is clear that these 
horizons developed on the surface of 
an ancient dune: they commemorate 
an interval of topographic stability 
when the dune landscape was fixed by 
a vegetation cover for a sufficient 
period for soil formation (pedogene- 
sis) to occur, Thereafter, a younger 
dune (D) developed, its advance from 
left to right being marked by succes- 
sive frontal laminae, preserved as 
lightly-cemented layers of ‘biscuit- 
rock’; it buried the pre-existing vege- 
lation, and the phase of pedogencsis 
came to an end (cf. Fig. 2 in Bird 
1970). Tn turn the younger dune be- 
came stabilised, for there is another 
palaeosol, with rhizoconeretlons, at 
the top of the cliff. 

This, too, is overlain by unconsoli- 
dated dune sands (Plate 2). 

There are many such sections on 
the ocean eoast of the Nepean Penin- 
suta, and it is evident that there has 
been a long history of dune accre- 
tion, interrupted by phases of topo- 
graphic stability marked by (he palae- 
osols, the rhizoconcretions, and the 
calerete layers. The sequence is one 
of great complexity. Iu cliff sections 
the calcrete and palaeosol horizons 
tise and fall, delineating ancient dune 
topography; they vary in thickness, 
are truncated, and sometimes bifur- 
cate in a manner thal indicales local 


Vick. Nat, Vol. 89 


and temporary development of blow- 
outs and sand spills during periods 
of general topographic stability. 

The onset of widespread instability, 
marked by the advance of wind-blown 
sand over previously stabilised dune 
topography, could be related either to 
a weakening of the vegetation cover 
by increasing aridity, or to a change 
of sea level. A falling sea level 
would lay bare unconsolidated sands 
on the emerging sea floor, and if the 
climate were then arid these could 
become a source of new dunes. How- 
ever, the relationship of successive 
waves of transgressive dunes to the 


Plate 1. 


December, 1972 


lee of existing shorelines is better ex- 
plained as a consequence of dune 
initiation during episodes of sea level 
rise, when blowouts developed on 
sandy coastal terrain cut back by wave 
attack. Dune stabilisation, conversely, 
is favoured where a humid climate 
permits the luxuriant growth of vege- 
tation over dunes, and is more likely 
to occur when sea level is stable or 
falling than during episodes of marine 
transgression. 

The aeolian carcarenite exposed 
above present sea level, rising locally 
more than 100 feet, is only a part of 
the sequence developed on the Nepean 


351 


Peninsula. In the Sorrento bore, dune 
sandstones were encountered to a 
depth of 428 feet below sea level, in 
formations interspersed with layers of 


marine sand, clay, and limestone 
(Chapman, 1928). Deposition of this 
thick sequence probably spanned 


much of the Quaternary time. The 
dunes now below sea level may have 
formed during the episodes of world- 
wide ocean lowering that accom- 
panied the colder phases of the Pleis- 
tocene, but they may also owe their 
position, at least in part, to the tec- 
tonic subsidence that has occurred on 
the downthrown (western) side of 
Selwyn Fault (Keble, 1950). 

Fossil remains of an extinct giant 
kangaroo species in aeolian calcarenite 
near present sea level at Sorrento have 
been taken as evidence of a Pleisto- 
cene age for these rocks (Gregory, 
1901), and it is assumed that the 
overlying unconsolidated dune sands 
(including still-active dunes) include 
deposits of Recent (ie. Holocene) 
age. Evidence in support of this as- 
sumption is adduced below. 


Unconsolidated sands 

Sections on the sides of blowouts 
in the dunes which cap calcarenite 
cliffs at Diamond Bay show at least 
three dark grey to black soil horizons, 
each containing carbonaceous ma- 
terial derived from a former plant 
cover. These, too, are palaeosols, 
though they differ from those in the 
aeolian calcarenites in their colour 
and texture, and in the absence of 
underlying calcrete layers. Carbonate 
precipitation has occurred locally 
around plant roots, but the processes 
which form calcrete layers have not 
yet been effective here. The sharp con- 
trast in degree of lithification of the 
unconsolidated sands and the sub- 
jacent aeolian calcarenites betokens a 
definite break in sedimentation, the 
palaeosol at the top of the calcaren- 


352 


ites indicating a prolonged phase of 
topographic stability. 

The dark palaeosols in the uncon- 
solidated sands mark phases of tem- 
porary stability, separated by the ac- 
cretion of dunes of varying thick- 
ness. Carbonaceous material extracted 
from the lowest of these palaeosols in 
the cliff-top dunes at Diamond Bay 
(Plate 2) gave a radiocarbon date 
of 5350 + 110 years B.P. (GaK- 
3820). indicating a Holocene age for 
this soil. The overlying dunes, some 
50 feet thick, thus represent about 
five thousand years of sand accretion. 
Palaeosols at higher levels are pene- 
trated by modern roots, but these were 
not present in the sampled soil 
horizon. 

Charcoal from a similar dark soil 
horizon in dune sands behind Arm- 
strong Bay, between Warrnambool 
and Port Fairy, yielded a comparable 
radiocarbon date, 5120 + 120 years 
B.P. (Gill, 1967). This was also of 
interest in that it post-dated the final 
eruption of nearby Tower Hill vol- 
cano, some 7000 years ago (Gill, 
1972), By the time soils were form- 
ing On unconsolidated dunes at Dia- 
mond Bay, the airborne accessions 
thought to have influenced the tex- 
ture, thickness, and development of 
palaeosols associated with the aeolian 
calcarenites may no longer have been 
available. 

Evidence from Diamond Bay may 
be taken to indicate that the aeolian 
calcarenites here are of Pleistocene 
age. the overlying dune sands being 
a Holocene addition. The intervening 
phase of topographic stability marked 
by the palaeosol which caps the 
aeolian calcarenites may have coin- 
cided with the low sea level episode 
that occurred late in  Pleistocene 
times. If so, the development of 
modern, transgressive coastal dunes is 
related to the rise of sea level during 
the past 20,000 years (the Holocene 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


marine transgression), the dunes be- 
ing initiated on a receding shoreline 
when previously stabilised sandy ter- 
rain was cut back by wave attack to 
expose sand to the action of onshore 
winds. The first phase of topographic 
stability in the unconsolidated sands 
at Diamond Bay thus occurred after 
the sea attained its present level some 
6000 years ago. 

Subsequent instability has been en- 
gendered partly by continuing cliff 
recession, and partly by the impact of 
man. Cliff-top kitchen-middens con- 
tain charcoal, indicating the use of 
fire by the Aborigines. It is likely that 
weakening of dune vegetation by fires 
set by the Aborigines led to renewed 
blowout formation. Since the begin- 
ning of the 19th century there has 
been the more severe impact of graz- 
ing and trampling by European 
settlers and their introduced animals, 
notably rabbits; an impact compound- 
ed in recent years by the arrival of 
such devices as beach buggies and 
trail bikes. Dune erosion has become 
extensive in a phase when, under 


natural environmental conditions, 
there would probably have been pre- 
vailing topographic stability. 


REFERENCES 


Bird, E. C. F. (1970).—Shore potholes 
at Diamond Bay, Victoria, Victorian 


Nat., 87: 312-8. 

Chapman, F. £(1928).—The Sorrento 
Bore, Rec. Geol. Surv. Victoria, 5: 
1-195. 

Gill. E. D. (1967).—Evolution of the 


Warrnambool-Port Fairy coast, Land- 
form Studies from Australia and New 


Guinea (eds.: J. N. Jennings, J. A. 
Mabbutt): 341-64. 

Gill, E. D. (1972).—Eruption date of 
Tower Hill volcano, Victorian Nat., 
89: 188-92, 


Gregory, J. W. (1901).—Some remarks 
on an extinct kangaroo in the dune 
rock of the Sorrento peninsula, Proc. 
Roy. Soc., Victoria, 14: 139-44. 


Keble, R. A. (1950).—The Mornington 
Peninsula, Mem. Geol. Surv., Victoria, 
17: 1-84, 


Nevile, A. (1970).—The dune calcaren- 
ites of the Nepean Peninsula, Unpub- 
lished Hons. Thesis, Geography De- 
partment, Melbourne University. 


The cliffs at Diamond Bay, showing aeolian calcarenites (left) overlain by unconsolidated 
sands, partly scrub-covered, marks the palaeosol, exposed in a blowout, from which a 


sample was taken for radiocarbon dating. 


December, 1972 


353 


ENTOMOLOGICAL 
EQUIPMENT 


Butterfly nets, pins, store-boxes, etc. 


We are direct importers and manufacturers 
and specialise in Mail Orders 


(write for free price list) 
Australian Entomological Supplies 


35 Kiwong St., Yowie Bay, Sydney, 2228 
Phone: 524 4614 


“Wilson's Promontory”, written by J. Ros Garnet, would be an excellent publi- 
cation to take on an excursion to this part of Victoria. Price 65c; or 55c from 
F.N.C.V. bookstall. 


F.N.C.V. PUBLICATIONS AVAILABLE FOR PURCHASE 
THE WILD FLOWERS OF THE WILSON'S PROMONTORY NATIONAL PARK, 
by J. Ros Garnet. 
Price $5.25, (discount to members); postage 20c. 


VICTORIAN TOADSTOOLS AND MUSHROOMS, by J. H. Willis. 


This describes 120 toadstool species and many other fungi. There are four 
coloured plates and 31 other illustrations. Price 90c. Postage 11c. 


THE VEGETATION OF WYPERFELD NATIONAL PARK, by J. R. Garnet. 
Coloured frontispiece, 23 half-tone, 100 line drawings of plants and a map. 
Price $1.50. 


Address orders and inquiries to Sales Officer, F.N.C.V., National Herbarium, 
South Yarra, Victoria. 


Payments should include postage (15c on single copy). 


354 Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


The Hatching of Huntsman Spiderlings 


by 


LEIGH WINSOR 


Huntsman spiderlings are released 
from ihe egg case by their mother. 
The female spider cuts perforations in 
ihe egg case and tears along these to 
fartn a hole through which the spider- 
lings emerge. 

An account of ihis hatching be- 
haviour (McKeown 1952) does not 
record the making of perforations. 

A female Huntsman spider (Delena 
cancerides) with her egg case, was 
found beneath eucalypt bark near 
Healesville, 40 miles East of Mel- 
bourne. They were taken to Mel- 
bourne and housed in a large jar con- 
taining bark and twigs. Water on a 
cotton pellet and live flies were pro- 
vided, The female secured the egg 
ease to the wall of the jar. She re- 
mained inactive, covering the egg case 
with her body, except when feeding, 

In the evening, six days following 
capture, the female spider, using her 
fangs, began perforating the egg case. 
The perforations were 0.Scm from 
the periphery on the upper surface, 
During this operation the egg case was 
steadied by the six fore legs, the spider 
balancing on the two rear legs. She 
rhythmically pushed with her fangs, 
resting frequently, until 2 hours later, 
à 2 om, semicircular incision had been 


made. On close examination this in- 
cision was not a continuous cut, but 
3 row of pin-point holes (Fig 1). 

The female spider then concentrated 
on the apical region of the perforate 
incision until a hole 0.4 em. x 0.3 cm. 
had been enlarged (Fig 2). During 
this procedure the palps were intro- 
duced inta the hole and used to re- 
tract the flap by pressing outwards. 
Only one or two millimetres o£ case . 
tore al a time, requiring considerable 
effort. 

Perforating the dry, tough, parch- 
ment-like egg case produced a loud 
noise which had originallly directed 
my attention to ihe hatching process. 
Whilst working, the female spider 
salivated freely, probably to soften the 
tough silk and sid penetration. On 
several occasions tbe egg case had to 
be resecured tò the sides of the jar 
because it was dislodged during pull- 
ing at the flap. 

Twa and a half hours since begin- 
ning, the hole had been enlarged and 
a spiderling emerged remaining close 
to the mother (Fig 3). Work on the 
hole continued and more spiderlings 
emerged, Only to be pushed back in- 
side the egg case by the mother’s 
palps. 


December, 1972 


355- 


The following moruing the spider- 
lings were covering the egg case, pro- 
lected by the female straddling them 
with her body, The spiderlings, 0.4 
cnr. long, had translucent pale green 
abdomens with brown cephalothorax 
and dark eye cluster, Their legs were 
brown, translucent, with darker brown 
concentric rings along their length, 


These observations indicate the sig- 
nificance of perforations made by the 
female, in constructing an exit for 
Spiderlings in the egg case of a Hunts- 
man spider, 


REFERENCE 


McKeown, K, C.—Ausiralian Spiders 
2nd Edit 1952. Angus and Robertson. 


Winifred Waddell, M.B.E., MSc. 


Faunder Native Plants Preservation Society 


Teacher and tutor in mathematics, 
artist, lover of native plants, indo- 
mitable and  single-mimded in her 
work to preserve them through the 
society she founded, and all other 
means; warm-hearted friend, winner of 
the Aust. Natural History Medallion 
in 196¢ (in which year she was also 
awarded the M.B.E- for outstanding 
services to natural history) — all that 
js true of Winifred Waddell, yet it is 
the barest outline of the woman known 
to her friends for her almost fierce 
devotion to the preservation of native 


plants. 
Those of us who knew her well will 
always remember her welcoming 


"Come in m'dear. Nice to see you", her 
sympathy and understanding in sorrow 
or illness, and her enthusiasm as she 
pointed out some wildflower in her 
garden, saying with affectionate pride, 
“The dear little fellow is doing his 
stuff. 

Nothing was too good for hèr 
friends, but they were unworthy of 
notice i£ she thought they fell short 
of her ideal of serviee to "Pres." — 
her usual abbreviation of Native 
Plants Preservation Society, although 
they were taken back into favour with 
warmth and an unreserved apology if 
she found she had been mistaken. 

Her friends were glad to work with 


356 


her — even to the point of exhaustion 
sometimes—ain helping ta create or 
protect wildBower sanctuaries, and her 
appreciation Was generous. 

For this writer memory brings back 
many things from a friendship of over 
thirty years, and any good that has 
come trom the book, Wildflowers of 
Victoria, is due to her, Tt was her 
conception; her insistence that caused 
it ta be written, and her determination 
and energy thal resulted in its publica- 
tion, 

A memorial is planned for her, and 
donations toward it can be sent to 
Mr. D, Dunn, 3 Allfrey Street, East 
Brighton 3187. 

There are already memorials in the 
society she founded, and the N.P.P-S- 
Wildflower sanctuaries scaltered 
through Victoria — for so Jong as we 
can preserve them. Even more endur- 
ing will be the Jove of native plants in 
the lives of many who learned it from 
her, through friendship, through her 
work with children, and especially 
through the tmany wildflower sanc- 
tuaries established and maintained in 
Schoolgrounds, but if is felt that the 
Native Plants Preservation Society 
should establish a more tangible 
memorial though its form has mot 
yet been decided. 


Vict. Nat. Vol. 89 


Field Naturalists Club of Victoria 


General Meciing 
I3 Navember 

A danger thai ustal gathering Was 
preseni for Ihe annual Natural History 
Medallion award meeting The President, 
Mr. Tom Sault, was in the chair, and 
after welcoming members and visitors 
he announced the death of Mr. Hugh 
Stewart. Miss Young spoke briefly and 
a minute's silence was observed in tribute 
to Mr. Stewart's life and work, 

The presentation of the 1972 Natural 
History Medallion to Mr, Alan Axel 
Strom was made by the Hon. W: A. 
Borthwick, Minister for Conservation. 
Mr. Borthwick expressed his pleasere at 
being asked to present (he award. He 
said that he regarded il as very important 
that this year's award had gone to a 
leacher, aad thal Mr. Strom was one of 
those responsible for developing sensi- 
tivity and new value judgments in the 
rising generation. 

In reply Mr. Strom commended the 
Clubs nation-wide approach to -the 
Medallion award; he said he hoped that 
this was indicative af the development 
ut a nalional altitude towards conserva. 
tion, Mr. Strom later delivered the ud- 
uress [or the evening, entitled “Canserva+ 
tion Education". A vote of thanks was 
moved by Mr, Ros Garnet, a previous 
Medallion winner. Another holder of the 
Medallion, Miss Jean Galbraith, was also 
present. 

Lists of correspondence, newspaper 
clippings and copies of same letters were 
on display, and ulso 3 copy of the Act to 
establish the Victorian Ministry of Con- 
servation, which the Secretary recom- 
mended members to study. He alsa cam- 
-mented on a letter from the Dandenong 
Valley Authority, inviting the Club to 
make suggestions for improvements. to 
the Edithvale Swamn. 

The President appealed for nomina- 
tions for the remaining vacancy on 
Council, and announced that Council was 
considering à memora! to Norman Wake- 
field. Suggestions as lo the form this 
should take would be welcome. 

The Secretary invited members 1o a 
barbecue at his home of 16 December. 
Tickets Would be $1 each and proceeds 
would go to the Wakefield memorial. 
Mr. Riordan also sard that Miss Lorna 


December, 1972 


Banfield's offer to donate a large set of 
the "Naturalis" had been answered by 
several lurge  ergsnisatrons, aincludine 
University snd CS.LR.O. libraries, He 
suggested (hat there may be ether mem- 
bers willing to domle sets nf the 
"Naturalist", i 
Botany Group 

12 October 

Dr, Gretna Weste, of the Botany 
School, University of Melbourne, spoke 
an "The Invasion of Victarian Forests by , 
Phytophthora ctainenoni. This root-rot 
fungus causes ink disease of chestnuts 
and other déciduaus trees an Britain and 
little-teaf disease of pines in Europe, but 
in Australia is best known as the cause 
of "dieback" in eucalvpts. Jt has caused 
terrible devastation since 1936 in jarrah 
forests. OF Western Australia, where it 
was studied intensively by Frank Podger, 
who, when on a. 1969 visit to Victoria, 
identified it as the cause of the yellowing 
and browning-oll of gráss-trees (Xanthor- 
rhoea eustrolis) in the Brisbane Ranges. 
Very troublesome in Queensland and 
New South Wales, it reached Victona 
through coastal East Gippsland, where 
dicback in Silvertop forests (Encalyptus 
séeberi) has been severe, Unfortunately 
it has reached Wilson's Promontory. 
and obviously it is a major threat to the 
future of all our national parks and 
forest reserves. Dr, Weste mentioned a 
number of methads being tried to prevent 
iis spread, one drastic way being the 
clearing of all trees and shrubs in a re- 
stncled area, decontamination of soil, 
and sowing to grass, which is immune to 
attack, leaving the grassland for three 
years before jeaftorestation. For a full 
account of this menace, sce Dr. Weste's 
article in Victoria's Resourcer, Vol, 14, 
No, 3. pp. 27-30: A Sinister Invóder. 

Reports were given on the group's 
second excursion ta (he Coranderrk bushe 
land adjoining the Sir Colin MacKenzie 
Sanctuary at Healesville. 


9 November 

This was 2 thembers' night, in which 
four Contributarg showed colour slides 
and gave a COmmentary on them. First, 
Mr, Ian Cameron recalled  picinrially 
some of the highlights of the F.N C.V. 
Easter excursion to King Island, and in- 


357 


cluded some photographs he took on à 
visit loa penguin rookery aftcr the main 
party had flown back to Melbourne. He 
then took us visually tẹ South Africa, to 
enjoy the colourful glories of the Kirsten- 
bosch Botanic Gardens, and on to Har 
vard University (Cambridge, Massa- 
chusetts) t sec femarkable glass-blown 
"plants" by an Austrian craftsman. Neat, 
Mr, Tan Morrison continued the King 
Island theme, not confining his slides 10 
botany — for example, a closc-up of the 
beautiful green White-lipped Snake 
(photographed while being held by King 
Island “botanist, Mr. Paul Barnett, whose 
fine native garden the F.N.C.V. party 
visited later in their stay), Mr. Jim 
Baines dealt with Tasmanian flora. most 
of those shown being endemic species, 
among them Tasmanian Waratah [Tele- 
pea truncata}, fitst seen by the January 
1965 F.N,C. V. excurssónisls when accam 
panied to the summit of Mount Welling- 
ton by Dr, Winifred Curtis, author al the 
three-volume "Students Flora of Tas- 
mania", Mountain Rocket (Bellendeno 
montana), Tasmanian Laurel [Anos 
pterus — glindulosies), Horizontal (the 
notorious scrub hazard) (Anodopetalum 
bighandelosant), seen on the wav to the 
west coast, Mersey Lily or Christmas 
Bels (Blondfordia marginata) and 
various species of Richen, including the 
huge heath, Pandani (R. pandenifatia), 
Deciduous Beech (Mofhofagus gunnii) 
and King Billy Pine (Athrotaxis selagi- 
noides}. as well as several endemic euca- 
lypts. This excursion, recalled by some 
33 the best of the interstate trips, was 
unfortunately never published im the 
Victorian Naturalist, Miss Marie Allen- 
ders slides of King Island completed a 
most varied, interesting evening. 


Day Group Report 

As it was the fast ouling for the year 
the committee arranged a very relaxing 
outing. Despite a train strike, 17 mem- 
bers joined us at Princes Bridge and 
bearded "The Jolly Roger” for a trip on 
the Yarra. Before lunch we travelled 
down towards the Victoria Docks and Ihe 


proprictor, Mr. Dyson, pointed out items 


of interesi. We returned for lunch and 
held our meeting on the ferry, After 
lunch we proceeded towards South 


Yarra, The embankments are looking 
lovely despite the lack of rain, and a lot 


of work has gone inte keeping therm in 


excellent order. We returned about 3.30 
and members. went their various ways. 
All agreed that it had been a very 
pleasant day and look forward to many 
mare happy outings next year. 


Field Survey Group Camp 
November; Colac Aren 


The November camp was combined 
with F.N.C. V. Mammal Survey Group in 
surveying the Stoney Rises area, On the 
Friday night, some members travelled 1o 
Colac and L. Winsor spoke to Lhe Colac 
F.N.C. on work being done by the group. 
Liaison with the Colac F.N.C. will con- 
tinue with exchange of specimens and 
data, H is hoped thai similar liaison can 
he established with arher country clubs. 

On Saturday seven members Visited 
five localities in the Stoney Rises, The 
terrain made collecting difficult, as the 
many inaccessible crevices provided ideal 
hiding places for the animals sought 
Night surveying would probably have 
produced belter results than day collect- 
ing. Bad weather limited night surveying 
in the area. and Sunday was mainly 
spent drying out. 

Despite the scarcity af specimens, valu- 
able data on frog distribution was nb- 
tained by Arthur Brooks, two interesting 
species of flatworm, sone spiders and 
non-marine molluscs recorded, und Bar- 
bara Hooke collected some interesting 
sedges, The small number of members 
attending this camp was dug to many 
members sjudying for exams. The group 
is very grateful for the help and hos- 
pitality of Mr. Tom Underwood, on 
whose property we camped, and ta the 
Colac FN.C for their assistance in 
orgamsine the camp, and the opportunity 
of telling them something of the field 
survey group- 


BIRDS OF THE DANDENONGS 


This 72 page publication written by W, Roy Wheeler and published by the FNCY, lists 
all birds identified jn the Dandenong Ranges, with a brief description of each and 8 colóur 


plates, 


D 


It should be available during early December fram the club bookstall, 


358 


Viet. Mat Vol. 89